Read This Specification Index is based on the Construction Specifications Institute Master List of Titles and Numbers. Omissions from sequential numbering of Sections is intentional. The organization of the Specification into Divisions and Sections is not int text version

VOLUME B

Bid Document #

CITY OF VALLEJO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION BID DOCUMENTS FOR

VALLEJO STATION PARKING STRUCTURE ­ PHASE A

CITY COUNCIL Osby Davis, Mayor Stephanie Gomes, Vice Mayor Hermie Sunga Michael Wilson Joanne Schivley Erin Hanningan Marti Brown Gary A. Leach Public Works Director City Hall Vallejo, CA 94590 (707) 648-4315

Bid Opening: 2:00 p.m. March 4, 2010 Council Chambers on the 2nd Floor, City Hall Pre-bid Conference: 2:00 p.m. February 16, 2010 Council Chambers on the 2nd Floor, City Hall

VOLUME B

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This Table of Contents is based on the Construction Specifications Institute Master List of Numbers and Titles for the Construction Industry, 1995 Edition. Omissions from sequential numbering of Sections is intentional. The organization of the Specifications into Divisions and Sections is not intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION

00001 00002 00010 Title Page Inside Cover Page Table of Contents

CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Section A Section B Section C Special Provisions General Provisions Wage and Equipment Rates

SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01100 01230 01310 01325 01330 01420 01460 01500 01610 01630 01722 01732 01740 01770 Summary Alternates Project Management and Coordination Progress Schedules and Reports Submittal Procedures References Testing Laboratory Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Basic Product Requirements Product Substitution Procedures Field Engineering Cutting and Patching Cleaning Closeout Procedures

DIVISION 2

-

SITE CONSTRUCTION

02100 02200 02260 02420 02453 02470 02621 02740 02750 02755 02765 Site Preparations Earthwork Excavation Support and Protection Storm Drainage System Traffic Signal Rammed Aggregate Piers Foundation Drainage System Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Concrete Pavement Landscape Concrete Finishes Pavement Markings in Parking Structure Table of Contents 00010 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020 02766 02780 02810 02825 02870 02900 Tactile Warning Surfaces Unit Pavers Irrigation Screening Fence Site Furniture Planting

DIVISION 3

-

CONCRETE

03100 03200 03230 03300 03350 03371 03450 03451 Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Stressing Tendons Cast-in-Place Concrete Concrete Finishing Shotcrete Precast Architectural Concrete Architectural Precast Concrete

DIVISION 4

-

MASONRY

04812 04820 Masonry Veneer Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies

DIVISION 5

-

METALS

05120 05300 05400 05500 05720 05721 Structural Steel Metal Deck Cold Formed Metal Framing Metal Fabrications Ornamental Handrails and Railings Metals

DIVISION 6

-

WOOD AND PLASTICS

Not Used

DIVISION 7

-

THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07100 07142 07172 07180 07194 07220 07260 07530 07620 07840 07900 Dampproofing and Waterproofing Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing Traffic Coatings Siloxane Water Repellents Roof and Deck Insulation Vapor Retarders Elastomeric Membrane Roofing Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Firestopping Joint Sealers

DIVISION 8

-

DOORS AND WINDOWS

Table of Contents 00010 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

08100 08310 08410 08710 08800 08810 08965

Metal Doors and Frames Access Doors and Panels Metal Framed Storefronts Door Hardware Glazing Arbor Glass Glass Canopy System

DIVISION 9

-

FINISHES

09101 09220 09250 09380 09910 09969 09971 Special Painting Portland Cement Plaster Gypsum Board Stone Tile Paints Textured Plastic Coatings Special Coatings for Steel

DIVISION 10

-

SPECIALTIES

10000 10200 10400 Miscellaneous Specialities Louvers and Vents Graphics and Identifying Devices

DIVISION 11

-

EQUIPMENT

Not Used

DIVISION 12

-

FURNISHINGS

Not Used

DIVISION 13

-

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13140 13700 13720 13770 13780 13790 Arbor Basic Security Requirements Video Surveillance System Security System Cabling Security System Labeling Security System Commissioning

DIVISION 14

-

CONVEYING SYSTEMS

14211 Electric Traction Elevators

DIVISION 15

-

MECHANICAL

15050 15060 General Mechanical Requirements General Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Systems Table of Contents 00010 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020 15300 15400 15600 Fire Protection Plumbing Systems HVAC System

DIVISION 16

-

ELECTRICAL

16010 16100 16400 16500 16620 16700 16705 16710 16711 16719 Electrical General Provisions Basic Materials and Methods Electrical Switchgear Lighting Fixtures Fire Alarm System Basic Telecommunications Requirements Telecommunications Rooms Telecommunications Twisted Pair Cabling Telecommunications Fiber Optic Cabling Telecommunications Testing

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents 00010 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01100 SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: The Work required to be performed by the Contractor comprises constructing the: Vallejo Station Parking Structure, Phase A, Vallejo, California in conformity with plans and specifications hereinafter identified; including furnishing all material, labor, plant, tools, equipment, and services necessary for and incidental to complete the project as described below and in accordance with the plans and specifications comprising the construction documents. B. Description: The Project is comprised of two below-grade parking levels and one at-grade ground level parking. The total number of parking spaces is approximately 573 with a total square footage of approximately 183,000 gsf. Location: The site of the Work is Mare Island Way, between Maine Street and Georgia Street, Vallejo, California. Work Not Included: Except for such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part of the construction, the following work is NOT included in this Contract. 1. Any work shown but marked "Not in Contract" (NIC). 2. Any work shown but marked "Existing" (E) or "Existing to Remain". 3. Any work shown but marked "By Owner", or otherwise designated to be done by others.

C.

D.

1.02

CONTRACT SUMMARY A. Contract Method: Construct the Work under a single lump-sum contract, as established by the Agreement. Contract Time: Contractor obligates himself to complete all Work of the Contract as follows: 1. Parking Structure: 352 calendar days. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for planning and development of schedules and related reports in accordance with Section 01325 of the specifications.

B.

1.03

APPLICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Summary 01100 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

The provisions of the Special Provisions, General Provisions, Wage and Equipment Rates, and Division 1 - General Requirements of the Specifications apply to the work specified in each Section of the Specifications. Specifications: The specifications are those sections within Divisions 1 through 16, bound herewith and enumerated in the Table of Contents. Geotechnical Report: The Geotechnical investigation entitled "Geotechnical Investigation, Vallejo Station Intermodal Facility, Santa Clara and Georgia Streets, Vallejo, California" by Kleinfelder and dated June 24, 2008, is NOT a part of these Specifications. It is intended to be design recommendations, and is made available to bidders for information only. A copy of the geotechnical report will be made available upon request. 1. Consult the geotechnical report for conditions regarding ground water. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred as a result of encountering underground water including but not limited to, pumping, shoring and drain rock.

B.

C.

1.04

APPLICABLE CODES A. Comply with the following codes and regulations, as published by the International Code Council (ICC): 1. 2007 California Building Code (CBC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 2. 2. 2007 California Electrical Code (CEC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 3. 3. 2007 California Mechanical Code (CMC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 4. 4. 2007 California Plumbing Code (CPC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 5. 5. State Elevator Safety Regulations, California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 7. 6. 2007 California Fire Code (CFC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 9. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" (ADAAG).

B.

1.05

WORK SCHEDULING A. Working Hours: Contractor shall perform the Work of this Contract on normal work days and within normal work hours (8:00 am to 5:00 pm), except after hours work and work on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays may be permitted if approval is received from the City at least 3 days in advance.

Summary 01100 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Interruption of Services: Contractor shall make provisions to accomplish the Work of this Contract without undue interference with existing operations conducted on the general site. Interruptions to any services for the purpose of making or breaking a connection shall be made only after consultation with the City a minimum of one week in advance of any connection break, and shall be at such time and of such duration as may be directed. Refer to Section 01325 for progress schedule requirements. Sequence of Construction Operations: Before starting construction operations, Contractor shall confer with the City to arrange the sequence of construction operations.

C. D.

1.06

WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Examination of Site: Contractor and subcontractors shall visit the site prior to bidding and prosecution of the Work, and shall familiarize themselves with existing conditions and be prepared to carry out the Work within existing limitations. Property: Operations shall be confined to designated property to greatest possible extent, and shall not encroach on areas other than those designated or approved for such use by the City and other authorities having legal jurisdiction. 1. Ascertain, observe, and comply with rules and regulations in effect for City' facilities, including, but not restricted to, parking and traffic regulations, security restrictions, hours of allowable access to the site, construction traffic on main arteries, occupied buildings, and the like. 2. All existing buildings, slabs, walks, paving, landscaping, utilities and other improvements damaged or defaced by the Contractor shall be repaired, replaced to the satisfaction of the City at the Contractor's expense. Site Access: Contractor, all subcontractors, their employees, suppliers and delivery men shall enter and exit property via designated entrances. Confine access to the site to city streets and right-of-ways designated for public use. Use of Premises: Limit use of premises for Work and construction operations. 1. Coordinate use of premises and access to site under direction of the City. 2. Confine limits of work areas to minimum size required to properly perform Work while allowing safe passage and access by the users. 3. Do not block or interfere with entrances, exits, public or private roads, fire lanes, turnarounds, sidewalks, and driveways. Excavations or Trenching for Underground Utilities:

B.

C.

D.

E.

Summary 01100 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2.

Time intervals between excavation or trenching and installation of conduit or piping or other work concerned, and backfilling operations shall be kept to absolute minimum. Excavations or trenching crossing roadways, walks, or other traffic ways shall be provided with suitable traffic-bearing steel plates or wood planking temporary covers.

F.

Utility Permits, Licenses, and Fees: Make all arrangements for, obtain all permits and licenses thereof, pay all connection charges and excess length charges and all other fees for extension and connection of utility services to the Work of this Project. Such costs and charges shall be paid for each utility service applicable to this Project. Furnish satisfactory evidence of such payments to the City prior to final acceptance of the Work. Site Conditions and Requirements: 1. Keep drainage facilities, walks, and paved areas reasonably clean and free of mud and dirt, obstacles, etc. so that normal drainage and pedestrian and vehicular travel may be maintained. Contractor is responsible for upkeep of the grounds inside the project fencing. 2. Existing features not specified to be altered by Work of this Contract shall be protected from damage. Any such features damaged shall be repaired or replaced to a condition equal to that existing before starting Work of the Contract.

G.

1.07

PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. All damage to existing improvements which is caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired to restore damaged items to their original condition. Cost of such repair shall be borne entirely by the Contractor. The Drawings indicate existing structures, drainage lines, water, gas, electrical and other similar items and utilities which are known to the Architect/Engineer. The Contractor shall locate known existing installations before proceeding with operations which may damage same, shall maintain them in service where appropriate and repair any damage to them caused by the Work at no increase in Contract price. Additional utilities whose locations are unknown to the Architect/Engineer and City may exist. The Contractor shall be alert to their existence. If encountered, immediately report to the City for disposition of same. In addition to reporting, if a utility is damaged, the Contractor shall take appropriate action as provided in the General Conditions.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Summary 01100 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Additional compensation or extension of time on account of utilities not shown or not otherwise brought to the Contractor's attention including reasonable action taken to protect, repair damage to same, etc., shall be determined as provided in the General Conditions. The Contractor shall be in receipt of accepted plans prior to beginning construction work within the street right of way. The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting the City and all utility agencies as to the location of all underground and overhead facilities within the areas of construction. The Contractor is responsible for determining exact location for all existing utilities and for the protection of and repair of any damage to them. Contact underground service alert 1-800-642-2644 at least 48 hours before work is to begin.

G.

H.

I.

1.08

INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING SERVICES A. Utility Interruptions: Utilities to adjacent buildings shall not be interrupted except with approval of City. Seventy-two hour written notice is required prior to all interruptions. Interruptions shall be scheduled so as to minimize duration and disruption to existing operation. Prior to any Contractor-initiated service shutdown or cutovers, contact one of the following as appropriate: 1. City for City-owned utility services; 2. Utility and service companies for utilities and services not owned by the City. 3. City for any utilities associated with their operation or the operation of adjacent property owners.

B.

END OF SECTION 01100

Summary 01100 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01230 ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section Includes: Identification and description of alternates.

RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. B. Bid Documents: Quotation of cost of each Alternate. Contract Agreement: Alternates accepted by Owner for incorporation into the Work. Drawings and sections of Specifications identified in each Alternate.

C. 1.03

PROCEDURES A. Submit a proposal for total changes in cost for each Alternate. Add or delete all labor and materials for the performance of each Alternate that is accepted by the Owner and incorporated into the Work by specific provisions of the Contract Agreement. Alternates will be exercised at the option of the Owner. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the Work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in the Agreement. Assume no change in time for performance of Contract, unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. C.

D.

1.04

ALTERNATE NO. 1 (Phase A ­ Package 2): A. Under Alternate 1, provide Mare Island Way improvement as indicated on the Drawings (Phase A-Package 2).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01230

Alternates 01230 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements applicable to the Contractor's management of the Project and coordination, including the following: 1. Project coordination 2. Project meetings 3. Project site administration

1.02

PROJECT COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with all related work being done by the City and all other contractors operating in the area. This coordination shall include reasonable adjustments of schedule in order to allow other contractors or City to do their work. Contractor shall coordinate electrical/mechanical work, particularly between general trades and mechanical/electrical trades so that sleeves, hangers, chases, openings, etc., required for pipe, conduit, and other installations of like character are duly and properly provided for and installed as work progresses. Contractor shall carefully examine all Drawings relating to the Work with actual conditions so that all Work will be accommodated in the spaces provided. General arrangement and location of elements of various systems is shown on the Drawings or specified. Final locations, levels, etc., shall be governed by actual material size used, by building conditions encountered, and by the work of all trades. Space conflicts and interferences shall be resolved before any work is installed. Contractor shall utilize the Contract Documents, submittals, and layout drawings of the various trades to check and coordinate the work so that no interferences or conflicts between trades will occur. This checking and coordination shall be performed and completed before construction is commenced in each affected area. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements. Make provisions for accommodating items installed by City or under separate contracts.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Project Management and Coordination 01310 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Verify characteristics of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connection to, and placing such equipment in service.

1.03

PROJECT MEETINGS A. Project Meetings: Contractor or Contractor's duly appointed representative shall attend project meetings at regular intervals as set by the City. 1. Attendance shall be limited to the Contractor and his immediate subordinates, City, and representatives of the Architect and Consultants, as requested. 2. Contractor, or Contractor's duly appointed representative, shall keep minutes of the meetings with copies sent to all attendees. 3. Meetings shall be held in quarters agreed to by City and Contractor.

1.04

PROJECT SITE ADMINISTRATION A. Condition of Work in Place: Inspect and take responsibility for previously prepared or installed work of other contractors before applying subsequent materials or finishes. If work is in an unsatisfactory condition, notify the City. Do not proceed until the defective work has been corrected. Work Areas: Contractor shall confine Contractor's operations to areas shown on project drawings. The City will coordinate use of property areas with Contractor to ascertain that Contractor's needs are fulfilled to fullest extent possible within project constraints. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any agreements required for use of property outside the property lines of the project site. Site Layout: Contractor shall submit layout plan showing proposed location of offices, employee parking, material storage, shop facilities, and other major work areas to City for acceptance prior to site mobilization. Site Access: Contractor shall make site available to Citys' and operations personnel and inspectors at all times. Contractor shall anticipate that City's personnel will visit site on frequent, irregular basis to observe progress of Work. Emergency Vehicles: Maintain clear access for emergency vehicles at all times. Trash: No open burning or trash dumping on the site will be allowed.

B.

C.

D.

E. F.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310

Project Management and Coordination 01310 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01325 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide progress schedules as specified and as required for completion of Project and as approved by City. 1. The City will use updated version of Contract Schedule in evaluating progress of work and determining progress payments to be made to Contractor. 2. Failure of Contract Schedule to include any element of Work required for performance of this Contract, or any inaccuracy in Contract Schedule, will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for accomplishing all Work required to complete Contract on time and will not constitute grounds for delay. Related Sections: 1. Section 01100 - Summary. 2. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures.

B.

1.02

CONTRACT SCHEDULE A. Schedule Restraints: Contractor's Schedule shall incorporate into Contract Schedule milestone dates given in Summary of Work. Scheduling Software: Contractor shall use a computerized critical path method (CPM) software, "MS Project" or approved equal. In addition, the Contractor shall have means of providing the City with files on compact discs (CDs) in a form that can be up-loaded into the City's software. Time of Completion: Overall time of completion and time of completion for each milestone shall adhere to times in General Conditions unless an earlier (advanced) time of completion is requested by Contractor and agreed to by the City. 1. Any such agreement shall be formalized by a change order. Preliminary Contract Schedule: Within fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving Notice To Proceed, Contractor shall furnish to City one reproducible and three prints of a preliminary schedule in conformance with requirements of this Section showing general plan for orderly completion of Work in accordance with Overall Project Schedule and milestones.

B.

C.

D.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

Preliminary Contract Schedule shall include details of planned mobilization of plant equipment, sequence of early operations and procurement of materials and equipment.

E.

Contract Schedule: Within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving Notice To Proceed, Contractor shall furnish to City one reproducible, three prints and a CD of a detailed schedule presenting an orderly and realistic plan for completion of the Work in conformance with requirements of this Section. Contractor's Responsibility: Failure of Contract Schedule to include any element of Work or any inaccuracy in Contract Schedule will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for accomplishing all Work in accordance with Contract. Float Time: Float or Slack Time is amount of time between earliest start date and late start date or between earliest finish date and latest finish date of activities of Contract Schedule. 1. No time extensions or delay costs shall be allowed for delays caused by the City, on paths of activities containing float time, providing such delay does not exceed float time, per latest updated version of approved Contract Schedule.

F.

G.

1.03

FORMAT OF SCHEDULE A. Preliminary Contract Schedule 1. Preliminary Contract Schedule shall be a time scale precedence diagram or Critical Path Method (CPM) type. 2. Preliminary Contract Schedule shall be submitted to the City for review and approval. 3. Preliminary Contract Schedule shall include the first three months of contract work and a Breakdown of Costs per Section 01330. 4. Submit revised schedule and Breakdown of Costs after receiving comments from City. 5. Approved Breakdown of Costs shall be used as the basis for monthly progress payments prior to approval of the Contract Schedule. Contract Schedule: Provide the following: 1. Time scaled CPM cost and manpower loaded schedule in precedence format. 2. No activity on schedule shall have duration of longer than fifteen calendar days, with exception of fabrication and procurement activities, unless otherwise approved by City. a. Activity durations shall be total number of actual calendar days required to perform that activity including consideration of weather impact on completion of activity.

B.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

11. 12. 13.

14.

Schedule shall be in sufficient detail and shall be Contractor's plan of construction for completing contract work. Schedule shall include milestone activities showing point of substantial completion and completion for each stage of work. Activity for "mobilization" will be allowed which includes preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to those necessary for movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to Project site, for establishment of all offices, buildings and other facilities necessary for Work of Project, and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various items on Project site. Include procurement activities for all materials and equipment provided under this contract. Detail activities of each stage to show plan for completion of Work for each stage within time specified. Indicate all dependencies (or relationships) and logic between activities. Activities dependent on submittal acceptance or material delivery shall not be scheduled to start earlier than expected acceptance or delivery dates. Cost load each activity on the schedule. a. Include all labor, material and equipment costs. b. Include overhead and profit. c. Material costs shall be the actual invoice value without any markup. d. The sum of all activities shall equal the contract value. Each activity shall be coded to correlate with the Breakdown of Costs. Resources required (manpower and major equipment) to perform each activity shall be identified. Each activity shall be assigned a responsibility code corresponding to subcontractor responsible for performing work so that schedule activity lists and cost subtotals can be generated for each division of work. Allow at least thirty calendar days for developing punch list, completion of punch list item, and final cleanup for the work or any designated portion thereof.

1.04

APPROVALS A. The City will review Contract Schedule for conformance with requirements of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and this Section. 1. Within ten calendar days after receipt, City will approve Contract Schedule or will return it with comments. 2. If Contract Schedule is not returned approved, Contractor shall revise schedule to incorporate comments and resubmit schedule for approval within ten working days after its receipt.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Approval of Contract Schedule will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing Work in accordance with Contract.

1.05

CONTRACT SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. If sequence of construction differs significantly as determined by City from Approved Contract Schedule, Contractor shall submit within ten calendar days a revised schedule to City for approval. When Proposed Change Order is issued which has potential to impact specified completion date, a schedule adjustment shall be prepared by Contractor to reflect impact of such changes. 1. After schedule adjustment has been approved and Contractor ordered to proceed with Proposed Change Order, it shall be incorporated into Contract Schedule. 2. Time extensions will be considered only to extent there is insufficient remaining float to accommodate these changes. No additional cost beyond that provided in General Conditions will be allowed for incorporation of approved Proposed Change Orders into Contract Schedule.

B.

C.

1.06

MONTHLY UPDATES AND PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Contractor shall submit to City each month, along with submission of updated computer report required by this Section, an up-to-date status report of Work which shall include: 1. Contractor's estimated percentage complete for each activity not yet complete. 2. Actual start/finish dates for activities as appropriate. 3. Identification of processing errors, if any, on previous update reports. 4. Revisions, if any, to assumed activity durations including revisions for weather impact for any activities due to effect of previous update on schedule. 5. Identification of activities which are affected by proposed Change Orders issued during update period. 6. Resolution of conflict between actual work progress and schedule logic. a. When out of sequence activities develop in Contract Schedule because of actual construction progress, Contractor shall submit revision to schedule logic to conform to current status and direction. City will review updated information and meet with Contractor each month at site to determine status of Work.

B.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Progress payments shall be made monthly, based on Contractor's monthly update of Contract Schedule. 1. Payment for amount of work completed in current progress payment period shall be sum of activity cost multiplied by percentage of work completed for each activity in progress minus previous payments, less retainage. 2. Request for payment for accepted materials delivered shall be limited to invoice value of materials or equipment shown on Contractor's procurement log, less retainage. 3. Payment may be made for materials which Contractor stores off-site when materials are stored and insured in manner acceptable to the City. 4. On payment for "mobilization" shall be made in percentages as follows (less retainage): Contract Amount Completed 5% 10% 20% 50% Payment for Mobilization 50% 75% 95% 100%

D.

No payment shall be made for materials or equipment which do not have accepted submittals. 1. If material or equipment is not identified, it is responsibility of Contractor to submit necessary cost adjustments to Contract Schedule. 2. Incorporation of such revisions to computerized version of Contract Schedule and payments on such requests are at discretion and acceptance of the City.

1.07

COMPUTER REPORTS A. Contractor shall provide each of the following reports monthly: 1. Four copies of updated computer generated printed reports per month for Contract Schedule and each monthly update as detailed below. 2. Graphic Submittals shall include one reproducible and three prints. 3. Computer CD with schedule data files in a form that can be uploaded for use with City's software. Provide Schedule Logic Report listing activities, their early/late and actual start and finish dates, duration, float and logic relationship of activities sorted by early start. Provide Cost Report listing each activity and its associated cost, percentage of work accomplished, earned value to date, previous payments and amounts earned for update period.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 5

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D. E.

Provide Bar Chart showing status of activities. Provide Narrative Report with updated progress analysis, which shall include description of problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their impact, an explanation of corrective action taken and any proposed revisions for recovery. Provide Network Plots presenting time scaled network diagram showing activities and their relationships. Provide Monthly Earnings Schedule Report - based on dollar estimate per month and expressed as a percentage of total cost for early start and late finish.

F.

G.

1.08

RECOVERY PLAN A. If Contractor is behind schedule by more than ten calendar days for any stage of Work, based on updated Contract Schedule after incorporating all approved time extensions, Contractor shall submit to City within ten calendar days of notification of such delay, a "Recovery Plan." Recovery Plan shall be based on proposed revisions to Contract Schedule for next sixty calendar day period and shall show how Contractor intends to bring work back on schedule. 1. Recovery plan shall also include written description of measures Contractor intends to take without additional cost to City to regain schedule compliance. Should Contractor fail to submit and execute such a recovery plan, City shall have option to direct Contractor to employ any or all measures that City may deem fit to regain schedule compliance without additional cost to the City. Recovery plan submitted by Contractor, upon acceptance by the City, shall be incorporated into Contract Schedule during next update. Contractor shall be required to submit recovery plan for each update that indicates Work progress is more than ten calendar days behind schedule. Should Contractor dispute determination of the City regarding status on Contract delay, such dispute shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility to comply with requirements of this Section and other related Sections until dispute is resolved per Contract terms.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

1.09

ADDITIONAL REPORTS

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

City may request, from month-to-month, any two of the following additional computer generated reports: 1. Total float from least to most. 2. Activities by early start. 3. Activities by late start. 4. Activities grouped by subcontractors or selected trades. 5. Activities with scheduled early start dates in a given time frame (i. e. 30 or 60 day outlook). 6. Manpower report.

1.10

SHORT INTERVAL SCHEDULES A. Short Interval Scheduling (SIS) shall be used throughout on-site construction activity. Interval shall be three-week projection and shall include week submitted and two weeks thereafter. Schedule shall contain sufficient detail to evaluate daily milestones and manpower/equipment loading and shall identify/tie into monthly updated Approved Contract Schedule. Short Interval Schedule shall be approved by City. Ten (10) copies of Short Interval schedule shall be submitted weekly as directed by City. Weekly meeting will be scheduled by City to review and discuss Short Interval Schedules.

B.

C.

D. E.

F.

1.11

DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT A. Contractor shall submit 5 copies of Daily Activity Report to City for each workday including weekends and holidays, when worked. Contractor may use own report provided it contains same information included in standard form furnished by City.

B.

1.12

DEFAULT A. Failure of Contractor to substantially comply with requirements of this Section shall constitute reason that Contractor is failing to prosecute Work with such diligence as will ensure its completion within Contract times and shall be considered grounds for termination or other remedy pursuant to terms of this Contract.

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01325

Progress Schedules and Reports 01325 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Procedures for submittals for review by the Architect/Engineer. Make submittals in strict accordance with provisions of this Section and with requirements of the General Conditions: 1. Progress Schedule. 2. Bid Cost Breakdown. 3. Product Data. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. Samples. 6. Informational Submittals. 7. Delegated Design Submittals. Related Sections: 1. Section 01325 - Progress Schedules and Reports. 2. Section 01630 - Product Substitution Procedures. 3. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Submittal of operating and maintenance manuals, record documents, and guaranties/warranties. 4. Test Reports: Pertinent Specification Sections. 5. Individual Submittals Required: Pertinent Specification Sections.

B.

1.02

DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect/Engineer's responsive action. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect/Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

B.

1.03

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Schedule submissions to provide adequate time for Architect/Engineer's review and considering lead time needs of manufacturers, suppliers, and others. Except as otherwise specified for alternatives in the Supplementary Conditions, make submissions within following number of days after notification at start of work.

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3. C.

Items needed in initial stages of Work or requiring long lead-time for ordering: 30 calendar days. Electrical, mechanical and equipment items other than those covered by B.1. above: 60 calendar days. All other items: 90 calendar days.

Identification: Identify all submittals with names and location of project, name of Contractor and Architect/Engineer work order and contract numbers. 1. Submittals shall be accompanied by letter of transmittal addressed to Architect/Engineer, to parties as identified in letter of instruction to be issued to Contractor at start of project. Letter of transmittal shall be on form provided by City, or on Contractor's form if it contains the same information. 2. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered and shall contain list of items submitted, properly identified as to drawing numbers, detail numbers, Specifications Section or other identification. 3. Submittals not adequately identified will be returned to Contractor for correction and resubmittal. Architect/Engineer will review submittals for conformance with Contract Documents and acceptance by Architect/Engineer covers only such conformance. Effort will be made by Architect/Engineer to discover errors, but responsibility for accuracy and correction and resubmittal shall be the Contractor's. Acceptance of submittals will be general and shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for proper fitting and construction of Work, nor from furnishing materials and Work required by Contract which may not be indicated on submittals. No portion of Work requiring submittals shall be commenced until submittal has been accepted by Architect/Engineer. All such portions of Work shall be in accordance with accepted submittals. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviation from requirements of Contract Documents by approval of submittal unless Contractor has specifically informed the Architect/Engineer in writing of such deviation at time of submittal and the Architect/Engineer has given written approval to specific deviation. Approval shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in submittals. Number of copies required by the Architect/Engineer: Provide copies as follows; or greater quantity where so specified in individual Specification Section. 1. Progress Schedule: 3 copies 2. Bid Cost Breakdown: 5 copies 3. Certification: 3 copies

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 2

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5. 6. 7.

8. I.

Shop Drawings: Reproducible transparencies - one transparency of each original drawing, and four (4) opaque prints of each transparency. Product Data/Material Lists: 5 copies Samples: As specifically indicated in pertinent Specification Section. Samples for Color/Pattern Selection. One set of manufacturer's complete range for initial selection: and additional samples as requested of selected color/pattern for inclusion in final color schedule. Alternatives: 6 copies of all required related data and information.

Submittals shall include (where applicable): 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title and work order number. 3. Names of Contractor, subcontractor and supplier or manufacturer. 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Relation to adjacent structure or material. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Specification Section number. 8. Consecutive submittal number. 9. Blank space for Architect/Engineers' stamp. 10. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. Resubmittals: Resubmittals shall be identified with the same submittal number as the original submittal followed by a .1 or the letter A. Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted submittal, to revisions other than those required by previous review.

J.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Prepare and submit progress schedule of operations as required by Section 01325. Relate progress schedule to entire Project. Indicate dates for submission of required submittals.

2.02

BID COST BREAKDOWN A. Submit breakdown of bid costs on a form furnished by the City. Refer to Section 01325 - Progress Schedules and Reports, for additional cost breakdown requirements.

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.03

ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Product List: Submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number for each product. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Manufacturer's Standard Schematic Drawings: a. Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable to Project. b. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to Project. 4. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions and clearances. b. Manufacturer's written recommendations. c. Manufacturer's product specifications. d. Manufacturer's installation instructions. e. Standard color charts. f. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. g. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. h. Printed performance curves. i. Operational range diagrams. j. Mill reports. k. Calculations when applicable. l. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. m. Compliance with specified referenced standards. n. Testing by recognized testing agency. o. Application of testing agency labels and seals. p. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Number of Copies: Submit five (5) copies, unless otherwise indicated. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal of Architect/Engineer's CAD Drawings are otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 4

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a. b. c. d. e.

2.

3.

4.

Dimensions. Identification of products. Fabrication and installation drawings. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. Number of Copies: One transparency and four (4) opaque reproductions of each submittal. The transparency will be returned to Contractor for his reproduction and use. City will make and use prints for its own use. Variations: If shop drawings show variations from Contract requirements because of standard shop practice or other reason, make specific mention of such variations in letter of transmittal, as well as on drawings, in order that (if acceptable) suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment of Contract. Unless specific changes have been noted and accepted, no deviations from Contract Documents will be permitted.

D.

Samples: Samples include physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and which establish standards by which completed work is judged. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

5.

6.

activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as City's property, are the property of Contractor. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect/Engineer will return submittal with options selected. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Where size of samples is not specified, office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product or material, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. a. Number of Samples: Submit four sets of Samples, unless otherwise specified in individual specification Section. Architect/Engineer will retain one Sample set and return the others. b. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. c. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. Mockups: a. Erect at project site at location acceptable to City unless otherwise approved. b. Construct each sample or mockup complete, including work of all trades required in finished work. c. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. d. Include identification on each sample, giving full information.

2.04

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

3.

Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01460 - Testing Laboratory Services, and individual specifications sections.

B.

Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01310 Project Management and Coordination. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01325 - Progress Schedules and Reports. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. Product or Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product or material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 7

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. K. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 and individual specifications sections. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factoryauthorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

L.

M.

N.

O.

P.

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2.05

Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect/Engineer. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review and stamp submittals from subcontractors prior to submitting to the Architect/Engineer. 1. Review submittals and indicate where conflicts occur with Contract Documents and with work of other subcontractors. 2. Return submittals which vary significantly from Contract Documents for correction and resubmittal prior to submittal to the Architect/Engineer.

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4. 5.

6.

7. 8.

Submittals which vary significantly from Contract Documents and which fail to indicate thorough Contractor review prior to submission will be returned without review. Cursory review and stamping of subcontractor submittal by Contractor shall not be acceptable. Review, approve and submit submittals required by Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and so as to cause no delay in Work or in activities of the Architect/Engineer or of separate contractors. Submit shop drawings for each specification section at the same time to facilitate coordination of related items. a. Submit all formwork shop drawings at the same time. b. Submit reinforcing steel and stressing tendons shop drawings for each floor at the same time. Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by Contract Documents may be returned without action. Submittal represents Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents.

3.02

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION A. The Architect/Engineer will review submittals reasonably promptly so as to avoid delay, and will review only for conformance with design concepts of Project. Effort will be made by the Architect/Engineer to discover errors but responsibility for accuracy shall be the Contractor's. 1. In general, allow minimum fifteen work days for review of complete submittals; review period will not commence until complete submittal is received by the Architect/Engineer. a. Allow time for potential rejection and resubmittal. b. If additional data or resubmittals for review are required, the additional time required to prepare and review such data shall be considered to be part of the specified contract duration. 2. Multiple and complex submittals may require additional review time; there shall be no change to the Contract Time or to Contract Amount when such additional review time is required. 3. Review of a separate item shall not indicate acceptance of an assembly in which item functions. The Architect/Engineers' comments and required actions by the Contractor will be indicated by notation on the shop drawings and vendor data submittals or by inclusion in the letter of transmittal. The comments of the Architect/Engineer will generally be categorized as follows: 1. "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN": Submittals so noted will generally be categorized as drawings and data which appear to be satisfactory without

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 10

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3.

4. 5.

corrections. "No Exception Taken" indicates acceptance subject to its compatibility with future submittals and additional partial submittals for portions of the work not covered in this submittal. Fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED": This category will cover drawings and vendor data which, with the corrections noted or marked on the submittal, appear to be satisfactory and require no further review by the Architect/Engineer prior to construction. Revised shop drawings reflecting corrections shall be provided upon request. "REVISE AND RESUBMIT": Rejected because of inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the Contractor prior to subsequent review by the Architect/Engineer. No work shall be fabricated, manufactured or constructed. Submittals so noted will require a corrected resubmittal for one or more of the following reasons: a) Drawings and vendor data require corrections, as noted, prior to final review. b) Drawings and vendor data are incomplete and require more detailed information prior to final review. c) Drawings and vendor data do not meet the specifications. "REJECTED": Submittals so noted do not conform to the Contract Documents and shall not be used for this project. "SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM": Submittals so noted cover specific drawings and vendor materials for which there are insufficient data to complete the review. Items so noted shall be submitted for further review.

C.

One marked reproducible copy of the shop drawings and vendor data will be returned to the Contractor with appropriate stamps and notations. The Contractor shall, when directed, make indicated changes and corrections, promptly resubmitting the original number of copies as many times as required to obtain acceptance. END OF SECTION 01330

Submittal Procedures 01330 - 11

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01420 REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for reference standards, abbreviations and definitions of certain terms which may be used in the Contract Documents. Related Information: Abbreviations and symbols shown on Drawings.

B. 1.02

REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol, or title of a specific standard, such as Commercial Standard, Federal Specifications, ASTM standard, a trade association standard, or other similar standard, shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof and any amendments or supplements thereto in effect on the date of Contract Documents, unless otherwise noted. The standard referred to, except as modified in the Contract Documents, shall have full force and effect as though printed in these Specifications. These standards are not furnished to Contractor, since manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain copies of referenced standards direct from publication sources as needed for proper performance and completion of the Work. Upon written request, the Architect/Engineer will furnish information as to how copies of the standards may be obtained. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain referenced standards at the jobsite field office as needed for proper performance and completion of the Work. The Architect/Engineer may require to see or refer to such applicable standards at the jobsite.

B.

C.

1.03

MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Where it is required in the Contract Documents that materials, products, processes, equipment, or the like to be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, directions, or specifications or words to this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar to those at the jobsite. Copies of such instructions shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330 Submittal Procedures, to the Architect/Engineer for review before work is begun.

References 01420 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. In addition to the abbreviations indicated on the Drawings, references in the Contract Documents to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities, and other institutions may include the following organizations which are sometimes referred to by only the corresponding abbreviations: AA AAMA AASHTO ACI AIA AIMA AISC AISI ANSI APA ASHRAE ASME ASTM AWI AWPA AWS BHMA CBC CCR CEC CMC CPC CRA CRSI CS DHI FGMA FM FS ICBO ICC MIL NAAMM NEC Aluminum Association American Architectural Manufacturers Association American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials American Concrete Institute American Institute of Architects Acoustical and Insulation Materials Association American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM International Architectural Woodwork Institute American Wood Protection Association American Welding Society, Inc. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association California Building Code California Code of Regulations California Electrical Code California Mechanical Code California Plumbing Code California Redwood Association Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Commercial Standard or National Bureau of Standards, US Department of Commerce Door and Hardware Institute Flat Glass Marketing Association Factory Mutual System, Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation Federal Specification of General Services Administration International Conference of Building Officials International Code Council Military Specification of U.S. Department of Defense The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Electric Code

References 01420 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

NEMA NFPA PCI PG&E PS RIS SDI SMACNA SSPC TCA UBC UL UMC UPC WCLA WCLIB WI WWPA B.

National Electrical Manufacturers' Association National Fire Protection Association Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Pacific Gas and Electric Company Product Standard of National Bureau of Standards Redwood Inspection Service (Grading Rules) Steel Door Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings Tile Council of America, Inc. Uniform Building Code Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Uniform Mechanical Code Uniform Plumbing Code West Coast Lumbermen's Association West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules) Woodwork Institute Western Wood Products Association (Grading Rules)

References to other organizations are included in some sections of the Specifications.

1.05

DEFINITIONS A. General Explanation: Certain terms used in Contract Documents are defined in this article. Definitions and explanations contained in this Section are not necessarily complete, but are general for the Work to the extent that they are not stated more explicitly in another element of the Contract Documents. Terms: 1. Approve: Wherever in the Specifications or Drawings the words "directed", "approved", "designated", or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, approval, or designation of the Architect/Engineer is intended, unless otherwise expressly stated. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", or words of like import, shall mean approved by, acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer, unless expressly stated otherwise. When used in conjunction with the Architect/Engineer's response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor, the term "approved" will be held to limitations of the Architect/Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. In no case will the Architect/Engineer's approval be

B.

References 01420 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

interpreted as a release of the Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of Contract Documents or acceptance of the Work. 2. Architect/Engineer: The entity or entities identified as such in the Contract Documents, and licensed to practice in the state. Concealed: Work not exposed to view in the finished Work, including within or behind various construction elements. Directed, Requested, etc.: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", "accepted", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect/Engineer", "requested by the Architect/Engineer", and similar phrases. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect/Engineer's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. Equal, Approved Equal: Accepted or approved in writing as being of equivalent quality, utility, and appearance, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer. The burden of proof of equality is the responsibility of the Contractor. Furnish, Supply: Contractor to purchase and deliver to the Project site, including proper storage only, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. No installation is included. Indicated: Shown or noted on the Drawings. The term "indicated" is a cross-reference to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and to similar means of recording requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used instead of "indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader locate the cross-reference, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted. Install: Contractor to construct, erect, or set in place for the intended use, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations as applicable in each instance. Furnishing or supplying is not included. Installer: The entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor for performance of a particular unit of Work at the Project site, including installation, erection, application and

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

References 01420 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

similar required operations. It is a general requirement that such entities (installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. 10. Not In Contract (NIC): Items noted NIC will be furnished and installed by the City, or under separate contract. Owner: The entity named as such in the Agreement. Same as City, or City of Vallejo. Plans: Same as "Drawings". The Plans consist of drawing sheets as identified on the "List of Drawings" after the Table of Contents. Project Site: The space available to the Contractor for performance of the Work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other construction as part of the Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings, and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the Project is to be built. Provide: Contractor to furnish and install, or supply and install, complete in place and ready for the intended use, as applicable in each instance. Relocate: To reinstall existing item(s) in new location complete and ready for intended use. Remove: To remove item(s) completely from Project Site and dispose of in accordance with requirement of authorities having jurisdiction. Remain: To retain item(s) in existing condition. Shown: Same as "Indicated". Specifications: The provisions within Divisions 1 through 16 of the Specifications. Specified: As written in the Contract Documents. Specifications Language: In the interests of clarity and reducing verbiage, these specifications are written in the imperative mood wherever possible. This language is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall", "the Contractor shall", and "shall be", and similar mandatory phrases by inference. Except as worded otherwise, perform all indicated requirements whether stated imperatively or otherwise.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17. 18. 19.

20. 21.

References 01420 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

22.

Work: The demolition and construction required by the Contract Documents, whether fully or partially completed, provided, and performed by the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the Contract. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. References to "Contractors": Wherever in these specifications reference is made to Mechanical Contractor, Electrical Contractor, or other specific contractor, such reference shall be construed to mean the Prime Contractor for this Project as defined in the Agreement.

23.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01420

References 01420 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01460 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Requirements for testing laboratory services. Related Requirements: 1. Testing and adjustment by Contractor of products that are required for installation and operation: Check all Sections. 2. Terminology: The terms "Soils Engineer", "Geotechnical Engineer", "Special Inspector" and "Special Inspection", if used in the Contract Documents, shall read as referring to the City's Independent Testing Laboratory.

1.02

GENERAL A. Concept: City will retain, at their expense, the services of one or more Independent Testing Laboratories to perform specified testing. 1. Scope of Services: As specified herein. 2. Employment of a laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor's obligations to perform the Work.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Laboratory Qualifications: 1. Standards: a. "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. b. ASTM E329, "Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction." 2. Licensing: Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. 3. Verification: Submit copy of facilities inspection report made by National Bureau of Standards' Reference Laboratory during the most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by inspection. 4. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards.

Testing Laboratory Services 01460 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5. B.

b. Accepted values of natural physical constants. Personnel: Trained and highly experienced in the work to be inspected.

Reference Standards: Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current editions of the following: 1. Unless otherwise specified, or if not specifically designated, comply with applicable procedures and requirements of ASTM International (ASTM).

1.04

GENERAL LABORATORY DUTIES A. Coordination: Cooperate with the Architect/Engineer and Contractor; provide qualified personnel after due notice. Execution: Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and verification of methods of construction. 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. General Reporting: Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy of each to Architect, Project Structural Engineer, local building department if required, and Contractor. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Results of test and compliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by Architect/Engineer. Deficiencies: Promptly notify Architect, Structural Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of Work or products. Summary Report: Furnish, for each portion of Work inspected, a report stating the completed Work conforms with the Contract Documents. Limitations: Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.

Testing Laboratory Services 01460 - 2

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.05

TESTS AND INSPECTIONS BY TESTING LABORATORY A. Earthwork: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Earthwork Section and as follows. Inspect excavation, backfill and compaction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Foundation Excavations: Inspect prior to placement of reinforcing steel. a. Foundation Drains: If used, inspect placement prior to backfilling. b. Excavated Surfaces: Inspect prior to fill placement. c. Backfilling: Observe placement and compaction of all fill and backfill. 1) Determine criteria for backfilling moisture content and compaction densities. 2) Examine and test samples of proposed fill and backfill materials. 3) Inspect compacted fills and backfill. 4) Make compaction tests and such other tests as are necessary and submit report certifying the compaction and compatibility of earth fill. d. Porous Fill: Observe placement and compaction of rock base. a. Examine and test samples of proposed materials. b. Inspect compacted base prior to placement of paving. c. Make compaction tests and such other tests as are necessary and submit report certifying the compaction of rock base. Drilled Piers: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Section 02470 Aggregate Piers. Reinforcing Steel: Perform inspections as specified in Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. Stressing Tendons: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Section 03230 Stressing Tendons. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Shotcrete: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Section 03371 Shotcrete. Concrete Masonry Unit Construction/Grout: Perform inspections as specified in Section 04820 - Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Testing Laboratory Services 01460 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

H.

Structural Steel: Perform tests and inspections as specified in Section 05120 Structural Steel.

1.06

CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Required Tests and Inspections: Arrange and pay for all tests and inspections required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, etc. of Governing Authorities that are not specified to be performed by the City's Independent Testing Laboratory, including, but not necessarily limited to, those required by the 2007 California Building Code, Chapter 17 - "Structural Tests and Special Inspections". General: Cooperate with Governing Authorities and Laboratory personnel, provide access to Work and manufacturing operations. 1. Coordination: Ensure that parts of the work required to remain visible for tests and inspections remain uncovered, and that construction operations that would interfere with testing and inspection are delayed, until testing and inspection are complete. 2. Covered Work: Uncover as required. Samples: Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. Design Mixes: Furnish to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other materials which require control by the Laboratory. Manufacturer's Test Reports and Certifications: Furnish copies to laboratory when required. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing of test samples done at the project site. Schedule: Provide schedule of construction to laboratory; update as required. Allow within the construction schedule the time required for the laboratory to perform tests and issue findings. Coordinate revisions to the construction schedule with the laboratory. Advance Notification: Notify the Testing Laboratory, Architect and Structural Engineer sufficiently in advance of operations, 72 hours minimum, to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

Testing Laboratory Services 01460 - 4

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

Compensation: When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, Contractor will reimburse City for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's negligence.

I.

Contractor's Testing: Employ and pay for the services of a separate, equally qualified, independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing that may be required for the Contractor's convenience. Change of Source: Pay for costs of additional inspections and tests when sources of supply are changed by Contractor. 1. Submittals: Resubmit required mix designs, certifications, etc.

J.

1.07

ADDITIONAL TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Failure of Initial Tests: If initial inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs for any required retesting or reinspection, including reimbursement to City for Architect/Engineer's additional services made necessary by such failure. Other Additional Testing: If the Architect/Engineer determines that any Work requires additional inspection, testing or approval, he will, upon written authorization from the City, direct the Contractor to order such inspection, testing or approval. 1. Failure: If additional inspection, testing or approval reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs, including reimbursement to the City for Architect/Engineer's additional services made necessary by such failure. 2. Compliance: If additional inspection, testing or approval indicates that the Work complies with the Contract Documents, the City shall bear all costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued.

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01460

Testing Laboratory Services 01460 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: This section describes temporary construction facilities and temporary controls, including the following: 1. Temporary water 2. Temporary electricity 3. Temporary heating, ventilating, and air conditioning 4. Field offices and sheds 5. Sanitary facilities 6. Construction aids 7. Vehicular Access and Parking 8. Temporary barriers and enclosures 9. Temporary controls 10. Project identification Contact governing authorities to establish extent of temporary facilities and temporary controls required by authorities. Provide temporary construction facilities and temporary controls as required to conform with applicable authorities and as required to complete Project in accordance with Contract Documents. 1. Temporary facilities shall be approved by the City and other authorities having legal jurisdiction. 2. Locate facilities where and as directed and maintain in safe and sanitary condition at all times until completion of Work.

B.

C.

1.02

TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Temporary Water: Contractor shall arrange and pay costs for water required for construction purposes. 1. Contractor shall furnish and install piping or hose to carry water to every point where needed on Project. All water used on Project shall be potable. Temporary Electricity: 1. Provide and maintain temporary electrical power and wiring requirements to facilitate work of trades and services connected with Project.

B.

Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3. 4.

Make application for electric service, arrange for metering, and pay all costs including electric energy used in temporary and permanent electrical facilities until acceptance of Project by the City. Provide adequate temporary lighting for work as required including bright lighting where required to perform quality work. Temporary wiring and electrical facilities shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of OSHA and Electrical Safety Orders of State of California.

C.

Temporary Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: 1. Provide and pay all costs for all temporary HVAC in the form of equipment, fuel, and operators which may be required during contract time to provide adequate temperatures for storage, application, and drying of installed materials. 2. Provide temporary closures for windows and doors, and temporary general building ventilation, for proper storage and drying of materials and safe working conditions.

1.03

CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. Contractor's Field Office: Contractor shall provide field office facilities for Contractor's use as desired. Contractor's field office shall be neat and substantial and all expenses therefor shall be paid by Contractor. Provide the following, at a minimum: 1. Telephone, fax machine, and modem for e-mails and electronic data transfer. 2. Computer, IBM compatible with color monitor, printer, and software programs similar to Word, Excel, and MS Project or Primavera Project Planner. 3. Copy machine with automatic document feed, and reduction and enlargement capability. Sheds: Provide temporary storage sheds or other enclosed temporary structures as required or deemed necessary by the Contractor to protect material and equipment stored on site. Remove same prior to completion of Project. Sanitary Facilities: Provide sufficient suitable enclosed chemical toilets, conforming to ANSI Z4.3., with urinal for workmen. Maintain sanitary facilities and enclosures in clean condition throughout construction period. Remove prior to completion of Project. Washing Facilities: Provide properly mounted and adequate wash sinks connected to water supply. Locate sinks where directed by City. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide clean, sanitary and adequate drinking water.

Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500 - 2

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Construction Elevators, Hoists, and Cranes: Erect, equip, operate, and maintain construction equipment in accordance with applicable status, laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Scaffolding: Provide and maintain scaffolding, staging, runways, and platforms, as needed.

B.

1.05

VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Entrances to Work Site: Contractor and Contractor's employees shall use certain access roads or entrance ways as indicated on plans or as directed by the City. 1. Maintain these roads in satisfactory condition during Contract time, and repair damages attributable to work of this Project at intervals as needed. 2. At completion of Contract, roads and entrance ways shall be left in condition at least equal to that existing at start of Contract, except as may be otherwise required by Contract Documents.

1.06

TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. Barriers: Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas, to protect adjacent properties from damage from construction operations, and to protect person from construction operation. 1. Fences: Provide minimum 6'-0" high commercial grade chain link or painted solid wood fence around construction site; equip with gates with locks. 2. Wood fences, barricades, walkways, and similar items shall be painted solid fence around construction site; equip with gates with locks. 3. Covered Walkways: Provide lighted covered painted wood walkways if required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way. Barricades: Provide as required by governing authorities. 1. Refer to requirements of 2007 California Building Code. 2. Attention is also directed to Safety Orders issued by State of California, Divisions of Industrial Safety. Contractor shall obtain copies of such Safety Orders as are applicable to type of work to be performed, and shall be governed by those requirements in construction operation. 3. Fully inform each subcontractor and material supplier as to requirements of applicable Safety Orders. Tree and Plant Protection: Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water.

Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500 - 3

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Temporary Enclosures: 1. Provide temporary weather-tight closures for exterior openings to maintain acceptable workable conditions, for protection for materials, for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 2. Provide enclosures with doors having self-closing hardware and locks. Security Measures: Contractor is responsible for security of site and buildings involved in this Project during entire time of Contract. 1. Make good damages to work and loss of materials due to vandalism or theft, within this responsibility.

E.

1.07

TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Dewatering Excavations: Provide and operate drainage and pumping equipment; maintain excavations and site free of standing water. Do not use foundation excavation for drainage. 1. Divert water from excavations insofar as is practicable. Do not use footing excavations for drainage trenches. Remove water from excavations by pumping. 2. Provide pumps, well points, piping, and hoses or a combination of these, as may be required, to keep excavations dry and to carry the water off the site. 3. Continue de-watering operations until concrete and backfill are placed. 4. No debris, soil, silt, sand, rubbish, oil, cement washing, etc., shall be allowed to enter into or placed so that it may be washed by rainfall or runoff into storm drains or surface drains in sufficient quantities to cause damage to or have deleterious effect upon the drainage system, or to fish or wildlife at the site, adjacent areas, or streams to which the drainage system is a tributary. Noise, Dust and Pollution Control: 1. Provide materials and equipment necessary to comply with local requirements for noise, dust and pollution control. 2. Use water wagons or spray from hoses to control dust created by work operations in areas on City property during entire period of this Contract as directed by City. 3. Satisfactorily control dust created by operations on property used, other than City property, to satisfaction of all concerned. Fire Protection: Maintain on-site fire protection facilities as required by applicable authorities and insurance requirements. Protection of Existing Utilities: Protect existing utility lines from damage which are not specified to be altered by Work of the Contract.

Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500 - 4

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

Repair or replace utilities damaged to condition equal to that existing prior to commencing Work of Contract.

1.08

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. B. Provide and maintain Project sign at location approved by the City. Project Sign: Provide a 4 feet by 8 feet project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter. 1. Information an Design: As furnished by City where requested, provide proposed design to City for approval. 2. List title of project, names of City, Architect, professional consultants, and Contractor. Erect sign within 30 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. Sign will remain property of Contractor and shall be removed upon completion of Work. No other signs or advertising will be permitted, except that Contractor's name may be placed on his field office.

C.

D.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01500

Temporary Facilities and Controls 01500 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01610 BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Basic requirements for materials and equipment. Related Requirements: Contract Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements contain information and requirements that apply to this Section.

1.02

MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Material and equipment incorporated into the Work: 1. Condition: New, unused, unless otherwise shown. 2. Standards: Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 3. Utility: Comply with size, make, type and quality specified. 4. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: a. Design, Fabrication and Assembly: In accord with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Interchangeability: Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to be interchangeable. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer. c. Equipment Capacities, Sizes and Dimensions: As shown or specified unless variations are specifically approved in writing. d. Features: Include all features that are listed in the manufacturer's catalog as standard, unless otherwise shown. 1) Options: Include when shown or specified. 5. Useage: Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified.

1.03

REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL A. General: Except as specifically indicated or specified, materials and equipment removed from an existing structure shall not be used in the completed Work. Reuse: Use special care in removal, handling, storage and reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work. 1. Temporary Storage: Arrange for transportation, storage and handling of products which require off-site storage, restoration or renovation.

B.

Basic Product Requirements 01610 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Instructions, Recommendations: When Contract Documents require that installation of products shall comply with manufacturer's instructions, recommendations, etc., obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation. 1. Records: Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. Workmanship: Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with the Architect/Engineer for further instructions. 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. Installation: Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents.

B.

C.

1.05

TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Deliveries: Arrange deliveries in accordance with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Care: Deliver in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Inspection: Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that Products are properly protected and undamaged. Workmanship: Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging.

B.

1.06

STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. General: Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1. Protection: Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2. Storage Conditions: Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. Exterior Storage: Do not unreasonably encumber the project site with materials or equipment.

Basic Product Requirements 01610 - 2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2.

Protection: Store products, lumber, etc. above the ground, on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. Granular Materials: Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter.

C.

Examination: Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for examination. Make periodic examinations of stored products to ensure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings, caution markers and barriers as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed.

D.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01610

Basic Product Requirements 01610 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS A. Contractor is presumed to have bid products, materials, equipment, and methods meeting specified requirements. Substitutions must appear and function as intended and be approved as specified in this Section. Proposals for substitution must include full and complete data and necessary information required to evaluate the proposal. Proposals must include any cost and or time modifications at the time of proposal. Subsequent claim for cost and or time will not be considered. Contractor is responsible for any changes to the Work caused by acceptance of substitutions. Acceptance of substitutions does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where products, materials, equipment, and or method is specified and designated as "design basis", Contractor is responsible for any required changes to the Work where the second or subsequently designated item is incorporated. Unless otherwise noted or specified, catalog description designated by the specified manufacturer's catalog number constitutes requirements for specified item. Such numbers and associated description and requirements establish standards of design and quality for materials, construction, and workmanship. Equivalent items may be used provided they comply with the requirements specified and found to be equal in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer may use for comparison all characteristics of specified items as they appear in manufacturer's published data even though they may not have been particularly mentioned in the Specifications. The Architect/Engineer may request, at the Contractor's expense, additional data, field tests, or physical presentation as may be required. Substitute items shall not be ordered and or used without written acceptance of the City. Contractor will be required to provide specified item if substitution is not accepted.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Product Substitution Procedures 01630 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

I.

Failure of the Contractor to submit proposed substitutions for acceptance in the manner described and within the time prescribed shall be sufficient cause for rejection by the City of the proposed substitutions. The Contractor shall be responsible at its own expense for any changes resulting from its proposed substitutions that affect other parts of its own work or the work of other Contractors. Where proposed substitutions are not acceptable to the City and the originally specified item is not available through no fault of the Contractor, the Architect/Engineer will select an alternate. When such selection results in a cost and or time modification, contract will be adjusted in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. The City reserves the right to revoke acceptance if items are not justifiably equal to those originally specified. Rejected items shall be replaced with the specified item at the Contractor's expense.

J.

K.

L.

1.02

SUBSTITUTIONS - GENERAL A. Submit list of proposed substitutions in accordance with the requirements in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and this Section. Tabulate list by specification section number and name. Submit each specific request for substitution in ample time so as not to delay the execution of the Work or impede proper sequence. Consecutively number each submittal and identify as to Contract Drawing number(s), Specification Section and other applicable identification. 1. Submit six copies of request for substitution. 2. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 3. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Architect/Engineer, in their review of the list of materials and equipment, requires revisions or corrections to be made or shop drawings and supplemental data to be submitted, Contractor shall promptly do so. If any proposed substitute is judged by the Architect/Engineer to be unacceptable, the specified item shall be provided; further submissions will not be allowed, unless directed by the City. Physical samples may be required. If tests for the determination of quality and utility are required by the Architect/Engineer, they shall be made at the expense of the Contractor by a testing laboratory, with acceptance of the test procedure first given by the Architect/Engineer.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Product Substitution Procedures 01630 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

If more than two submissions of data are required, the cost of reviewing these additional submissions shall be charged directly against the Contractor; the City will withhold the funds necessary to cover these costs. Substitutions will not be considered when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals without formal request for substitution from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by anyone other than the Contractor. 3. They require substantial revision to the Contract Documents.

G.

1.03

SUBSTITUTIONS - SPECIFIED ITEMS A. Wherever catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names followed by the designation "or equal" are used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing, or service mentioned in these specifications, they are used to establish the standards of quality, utility, and appearance required. Substitutions that are equal in quality, utility, and appearance to those specified will be approved, subject to the following provisions: 1. Requests for substitutions will only be considered if the Contractor supports the proposal with sufficient information to permit the Architect/Engineer to make a fair, equitable, and informed judgment. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature, and other detailed information shall be supplied that will demonstrate to the Architect/Engineer that the proposed substitute is equal in quality, utility, and appearance to the material specified. 2. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions, minimum requirements shall include the following: a. Technical Data: 1) Full product line catalog. 2) Pertinent sales and technical literature. 3) Name of local representative. 4) List of references. Include names and phone numbers of contact persons. 5) Specifications. 6) Test data and certificates. 7) Color charts. 8) Samples. 9) Additional information as requested by the Architect/Engineer. b. Statement by the Contractor that the proposed substitution is in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and all applicable code requirements. c. List of other trades, if any, which will be affected by the substitution.

Product Substitution Procedures 01630 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

d.

e. f. g. h.

i.

Include, as application, or when requested, locations where the proposed substitution has been used. Include contract name, address, and date of installation. Where required, itemize comparison of proposed substitution with specified item and list variations or differences. Note effect of substitution on other work. Include cost and or time modifications. If no effect on cost and or time, so state. If the proposed substitution requires that portions of the Project be redesigned or construction be removed in order to accommodate the substituted item, submit design and engineering calculations prepared by a California licensed design professional. The Contractor shall bear all costs resulting from the substitution. Sufficient data, drawings, samples, literature or other detailed information that will demonstrate to the Architect/Engineer that the proposed substitute is equal in quality, utility, and appearance to the specified item shall be appended to this list.

B.

Submit substitution proposals for: 1. Items specified only by reference standard. 2. Items not specifically named. 3. Second or subsequently designated items specified as "design basis". 4. Items, that through no fault of the Contractor, become unavailable or that cannot be delivered to the job in time to complete the Work in proper sequence.

1.04

CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. Requests for substitution constitute a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed substitution and determined it meets or exceeds item in all respects. 2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified item. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs and time extensions not identified at time of request for substitution. 5. Will reimburse City for review and redesign services associated with reapproval by authorities.

1.05

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S DUTIES A. The Architect/Engineer will determine acceptability of proposed substitution with reasonable promptness.

Product Substitution Procedures 01630 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

The Architect/Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request for substitution. Promptly notify the Contractor of any costs for review and or redesign services associated with requests for substitution.

C.

1.06

BASIS FOR DESIGN A. Wherever more than one manufacturer's product is specified, the first-named product is the basis for the project design and the use of alternative named manufacturer's products or substitutes may require modifications in the project design and construction. If such alternatives are proposed by Contractor and are accepted by the City, Contractor shall assume costs required to make necessary revisions and modifications including additional costs to the City for evaluations of modifications of the project design submitted by Contractor to the City. When materials are specified by first manufacturer's name and product number, second manufacturer's name, or equal, the second manufacturer's product or any equal's product shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements for substitute items.

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01630

Product Substitution Procedures 01630 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01722 FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide surveying and field engineering services required to establish grades, lines and levels for laying out the Work by use of recognized engineering survey practices. Be responsible for the accuracy of measurements. 1. Locate and protect control and reference points. 2. Provide structural design of shores, forms, and similar items provided by Contractor as part of means and methods of construction. Related Sections: Additional preparation requirements may be described in other Sections of these Specifications.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01330. Submit the following upon request. 1. Data demonstrating qualifications of persons proposed to be engaged for field engineering services. 2. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 3. Certification, signed by the Contractor's retained field engineer, certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or nonconformance with requirements of Contracts Documents.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Surveyor or Civil Engineer who lays out the Work shall be licensed in the State in which the Project occurs. 2. Use adequate numbers of skilled workpersons who are thoroughly trained and experienced in necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of work of this Section.

1.04

PROCEDURES A. In addition to procedures required by Contractor for proper performance of Contractor's responsibilities.

Field Engineering 01722 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3. 4.

Locate and protect control points before starting Work on site. Preserve permanent reference points during progress of Work. Do not change or relocate reference points or items of Work without specific notification to City. Promptly advise City's Representative when a reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocations because of other changes in Work. a. Upon direction of City, replace reference stakes or markers. b. Locate such replacements according to original survey control.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND LAYOUT OF WORK A. Property lines, location ties, and elevations of all components of the Project to be built under this Contract are shown on the Drawings. Grade elevations shown for various parts of the Work are taken from a bench mark shown on the Drawings, or if not shown, will be designated by the City. In case of conflict therein, notify the City in writing before starting Work. Contractor shall accurately lay out the Work in conformance with locations shown and establish auxiliary bench marks, stakes, batter boards, and other markers as required for the Work.

B.

3.02

SURVEY AND LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Establish, locate, and layout lines and levels for: 1. Building foundations, column locations, and floor levels. 2. Batter boards for structures, parking lots, driveways, curbs and gutters, and site improvements. 3 Stakes for grading and fill placement. 4. Utility slopes and invert elevations. 5. Control lines and levels for mechanical and electrical work and other work under the Contractor's supervision. Verify layouts as Work proceeds to assure compliance with required lines, levels, and tolerances. END OF SECTION 01722

B.

Field Engineering 01722 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting and patching required to complete Work and to: 1. Make its parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as required for testing. 6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. Related Sections: 1. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. B. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330. Submit a written request to City well in advance of executing cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Work of the City or separate contractor. 2. Structural value or integrity of any element of Project. 3. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. Request shall include: 1. Identification of Project and description of affected work. 2. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 3. Effect on work of the City or separate contractors, on structural integrity, or weatherproof integrity of Project. 4. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 5. Cost proposal, when applicable. 6. Written permissions of separate contractor whose work will be affected. 7. Description of proposed work including. a. Scope of cutting, patching alteration, or excavation. b. Products proposed to be used.

Cutting and Patching 01732 - 1

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c. D.

Extent of refinishing to be included.

Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution as specified in Section 01630 - Product Substitution Procedures. Submit written notice to City designating date and time work will be uncovered.

E.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. Comply with Specifications and standards for each specific product involved. Where Specifications and standards have not been provided, provide materials and fabrication consistent with quality of Project and intended for commercial construction. Provide new materials for cutting and patching unless otherwise indicated.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or performances of work. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to City in writing; do not proceed with work until City has provided further instruction.

B.

C.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or integrity of affected portion of Work. Protect other portions of Project from damage.

B. 3.03

PERFORMANCE

Cutting and Patching 01732 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Execute cutting by methods which provide proper surfaces to receive installations of repairs and finishes. 1. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent damage to other work. Employ same installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching work as employed for new construction for: 1. Weather-exposed or moisture resistant elements. 2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specific projects, functions, tolerances and finishes. Locate and avoid reinforcement prior to cutting or core drilling. Do not cut or damage existing reinforcement without prior written approval. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Do not damage or endanger any portion of the Work, the Work of the City, nor separate contractors by cutting, patching and otherwise altering work. 1. Do not cut or otherwise alter work of the City and separate contractors except with written consent of the City and of such separate contractor 2. Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the City or other contractors consent to cutting and otherwise altering Work. Fit work to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. At penetrations of fire rated walls partitions, ceiling and floor construction completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with U.L. specifications to full thickness of the penetrated element. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide complete Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: 1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 3. Patch surfaces using same material as original surface, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 01732

B.

C.

D.

E. F.

G. H.

I.

J.

Cutting and Patching 01732 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01740 CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Perform clean up and disposal work as specified, complete. This Section forms a part of all other Sections of the specifications and shall be coordinated with such additional clean up and disposal requirements as may be specified in other Sections.

1.02

GENERAL CLEAN UP REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work, or the employees or work of any subcontractor and at the completion of the Work shall remove all rubbish from and about the building and all his and his subcontractors' tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave the work "broom clean", or its equivalent, except as hereinafter specified. In case of dispute between the Contractor and other contractors employed on or about the structure or structures upon which the work is to be done, as to responsibility for the removal of the rubbish, etc., or in case the debris is not promptly removed as herein required, the City may remove rubbish, etc., and backcharge the Contractor. Streets, alleys, and parking areas adjacent to project site shall be kept clean by sweeping or watering, from all dirt and debris generated from earthwork and other construction activities on the project site at all time.

B.

C.

1.03

CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Keep Project area, city streets, and site clean and orderly to satisfaction of City. Remove dirt, debris, waste, rubbish and disused implements and equipment frequently and do not allow items to accumulate more than 24 hours. Control accumulation of waste, materials and rubbish; dispose of off-site at intervals approved by City. 1. Keep work and storage areas clean and free of rubbish; perform special protective and clean-up work within one day of being so notified by the City. 2. Do not store flammable or toxic materials in structures.

Cleaning 01740 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Dispose of trash resulting from Work, off City's property as it accumulates; pay fees required for use of public dumps; burning on City's property is prohibited. Contractor shall arrange for their own refuse containers. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations.

D.

1.04

FINAL CLEAN UP A. In addition to the requirements specified above, Contractor shall thoroughly clean the inside and outside of the structures, (within contract limits) including all fixtures, equipment, walls, ceilings, floors and hardware. This shall include thorough cleaning of roofs, window and opening ledges and sills, horizontal projections, exterior steps and platforms, drainage systems, walkways, rails and other surfaces. Dust, dirt, stains, hand marks, paint spots, plaster droppings and like defects shall be completely removed from the surfaces. Metal surfaces shall be cleaned and polished, using only non-corrosive and non-abrasive materials. Ceramic surfaces shall be washed and glazed surfaces polished. Fixtures and Equipment: Plumbing fixtures and like items shall be cleaned and polished. Lighting fixtures shall be free of dust, dirt, stains, or waste material. Equipment and machinery shall be cleaned, serviced and left ready for use. Glass shall be washed and polished on both sides and left free of dirt, marks, labels or spots. Floors: Exposed surfaces of concrete floors, ceramic tile floors, and paving units of all types shall be washed and mopped dry, free of streaks or stains. Resilient flooring shall be freshly waxed and buffed as specified in the Specifications section. General Site: Sweep all paved areas and rake clean all landscaped surfaces. Final Inspection: Any deficient cleaning operations, as determined by the City, shall be immediately corrected as directed.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F. G.

1.05

DISPOSAL

Cleaning 01740 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Under no circumstances shall rubbish or waste material be disposed of in fill or backfill. All debris, rubbish and waste or surplus material shall be removed from the City's property daily and legally disposed of.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01740

Cleaning 01740 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Closeout Procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data. 4. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 5. Guaranties, Warranties and Bonds Related Sections: 1. General and Supplementary Conditions: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals and other administrative requirements. 2. Section 01100 - Summary. 3. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 4. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 5. Section 01740 - Cleaning.

B.

1.02

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions, for inspection and acceptance of the Work, final payment, and retention procedures. When Contractor considers Work has reached substantial completion, submit written certification that Work is ready for inspection.

B.

1.03

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ("AS-BUILTS") A. Maintain, on current basis, record drawings showing as constructed conditions of project; subject to monthly review by City's Project Manager. Final inspection will not be scheduled until reproducible record drawings are accepted by the City. Those documents which must be regularly maintained include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples.

Closeout Procedures 01770 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C. D.

Store documents separate from those used for construction. At time of installation, installed locations of all Work, relating to above and underground utilities, architectural, structural, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical, and other scopes of Work as may be required, shall be recorded on prints by Contractor, and reviewed with City's Project Manager. Do not conceal Work until required information is recorded. Upon notification, the City will furnish reproducible prints to Contractor, who will transfer installed locations to reproducible prints and submit prints for review by City. 1. All information entered on reproducible prints shall be neat, legible, and emphasized by drawing "balloons" around changed items. Such information shall be described in sufficient detail so as to be easily understood without need of additional references. 2. Locate and dimension all Work, including stub-outs for future connections, with reference to permanent landmarks or buildings and indicate approximate depth below finish grade. 3. Symbols and designations used in preparing record drawings shall match those used in Contract Drawings. Prior to final inspection, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents and signature of Contractor. Failure of the Contractor to comply with this Article in total or in part may constitute reason for the withholding of all or part of the monthly progress payment due the Contractor for that month.

E.

F.

G.

1.04

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide data for: 1. Elevators - Division 14. 2. Mechanical Equipment and Controls - Division 15. 3. Electrical Equipment and Controls - Division 16. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11-inch three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers; with identification on, or readable through, front cover stating general nature of manual. Provide a separate volume for each system, with a table of contents and index tabs for each volume; all material neatly typewritten; each volume containing: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses and telephone numbers of City's Project Manager, Architect/Engineer, and Contractor; and table of

Closeout Procedures 01770 - 2

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

contents furnishing complete information as to location in manual of all emergency data regarding installation. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system. For each system, give names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers; and include the following. a. Appropriate design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list; including complete nomenclature, current costs, and names and address of nearest vendor of parts. d. Detailed operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions, equipment, including routine maintenance cards with time frequency of routine maintenance noted. f. Maintenance instructions, finishes. g. Shop drawings and product data, including changes made during construction. h. Copies of Guaranties/Warranties.

D.

Extraneous Data: Where contents of manuals include manufacturers' catalog pages, clearly indicate precise items included in this installation and delete, or otherwise clearly indicate, all manufacturer's data with which this installation is not concerned. Final inspection will not be scheduled until all maintenance/operating manuals are delivered to City's Project Manager.

E.

1.05

SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in guaranties specified in each section, in addition to that used for construction of work. Coordinate with City's Project Manager; deliver to project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment.

1.06

GUARANTIES, WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Warranties are intended to protect City against failure of work and against deficient, defective and faulty materials and workmanship, regardless of sources. Standard Guaranty: Guarantee all work executed under this Contract to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one year after completion and acceptance by the City. Submittal is not required for standard one year guaranty for work of this project.

B.

Closeout Procedures 01770 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Additional Guaranties/Warranties: Provide additional guaranties/ warranties (in excess of one year) where specifically required by pertinent Specification Sections. Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble all documents including those executed by subcontractors, installers, suppliers and manufactures. Provide table of contents in sequence with each item identified with number and title of Specification Section if which specified. Final copy shall also include a separate list of subcontractors, suppliers, installers and manufacturers, with name, address and telephone number of responsible principal. Assemble in binder with durable plastic cover and provide table of contents. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with City's permission during construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of work delayed materially beyond date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of guaranty/warranty period. Warranty Reinstatement: After correction of warranted work, reinstate warranty for corrected work to date of original warranty expiration, but not less than half original warranty period. Rejection of Warranties: City reserves right to reject unsolicited and coincidental product warranties which detract from or confuse interpretations of Contract Documents. Form of Warranty: Warranties for more than one year, where indicated in the various sections of the Specifications, shall be in the form of a warranty written on the letterhead of the Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier doing the work or supplying the item to be warranted, as follows:

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Closeout Procedures 01770 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

WARRANTY FOR _______________________________________________________ We hereby warrant that the ____________ which we have installed in ____VALLEJO STATION PARKING STRUCTURE, VALLEJO, CALIFORNIA_____ for ____CITY OF VALLEJO _ , has been done in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, and that the work, as installed, will fulfill the requirements of the warranty included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any other and adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or material within a period of _ ( ) years from the Date of Acceptance of the above named Project, without any expenses whatsoever to the City, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within a reasonable time, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days after being notified in writing by the City, we, collectively or separately, do hereby authorize the City to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will honor and pay the costs and charges therefor upon demand. Signed _________________________________________________________________ Subcontractor/Supplier Date

Countersigned ___________________________________________________________ Contractor Date

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01770

Closeout Procedures 01770 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02260 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Excavation support and protection systems for adjacent structures, complete, as specified and indicated on the Drawings. Related Sections: 1. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary supports.

B.

1.02

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and superimposed and construction loads. 1. Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility, including preparation of shop drawings and a comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer registered in the State where Project is located. 2. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means. 3. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings, pavements and other improvements adjacent to excavations.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for Information: Submit shop drawings for excavation support and protection systems, prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State where Project is located. Sign and seal shop drawings by the licensed professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data for installer and professional engineer. Show list of similar projects completed. Site Survey: 1. Pre-Construction Survey: Submit photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the

Excavation Support and Protection 02260 - 1

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

absence of, the installation of, or the performance of the excavation support and protection systems. Periodic Surveys: Conduct periodic monitoring, along with photographic or videotape documentation, of the adjacent structures during excavation and shoring operations.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Perform excavation support, shoring, and protection work in accordance with the applicable requirements of the following: 1. California Building Code, Chapter 33 - "Safeguards During Construction", except as modified by the Contract Documents. 2. State of California, Code of Regulations, Title 8 - Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Subchapter 4 - "Construction Safety Orders" (Cal OSHA). Permits: Obtain all special permits and licenses and give all notices required for performance and completion of the Work of this Section.

B.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving adjacent facilities unless permitted in writing by Architect/Engineer, and then only after arranging to provide adequate temporary utility services. Project Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project, and is available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of the geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests, and results of analyses conducted by geotechnical engineer. City will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data. 1. Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for excavation support and protection work. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or land surveyor; establish exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. 1. During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey benchmarks. Maintain an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for comparison with original elevations and positions. 2. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer if changes in elevations or positions occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction.

B.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Excavation Support and Protection 02260 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MATERIALS A. General: Provide temporary materials that are either new or in serviceable condition. For permanent construction that is to remain, provide new materials only. Structural Steel: ASTM A36, ASTM A690, or ASTM A992.. Wood Lagging: Lumber, mixed hardwood, nominal rough thickness of 4 inches. All wood components need to be fire retardant. Cast-in-Place Concrete: ACI 301, of compressive strength required for application. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed.

B. C.

D.

E.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop during excavation support and protection system operations. 1. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered. 2. Take proper precautions to avoid loss of soil from underneath adjacent portions of foundations or slab-on-grade.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from the property owner and authorities having jurisdication. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that forming and finishing of concrete surfaces is not impeded. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation work and for as long as excavations remain open. Promptly correct bulges, breakage,

B.

C.

Excavation Support and Protection 02260 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain stable. D. Notify City of any damages to existing facilities. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and protection systems.

3.03

REMOVAL AND REPAIRS A. Remove temporary supports and protection systems when construction has progressed sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils or damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. Notify Architect/Engineer of any damage to existing construction. Repair or replace, as approved by Architect/Engineer, adjacent work damaged or displaced by excavation support and protection systems. Leave excavation support and protection systems permanently in place.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 02260

Excavation Support and Protection 02260 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02470 AGGREGATE PIERS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Rammed or vibrated Aggregate Piers (AP), including the following: 1. System design, based on information in the geotechnical investigation report. 2. Layout of AP elements and drilling holes. 3. Placing and compacting aggregate by ramming or vibrating methods. 4. Inspection and testing. Related Sections: 1. Information Available To Bidders: Subsurface Investigation Report. 2. Section 01460 - Testing Laboratory Services. 3. Section 02200 - Earthwork: Excavation to working level and removal of drilled spoils off the working pad.

B.

1.02

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: The AP system shall be constructed by compacting aggregate in a drilled shaft using special high-energy impact ramming equipment, or by a vibrating probe. The AP elements shall be in a columnar-type or prismatic-type configuration and shall be used to reinforce soils.

1.03

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The design submitted shall consider the bearing capacity and settlement of all footings supported by AP ground improvement elements, and shall be in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and these specifications. Total and differential settlement shall be considered in the design. The design life of the structure shall be 50 years, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. Aggregate Pier Element Design: 1. General: AP ground improvement elements shall be designed in accordance with generally-accepted engineering practice and the methods and standards described herein. The structural engineer will provide design structural load, foundation size, and layout. The design shall meet the following criteria:

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a.

b.

c. d.

Design Bearing Pressure for AP Improved Soil (ASD) under all Foundations: 7,000 psf dead + live load (1/3 increase permissible for short term loading). Maximum Long-Term Total Static Settlement at Mat Foundations: Less than or equal to 3/4 inch, under a dead + live bearing pressure of 1,500 psf. Maximum Long-Term Differential Settlement: Less than or equal to 1/2 inch over 30'-0". Modulus testing shall verify the AP modulus assumptions in the design calculations.

C.

Capacity and Size of the AP Elements: The size and spacing of the AP elements shall be as described on the Drawings. The AP installer shall be responsible for delivering a system that will support the loading conditions and control settlement in accordance with these specifications. The Owner's Representative shall approve any modifications in size and spacing of the AP elements. The AP installer shall demonstrate that the Aggregate Pier system has been ICC certified, or pre-approved by the local jurisdiction. Regulatory Requirements: APs shall be designed and constructed to meet the loading and load combinations in accordance with the requirements of the 2007 California Building Code, and the loads provided by the structural engineer.

D.

E.

1.04

SUBMITTALS A. Installer Qualifications: Submit data indicating qualifications of installer and list of successfully completed projects installed with similar geological conditions, Bay Mud, and demonstrate lateral confinement is not required if lateral confienement is not being utilized. AP Design-Build Submittal: 1. Submit 4 sets of design calculations, construction drawings, and shop drawings for approval at least 4 weeks prior to the beginning of AP installation, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. 2. Submit design properties for settlement calculations with the design. 3. Calculations and drawings shall be prepared, signed and stamped by a registered professional engineer licensed in California. 4. Submit quality control test program for AP elements, meeting the requirements of Article 1.05 - Quality Assurance. Test Data: Submit installation records, test data, analysis of the test data, and design AP modulus based on Modulus test results. The report shall be prepared

B.

C.

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

by or under the supervision of a registered professional engineer licensed in California. D. Aggregate: Submit letter stating that the quarry has the required Caltrans gradation rating for Class 2 aggregate base and open graded crushed rock. Gradation or sieve analysis test results from a testing laboratory shall verify the gradation requirements. Daily AP Progress Reports: 1. The AP installer shall furnish a record of AP installation to the Contractor. The record shall indicate the AP location, length, average lift thickness (spot verified) and final elevations of the base and top of APs. The record shall also indicate the type and size of the compaction equipment used. 2. The AP installer shall immediately report any unusual conditions encountered during installation to the Contractor and the Owner's Representative.

E.

1.05

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: AP system installers shall be experienced in the installation of AP systems and shall submit a list of at least 10 references to the Owner's Representative that the Owner's Representative may contact to verify experience. Independent Testing Agency Requirements: 1. The Owner will retain an independent engineering Testing Agency to provide Quality Assurance services. The Testing Agency will be the Geotechnical Engineer of Record. 2. The Testing Agency shall monitor the AP modulus and uplift test(s). The AP installer shall provide and install all dial indicators and other measuring devices, and provide the load frame and jack. 3. The Testing Agency shall monitor the installation of AP elements to verify that the production installation practices are similar to those used during the installation of the modulus test elements. 4. The Testing Agency shall perform required quality control testing. 5. The Testing Agency shall observe and provide a written report summarizing footing excavation and preparation observations. The report will provide an opinion as to whether or not the AP system and footings were constructed in accordance with the Project's plans and specifications. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D422 - Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. b. D1143 - Test Method for Piles Under Static Axial Compressive Load.

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 3

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c.

2. 3.

D1241 - Specification for Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses. d. D1557 - Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. e. Special Technical Publication (STP) 399 - Dynamic Penetrometer Testing. MP130-002 Shawcor Pipe Protection INTEC Coating. Where specifications and reference documents conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

D.

Project plans shall be reviewed and approved by the Owner's Representatives, including but not limited to the Structural Engineer of Record and Geotechnical Engineer of Record, with respect to layout of AP elements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregate for Above and Below Water Level: California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Class 2 aggregate base and open-graded crushed rock. 1. Gradation or sieve analysis test results from a testing laboratory shall verify the gradation requirements. Water For Aggregate: Potable water shall be used to increase aggregate moisture content when applicable unless non-potable water is used successfully within the graded aggregate for the modulus test. Equipment: Appropriate for drilling, dewatering, and compacting aggregate piers.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. AP ground improvement shall be performed following rough grading of the Project site or building pad. A method-specific specification shall be provided by the AP installer 4 weeks prior to construction for review by the design team. Perform AP installation in accordance with approved design-build plans and specifications.

B.

3.02

INSTALLER'S QUALITY CONTROL

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

The Installer shall have a full-time Quality Control representative (QCR) to verify and report installation procedures. The QCR may be a member of the installation crew. The QCR shall immediately report any unusual conditions encountered during installation to the Installer's Design Engineer, the General Contractor, and to the Testing Agency. The quality control procedures shall include the preparation of Aggregate Pier Progress Reports completed during each day of installation and containing the following: 1. Footing and Aggregate Pier location. 2. Aggregate Pier length and drilled diameter. 3. Planned and actual pier elevations at the top and bottom of the element. 4. Average lift thickness for each Aggregate Pier. 5. Quantity of aggregate placed in each pier in dry tons. 6. Depth to groundwater, if encountered. 7. Documentation of any unusual conditions encountered. 8. Type and size of equipment used.

3.03

LOAD TESTING A. Modulus Tests: 1. Two tests shall be performed to verify the parameter values selected for design. The Owner may request additional test locations if the tests fail to meet the performance specifications, at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. The location of the aggregate pier modulus test shall be coordinated with the project Geotechnical Engineer of Record. 3. A telltale shall be installed at the bottom of each test pier so that bottom-of pier deflections can be measured. Acceptable performance is indicated when the bottom of the pier deflection is no more than 20 percent of the top of pier deflection at the design stress level. 4. ASTM D1143 general test procedures shall be used as a guide to establishing load increments, load increment duration, and load decrements. 5. The Modulus test shall be performed in and on the neat drilled diameter of the Aggregate Pier element only, no exceptions, i.e. a footing area is not acceptable. 6. With the exception of the load increment representing approximately 115 percent of the design maximum top of Aggregate Pier stress, all load increments shall be held for a minimum of 15 minutes, a maximum of 1 hour, and until the rate of deflection reduces to 0.01 inches per hour or a deflection of less than 0.0025 inches per 15 minutes. 7. The load increment that represents approximately 115 percent of the design maximum stress on the Aggregate Pier shall be held for a minimum of 15 minutes, a maximum of 4 hours and until the rate of deflection reduces to 0.01 inches per hour or two consecutive deflections of less than 0.0025 inches per 15 minutes.

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

8.

A seating load equal to 5 percent of the total load shall be applied prior to application of load increments and prior to measurement of deflections.

END OF SECTION 02470

Aggregate Piers 02470 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02621 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Drain pipe and drain rock for foundation drainage system at below-grade foundation walls, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 07172 - Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications, and installation instructions.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Report: See Geotechnical Investigation Report.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their original unopened packages, clearly identified, and protected from exposure to ultraviolet light. Store materials in a location protected from exposure to direct sunlight. Limit total exposure of panels to direct sunlight to 7 days or less.

B.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Warrant for a period of five (5) years that the perimeter drainage system shall be free of defects in material and workmanship and that it will not plug up, collapse, puncture due to lateral pressures, deteriorate, or otherwise fail to perform as required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Base of Wall Drain: At Contractor's option, provide one of the following:

Foundation Drainage System 02621 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

Grace Construction Products "Hydroduct Coil 600", or equal. Drain Pipe: a. Manufacturer: Advanced Drainage Systems "N12", Hancor Inc., or equal. b. Material: High density polyethylene (HDPE) plastic, perforated, dual-wall, corrugated on outside and smooth on inside, bell-andspigot joints. PVC pipe not acceptable. c. Standard: Meeting AASHTO M252, Type S - Standard Duty. d. Size: 4 inch diameter x 20 foot lengths.

B. C.

Filter Drainage Panels: As specified in Section 07172. Drain Rock (Filter Material): Caltrans Class 2 drain rock, maximum 3/4 inch aggregate, or clean well-graded mixture of sand and gravel conforming to the following grading requirements: Sieve Size 1" 3/4" 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 No. 30 No. 50 No. 200 Percentage Passing Sieve 100 90 - 100 40 - 100 24 - 40 18 - 33 5 - 15 0-7 0-3

D.

Accessories: As recommended by the panel manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. At perimeter foundation walls, place and compact impervious fill material adjacent to bottom of foundation walls to achieve proper slope of drain pipe. Lay perforated drain pipe solidly bedded in drain rock. Provide full bearing for each pipe section throughout its length, to true grades and alignment, and continuous slope in direction of flow. Lay drain pipe with perforations down and joints tightly closed in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Provide collars and couplings as required.

B.

C.

Foundation Drainage System 02621 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Test or check lines before backfilling to assure free flow of water. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and retest system until satisfactory. Place vertical filter drainage panels around perimeter drain pipe up to 6 inches below finish grade. Install filter drainage panels to vertical cast-in-place concrete walls in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations.

E.

F.

3.02

REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Protect panels from construction traffic and abuse until covered by subsequent work.

END OF SECTION 02621

Foundation Drainage System 02621 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02755 LANDSCAPE CONCRETE FINISHES

PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes specially colored and finished landscape concrete and appurtenances, including but not limited to: 1. Broom finish concrete paving. 2. Acid Etch Concrete finish. 3. Sandblast finish concrete. 4. Concrete seat wall and planter. 5. Pedestals. 6. Colored concrete. 7. Miscellaneous concrete, including footings and pads. B. 1.02 Concrete shall be colored where shown; standard gray elsewhere.

RELATED SECTIONS A. B. C. D. Concrete - Division 3. Portland cement concrete paving - Section 02750. Sealants: Section 07900. Dampproofing: Section 07100.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions and catalog cuts for all materials. Shop drawings: 1. Show detailed construction and location of construction and expansion joints and scoring which deviate from drawings. Where slip resistance is specified for paving, submit results of coefficient of friction tests per ASTM C 1028, if requested by Architect/Engineer.

B.

C.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A. B.

As specified in Division 3. Field samples: Anticipate that up to 2 samples of each type of concrete may be required to establish accepted colors and finishes. 1. Cast samples from accepted materials identical to those to be used on site. 2. Cast 2 x 2 foot x 2 inch thick samples as follows: a. Integrally colored, light sandblast finish concrete. b. Integrally colored, light broom finish concrete: Representative sample of each color. c. Integrally colored, acid etch finish concrete: Representative sample of each color. d. Standard gray, smooth rubbed finish concrete. e. Standard gray, medium sandblast finish concrete. f. Non-shrink grout: Sample of each color (2 inches square), demonstrating match with accepted concrete samples. 3. Architect/Engineer will review and accept samples for finish appearance. Refabricate samples until accepted. Accepted samples shall serve as standard for subsequent work. After acceptance, sawcut two 1 foot squares from edge of samples for Architect/Engineer's use. Retain balance of sample at project site. Remove and dispose of samples when directed by Architect/Engineer. Architect/Engineer will review broom finish stepping pad. If not acceptable to Architect/Engineer, refabricate until accepted. At Contractor's option, provide sample for approval before pouring final pads.

4. 5. 6.

C.

Mockups: 1. Construct mockups where directed by Architect/Engineer, from accepted materials identical to those to be used on project. 2. Cast 8 foot square sample of paving of each type, showing each color and finish, edge treatment, and expansion joint with sealant. Include minimum 4 foot long section of paving band. 3. Wall mockup: Cast 4 foot long section of wall, showing color and finishes, expansion joint with sealant, chamfer and edge treatment. 4. Test accepted sealer on each mockup as directed by Architect/Engineer. 5. Demolish and remove mockups when directed by Architect/Engineer, unless otherwise shown.

1.05

COORDINATION A. Coordinate delivery and installation of embedded items and installation of sleeves.

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS, REINFORCING, AND FORMWORK: Conforming to Division 3, with additional requirements as specified herein. A. Concrete for irrigation and minor structures: Per State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, 1992 Edition, Section 90-10 - "Minor Concrete"; or FHWA Standard Specifications, 1992 Edition, Section 601 "Minor Concrete Structures". Do not use materials or products containing calcium chloride. Sources for concrete materials shall be consistent throughout Work.

B. C.

2.02

MIXES: A. Landscape concrete shall meet requirements of Division 3 unless otherwise shown. 1. Minimum compressive strength: 3,000 psi. B. Integral color shall be added as recommended by manufacturer to produce accepted color.

2.03

INTEGRAL COLOR A. Water-reducing, set-controlling admixture; Davis Colors, www.daviscolors.org, 1-800-800-6856 Color: To be selected from manufacturer's standard colors, as accepted.

B.

2.04

OTHER MATERIALS: A. B. Expansion joint filler: As specified in Section 07900 - Sealants. Grout for concrete exposed to view in the finished work: Non-metallic, non-shrink. Color and texture when fully cured shall match adjacent concrete. Five star grout #130, Five Star Products Co, Fairfield, CT or approved equal. 1. Coloring agent: Iron oxide pigments as recommended by grout manufacturer. Davis Colors, Los Angeles, CA; L.M. Scofield; or approved equal.

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Sealers: Penetrating, reactive soluble salt material, recommended for use on Project surfaces by manufacturer. Shall not decrease slip-resistance of concrete. Shall not change surface appearance of concrete in opinion of Architect/Engineer. 1. Colored concrete: Lithium quartz sealer; No. HLQ 125. 2. Standard gray concrete: Sodium silicate sealer; No. S 102. 3. Manufactured by Sinak Corporation, San Diego, CA or accepted equal. Available from The Burke Company, Oakland, CA.

D.

Sealant: Meeting requirements of Standard Specifications; self-leveling, traffic grade polyurethane sealant. Color to match concrete paving, as accepted. Surface retarder: Lithotex Top Surface Retarder; L.M. Scofield; or accepted equal.

E.

PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: As specified in Division 3, with additional requirements as specified herein. A. 3.02 Curb and gutter shall match color of adjacent paving as shown

LAYOUT: A. Architect will review layout of forms. Adjust alignment as directed until accepted.

3.03

PREPARATION: A. Prepare subgrade as shown and specified.

3.04

TOLERANCES: A. Maximum variation from true plane of overall surface: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Float finish: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Trowel finish: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Sandblast finish: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Broom finish: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Rubbed finish: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Acid etch finish: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Surfaces, including tops of walls, shall be free of depressions and abrupt transitions. At no point shall surface fail to drain.

3.05

FINISHES: A. Float finish: 1. For slabs to receive trowel finish or stamped finish. 2. Surface shall be uniform, free of high and low spots, and sloped to drain as shown on Drawings. Trowel finish: Shall be uniform, smooth and sloped to drain. Smooth formed finish (exposed): 1. For vertical concrete surfaces exposed to view, to be sandblasted or rubbed. 2. Shall have surface finish imparted by overlay plywood. 3. Patch defects as specified. Completely remove fins and projections. 4. Horizontal surfaces: Texture to match adjacent formed surface. At Contractor's option, magnesium float or steel trowel finish. Sandblast finish: 1. Provide light or heavy sandblast finish where shown, to match accepted samples. 2. Apply to trowel finish on flatwork. 3. Sandblast finish paving shall have a static coefficient of friction of 0.8 or greater when wet. Broom finish: 1. Provide light medium broom finish where shown, to match accepted sample. 2. Apply to trowel finish on flatwork. 3. Score surface with nylon bristle broom, to form uniform impression perpendicular to direction of traffic. Acid etched finish: 1. Apply trowel finish and scored pattern. Do not use curing compounds on concrete to receive acid etch finish. 2. When concrete is fully cured, flood surface with water. 3. Apply 30 percent muriatic acid solution, and scrub with nylon broom to achieve approved degree of etch. 4. Neutralize acid with solution in proportion of 1/4 -1/2 pound of baking soda to 5 gallons of water. 5. Vacuum surface to remove solution. Rinse and let dry. 6. Sealer: As recommended by manufacturer, to match accepted sample. 7. Finished surface shall match accepted samples and mockups, and have a static coefficient of friction of 0.8 or greater when wet.

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 5

B. C.

D.

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

8. 3.06

Prevent contamination of planting areas and damage to adjacent surfaces.

JOINTS AND EDGES: A. Submit shop drawings showing locations and detailing of construction joints if required. Construct joints as shown. Crossing joints shall physically intersect. Expansion joints: 1. Provide as shown and wherever paving abuts curbs, walls or other structures, unless otherwise shown. 2. Clean expansion joints after curing and fill with specified joint sealant flush with adjacent paving. 3. Joints in topping slab shall align with joints in subslab. Tool slab edges, edges of expansion joints, and tooled joints before and after finishing, to form smooth uniform impression.

B. C.

D.

3.07

CURING A. B. As specified in Division 3. Do not use curing compound on surfaces to receive acid etch finish.

3.08

REPAIRING AND PATCHING: A. Defective concrete shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense unless it can be repaired to original specifications. Patch and repair cracks, rock pockets, spalling, voids, variations in color and texture, and discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Repairs shall match adjacent finishes and accepted samples and mock-ups, and shall meet approval of Architect.

B.

C.

3.09

CLEANING: A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove clouding and provide uniform appearance when dry. Apply sealer to all exposed concrete surfaces, as recommended by sealer manufacturer. 1. Do not use sodium silicate products on colored concrete.

B.

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

END OF SECTION 02755

Landscape Concrete Finishes 02755 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02765 PAVEMENT MARKINGS IN PARKING STRUCTURE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Pavement markings on finished pavement, and related accessibility signs, complete.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit certification, test results, source, and color sample of each material to be used.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with U.S. D.O.T. Federal Highway Administration "Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges", Section 634; Traffic Markings for Wet-Applied Traffic Paints.

1.04

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paint only when the pavement surface is dry and clean, when the temperature is above 40 degrees F, and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty or foggy.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Paint: Latex, waterborne emulsion, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, suitable for paved surfaces, complying with FS TT-P-1952. Reflective media not required. Provide the following colors, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. White: Crosswalks, signs, lane markings where shown 2. Yellow: Parking stall stripes, direction arrows, lane markings where shown. 3. Red: Fire lanes. 4. Blue, same color as Federal Standard 595B, Color No. 15090: Accessibility symbols and accessible stall striping. 5. Black: Borders around direction arrows where indicated. Accessibility Parking Signs:

Pavement Markings in Parking Structure 02765 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

Manufacturer: Hawkins Traffic Safety Supply, division of HawkinsHawkins Co., or equal. Sign Material: High tensile 5052-H38 alloy aluminum, minimum 0.050 inch thick, with unreflective baked enamel synthetic finish. Types: a. Parking: Rectangular sign with white lettering on blue background, in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 24 and ADA requirements; sign to have accessibility logo with the words "PARKING"; Hawkins #SPR586, or equal. b. Warning: Rectangular sign with blue lettering on white background, with the words, "VEHICLES PARKED IN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND NOT DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS OR LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR DISABLED PERSONS MAY BE TOWED AWAY AT OWNERS EXPENSE. TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT (address) OR BY TELEPHONING (phone number)"; Hawkins #SPR576, or equal. Color: ADAAG and CCR Title 24 approved blue background with white logo and lettering. Mounting: Wall mount or steel sign post, "U" channel shape, hot dipped galvanized finish in accordance with ASTM A526-G90, with hot dipped galvanized mounting brackets, bolts, and attachments. Attachments: Galvanized steel or aluminum bolts, nuts, washers, clamps, and other fasteners as required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Furnish an experienced technician to supervise the location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of pavement markings. Allow concrete pavement to cure for a minimum 28 days and be dry before starting pavement marking. Sweep and clean the area to be painted to eliminate loose particles, grease, laitance, and other foreign matter that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement.

B.

C.

3.02

INSTALLATION

Pavement Markings in Parking Structure 02765 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Painting: Thoroughly mix paint prior to application. Apply paint uniformly in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. Apply paint markings by machine methods acceptable to Architect/Engineer. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils. Protect markings from traffic until the paint is thoroughly dry. All markings shall present a clean-cut, uniform and workmanlike appearance. Correct markings which fail to have a uniform, satisfactory appearance. Accessibility Signs: Install signs at locations indicated. Install level, plumb, true to line, with sign surfaces free from distortions and defects. 1. Use wall-mounted or post-mounted method in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Provide all required hardware, fastenings, etc., to securely anchor signs to structure.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 02765

Pavement Markings in Parking Structure 02765 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02766 TACTILE WARNING SURFACES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section Includes: Tactile detectable warning surface mats, complete.

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's product data and adhesive to be used, describing physical and performance characteristics, sizes, patterns and colors. 2. Verification of approval by California Division of the State Architect-Access Compliance. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. Samples: Submit samples of all required materials.

B. 1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. California Building Code (CBC), Section 1133B.8.5 "Detectable warnings at hazardous vehicular areas". Product to be approved for use in California by the Division of the State Architect--Access Compliance (DSA-AC). 2. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) Articles 4.29, 10.3.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Detectable Warning Surfaces - Embedded Tile in Wet Concrete: 1. Manufacturer: ADA Solutions, Inc. "Cast-in-Place Truncated Dome Detectable Warning System", or equal. 2. Material: Homogeneous glass and carbon reinforced composite, with fiberglass reinforced truncated domes. 3. Pattern: In-line (square) pattern raised truncated domes, and beveled edges designed to meet CBC Section 1121B.3.1, Item 8(a) and ADAAG for height, diameter and spacing.

Tactile Warning Surfaces 02766 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5.

Size: 1-1/2 inch deep, 3 x 4 foot and 3 x 5 foot sheets, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Color: Safety Yellow, solid color throughout.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that concrete surfaces to be covered by tactile warning surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8-inch in 10 feet, and are ready to receive Work.

3.02

INSTALLATION - EMBEDDED TILE MATS A. Verify that the freshly poured concrete has a slump range of 4 to 7 to permit the solid placement of the Paver Tiles in the wet cement. Install tactile warning tiles into wet concrete substrate in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Place tile 6 to 8 inches from curb line. Tamp into wet concrete using a rubber mallet and wood until all of the air has been released and the tile surface is flush with surrounding area. Avoid striking surface of tile directly. Fit joints of adjacent tile mats tight. Align with adjacent construction. Hold tile firmly in place until concrete has set. Protect from traffic until concrete is cured. Remove excess concrete from tile surfaces without damaging material or adjacent surfaces before concrete can cure.

B.

C.

D. E.

F.

3.03

CLEANING A. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, clean surfaces using materials and methods recommended by the material manufacturer, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

END OF SECTION 02766

Tactile Warning Surfaces 02766 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02780 UNIT PAVERS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes furnishing and installing concrete unit pavers complete, including but not limited to: 1. Concrete paver units. 2. Bedding and joint fine crushed aggregate.

1.02

RELATED SECTIONS A. Concrete - Division 2 and 3.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions and catalog cuts for all materials. Submit full size sample sets of concrete paving units to indicate color and shape selections. Color will be selected by Architect from manufacturer's available colors. Shop drawing: Indicate layout, pattern, and relationship of paving joints to fixtures and project formed details. Submit sieve analysis for grading of bedding and joint fine crushed aggregate. Submit test results from an independent testing laboratory for compliance of paving unit requirements to ASTM C 936. Where slip resistance is specified for paving, submit results of coefficient of friction tests per ASTM C 1028, if requested by Architect.

C.

D.

E. F.

G.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of concrete interlocking pavers for a minimum of three (3) years.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Installation shall be by a contractor and crew with at least three (3) years of experience in placing interlocking concrete pavers on projects of similar nature or dollar cost. Installation Contractor shall conform to all local, state/provincial licensing and bonding requirements. Mockups: 1. Install mockup of paver area as shown on plan. This area will be used to determine surcharge of the bedding fine crushed aggregate layer, joint sizes, lines, laying pattern(s), color(s), and texture of the job. This area shall be the standard from which the work will be judged. Consideration shall be given with regard to differences in age of materials from time of mock-up erection to time of actual product delivery. Reference Standards - American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):: 1. C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. C 136, Method for Sieve Analysis for Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 3. C 140, Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. 4. C 144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 5. C 936, Specification for Solid Interlocking Concrete Paving Units. 6. C 979, Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 7. D 698, Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soil and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 5.5-lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 in. (305 mm) drop. 8. D 1557, Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soil and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 10-lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 in. (457 mm) drop. 9. D 2940, Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or Subbases for Highways or Airports.

C.

D.

E.

1.05

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded, or plastic wrapped cubes capable of transfer by fork lift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product. Fine crushed aggregate shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with normal use of buildings adjacent to paving. Do not install fine crushed aggregate or pavers during heavy rain.

B.

C.

D.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.05

COORDINATION A. Coordinate delivery and installation of embedded items and installation of sleeves.

PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE PAVERS. A. Pavers shall meet the following requirements set forth in ASTM C 936, Standard Specification for Interlocking Concrete Paving Units: 1. Average compressive strength of 8,000 psi (55 MPa) with no individual unit under 7,200 psi (50 MPa). 2. Average absorption of 5% with no unit greater than 7% when tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. 3. Resistance to 50 freeze-thaw cycles when tested in accordance with ASTM C 67. 4. Pigment in concrete pavers shall conform to ASTM C 979. Pavers shall be selected from Holland Stone Series Parkway finish ­ non chamfered, 80mm (3 1/8 inch) thickness, Sierra Blend Color as manufactured by Pavestone Company, Winters, CA.

B.

2.02

VISUAL INSPECTION. A. All units shall be sound and free of defects that would interfere with the proper placing of unit or impair the strength or permanence of the construction. Minor cracks incidental to the usual methods of manufacture, or chipping resulting from customary methods of handling in shipment and delivery, shall not be deemed grounds for rejection.

B.

2.03

SAMPLING AND TESTING. A. Manufacturer shall provide a minimum of three (3) years testing backup data showing manufactured products that meet and exceed ASTM 936-82 when tested in compliance with ASTM C-140. Sampling shall be random with a minimum of nine (9) specimens per 20,000 sq. ft. per product shape and size with repeated samples taken every additional 20,000 sq. ft. or a fraction thereof.

B.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Test units in accordance with ASTM for compressive strength, absorption and dimensional tolerance. A minimum of three (3) specimens per test required for an average value. Testing of full units is preferred.

2.04

BEDDING AND JOINT FINE CRUSHED AGGREGATE. A. Bedding and joint fine crushed aggregate shall be clean, non-plastic, free from deleterious or foreign matter. The fine crushed aggregate shall be natural or manufactured from crushed rock. Limestone screenings or stone dust shall not be used. When concrete pavers are subject to vehicular traffic, the fine crushed aggregates shall be as hard as practically available. Grading of fine crushed aggregate samples for the bedding course and joints shall be done according to ASTM C136. The bedding fine crushed aggregate shall conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 33 as shown in Table 1. Table 1 Grading Requirements for Bedding Fine Crushed Aggregate Sieve Size Percent Passing 100 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) 95 to 100 No. 4 (4.75 mm) 85 to 100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 50 to 85 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 25 to 60 No. 30 (600 µm) 10 to 30 No. 50 (300 µm) 2 to 10 No. 100 (150 µm) C. The joint fine crushed aggregate shall conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 144 as shown in Table 2 below: Table 2 Grading Requirements for Joint Fine crushed aggregate Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 No. 8 (2.36 mm) 95 to 100 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 70 to 100 No. 30 (600 µm) 40 to 75 No. 50 (300 µm) 10 to 35 No. 100 (150 µm) 2 to 15 No. 200 (75 µm) 0

B.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Verify that structural slab/drainage media or subgrade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to the specifications. Compaction of the soil subgrade to at least 95% Standard Proctor Density per ASTM D 698 is recommended. Higher density, or compaction to ASTM D 1557 may be necessary for areas subject to continual vehicular traffic. Stabilization of the subgrade and/or base material may be necessary with weak or saturated subgrade soils. The Architect/Engineer should inspect subgrade preparation, elevations, and conduct density tests for conformance to specifications.

B. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed according to specifications. C. Verify that aggregate base materials, thickness, compaction, surface tolerances, and elevations conform to the specifications. Verify location, type, installation and elevations of edge restraints around the perimeter area to be paved. Verify that base is dry, uniform, even, and ready to support fine crushed aggregate, pavers, and imposed loads. Beginning of bedding fine crushed aggregate and paver installation means acceptance of base and edge restraints.

D.

E.

F.

3.02

INSTALLATION: A. Spread the fine crushed aggregate evenly over the structural slab/drainage media or base course and screed to a nominal 1 in. (25 mm) thickness, not exceeding 11/2 in. (40 mm) thickness. The screeded fine crushed aggregate should not be disturbed. Place sufficient fine crushed aggregate to stay ahead of the laid pavers. Do not use the bedding fine crushed aggregate to fill depressions in the base surface. Ensure that pavers are free of foreign materials before installation. Lay the pavers in the pattern(s) as shown on the drawings. Maintain straight pattern lines.

B. C.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Joints between the pavers on average shall be between 1/16 in. and 3/16 in. (2 mm to 5mm) wide. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units. Cut pavers to be placed along the edge with a double blade paver splitter or masonry saw. Use a low amplitude, high frequency plate vibrator to vibrate the pavers into the fine crushed aggregate. Use Table 3 below to select size of compaction equipment: Table 3 Paver Minimum Centrifugal Thickness Compaction Force 60 mm 3000 Ibs. (13 kN) 80 mm 5000 Ibs. (22 kN)

E. F.

G.

H.

Vibrate the pavers, sweeping dry joint fine crushed aggregate into the joints and vibrating until they are full. This will require at least two or three passes with the vibrator. Do not vibrate within 3 ft. (1 m) of the unrestrained edges of the paving units. All work to within 3 ft. (1 m) of the laying face must be left fully compacted with fine crushed aggregate-filled joints at the completion of each day. Sweep off excess fine crushed aggregate when the job is complete. The final surface elevations shall not deviate more than 3/8 in. (10 mm) under a 10 ft. (3m) long straightedge. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) above adjacent drainage inlets, concrete collars or channels. The resanding as necessary of paver joints shall be accomplished by contractor for a period of 90 days after completion of work.

I.

J. K.

L.

M.

3.10

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: AND CLEANING A. After removal of excess fine crushed aggregate, check final elevations for conformance to the drawings. Clean exposed surfaces.

Unit Pavers 02780 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

END OF SECTION 02780

Unit Pavers 02780 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02785 GRANITE PAVERS

PART 1 ­ GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Exterior paving. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in stone.

B.

1.02

REFERENCES A. ASTM A 123-02: Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. ASTM C 97-02: Test Methods for Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity of Dimension Stone. ASTM C 119-04: Terminology Relating to Dimension Stone ASTM C 170-90 (1999): Test Method for Compressive Strength of Dimension Stone ASTM C 270-03: Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C 568-03: Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone ASTM C 615-03: Specification for Granite Dimension Stone ASTM C 880-98: Test Method for Flexural Strength of Dimensional Stone

B.

C. D.

E. F. G. H. 1.03

DEFINITIONS A. B. Definitions contained in ASTM C 119 apply to this Section. Metric Conversions: The following metric conversions shall apply where English measurements are indicated in the text: 1. 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) 2. 1/8 inch (3 mm) 3. 3/16 inch (5 mm) 4. 1/4 inch (6 mm)

Granite Pavers 02785 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5. 5/16 inch (8 mm) 6. 3/8 inch (10 mm) 7. 1/2 inch (12 mm) 8. 5/8 inch (15 mm) 9. 13/16 inch (20 mm) 10. 1 inch (25 mm) 11. 1-3/16 inches (30 mm) 12. 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) 13. 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) 14. 1-5/8 inches (40 mm) 15. 2 inches (50 mm) 16. 3 inches (75 mm) 17. 4 inches (100 mm) 18. 6 inches (150 mm) 19. 8 inches (200 mm) 20. 12 inches (300 mm) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each stone type and each manufactured product shown on Drawings or specified. 1. For each stone variety used on Project, include physical property data. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for stone: 1. Include dimensions and profiles of stone units. Samples: Submit samples for each stone type required, exhibiting the full range of color characteristics expected. 1. Submit a minimum of 2 each, 12 inches x 12 inches in size, in each color and finish specified. 2. In the case of more variegated stones, color photos shall be submitted in addition to the number of samples to show the full range of color and markings to be expected. 3. Mortar Samples: Full range of exposed color and texture. Submit minimum 12 inch long sample. 4. Sealant Samples: For each type and color of joint sealant required. Submit minimum 12 inch long sample. Preliminary Test Reports: Submit test reports for proposed stones prior to final stone selection. Preliminary test reports shall be indicative of the stone to be proposed for the project. 1. Testing of production stone is required in addition to preliminary test reports.

B.

C.

D.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Certification: Submit a letter of certification from the stone fabricator, stating the material being furnished is the specified material and there are sufficient reserves available to supply the project and furnish replacements if needed. Material Test Reports: From a qualified independent testing agency, as follows: 1. Provide reports for each stone type. 2. For metal components. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data as specified under Article, "Quality Assurance" for the following: 1. Installer 2. Fabricator Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment.

D.

E.

F.

1.05

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each stone variety from a single quarry. 1. Make quarried blocks available for examination by Architect. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Engage experienced installer that has completed stone installation similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the project. 2. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage experienced fabricator that has completed stone fabrication similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the project. Preconstruction Stone Testing: Engage an independent testing agency to perform the following testing for each stone variety: 1. Furnish test specimens that are representative of materials. 2. Physical Property Tests: ASTM standards specified for stone type. 3. Flexural Strength Tests: ASTM C 880 Mockups: Build mockup of typical areas as shown on Drawings. 1. Color consistency: demonstrate color consistency with mockup; color range shall not exceed range of color established by samples. 2. Include sealant joints installed as required by Division 07 Section "Joint Sealers." 3. Mockups may become part of the completed Work if approved at time of Substantial Completion.

B.

C.

D.

1.06

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and handle materials to prevent deterioration or damage.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2.

3.

Stone shall be carefully packed and loaded for shipment using reasonable care and customary precautions against damage in transit. Material, which may cause staining or discoloration shall not be used for blocking or packing. The stone shall be stacked on timber or platforms at least 4 inches above the ground. Care shall be taken to prevent staining or discoloration during storage. If storage is to be for a prolonged period, polyethylene or other suitable plastic film shall be placed between wood and finished surfaces of completely dry stone.

C. D.

Properly store cementitious materials. Do not use damp cementitious materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Cold-Weather Requirements for Exterior Stone Paving: ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 2. Hot-Weather Requirements for Exterior Stone Paving: ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602:

PART 2 ­ PRODUCTS 2.01 STONE SOURCE A. Varieties and Source: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of the following variety and from the following source: 1. Granite Source: Cold Spring Granite Company. 2. Dolomitic Limestone: Kasota Valley Limestone by Cold Spring Granite Company.

2.02

GRANITE MATERIAL A. B. Granite: ASTM C 615. Cut stone from one block or contiguous, matched blocks in which natural markings occur. Granite: 1. Stone Variety: Academy Black Granite by Cold Spring Granite Company. 2. Location: a. Granite inset paving. 3. Finish: a. Thermal 4. Nominal Thickness: Not less than the following nominal thickness: a. [1-15/16 inches (50 mm)]

Granite Pavers 02785 - 4

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.03

MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and ASTM C 207. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III; ASTM C 207; and mortar pigments. Aggregate: ASTM C 144. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in mortar and containing no carbon black. Latex Additive: Acrylic-resin water emulsion recommended by additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed Portland cement mortar bed. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4. Provide products by one of the following: Water: Potable.

B. C. D.

E. F.

G.

H.

I. 2.04

GROUT A. Grout Colors: 1. [Match stone]. 2. [As indicated by manufacturer's designations]. Polymer Modified Cement Grout: ANSI A118.7. 1. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin in liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged drygrout mix.

B.

2.05

ACCESSORIES A. Cleavage Membrane: 1. Polyethylene sheeting, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick. Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips, ASTM D 1752, Type II. Cleaner: As recommended by stone producer.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 5

B. C. D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.06

STONE FABRICATION A. Select stone for intended use to prevent fabricated units from containing cracks, seams, and starts that could impair structural integrity or function. Fabricate stone to comply with requirements indicated and with the following references: 1. Granite: NBGQA's "Specifications for Architectural Granite." 2. Dolomitic Limestone: MIA's "Dimension Stone - Design Manual." Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Pattern: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Width: 3/8 inch. Carefully inspect finished stone units at fabrication plant for compliance with requirements. Replace defective units. Clean backs of stones to remove rust stains and iron particles.

B.

C.

D.

2.07

MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Do not use admixtures. Do not use calcium chloride. 2. Combine mortar materials and mix thoroughly. Discard mortar when it has reached initial set. Latex-Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix Portland cement, aggregate, and latex additive to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Mortar-Bed Bond Coat: Mix neat cement and latex additive to a creamy consistency. Latex-Modified Portland Cement Bond Coat: Proportion and mix Portland cement, aggregate, and latex additive to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement or cement and sand with water to a consistency similar to that of thick cream. Joint Grout: Comply with mixing requirements in referenced ANSI standards and with manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 3 ­ EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. B. 3.02 Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION A. B. C. Sweep concrete substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces before setting. 1. Scrub with fiber brushes; drench with clear water. 2. Use mild cleaning compounds.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Cut lines straight and true and finish field-cut edges to match shop-cut edges. 1. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone. Set stone to comply with Drawings and Shop Drawings. Scribe and field-cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce neat joints of size specified or indicated. Expansion- and Control-Joint Installation: Locate and install according to Drawings and Shop Drawings.

B. C.

D.

3.04

INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. B. Variation in Line: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 96 inches maximum. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/16 inch or 1/4 of nominal joint width, whichever is less. Variation in Surface Plane: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum from level or slope indicated. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed 1/32-inch difference between planes of adjacent units.

C.

D.

3.05

INSTALLATION OF STONE DIRECTLY OVER CONCRETE

Granite Pavers 02785 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Saturate concrete with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove surface water about one hour before placing setting bed. Apply mortar-bed bond coat to damp concrete and broom to provide an even coating that completely covers the concrete. Do not exceed 1/16-inch thickness. Limit area of mortar-bed bond coat to avoid its drying out before placing setting bed. 1. Place reinforcing wire mesh over concrete, lapped at joints by at least one full mesh and supported so mesh becomes embedded in middle of setting bed. Hold edges back from vertical surfaces about 1/2 inch. Apply mortar bed to finished elevations indicated immediately after applying mortar-bed bond coat. Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with stone before initial set. Cut back, bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before stone can be placed. Place stone before initial set of mortar occurs. Immediately before placing stone on setting bed, apply uniform 1/16-inch- thick bond coat to bed or to back of each stone unit. Tamp and beat stone with a wooden block or rubber mallet. 1. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of mortar; do not return to areas already set. Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout or pointing mortar as units are set. Point joints after setting.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H. 3.06

GROUTING A. Polymer-Modified Cement Grout for Stone Joints: ANSI A108.10 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Do not use sanded grout for polished stone. 2. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Finish joints by tooling to produce a slightly concave polished joint, free of drying cracks. 3. Maintain grout in damp condition for seven days.

3.07

ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace stone not matching final samples and mockups.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B. C.

Remove and replace stone not complying with requirements. Replace non-complying stone to match final samples and mockups, comply with specified requirements. Replacement stone shall show no evidence of replacement. Patching: Minor patching in small areas may be acceptable if the repair does not distract from the overall appearance of the finished project.

D.

3.08

PROTECTION A. B. Prohibit traffic from installed stone for a minimum of 72 hours. Protect during construction with nonstaining kraft paper, and cover with a layer of untreated plywood where adjoining areas require construction work access.

3.09

CLEANING A. Clean stone as work progresses. Remove mortar, sealant, and stains before tooling joints. Final Cleaning: Clean stone as recommended by fabricator or stone producer. 1. Clean all finished stonework with a mild detergent using a fiber brush. 2. After cleaning, rinse with clean water. 3. Do not use acid or other caustic materials. When cleaning is completed, remove temporary protection. END OF SECTION 02785

B.

C.

Granite Pavers 02785 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM

PART 1 ­ GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Order and furnish all labor, materials, supplies, tools and transportation and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the automatic sprinkler irrigation systems as shown on the Drawings. Items listed hereinafter are included as an aid to takeoff, and are not necessarily complete lists of work items. 1. Trenching, stockpiling excavation materials and refilling trenches. 2. Furnishing materials and installation for complete system including piping, backflow prevention assembly, valves, fittings, sprinkler heads, sub-surface irrigation, bubblers, automatic controls and final adjustment of heads to insure complete coverage. 3. Line voltage connections to the irrigation controllers and low voltage control wiring from controllers to remote control valves. Sensor and communication cables from controller. 4. Replacement of unsatisfactory materials. 5. Clean up, inspection and approval. 6. All work of every description mentioned in the Specification and/or addenda thereto, and all other labor, and materials reasonably incidental to the satisfactory completion of the work, including clean up of the site, as directed by the Architect. 7. Tests. 8. Record Drawings. B. Work Not Included: 1. Irrigation Water Stub-out. 2. 120 Volt A.C. electrical stub-out for irrigation controller. 3. Irrigation piping in structure. 4. Irrigation sleeves. 5. Electrical Conduit in structure for 24 volt wire. Related Sections: 1. Final Acceptance for Work of this Section is contingent on completion of Work of Section 02900. 2. Electrical power to controller: Division 16.

C.

1.02

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Irrigation System 02810 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

OSHA Compliance: All articles and services covered by this Specification shall meet or exceed the safety standards established under the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, together with all amendments in effect as of the date of this Specification.

B.

Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable codes and standards. 1. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the current rules and regulations of the National Electric Code; the Uniform Plumbing Code, published by the Western Plumbing Officials Association; and other applicable State or local laws or regulations. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. 2. When the Specifications call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provision of the Specifications shall take precedence over the requirements of the said rules and regulations. 3. The subcontractor shall furnish without any extra charge any additional material and labor when required by the compliance with these rules and regulations, though the work be not mentioned in these particular Specifications or shown on the Drawings. 4. The subcontractor shall erect and maintain barricades, guards, warning signs, and lights as necessary or required by OSHA regulations for the protection of the public or workmen. 5. Any existing buildings, equipment, piping, pipe covering sewers, sidewalks, landscaping, etc., damaged by the subcontractor during the course of his work shall be replaced or repaired by the subcontractor in a manner satisfactory to the Architect and at subcontractor's own expense, and before the final payment is made. The subcontractor shall be responsible for damage caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed by him. He shall repair, at his own expense, all damage so caused, in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. 6. The subcontractor shall pay for all permits, licenses, and fees required.

1.03

SUPERVISION AND WORKMANSHIP The subcontractor, personally or through an authorized and competent representative, shall supervise the work constantly, and shall as far as possible keep the same foreman and workmen on the job from commencement to completion. The workmanship of the entire job must in every way be first class, and only experienced and competent workmen will be allowed on the job.

Irrigation System 02810 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

LAYOUT OF WORK The irrigation contractor shall stake out the irrigation system as shown on the Drawings. Stakes shall be approved by Landscape Architect before construction is started. Any changes, deletions or additions shall be determined at this check.

1.05

INSTRUCTION After the system has been installed and approved, subcontractor shall instruct the Owner's representative in complete operation and maintenance of the irrigation system.

1.06

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Materials List: Within 15 days after award of contract and prior to installation, submit six copies of materials list. Include manufacturer, model number, and description of all materials and equipment. Include sealants, cements, lubricants and other proprietary items. Substitutions: Submit six copies of catalog information on materials which are to be submitted for substitution. No substitution will be permitted without prior written approval by the Architect. A complete material list shall be submitted prior to performing any work. Record Drawings: 1. The subcontractor shall maintain in good order, in the field office, one complete set of blue line prints of all sprinkler drawings which form a part of the Contract, showing all water lines, sprinklers, valves, controllers and stub-outs. Any work not installed as indicated on the Drawings, shall be recorded and dimensioned accurately from the building walls on these prints. All as-built markups shall be indicated in red. 2. All underground stub-outs for future connections and valves shall be located and dimensioned accurately from building walls on these record drawings. 3. Upon completion of the work, obtain reproducible prints from Architect and neatly correct the prints to show the as-built conditions. Controller Charts: 1. Record Drawings shall be accepted by Architect before controller charts are prepared. 2. Provide one controller chart for each controller supplied. 3. Charts shall be the maximum size that the controller door will allow, showing areas covered by each controller. Chart shall be an electrostatic

Irrigation System 02810 - 3

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

copy and a different color shall be used to indicate area of coverage for each station. Enlarge valve sequence to be readable when drawing is reduced. After being completed and accepted, seal by plastic laminating. Laminating sheets shall be a minimum of 10 mil thick.

1.07 WARRANTY A. B. Provide 1 year guarantee for Work of this Section. Provide supplemental guarantee, on Contractor's letterhead: 1. Warrant that irrigation system has been installed according to Drawings and Specifications, and that system will be free of defects in products and installation for 1 year from Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's warranties shall only supplement special warranty. 2. Agree to repair or replace defective Work, or adjacent work which is damaged by such defects, with the exception of ordinary wear and tear, abuse or neglect. This includes damage to site improvements caused by settlement of improperly compacted trench backfill. 3. Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as required.

PART 2 ­ MATERIALS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Main lines (constant pressure) shall be PVC 1120 Schedule 40 with Schedule 40 fittings. 1. Use Schedule 40 PVC couplings on Schedule 40 pipe. 2. Solvent Weld Main line: At changes in direction or branch mains, use appropriate Schedule 40 PVC fittings as approved by the Uniform Plumbing Code. 3. Detectable marking tape shall be 3" wide and consist of a minimum 5.0 mil overall thickness. The tape shall have a 20 gauge solid aluminum foil core, encapsulated within 2.55 mil polyethylene backing. Tape color shall be purple for recycled water or blue for potable water. Lateral lines (non pressure) shall be 1120-Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe with Schedule 40, Type 1, Grade 1, PVC solvent weld fittings. Connections between main lines and remote control valves shall be of Schedule 80 PVC (threaded both ends) nipples and fittings. Risers shall be as follows: Schedule 80 PVC threaded nipples and Schedule 80 PVC ells as shown on the construction details.

B.

C.

D.

Irrigation System 02810 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.02

QUICK COUPLING VALVES Quick Coupling valves shall be bronze construction, 1-inch connection, two-piece body, locking purple vinyl top, single slot and lug.

2.03

CONTROLLERS Controllers shall be as listed on the Drawings.

2.04

REMOTE CONTROL VALVES Remote control valves shall be a globe/angle pattern with bronze body and bonnet, brass flow stem and manual bleed petcock. Sizes of remote control valves shall be as listed on the Drawings. Each valve shall have a plastic tag denoting its controller and station number.

2.05

MASTER REMOTE CONTROL VALVE Master remote control valve: globe pattern with cast iron body and bonnet, brass flow stem and manual bleed petcock. Size of master remote control valve is listed on Drawings.

2.06

FLOW SENSOR A. Flow sensors shall be capable of sensing programmed water flows during the operation of the irrigation system and shall be capable of detecting excess or inadequate water flows as per the operator entered parameters. The flow sensors shall be compatible with the central computer system and shall be capable of transmitting water flow information to the irrigation controller. The flow sensor shall meet the following requirements: 1. Brass or bronze construction 2. Insertion type with a non magnetic, spinning impeller as the only moving part 3. Rated for a maximum line pressure of 400 psi and a maximum liquid temperature of 221 degrees F. 4. Accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of full scale, linearity of plus or minus 1 percent, repeatability of plus or minus 1 percent, and a flow range of 1 to 30 feet per second

B.

C.

2.07

GATE VALVES A. 2½" and smaller shall be bronze construction with operating wheel and screwed connections.

Irrigation System 02810 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B. 2.08

Install the gate valve in a 10" diameter plastic valve box as detailed.

BALL VALVES Ball valves shall be PVC full port design with double unions. Install the at each remote control valve

2.09

CONTROL WIRE A. Copper with UL approval for direct burial in ground, size #12-1 for common wire and size #14-1 for control wire. Common ground wire shall have white insulating jacket; control wire shall have insulating jacket of color other than white. Provide a separate ground wire for each controller. Splices shall be made with 3M DBY connectors.

B. 2.10

VALVE BOXES A. Carson Model 1419, NDS Model 314BCB, or equal plastic valve box with a plastic bolt down lid. The lid shall be marked: "Irrigation Control Valve" with the station number, in one inch (1") high white enamel numbers and letters. Valve box lids shall be bolted down with bolts available from valve box manufacturer. Boxes, lids, and bolts shall be from same manufacturer.

B.

C.

D. 2.11

SPRINKLER HEADS All sprinkler heads shall be as listed on the Drawings.

2.12

BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE A. Backflow prevention device shall be the reduced pressure type with gate valves, check valves, test cocks reduced pressure chamber and air vent. Install 12" above finish grade. Backflow preventer enclosure shall be stainless steel.

B.

2.13

RAIN SENSOR

Irrigation System 02810 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

UV resistant, polymer housing with weatherproof switch mechanism and mounting bracket. Fully adjustable shutoff from 1/8" to 1" of accumulated rainfall with automatic return to normal watering cycle. Shall be wireless with 300 foot transmission range.

B.

C 2.14

MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Solvent cement and primer for solvent weld joints shall be of make and type approved by manufacturer(s) of pipe and fittings. Cement shall be maintained at proper consistency throughout use. Lubricant for assembling rubber ring seal joints shall be of make and type approved by manufacturer of pipe. Pipe joint compound shall be non-hardening, non-toxic materials designed specifically for use on threaded connections in water carrying pipe. Performance shall be same as Rector Seal 100 W.

B.

C.

2.15

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. B. Provide all equipment called for by the Drawings. Provide to the Owner, at completion of the Maintenance Period, three (3) each of all operating and servicing keys and wrenches required for complete maintenance and operation of all heads and valves. Include all wrenches necessary for complete disassembly of all heads and valves.

PART 3 ­ INSTALLATION 3.01 PREPARATION Schedule and coordinate placement of materials and equipment in a manner to effect the earliest completion of work in conformance with construction and progress schedule. 3.02 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. B. C. Protect work and materials from damage during construction and storage as directed by Architect. Handle plastic pipe carefully; especially protecting it from prolonged exposure to sunlight. Store sub-surface dripline in cool dry place out of sunlight during installation.

Irrigation System 02810 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

LAYOUT A. B. Layout work as accurately as possible in accordance with diagrammatic drawings. Where site conditions do not permit location of piping, valves and heads where shown, notify Architect immediately and determine relocation in a joint conference. Run pipelines and automatic control wiring in common trenches whenever practical.

C.

3.04

EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING A. Excavation shall be in all cases ample in size to permit the pipes to be laid at the elevations intended and to permit ample space for joining. Depth of trenches shall be enough to provide minimum cover from finish grade to top of pipe in trenches, as follows: 1. 18" minimum cover over main lines to control valves and quick coupling valves. 2. 18" minimum cover over direct burial control wires from controller to valves. 3. 12" minimum cover over the valve controlled lines to sprinkler heads. Restore surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of excavations, to original conditions in a manner approved by the Architect. Where other utilities interfere with irrigation trenching and pipe work, adjust the trench depth as instructed by Architect.

B.

C.

D.

3.05

ASSEMBLING PIPELINES A. All pipes shall be assembled free from dirt and pipe scale. Field cut ends shall be reamed only to full pipe diameter with rough edges and burrs removed. Solvent Weld Joint: 1. Prepare joint by first making sure the pipe end is square, then deburring the pipe end and cleaning the pipe and fitting of dirt. 2. Dry-insert pipe into fitting to check for missizing. Pipe should enter fitting 1/3 to 2/3 depth of socket. 3. Coat the inside socket surface of the fitting and the external surface of the male end of the pipe with P-70 primer (manufactured by Weld-On), immediately followed by Weld-On 711 cement liberally applied to the male end of the pipe and lightly applied to the inside of the socket. Then, apply a second coat of cement to the pipe end.

Irrigation System 02810 - 8

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

5. 6.

Insert pipe immediately into fitting and turn it 90° to distribute cement and remove air bubbles. The pipe must seat to the bottom of the socket and fitting. Check alignment of the fitting. Pipe and fitting shall be aligned properly without strain to either. Hold joint still for approximately thirty (30) seconds and then wipe the excess cement from the pipe and fitting. Cure joint a minimum of thirty (30) seconds before handling and at least six (6) hours before allowing water in the pipe.

C.

Threaded Joint: 1. 2. Field threading of plastic pipe or fittings is not permitted. Factory-formed threads only will be permitted. Factory-made nipples shall be used wherever possible. Field-cut threads in metallic pipe will be permitted only where absolutely necessary. When field threading, cut threads accurately on the axis with sharp dies. All threaded joints shall be made up with pipe joint compound. Apply compound to male threads only. Where assembling metallic pipe to metallic fitting or valve, no more than three (3) full threads shall show when joint is made up. Where assembling to threaded plastic fitting, take up joint no more than one full turn beyond hand tightening. Where assembling soft metal (brass or copper) or plastic pipe, use a strap type friction wrench only; do not use a metal-jawed wrench.

3. 4. 5. 6.

D.

Cap or unplug openings as pipeline is assembled to prevent entrance of dirt or obstruction. Remove caps or plugs only when necessary to continue assembly. Where pipes or control wires pass through sleeves, provide a removable nondecaying plug at ends of sleeve to prevent entrance of earth.

E.

3.06

REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install where shown on Drawings and group together where practical. Limit one remote control valve per box with no exceptions. Locate valve boxes 12" from and perpendicular to walk edges, buildings and walls. Provide 12" between valve boxes where valves are grouped together. Thoroughly flush main line before installing the valve. Install in shrub or ground cover areas where possible. Label control line wire at each valve with a 2½" x 2½" polyurethane I.D. tag, indicating identification number of the valve (controller and station number). Attach a label to control wire.

Irrigation System 02810 - 9

B.

C. D. E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.07

FLOW SENSOR A. Install flow sensor a minimum of 10 times pipe diameter upstream and 5 times pipe diameter downstream of any valves, fittings, pipe bends, etc. Use only sensor cable approved by the controller manufacturer. Install cable in a separate 1" conduit routed to controller. Leave enough flexibility in the cable to allow for future service of sensor.

B.

3.08

AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRING A. Run lines along mains where practical. Tie wires in bundles with pipe wrapping tape at 10' intervals and allow slack for contraction between strappings. Loop a minimum of three (3) feet of extra wire in each valve box; both control wire and ground wire. Connections shall be made as shown on plans. Splicing will be permitted only on runs exceeding 2500'. Locate all splices at valve locations within valve boxes. Where control lines pass under paving, they shall pass through Schedule 40 electrical PVC conduit.

B.

C. D.

E.

3.09

AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Provide and install automatic irrigation controller in approximate locations shown on Drawings. The exact location will be determined on the site by Architect. Provide conduit and wire and connect to 120 volt switch accessible to controller for ease of maintenance. Connect control lines to controller in sequential arrangement according to assigned identification number of the valve. Each control line wire shall be labeled at controller with a permanent non-fading label indicating station number of the valve controlled. Attach a label to control wire. Interconnect controllers using manufacturer approved communication cable. Install cable in a separate 1" conduit. Contact controller manufacturer for certification of the installation.

B.

C.

D. 3.10

BACKFILLING A. Backfill only after piping has been tested, inspected and approved.

Irrigation System 02810 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Backfill material shall be the earth excavated from the trenches, free from rocks, concrete chunks, and other foreign or coarse materials. Carefully select backfill that is to be placed next to plastic pipe to avoid any sharp objects which may damage the pipe. All pipe under asphalt paving shall be backfilled with 4" of clean sand on all sides of pipe. Place backfill materials in 6" layers and compact by jetting or tamping to a minimum compaction of 90 percent of original soil density. Dress off areas to finish grades and remove excess soil, rocks or debris remaining after backfill is completed. If settlement occurs along trenches, and adjustments in pipes, valves and sprinkler heads, soil, sod or paving are necessary to bring the system, soil, sod, or paving to the proper level or the permanent grade, subcontractor, as part of the work under this Contract, shall make all adjustments without extra cost to the Owner.

C.

D.

E.

F.

3.11

SPRINKLER HEADS AND QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. B. C. D. Thoroughly flush lines before installing heads or quick coupling valves. Locate heads and quick coupling valves as shown in the Drawings and Detail. Adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution and trim. Install lawn heads 2" above grade in seeded lawn area at time of installation. Lower to finish grade after turf is well established and as directed by Architect.

3.12

PIPE TESTS The subcontractor shall: A. B. C. Notify Architect at least three (3) days in advance of testing. Perform testing at his own expense. Center load piping with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. No fitting shall be covered. Apply the following tests after weld plastic pipe joints have cured at least 24 hours. 1. Test live (constant pressure) and quick coupling valve lines hydrostatically at 125 PSI minimum. Lines shall be filled with water and

Irrigation System 02810 - 11

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

pressure gauge connected to the pipe line. After lines have reached the 125 PSI, (use hydraulic pump or other safe method ­ do not use an air compressor) cut off the source of pressure. Lines will be approved if test pressure (with an allowable drop of 2 PSI) is maintained for two (2) hours. Should leaks develop during the test period, they shall be located and repaired and retested in the same method. The subcontractor shall make tests and repairs as necessary until test conditions are met. Test remote control valve controlled lines with water at line pressure and visually inspect for leaks. Retest after correcting defects.

E.

Remake faulty joints with new materials. Do not use cement or caulking to seal leaks.

3.13

SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT A Flush and adjust sprinkler heads for optimum performance. Prevent overspray onto walks, roadways, paving and buildings. Adjust nozzle sizes and degree of arc and install pressure compensating screens as required to cover planting areas without overspray. Adjust valve flow controls. Perform coverage test in the presence of Architect to establish that coverage of all planting areas is complete and adequate. Correct deficiencies and repeat test until approved.

B.

3.14

GUARANTEE A. It shall be the responsibility of subcontractor to fill and repair all depressions and replace all necessary lawn and planting due to the settlement of irrigation trenches for one year following completion and acceptance of the job. The subcontractor shall also guarantee all materials, equipment and workmanship furnished by him to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials, and shall agree to replace at his expense, at any time within one year after installation is accepted, any and all defective parts that may be found.

B.

3.15

CLEANUP When work of this section has been completed and at such other times as may be directed, remove all trash, debris, surplus materials and equipment from the site. END OF SECTION 02810

Irrigation System 02810 - 12

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02825 SCREENING FENCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work of this Section consists of providing metal screening fence complete, and miscellaneous metal items, including but not limited to: 1. Screening fence. 2. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 3. Miscellaneous items required to install the Work, whether or not specifically shown or detailed.

1.02

REFERENCES: A. B. C. D. E. F. ASTM A500 ­ Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. ASTM A82 ­ Mechanical, Physical and Performance Properties of Carbon Steel Wire ASTM A641 ­ Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire ASTM A879 ­ Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for Applications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface. ASTM B117 ­ Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. RAL ­ German Institute for Quality Assurance and Indication.

1.03

SUBMITTALS: A. B. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01330. Product data: Manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions for all products and materials used, including paint and grout products. 1. Provide test results demonstrating that materials comply with specified requirements. 2. Provide paint manufacturer's certification that materials are best quality, top of line commercial grade, recommended for proposed application. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used in the Work.

C.

Screening Fence 02825

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Shop Drawings: Submit showing sizes critical dimensions, panel layout constraints using a 2 x 2 inch modular grid, and details and locations of accessories. Samples: 1. Color Submittals: Submit coupons 2 x 3/12 inches minimum showing color and texture to be provided. 2. Provide finish samples, including welds, for approval of items exposed to view in the finished work. Include painted finish.

E.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference standards -- Comply with pertinent provisions of the following: 1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): Standards as noted. 2. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): a. Metal Finishes Manual, 1988 edition. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): a. A2.4-83: Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination. b. B2.1-84: Standard for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification. c. D1.1-92: Structural Welding Code -- Steel. 4. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): Painting Manual. Mockups: 1. After product data, shop drawings and initial samples have been approved, fabricate mockups as follows: a. Panel: Minimum +/-9 foot length, post to post panel. 2. Locate mockups where directed by Architect/Engineer. 3. Refabricate mockups until approved. 4. Retain mockups during construction as a standard for judging completed work. Do not alter, remove or destroy mockups until work and final approval is complete. 5. After construction, demolish and remove mockups. Where permitted by Architect/Engineer, components of mockups may be incorporated into the final Work, provided their performance is unimpaired.

B.

1.05

SITE CONDITIONS: A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where necessary.

1.06

COORDINATION:

Screening Fence 02825

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Furnish setting diagrams, templates and instructions for installation of items to be installed under other Sections. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFABRICATED SCREENING FENCE A. 4 feet tall post mounted horizontal fence/screen system by Greenscreen, Los Angeles, CA. Provide fence system in manufacturer's powder coat factory finish. Color to be selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Panels shall be rigid, three-dimensional welded wire grid fabricated of 14-gage ASTM A641 galvanized steel wire. Face Grid: Wires shall be welded at each intersection to form a 2 x 2 inch face grid on the front and back of panels. Trusses: Face grids shall be separated by bent wire trusses spaced at 2-inch centers and welded to front and back face grids at each truss apex. Thickness: As shown on Drawings. Length and Width: Provide in 2-inch nominal increments. Tolerance: 1/8 inch in width and ¼ inch in length. Provide all components required for complete fence system.

B.

C.

D.

E. F. G. H. 2.02

ACCESSORIES: A. Trim: 1. Fabricate from 20-gage ASTM A879 galvanized steel. 2. Types: a. Channel Trim: Thickness of panel x ½ inch legs. b. Angle Trim: ½ inch x ½ inch legs. 3. Locations: a. Corners formed by intersections of panels: Angle type. b. Top, side and bottom of Treillage : Angle. Clips and Straps: Provide manufacturer's standard types of clips and straps suitable for mounting conditions. Fabricate from ASTM A879 galvanized steel. Adjustable clips shall have ¼ inch diameter 18-8 stainless steel bolt, washer, and nut.

B.

Screening Fence 02825

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Plastic Spacers: Provide ½ inch thick black Ultra High Molecular Weight polyethylene (UHMW) washers [to hold clips away from mounting surface]. Fasteners for Mounting Clips to Posts: Self drilling, self tapping hex washer head screws, Type 410 stainless steel, and free from rust when salt spray tested for 300 hours in accordance with ASTM B117. Fasteners for Attachment to Structure: 1. To Structural Steel: minimum resistance 550 lbs. 2. To light-Gage Steel Framing: minimum resistance 550 lbs

D.

E.

2.03

FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Fabricate as shown, as recommended by manufacturer.

2.04

FINISHES A. B. Metal components (except fasteners) shall be factory finished after fabrication. Finish System: pretreat with general purpose, alkaline, water based cleaner / degreaser applied at 240 degrees F. prime with zinc-rich epoxy powder coat. Topcoat with polyester or polyester-urethane powder coat. C. Salt Spray Resistance: Finish shall remain rust free when tested 1680 hours in accordance with ASTM B117. D. E. Color: Custom color to match color selected by Architect. Touch-Up Paint: Provide high quality, exterior-grade spray paint suitable for conditions of use.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Commencement of work indicates acceptance of substrate conditions by Contractor.

3.02

INSTALLATION: A. B. According to approved shop drawings. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation.

Screening Fence 02825

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevations shown; plumb, level, true and free of rack; measured from established lines and levels. Avoid cutting panels in field. Where field cutting is essential, apply touch-up paint to cut edges. Provide temporary bracing or anchors for items which are to be built into concrete. Keep work in alignment. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for installation. Install securely with fasteners located to meet manufacturer's requirements. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted, with uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. Restore finishes to eliminate evidence of field cutting, welding or grinding. Repair bent or damaged panels. If panels cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect, remove from jobsite and replace with new panels.

D.

E.

F. G. H.

I.

3.03

FINAL ACCEPTANCE: A. Remove strippable coating when adjacent work is complete and protection is no longer necessary. Restore finishes, including primer and paint, damaged during fabrication or installation to original condition. Refabricate and reinstall items which cannot be repaired. At Final Acceptance, items shall be clean and in perfect condition, ready for use.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 02825

Screening Fence 02825

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02870 SITE FURNITURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A. SUMMARY Section includes providing site furniture complete, including but not limited to: 1. Trash/Recycling Receptacle. 2. Bench. 3. Bollard. 4. Tree Grates. 5. Planter Pots. Related sections: 1. Concrete for footings: Section 03100. SUBMITTALS Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Submit product data, catalog cuts and manufacturer's installation instructions for items to be provided. Include manufacturer's recommendations for maintenance of items. Submit shop drawings showing dimensions, finishes, framing, connection details and other information related to manufacture and installation of units. Samples: Color chips of manufacturer's standard colors and finish. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Store materials safely and securely, protected from weather, theft, vandalism or other damage. Prevent damage to or staining of site surfaces or other materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS Become familiar with site conditions, access and existing on-site and adjacent improvements, including utilities. Protect existing improvements. Replace or repair to original condition improvements which are damaged during operations or by malfunction of installed items. Field verify dimensions, grades and utility locations. COORDINATION

Site Furniture 02870 - 1

B.

1.02 A. B.

C.

D. 1.03 A.

1.04 A.

B.

C. 1.05

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A. B.

Coordinate delivery and installation of items to be embedded in concrete work. Furnish to other trades details, templates, dimensional tolerances or other information required for coordination of work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. MANUFACTURED ITEMS Trash/Recycling Receptacle: Manufactured by Landscape Forms. Model: Presidio Collection, side opening, surface mount. Finish: Pangard II Powder Coat; Metal material. Color: Forest Green. Signage: Provide four (4) signs per receptacle. For trash receptacles provide sign #14 "trash only". For recycling receptacles provide sign # 10 "recyclable". Benches: Manufactured by Landscape Forms. Model: Presidio Collection, straight four unit group, backed seat with two arms on each seat, imbedded mount. Finish: Pangard II Powder Coat Metal material. Color: Forest Green. Length 92". Five arms each bench. Bollards: Manufactured by Fairweather Site Furnishings. Model: B-3. Cast aluminum material. Height: 36 inches. Mounting: Surface ­ see structural drawings. Color: Medium Gloss Black. Tree Grates: Manufactured by Urban Accessories. Model: Pavone (ADA Compliant) Cast Ductile Iron with "S" Standard Frame for use with new surround slab. Size: 6 feet square. Finish: Raw iron. Preweather grate and frame with weekly application of water minimum of 3 months prior to installation. Continue weekly water application up to final acceptance or until weathered finish is achieved. Planter Pots: See drawings for planter pot specifications. Custom drain and irrigation holes required.

B.

C.

D.

E.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. EXAMINATION Verify that adjacent work is complete and that conditions are acceptable for installation of site furniture. LAYOUT Mark locations of site furniture for review by Architect. Adjust as directed. Layout shall be accepted by Architect before installation begins.

Site Furniture 02870 - 2

3.02 A. B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Contractor is responsible for replacement of base materials where site furniture is installed before layout is accepted. INSTALLATION Install according to manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings. Units shall be stable and plumb. FINAL ACCEPTANCE Protect Work from damage or theft until Final Acceptance. Repair or replace damaged work to original condition. Keep site clean during construction. At Final Acceptance, site furniture shall be in place, clean and in perfect condition, ready for use.

3.03 A. B. 3.04 A.

B.

END OF SECTION

Site Furniture 02870 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 02900 PLANTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes providing planting complete, including but not limited to: 1.Finish grading of landscaped areas. 2. Imported topsoil and soil amendments. 3. Planter soil mix. 4. EPS Geofoam fill in planters. 5. Planting. 6. Wood bark mulch. 7. Organic mulch. 8. Erosion control fabric. 9. Root barriers. 10. Decomposed granite surface. 11. Maintenance through Final Acceptance. 12. Warranty replacement. Related sections: 1. Section 02810 - Irrigation.

B.

1.02

DEFINITIONS A. Finish grade: Top of soil surface after settling.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Materials data: Submit complete materials list of plants, soils, amendments, fertilizers and non-proprietary items to be provided under this Section, including source, size, and quantity. Product data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions and catalog cuts for all materials different from those specified. Requests for substitutions shall comply with Section 01330. Samples: 1. Wood bark mulch: 1/2 cubic foot of each type. 2. Decomposed granite: 1/2 cubic foot.

C.

D.

Planting 02900 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Test reports: Submit results of the following tests, recommendations and analysis. Test reports shall be test number specified, as provided by Soil and Plant Laboratory, or accepted equal. 1. Provide Project Specifications for import topsoil, import soil, soil amendments and fertilizer to Testing Laboratory. 2. Existing site soil: Provide Test A05, for agricultural suitability, fertility, particle size analysis; including recommendations for soil amendment and backfilling, and fertilization during Maintenance Period. Number of samples to be as recommended by Testing Laboratory, minimum 4 samples. a. Certify that soil is free of herbicides or other harmful substances. Perform monocot and dicot growth trials, Test M05. Number of samples as recommended by Testing Laboratory, minimum 4 trials. 3. Import topsoil (if required): Provide samples of import topsoil to Testing Laboratory. Include manufacturer's analysis of proposed amendment, dated within 6 months before delivery, or sample of organic amendment for Testing Laboratory's analysis if manufacturer's analysis is not available. 4. Testing Laboratory shall certify that proposed import topsoil complies with Specifications and that it is compatible with site soil. 5. Testing Laboratory shall propose changes in amendment program specified, if required, and shall certify that amendments proposed are suitable for use with site soil and import topsoil. 6. Import soil: Submit test reports of representative sample prior to delivery and for every 100 yards delivered to the site. Test A05, for agricultural suitability, fertility, particle size analysis; including recommendations for soil amendments, and fertilization during Maintenance Period. 7. Planter soil mix: Submit test results showing compliance with Specifications. 8. All other fertilizers and amendments: For standard products, submit manufacturer's analysis. For all other products, submit analysis by Testing laboratory. 9. Submit test results, analysis and recommendations for site soil, import soil, fertilizer and organic amendment together, as a package. 10. Palm Certification: Written cerification by a qualified palm inspector, approved by the Owners Representativ, the the palm trees are free of fusarium or other lethal diseases. Testing shall take place no earlier than 60 days prior to acceptance of palms. Herbicides: Submit manufacturer's analysis. Schedule for application of herbicides shall be accepted by Owner's Representative. Record drawings: Prepare record plans indicating plant type, quantity, size and location. Submit to Owner's Representative within 10 working days of start of Maintenance period.

Planting 02900 - 2

F.

G.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing laboratory: Recognized laboratory for soil and plant disease analysis for ornamental horticulture, approved by Owner's Representative. Acceptable laboratory: Soil and Plant Laboratory, Santa Clara, CA (408) 727-0330. 1. Form numbers specified refer to tests of Soil and Plant Laboratory. Equal tests of approved laboratory may be substituted. 2. Format of test reports, analysis and recommendations shall meet approval of Owner's Representative. Resubmit until accepted. Reference standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the following: 1. Nomenclature: "Western Garden Book," 1988 edition or later; Sunset Publishing Co., Menlo Park, CA. 2. Plant material standards: "American Standard for Nursery Stock," 1990 edition; American Association of Nurserymen. 3. Staking and guying procedures: "Staking Landscape Trees," University of California Extension, Publication #2576. 4. Pruning procedures: "Tree Pruning Guidelines," 1995 edition; International Society of Arboriculture, Savoy, IL. 5. California Department of Transportation (CalTrans), Standard Specifications, 1992 Edition. Where referenced herein.

B.

1.05

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fertilizers, amendments and other materials: Store protected from damage. Protect site surfaces. Plants: Maintain plant material in healthy growing condition at all times. Protect plants from sun and drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immediately upon delivery shall be kept in the shade, watered and protected. Owner's Representative reserves the right to reject plants which decline in quality after delivery to site.

B.

1.06

SUBSTITUTIONS A. Owner's Representative reserves the right to substitute plant material of the same size as material specified, until plant material is delivered, at no additional cost to Owner.

1.07

WARRANTY A. Provide 18 month guarantee for Work of this Section in accordance with provisions of Section 01770. Provide supplemental guarantee, on Contractor's letterhead:

Planting 02900 - 3

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2.

Plant material: Warrant that all plant material under this Contract will be vigorous, healthy, free of dead or dying branches and branch tips, bearing foliage of normal density and color, and will otherwise comply with these Specifications for a period of 18 months from date of Substantial Completion. Replacements: Without cost to Owner, in a timely manner and as directed by the Owner's Representative, replace all plants not meeting the requirements above during and at the end of the Warranty Period. Replace plants which are identified, within 3 years, as not being true to name as specified, with the specified plant. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same species in size at the time of replacement, and shall comply with all requirements of this Specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Specifications for soils, fertilizers and amendments are provided as a guide for bidding purposes. If a change in the amendment program or plant material is recommended by the Testing Laboratory as deteremined by the soil test results, it shall be implemented at no additional cost to the OWNER.

2.02

PLANTS A. General: Plants shall be nursery grown in accordance with good horticultural practices under climatic conditions similar to those of project for at least one year unless otherwise accepted by Owner's Representative. Quality: Plants shall be compact and symmetrical; sound, healthy and vigorous, well branched and densely foliated when in leaf; free of disease, insect pests, eggs or larvae, and free from physical damage or adverse conditions that would prevent thriving growth. Plants shall be labeled at the supplying nursery with genus, species and variety. Rootball: 1. Do not supply bare root or ball and burlap stock, except for palms unless accepted by the Owner's Representative. 2. Sizes: As shown on Drawings. 3. Root systems shall be healthy and free from twisting or girdling. 4. Containers: All plant material shall have been grown in the containers in which delivered for at least six months, but not over two years. Pruning: Do not prune plants before delivery.

Planting 02900 - 4

B.

C. D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Palms: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Cleaned and stripped brown trunk; height as shown on Drawings. Healthy, actively growing, free of injury or disease, with undamaged rootball. Matched palms trunk height shall be uniform to plus or minus 1 foot. At Contractor's option, boxed palms may be supplied in lieu of balled and burlapped

2.03

SOIL A. General: Soil in all planting areas shall be free of rocks over one inch in diameter, sub-soil, refuse, plants or roots, clods, weeds, viable weed seeds, sticks, solvents, petroleum products, concrete, base rock, or other harmful substances. Imported topsoil: Form 430-C as determined by Testing Laboratory. 1. Physical properties: USDA sandy loam, sandy clay loam or loam. Particle Size Range Coarse sand .5 - 2.0 mm Silt plus clay <0.05 mm Silt 0.002 - 0.05 mm Clay 0 - 0.002 mm Gravel 2-13 mm Rock 1/2 - <1 inch Organic matter: Chemistry: Percent 0-15% 25-50% 10-30% 10-25% 0-15% 0-10% by volume 0-15%

B.

2.

3. 4.

Salinity: less than 3.0 mmhos Sodium adsorption: less than 6.0 Boron: Less than 1.0 ppm pH of saturated paste: 5.5 - 7.5 Qualitative lime level shall be low in opinion of Testing Laboratory. Fertility characteristics shall be modifiable by the incorporation of conventional fertilizers to provide fertility levels to sustain normal growth.

C.

Sand: Uniform fine sand, Form 416 A as determined by Testing Laboratory. 1. Sieve analysis, percent passing by weight: No. 4 100 No. 10 95-100 No.18 90-100 No. 35 65-100 No. 60 0-50 No. 140 0-20 No. 270 0-5 2. Chemistry:

Planting 02900 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a. b. c. 2.04

Salinity (millimhos/centimeter of saturation extract at 25 degrees C): Nil - 3.0. Boron (saturation extract concentration): Nil - 1.0 ppm. Sodium (SAR): Nil - 6.0.

SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Wood residual soil amendment: Nitrogen and iron stabilized fir bark, 0 x 1/4 inch, Form 404-A-SC. 1. Particle size (dry weight basis): Sieve size Percent passing 9.51 mm (3/8 inch) 100 6.35 mm (1/4 inch) 95-100 4.76 mm (No. 4) 80-100 2.38 mm (No.8, 8 mesh) 50-80 1.00 mm (No. 18) 20-70 500 micron (No. 35, 32 mesh) 0-30 Nitrogen: Minimum 0.8% nitrogen based on dry weight. Salinity: Maximum saturation extract conductivity 4.0 millimhos per cm at 25 degrees centigrade. Iron: Minimum 0.08% dilute acid soluble Fe based on dry weight. Organic matter: 425 pounds per cubic yard.

2. 3. 4. 5.

2.05

PLANTER SOIL MIX A. Planter soil mix: 1. Ingredients shall be manufactured for horticultural use. 2. Thoroughly blend the following: 0.5 cu. yd. Fine sand, form 416 A specs as determined by Testing Laboratory 0.5 cu. yd. Raw 0 x 1/8 inch fir bark, form 414 A specs as determined by Testing Laboratory. 3 pounds Urea formaldehyde 38-0-0 3 pounds Single superphosphate 0-25-0 0.75 pounds Potassium nitrate 13-0-44 8 pounds Kaiser 65 dolomite lime

2.06

FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer tablets: 21 gram tablets in the nutrient formulation 20-10-5 as manufactured by Sierra Chemical Company, Milpitas, CA., or accepted equal. Commercial grade fertilizer:

B.

Planting 02900 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

Complete fertilizer: Homogenous pellet, containing major nutrients specified plus iron, sulfur and zinc, . Best's Fertilizer, J.R. Simplot Co., Lathrop, CA or accepted equal.

C. D.

Potassium sulfate: 0-0-52; manufactured for horticultural use. Iron sulfate: Ferric sulfate, containing minimum 20% iron expressed as elemental. Caution: Iron sulfate will stain concrete, granite, stucco and tile surfaces. Avoid contact between site surfaces and soil containing iron sulfate. After iron sulfate application, broom or air blow surfaces free of material before any water application, including impending rains. Soil sulfur: manufactured for horticultural use. Agricultural gypsum: manufactured for horticultural use.

E. F. 2.07

OTHER MATERIALS A. B. General: All materials supplied shall be free of harmful substances. Wood bark mulch: 1. Slopes less than 3 to 1: "Small Fir Bark" Mulch, 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch diameter, as available from Sun Up Forest Products, Sacramento, CA or accepted equal. 2. Slopes 3 to 1 or steeper: Shredded fir, cedar or redwood bark. "Walkon" bark mulch; American Soil Products, San Rafael, CA, or accepted equal. "Gorilla hair" mulch is not acceptable. Organic mulch: 1. "Forest Floor Bark" Mulch, Composed of fir bark from course to sawdust size pieces resembling a forest floor, as available from American Soil Products, Inc, San Rafael, CA or accepted equal. Staking and guying materials: 1. Wooden stakes: Lodge pole pine, 10-foot length, 3-inch diameter, with 10-inch tapered driving point and chamfered top; treated with wood preservative to heartwood; green color; as available from C and E Lumber Co., Pomona, CA; California Cascade, San Jose, CA; or accepted equal. 2. Ties: Black plastic "Standard Tree Ties," Worldwide Tree Ties, Cupertino, CA; Black rubber "Gro-Strait", Gro-Strait, Walnut Creek, CA; or accepted equal. Provide ties without wires. Length of tie as required to adequately support tree while secured directly to stakes. 3. Vine attachment: a. Arbors: Stainless steel cables as shown on drawings.

C.

D.

Planting 02900 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

b. gauge. E. F.

Wire attachment to cables: Green, vinyl clad, galvanized, 14

Water: Potable. Herbicide: California State licensed Pest Control Operator shall identify weeds and propose product, method and rate of application for review. Provide manufacturer's literature. Anti-desiccant: Furnish evidence that material can be used safely on plant materials specified. Tree Root Barriers: Polyethylene, 0.08 inch minimum thickness, ribbed interlocking panels. 24 inch depth barriers as manufactured by Vespro Incorporated, San Rafael, CA or accepted equal. Geotextile: Polypropylene, monofilament woven filter fabric with 20-30 percent open area; Carthage Mills FX-33; Carthage Mills, Cincinnati, OH or accepted equal. EPS Geofoam fill: 1. In compliance with ASTM D6817. 2. Type EPS12 or higher. 3. GeoGripper plates. Plates shall be used to restrain EPS Geofoam from moving laterally in layer over layer applications. The plate shall be made of galvanized or stainless steel with two-sided multi-barbed design capable of piercing geofoam. Each plate shall be capable of a lateral holding strength of 60 lbs. Minimum of two plates per 4'x8' section. Decomposed granite: Clean, uniformly graded, free of materials harmful to plants. From single source. 1. Grading: Sieve size # 4 # 8 # 30 #200 2. Percent passing 95 - 100 75 - 90 35 - 50 10 - 19

G.

H.

I.

J.

L.

"California Gold path fines," Granite Construction Co., Santa Cruz, CA or accepted equal. Binder: Binder: Stabilizer shall be a polymer based, water resistant (once cured), non-toxic, and clear in color. Available from Stabilizer Solutions, Inc., Phoenix, AZ or Soilworks, Gilbert, AZ, or accepted equal.

3.

Planting 02900 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Progress observations: In addition to the installation observations specified below, periodic progress observations may be made by the Owner's Representative. Installation observations: Request at least 3 days in advance: 1. Observation of finish grading. 2. Observation of plant material upon delivery to site. 3. Observation of layout and placement of plant material at time of planting. Maintenance Observations: For the purpose of establishing the start of Maintenance Period and observing completion of the Work of this Section through Final Acceptance. Request at least 7 days in advance: 1. Observation for Maintenance Period commencement. 2. Observation for Final Acceptance.

B.

C.

3.02

ORDERING, REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF PLANT MATERIAL A. Ordering: 90 days before start of planting work, submit written certification to Owner's Representative of the quantity, species and source of plant material ordered. Owner's Representative reserves the right to review plant material before shipment. Owner's Representative will review plant material at project site upon delivery. Arrange material so that canopies or branch tips are not touching. Do not install material which has not been reviewed and accepted by Owner's Representative.

B.

C.

D.

E. Arrange and pay for permits and inspections required for delivery of plant material. 3.03 SITE PREPARATION A. Herbicides (if accepted): 1. Apply site preparation herbicide in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to all areas with weed cover, both site soil and import soil. 2. After 10 days, mow weeds and remove clippings from site.

Planting 02900 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Review planting areas for presence of rock, chemicals or other harmful substances. Obtain Owner's Representative's instructions before proceeding with work. Owner's Representative may require removal of site soil and replacement with import topsoil if site soil is not accepted for use. Thoroughly scarify all planting areas by cross-ripping or other approved means to a depth of 8 inches. Do not scarify within dripline of existing trees. Confirm that irrigation system is fully operational including controller prior to installation of any plant material.

C.

D.

E.

3.04

IMPORT TOPSOIL A. Provide import topsoil where shown, where site topsoil is not accepted for use, or where additional soil is required to achieve finish grades shown. After scarification of subsoil, place 3 inch layer of approved import soil and thoroughly rototill into the top 3 inches of subsoil. Place remaining soil to depth required, in maximum 8 inch lifts. Thoroughly settle each lift of soil by watering, rolling or other means as determined by Contractor.

B.

C. D.

3.05

ON-STRUCTURE PLANTER PREPARATION A. Verify that drainage system, waterproofing, drainage composite and protection board have been installed and condition of planters is acceptable before starting work. Remove all soil, trash and debris from planters. EPS Geofoam fill: Cut blocks neatly. Fit butt joints and edges snugly. Install GeoGripper plates per manufacturers installation instructuctions as work progresses. If multiple layers of EPS Geofoam are required, orient successive layers of blocks at 90o to previous layer. Offset block joints between layers. Do not damage waterproofing or dislodge protection board or drainage composite. Install additional layer of specified geotextile fabric over EPS Geofoam fill. Fasten to wall with adhesive.

B. C.

D.

3.06

SOIL AMENDMENTS

Planting 02900 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Rototill planting areas to 6 inch depth before spreading amendments. Loosen soil and incorporate amendments by hand within dripline of existing trees. Spread evenly and thoroughly rototill to 6 inch depth the following amendments per 1,000 square feet: 6 cubic yards 25 pounds 5 pounds 10 pounds Wood residual soil amendment as specified 6-20-20 commercial fertilizer Potassium sulfate Soil sulfur

B.

3.07

FINISH GRADING A. B. Provide positive surface drainage of all planted areas. Notify Owner's Representative of obstructions, discrepancies or other conditions which prevent providing positive surface drainage before proceeding with work. After amendment and settlement of soil, grade planting areas to required finish grades. Surfaces shall be smooth and free of depressions or abrupt transitions. Owner's Representative reserves the right to make minor adjustments in finish grades as work progresses. Finish grades after settling shall be 1 1/2 inches below adjacent walls and walks in groundcover areas, and 1 inch below adjacent walls and walks in lawn areas, unless otherwise shown. Owner's Representative will review finish grades before planting begins.

C.

D. E.

F.

G. 3.08

HANDLING OF PLANTS A. General: Prevent damage to plant material. Lift and handle plants only from bottom of rootball. Access: Inspect Project site and become familiar with the accessing requirements and restrictions. At time of submitting bid, provide written notice of any conditions which would prevent installation of the specified plant material. Anti-Desiccant: At Contractor's option.

B.

C. 3.09

LAYOUT

Planting 02900 - 11

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

General: Owner's Representative will review, for conformance to design intent, locations of all plants in the field prior to planting. Notify Owner's Representative and schedule layout review sufficiently in advance of planting to allow for review and adjustment without disrupting construction schedule. Trees: Stake layout of trees in field before installing irrigation. Adjust as directed by Owner's Representative. Adjustments: Owner's Representative reserves the right to make minor adjustments in the layout of all plant material; adjust irrigation system as necessary.

B.

C.

3.09

EXCAVATION OF PLANT PITS A. B. Scarify sides and bottom of pit to eliminate glazed surfaces. Excavate plant pits to 2 times rootball width. If as a result of required testing, site soil is deemed unsuitable for backfill, remove site soil from site. Backfill bottom of pit with unamended site soil or import topsoil as required from result of soil testing, so that crown of plant will be at specified height at end of maintenance period. Soil under rootball shall be very firmly compacted to prevent settlement. 1. Excavate palm pits so that depth of sand backfill will be deep enough to hold tree stable and plumb, with minimum 6 inches sand backfill below the rootball. Obstructions: If rocks, underground construction work, tree roots or other unknown obstructions are encountered in the excavation of plant holes, alternate locations may be selected by Owner's Representative. Report all such conditions in writing to the Owner's Representative. Where locations cannot be changed, submit a written proposal and cost estimate for removing the obstructions to a depth of not less than 6 inches below the required hole depth. Obtain Owner's Representative's instructions prior to proceeding with the work affected.

C.

3.10

DETRIMENTAL SOILS AND DRAINAGE A. Prior to planting, test drain all planting areas as follows: 1. Plant pits: Fill with 12 inches of water. Water shall drain completely in 48 hours. 2. Plant beds: Irrigate until soil is saturated. Saturated condition shall not remain after 24 hours. Failure of drainage test: Report in writing to Owner's Representative all areas not passing these tests, and all soil conditions that Contractor considers detrimental to growth of plant material. State condition, and proposal and cost estimate for correcting the condition. Obtain Owner's Representative's instructions prior to proceeding with work affected. Repeat drainage testing and correction of

Planting 02900 - 12

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

conditions until tests are passed. Failure to perform drainage tests, or to notify Owner's Representative in writing of conditions specified above, renders Contractor responsible for all plant failure that occurs as a result of inadequate drainage or detrimental soil conditions, as determined by Owner's Representative. 3.11 PLANTING A. General: Do not plant material that has not been reviewed by Owner's Representative upon delivery to the project site, or that has been rejected for any reason. Do not plant under unfavorable weather conditions. Rootballs: 1. Do not install plants with damaged rootballs. 2. Shrubs and groundcovers: If rootbound, score with sharp knife, making 4 cuts, and gently spread lower 1/3 of rootball. 3. Trees: If rootbound, gently roughen sides of rootball to depth of 1 to 2 inches to loosen and spread encircling roots. Cut roots which are too stiff to untangle. Backfilling: 1. In top 12 inches of plant pits, use backfill mix as follows, thoroughly blended. 2/3 cubic yard pulverized site soil or import topsoil 1/3 cubic yard nitrogen and iron fortified organic amendment 1 1/2 pounds 6-20-20 pelletized fertilizer 1/2 pound potassium sulfate (0-0-52) 1 1/2 pounds iron sulfate a. Below 12 inch depth, omit organic amendment. Fertilizer Tablets: Place fertilizer tablets evenly distributed in plant pit when backfilled 2/3, according to the following schedule: 1 gallon 5 gallon 15 gallon 24 inch box 36 inch box flats 1 gallon 5 gallon 15 gallon 24 inch box 36 inch box 1 3 5 8 12 1 3 9 15 16 20 21-gram tablet 21 gram tablets 21 gram tablets 21 gram tablets 21 gram tablets 7-gram tablet 7-gram tablet 7 gram tablets 7 gram tablets 7 gram tablets 7 gram tablets

B.

C.

D.

Planting 02900 - 13

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Settlement: Reset plants which shift or settle before end of maintenance period. Crowns of trees shall be at the following minimum height above surrounding finish grade at end of maintenance period: 24 inch box and smaller 36 inch box and larger Representative 2 inches Minimum 2 inches, or as directed by Owner's

F.

Mulching: Mulch all planting areas with 3 inch deep layer of wood bark mulch, except for 1 ½ inch deep layer in groundcover areas planted from flats. Do not pile mulch around crowns of plants. Mulching - organic: Mulch areas shown on plans with 3 inch deep layer of organic mulch. Form a watering basin for each plant. Thoroughly water all plants immediately after planting, eliminating air pockets. Prevent erosion. Root barriers: Install as shown and as recommended by manufacturer on all trees within 5 feet of paving, curb, or wall, and continuous at perimeter of street tree wells. Palm tree planting: 1. Excavate tree pit as shown on Drawings. Perform drainage test as specified. 2. Set palm into pit at level where depth of sand backfill will hold tree stable and plumb. 3. Backfill with sand in maximum 8 inch layers, jetting each layer to settle. 4. Form watering basin at edge of plant pit. 5. Prune palms in accordance with Section 3.13 Pruning within this specification. Fronds shall be tied around growing tip with untreated jute twine, to protect growing tip. Leave twine in place for 60 -90 days, as directed by Owners Representative. 6. Plant palms only between April 1 and October 15, unless otherwise approved in writing by Owners Representative.

G.

H. I.

J.

K.

3.12

STAKING AND GUYING A. General: Stake or guy trees immediately after planting. Make modifications to staking procedures as required to accommodate field conditions, at no additional cost to Owner. 1. Allow 1 to 3 inches sway in trunk or branches; do not pull tight.

Planting 02900 - 14

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Staking: Stake trees with two stakes as shown on Drawings. Fasten with rubber ties secured directly to the stakes with lath staples; or fasten with plastic ties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not use wire to secure ties to stakes. Vine attachment: 1. Remove stake from vine. 2. Fasten vines loosely but securely to steel cables or screening fence with approved ties. 3. Allow minimum one tie for every three feet of vine.

C.

3.13

PRUNING A. B. Prune only as directed; according to reference standards. Prune trees which overhang paving to maintain minimum clearance of 80 inches between lower branches and pedestrian traffic way. Palm tree pruning: 1. The removal of all dead fronds and other dead plant parts from the trunk. All loose frond sheathes shall be removed along the entire length of the palm trunk. The trunk when pruning operations are complete shall be left in a clean, unscathed appeareance throughout the entire length of the palm trunk. 2. The removal of all flowers and fruit parts whether dead or alive. 3. The removal of green fronds leaving only the full green fronds remaining at the crown of the palm within the limits of a thirty (30) degree arc measured from the centerline of the tree trunk produced (upwardly). 4. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of pruning trees is prohibited. 5. Prune using a sterile pruning technique to prevent the spread of Fusaruim and other palm related diseases. All tools used in the pruning operation on the above named palms shall be cleaned and sterilized after the pruing of each individual palm tree. The recommended sterile solution shall be a mix of at least 10% household bleach and water.

C.

3.14

GROUNDCOVER PLANTING A. Finish grading: Place and amend soil and do all work to provide finish grades shown. Mulching - bark: Install 3 inch layer wood bark mulch except for 1 ½ inch deep layer in groundcover areas planted from flats.

B.

Planting 02900 - 15

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Planting: Plant groundcover plants through wood bark mulch and erosion control fabric at the specified triangular spacing.

3.15

PLANTER POTS A. Provide 4 inch layer drain rock in bottom of pot. Install continuous layer geotextile over rock. Depth of soil mix shall not exceed 15 inches. Install layer of sand below soil mix to within 15 inches of finish grade. Do not pile soil around crowns of plants. Handwater, deadhead and fertilize as required to maintain excellent condition. Replace plants if condition declines before end of maintenance period.

B.

C. D. E. 3.16

DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING A. B. C. Verify that edging work is complete and that subgrade is graded and compacted as shown. Remove watering basins from trees. Mix binder with decomposed granite per manufacturer recommendations. Place, water and roll decomposed granite to 90 percent compaction and smooth to grades required, free from depressions and humps, and crowned or sloped as shown or as required for positive drainage. 1. Feather decomposed granite over tops of tree rootballs, and do not compact. Redress surface with fines to correct settlement or lack of crown which develops during maintenance period. Water and thoroughly roll surface until uniformly smooth and compacted.

D.

3.17

MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain all plants and planting areas from time of delivery, through installation and Maintenance Period, until Final Acceptance. Schedule: Submit proposed maintenance work schedule to Owner's Representative in writing for review at least 30 days prior to commencement of maintenance work. Maintenance work shall be done at times accepted by Owner. Maintenance Procedures: 1. General: Maintenance of new planting includes but is not limited to: Watering, cultivating, fertilizing, weeding, mulching; restaking, resetting plants to proper grades or upright positions; restoring watering basins; removal of dead flowers and broken twigs; pest, disease and weed control; erosion control; restoring finish grades with accepted and tested imported

Planting 02900 - 16

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3. 4.

5.

topsoil; taking precautions as necessary to prevent sunscald damage,. Remove nursery tags and repair mulch 10 days before Final Observation. Protection: Protect planting areas and plants against damage until Final Acceptance. Maintenance also includes temporary fences, barriers, and signs as required for protection. Treat or replace damaged plants as directed by Owner's Representative at no additional cost to Owner. Fertilization: Apply potassium sulfate and 16-6-8 fertilizer at the rate of 6 pounds each per 1000 square feet, 30 days after installation. Weed control: a. Keep site free of weeds during maintenance period. b. Identify weeds and apply accepted control methods. c. Herbicides, if used, shall be applied by licensed Pest Control Operator according to manufacturer's recommendations. Palms: Flood irrigate during maintenance period. Verify that rootball is saturated at each watering, and that saturated condition does not remain between waterings. Rootballs shall be evenly moist. Remove dead and broken fronds.

D.

Observation for Maintenance Period Commencement: Request after Work of this Section and Section 02810 is substantially complete. Maintenance Period shall begin upon written notice of acceptance by Owner's Representative and shall continue for a minimum of 90 days until Final Acceptance.

3.18

FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. General: Work of this Section will be accepted when all work has been completed, including maintenance period but not including replacement of plants under guarantee. Before requesting observation for Final Acceptance, submit the following: 1. Record planting plan. 2. Supplier invoices and delivery slips for all materials installed. 3. Maintenance schedule. 4. Notify Owner's Representative before Final Acceptance observation of conditions which impede plant establishment and growth. Deficiencies noted during maintenance period observation which have not been corrected will terminate the Final Acceptance observation and extend the maintenance period by 30 days. Costs associated with additional observations required as a result of Contractor's failure to correct deficiencies shall be borne by Contractor. END OF SECTION 02900

B.

Planting 02900 - 17

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Concrete formwork, complete, including engineering required for support of loads.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Concept: Concrete requirements indicated on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members and surfaces, profiles of members and surfaces, and relationship of concrete to other building components. 1. Requirements: Design and engineer all required formwork to produce concrete members and surfaces complying with the basic design concept. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Surfaces that will be Permanently Concealed by Earth: Design forms using materials and tolerances to produce Reference Standards "Rough Form Finish". 2. Other Surfaces: Design forms using materials, tolerances and techniques to produce Reference Standards "Smooth Form Finish", and additional tolerance requirements as specified herein.

B.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show all slab layouts, including dimensions, blockouts, details, cuts, connections, holes, bolts, and elevations, prepared by a licensed civil engineer acceptable to Governing Authorities. 1. Submit all formwork shop drawings at the same time. 2. If drainage slopes are not consistent from floor to floor, indicate on the first elevated deck shop drawing the clear distances from the elevated deck level to the level below. Design Calculations: Submit design calculations along with details and shop drawings, stamped and signed by a licensed civil engineer.

B.

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the latest edition of the following: 1. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" 2. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" 3. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Experienced in the construction of concrete forms, capable of showing evidence of having successfully completed concrete form projects with similar scope and complexity.

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Form materials may be reused if thorougly cleaned and prepared, but must be new at the commencement of form construction operations. Steel forms need not be new if the forming surfaces are unblemished and in "likenew" condition. 1. Surfaces Other Than Those Cast Against Earth: Use form materials and techniques capable of producing ACI 301 "Smooth Form Finish". Plywood: APA "Specialty Panels", conforming to U.S. Products Standard PS-1. Panel forms and proprietary forms may be used if approved by Architect/Engineer. 1. APA Class: 1 2. APA Grade: a. Painted Surfaces: MDO or HDO b. Other Surfaces: B-B Plyform 3. APA Species Group: 1 4. Exposure Rating: Exterior 5. Minimum Thickness: 3/4 inch. 6. Sheet Size: Use largest practical size. Chamfer Strips, Reveals, etc.: WWPA "Construction Grade" Douglas fir or extruded polyvinyl chloride; Vulcan, or equal. Form Release Agent: Water base type, V.O.C. compliant, non-staining, clear; Ecoco/Burke "Release W.B.", or equal. Form Ties: Snap-type ties with deformation to prevent rotation unless otherwise indicated or specified, removable to 1 inch from finished surfaces; Burke "Penta-Tie" system, or equal.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Form Tape: Vinyl, adhesive-backed, closed-cell type, size 1/8 x 3/4 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive formwork and conditions under which formwork is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation. Verification: Whenever concrete bases, housekeeping slabs or foundations are to be provided for equipment, verify dimensions and location of any required inserts, anchor bolts, etc. for the equipment prior to construction of forms.

B.

3.02

CONSTRUCTION A. General: Construct required forms, complete with all necessary bracing, ties and other accessories. 1. Construction: Construct forms to produce dimensions, tolerances, alignments, finishes, textures, details, etc., detailed and specified for cast-in-place concrete. a. Stripping Technique: Design formwork to permit stripping so that concrete is not damaged during its removal, and to permit principal shores to remain in place where required. b. Ports: Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 2. Joints: Sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete during pouring. Seal with form tape as required. 3. Form Surfaces: Where concrete will be exposed to view or will be substrate for paint finish, fill voids, sand as required to produce forms with no irregularities, blemishes or other defects. 4. Edges of Permanently Exposed Formed Joints or Edges: Bevel 3/4 inch unless otherwise shown. 5. Slab Forms: Depress slabs where required to receive special floor finishes, slope to drain where required or as shown or noted.

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

TOLERANCES A. General: Meet required tolerances of ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete" (Rubbed and As-Cast Finishes) and ACI 347 "Guide to Formwork for Concrete" (Formed Finish). Maintain clearances noted as "minimum" as indicated on Drawings. Standard tolerances used on formwork construction shall not apply to conditions where "minimum" clearances are called out or specified. Finishes for Formed Surfaces: The following table indicates the level of finish required. Finish Type Location Prominent Exterior Surfaces to remain as exposed concrete finish (remove visible traces of curing compound) Prominent interior surfaces to remain as exposed concrete finish. (e.g., stair and elevator cores exposed to view) Exterior Surfaces to receive paint or textured plastic coatings Interior columns, beams, girders, underside of slabs, interior wall surfaces to be painted N/A Underground concrete (non exposed)

B.

Rubbed Finish

Grout-cleaned Finish

As-Cast Finish

Smooth-Form Finish

Class A Formed Finish Class B Class C Class D

C.

Slab Tolerances: Construct forms as required to meet Flatness and Levelness tolerances specified in Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing.

3.04

EARTH FORMS FOR CONCRETE A. General: Concrete for footings may be placed directly against vertical excavated surfaces provided the material will stand without caving. 1. Wood Forming: Form concrete exposed to view to a minimum of 6 inches below finish grades with suitable wood forms.

3.05

SHORING AND FALSEWORK A. General: Design, engineer and construct required shoring and falsework, complete with all necessary bracing, ties and other accessories, so as not to produce deleterious effects on concrete surfaces or any other materials that

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

might be present on contact surfaces. Provide temporary bracing to ensure stability of structure until horizontal framing has been completely installed. 1. Design: Design and place so that loads will be transmitted without creating bending or shearing stresses in cast-in-place concrete. a. Load Distribution: Design base of shoring for proper load distribution. b. Removal: Design and construct to allow removal without damage to concrete surfaces.

3.06

CLEANING AND COATING A. Form Release Agents: Prior to placing reinforcing steel, clean contact faces and coat uniformly with form release agents. 1. Retarder, Special Coatings, etc.: Comply with requirements of Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

3.07

FORM REMOVAL A. Curing Period: Remove forms when field-cured cylinders achieve 75 percent of specified design strength, but not sooner than minimum time allowed by Reference Standards or specified below. Remove forms using techniques that prevent damage to concrete surfaces. Location Columns, Walls, and Side Forms of Beams, Girders, Joists Post-Tensioned Girder, Beam and Joist Soffits, Flat Slab Soffits, Soffits at Wall Openings Conventionally Reinforced Girders, Beam and Joist Soffits, Flat Slab Soffits, Soffits at Wall Openings Other Locations, unless otherwise shown B. Minimum Time for Removal As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, but not less than 12 hours minimum. After concrete is stressed.

Less Than 10 Foot Clear Span: 7 days 10-20 Foot Clear Span: 14 days 5-10 Foot Cantilevers: 14 days Over 20 Foot Clear Span: 21 Days 48 hours

Loading: After form removal, do not load concrete until it has attained full design strength without adequate shoring to prevent deflection of members or damage to the work.

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Reshoring of Floors: After form removal, reshore a minimum of two floors below, until sum of "unused" live load shown on structural Drawings equals the sum of the form weight and the wet concrete weight. Shoring at Slab Closures: At elevated slabs on either side of closures, maintain original shoring for the full duration, until the closures are poured and the curing period for conventionally reinforced soffit members is achieved.

D.

END OF SECTION 03100

Concrete Formwork 03100 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All concrete reinforcement, complete. Related Sections: 1. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section. 2. Section 03230 - Stressing Tendons.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all reinforcement, crossreferenced to the Contract Documents. Include schedules and details showing number, size, placing, bending and length of all reinforcement, diagrammatic plans, elevations and sections at scale to clearly show position and erection marks of bars, including trim bars around openings with dowels, splices, etc. 1. Submit reinforcing steel and stressing tendons shop drawings for each floor level at the same time. Samples: Submit samples of each type of accessory. Certificates: Submit certified mill tests of all reinforcing steel.

B. C. 1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following, unless otherwise noted: 1. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 2. ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) , "Manual of Standard Practice" 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Recommended Practices for Placing Reinforcing Bars". 5. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual for Reinforcing Bar Splices" 6. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.4 "Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel".

Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Experienced in reinforcing steel fabrication and placement operations, capable of showing evidence of having succesfully completed reinforcing steel for other projects of similar scope and complexity.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In addition to requirements of Division 1, deliver reinforcement to site bundled, tagged and marked.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Typical Bars: ASTM A706, Grade 60 low-alloy steel deformed bars, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Contractor may use ASTM A706, Grade 60 low-alloy steel deformed bars or ASTM A615, Grade 60 steel bars at the following locations: a. Foundation. b. Slab-on-grade. Reinforcing Mesh: Welded wire fabric conforming to ASTM A185 or A497, as shown on structural Drawings. Bar Supports: As required for rigid, accurate assembly and support of reinforcement in place. Use the following types: 1. General: Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use wood, brick, or other unacceptable materials. 2. Slabs-on-Grade: Supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 3. Concrete Surfaces Permanently Exposed to View: Where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with either plastic protected or stainless steel protected legs. a. Plastic Protected: CRSI Class 1. b. Stainless Steel Protected: CRSI Class 2. 4. Abrasive-Blasted Concrete: Plastic protected bar supports, CRSI Class 1. 5. Permanently Concealed Locations: Galvanized steel, CRSI Class B. 6. Waterproof Membranes: Where supports rest on waterproof membranes, use precast concrete block bar supports to prevent penetration of the membrane.

B.

C.

Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Miscellaneous Accessories: As required for proper positioning and securing of reinforcing steel. Comply with Reference Standards and as follows: 1. Tie Wire: 18-gage minimum. 2. Plain Steel Wire for Reinforcing: ASTM A82. 3. Tips: If accessories are not constructed from plastic, provide 3/4-inch length plastic tips. 4. Staples, Nails: Aluminum or stainless steel. 5. Mechanical Reinforcing Bar Splice Connectors: Upset head type; "HRC 510 Xtender" (ICC Legacy Report #ER-5309), or equal. a. Strength: 160 percent of reinforcing bar yield strength. 6. Welding Electrodes: E90XX for Grade 60 bars. 7. T-Headed Bars: Headed Reinforcement Corp.

2.02

FABRICATION A. General: Shop fabricate all reinforcing steel in accordance with Reference Standards and as detailed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive reinforcing steel and conditions under which reinforcing steel is to be placed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of placement operations. Coordination: If any installed conduit, insert, sleeve, etc., interferes with placing of reinforcing, notify the Architect/Engineer and secure written instructions before placing concrete or moving or cutting any reinforcing.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. General: Place reinforcing steel, fabric and accessories in accordance with Reference Standards and as detailed, properly supported, and securely fastened to prevent displacement during concrete placement. 1. Coordination: Place all reinforcing steel and embedded accessories in sufficient time to permit inspection, necessary corrections and final review prior to commencement of concrete placement. 2. Dowels: Place as shown where required for continuity in subsequent concrete pours. 3. Tie Wires, Accessories: Place to be invisible in the finished structure, with twisted ends directed away from finish surfaces. 4. Splicing: In accordance with the structural Drawings.

Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5. 6. 7.

Mechanical Bar Splices: Install in accordance with ICC Evaluation Report and manufacturer's written instructions. Welding: In accordance with Reference Standards. Reinforcing Steel Cover: Dimensions shown below are from surface of concrete to surface of bars. Place reinforcement to provide the following, unless otherwise shown on the structural Drawings. Minimum Cover

Location Cast Against and Permanently Exposed to Earth: Slabs on Grade Other Locations Permanently Exposed to Weather: #5 Bars and Smaller #6 Bars and Larger Locations Not Permanently Exposed to Earth or Weather: Roof Slabs Floor Slabs Walls Beams Columns 8.

2 inches 3 inches 1-1/2 inches 2 inches

1 inch 3/4 inch 3/4 inch 1-1/2 inches 1-1/2 inches

9. 10.

Adjustment: Do not alter location of reinforcing steel during placement operations, or to accommodate work of other trades without prior approval of Architect/Engineer. Chairs: Use plastic-tipped chairs at locations where bottom surface of concrete slab is to be permanently exposed. Fabric Reinforcement: Roll out, straighten, cut to required size, and lay out flat in place. Securely wire fabric to other reinforcement at frequent intervals. a. Support: Support fabric on precast concrete pads at the proper spacing to adequately support the reinforcing during concrete placement.

3.03

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: If after concrete is cast, any reinforcing is found to be misplaced, do not attempt to remedy conditions without the Architect/Engineer's written instruction. Do not bend misplaced bars. Do not bend or straighten reinforcing in a manner that will injure reinforcing or the surrounding concrete. Testing Laboratory Inspections:

B.

Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

Mill Test Certificates: Verify mill test certificates of all reinforcing steel for compliance with the Contract Documents. Placement: Inspect placement of all reinforcing steel in accordance with Contract Documents and California Building Code.

END OF SECTION 03200

Concrete Reinforcement 03200 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03230 STRESSING TENDONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All stressing tendons, including stressing, complete. Related Sections: 1. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Reinforcing steel. 3. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing: Patching of concrete blockouts.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all tendons, cross-referenced to the Contract Documents. Submit stressing tendons shop drawings along with reinforcing steel shop drawings for each floor level at the same time. Show the following: 1. Tendon layout and dimensions locating tendons in horizontal plane at all points. 2. A unique identification mark for each individual tendon. 3. Horizontal curvature of tendons at block-outs and anchorages. 4. Tendon profiles showing chair heights and locations, and any required placement steel. Show clearly the location of each tendon and the method of tendon support. 5. Reinforcement around stressing pockets and closures, and other locations where interference with tendons may occur. 6. Required elongation of each tendon at jacking point. 7. Type and size of distribution plates. 8. Relationship of stressing tendons to adjacent building components, including openings in slabs and beams. Product Data: Submit for distribution plates, including certification or other test data showing that plate design meets or exceeds specified values. Prestressing Procedure: Submit prestressing procedure, including the following: 1. Jacking force and pressure. 2. Maximum temporary jacking force and pressure. 3. Certified jack calibrations and method of jack identification. a. Uncalibrated Equipment: Not permitted.

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 1

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5. 6. 7. D.

Method of determining slack. Excess tendon "burning-off" after anchorage. Tendon sealing. Grouting method.

Calculations: Submit calculations of friction losses to demonstrate that design forces are obtainable, adding tendons where necessary. Use "K" and "u" values recommended in Reference Standards, ACI 318. Certification: Provide manufacturer's written certification that post-tensioning materials and components are of strengths specified.

E.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.4 "Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel". 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 3. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (Exclude Part 1, Chapter 1)". 4. ASTM International (ASTM): Specifications referenced for materials specified herein. 5. California Building Code, Chapter 19. 6. Post-Tensioning Institute "Post-Tensioning Manual". Installer Qualifications: Performed by an organization capable of showing evidence of successful completion of post-tensioning projects with similar scope and complexity.

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Post-Tensioning Steel: ASTM A416, stress-relieved, high tensile cold-drawn seven-wire strand , 0.5-inch diameter (0.154 cross-sectional area), or lowrelaxation steel wire conforming to ASTM A416, as follows:

Stress-Relieved

Low-Relaxation

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

ASTM Designation Ultimate Strength Temporary Stress to Overcome Friction Anchor Stress Effective Stress B.

A416 270 ksi 216 ksi 189 ksi 162 ksi

A416 270 ksi 216 ksi 189 ksi 175 ksi

Distribution Plates and Anchorages: Electrically isolated; General Technologies Inc. "CPS SYSTEM Mono-strand Corrosion System"; General Technologies Inc. "Zero Void System"; or VSL VSTRUCTURAL LLC. "CP+ Mono-Strand PostTensioning System" with epoxy coated anchors. Anchors to meet ICC Evaluation Report #ER-4597, or equal. Non-Shrink Grout: Expansion producing non-metallic grout, premixed, minimum 28-day compressive strength of 6800 psi; Sauriesen "F-100", Upcon "Upcon", MasterBuilders "Masterflow 928", or equal.

C.

2.02

FABRICATION A. Tendons: Fabricate tendons in accordance with Reference Standards and as follows. 1. Headings: Form symmetrically about the axis of wires, free from harmful seams, fractures or other flaws. 2. Defects: Replace tendons with broken strands or other fabrication defects. 3. Heat: Steel within the same group of the same type members shall be of the same heat. a. Identification: Assign heat number and tag each group. 4. Rust Preventative: Coat all tendons with rust-preventative prior to insertion into sheath. 5. Lubrication: Lubricate all tendons prior to insertion into sheath. 6. Sheathing: Enclose tendons in a minimum 0.050-inch thick sheath that will permit stressing of tendons after concrete has attained the proper strength. 7. Couplers: If used, fabricate from stress-relieved steel capable of developing full strength of tendons to be coupled.

2.03

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tendon Tests: Perform two tests on each reel for tensile strength and elongation at rupture. Tag for identification, by size, prior to delivery to jobsite.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive stressing tendons and conditions under which tendons are to be placed and stressed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of placement and stressing operations. Bonding: Demonstrate that tendons are unbonded and free to move in sheathing prior to commencement of stressing operations.

B.

3.02

COVER A. Concrete Cover for Prestressed Concrete: Dimensions shown below are "clear" from surface of concrete to prestressed and non-prestressed reinforcement. Place reinforcement to provide the following cover, unless otherwise shown on the structural Drawings. Location Cast Against and Permanently Exposed to Earth: Formed, Permanently Exposed to Earth or Weather: Beam Primary Reinforcement Beam Ties Formed, Not Permanently Exposed to Earth or Weather: Beam Primary Reinforcement Beam Ties Minimum Cover 3 inches

1-1/2 inches 1-1/2 inches

1-1/2 inches 1 inch

3.03

PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with applicable requirements of Section 03100. 1. Chairs: Use plastic-tipped chairs at locations where concrete slab is permanently exposed. 2. Anchoring Devices: Secure to forms using stainless steel or aluminum nails.

3.04

STRESSING

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Stressing Operations: Conduct stressing operations in accordance with Reference Standards, using techniques submitted and approved. 1. Sequence: Commence operations after concrete has attained the minimum compressive strength noted on the structural drawings, as determined by City's Testing Laboratory. 2. Jacks: Use hydraulic jacks, calibrate in accordance with approved submittals. Recalibrate if not consistent with field-measured elongation. 3. Uniformity: Check stresses and elongation when tensioning the first tendon of each type to establish a procedure for insuring uniform results. 4. Anchor Force: Anchor tendons at an initial force or stress that will result in the ultimate retention of the working stresses or forces shown on drawings. Keep stresses within the following limits: a. Anchor Force: 70 percent of the ultimate strength of the wire, strand, or bar. 5. Tension Limits: Do not exceed 80 percent or the ultimate strength of the wire, strand or bar. 6. End Bearing Forces: Uniformly distributed, or, if not uniformly distributed, use end block properly designed and reinforced for induced stresses. 7. Tendon Ends: After completion of stressing operations, protect and finish tendon ends as follows. Complete protection and finishing operations within 48 hours of trimming tendon tails. a. Elongation Records: Review with Architect/Engineer prior to commencement of trimming operations. b. Trimming: Cut off excess tendon tails within 14 days of stressing. c. Priming: Apply one coat of rust-inhibiting primer. d. Capping: Grease ends and install grease cap. e. Grouting: Grout recess with non-shrink grout, finish surface flush to match adjacent concrete. Mix and place grout in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, clean and moisten contact surfaces immediately prior to installation.

3.05

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Recording: In addition to requirements of Division 1, keep records of elongation after seating, and tension applied to each tendon. Submit with Project Record Documents. Testing Laboratory Inspections: 1. Placing, Stressing, Grouting: Perform special inspections required by California Building Code. 2. Perform material property tests as required by Article 2.03 - Source Quality Control. 3. Trimming and Capping: Inspect trimming and capping of tendons prior to grouting recesses. Include in written report.

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 5

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

END OF SECTION 03230

Stressing Tendons 03230 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All cast-in-place concrete work, complete. Related Sections: 1. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section. 2. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Joints: Submit layout drawing showing location of proposed construction and control joints in slabs and foundations. 2. Embedded Items: At least five days prior to each pour, in format acceptable to Architect/Engineer, submit drawings showing exact location of all items to be embedded in concrete, showing all controlling dimensions. Items include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following. a. Water lines, gas lines, sewage lines. b. Junction boxes, electrical receptacles. c. Floor drains. d. Anchors and Inserts. Samples: Submit samples, minimum 2 inches long, of each type of joint filler and waterstop. Construct field samples of finishes as specified in Section 03350 Concrete Finishing. Product Data: Submit technical data and installation data on all products, including admixtures, curing compounds, and miscellaneous materials. Certification: Submit Mill Certificates or Certification by an independent testing laboratory that all cement complies with ASTM C150. Identify, by lot, material of each grind and shipment. Concrete Mix Design and Preliminary Tests: Submit for each type concrete, indicating water content, water-cement ratio, cement content, admixture content, aggregate gradations, slump, air content, and strength at 7 and 28 days. Submit to

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 1

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

City's Independent Testing Laboratory prior to submittal to Architect/Engineer. Provide additional preliminary strength test results as follows: 1. Test results to determine if post-tensioned concrete has reached 2750 psi, required for stressing. 2. Test results at 56 days for concrete with a specified 56-day strength requirement. 3. Test results at 90 days for concrete with a specified 90-day strength requirement. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 207.1R "Mass Concrete". 2. ACI 211.1 "Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete". 3. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". 4. ACI 302.1R "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction". 5. ACI 304R "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete". 6. Standard ACI 304.2R, "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods" 7. ACI 305R "Hot Weather Concreting". 8. ACI 306.1 "Specification for Cold Weather Concreting". 9. ACI 308.1 "Standard Specification for Curing Concrete". 10. ACI 309R "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete". 11. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete". 12. ASTM International (ASTM) C94 "Specifications for Ready Mix Concrete". 13. ASTM C157 "Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete". 14. ASTM C490 "Standard Practice of Use of Apparatus for the Determination of Length Change of Hardened Cement Paste, Mortar, and Concrete". 15. ASTM Specifications referenced for materials specified herein.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150, Type II, low alkali. Do not change source or type of cement without Architect/Engineer's approval. Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Fine: ASTM C33, sand, uniformly graded.

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2. 3.

Coarse: ASTM C33, crushed rock, uniformly graded. Aggregate shall meet ASTM C1293, or have a documented 10 year history of non-reactivity.

C.

Flyash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 1. Loss on Ignition (LOI): Less than 1 percent. Water: Fresh, clean, potable, free from oil, injurious materials, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter or other deleterious substances. Admixtures: 1. Water Reducing Agent: a. General Usage: ASTM C494, Type D; Master Builders "Pozzolith 300-R", W.R. Grace "Daratard-17", or equal. b. Ambient Conditions: If air temperature at site is constantly and predictably below 70 degrees F., substitute Master Builders "Pozzolith 322-N", W.R. Grace "WRDA 64", or equal, conforming to ASTM C494, Type A. 2. Mid Range Water Reducing Agent: ASTM C494, non-chloride; Master Builders "Polyheed 997", W.R. Grace "Daracem 55", or equal. 3. High Range Water Reducing Agent: ASTM C494 Type F; Master Builder's "Rheobuild", W.R. Grace "Daracem 19", or equal. 4. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM C260; Master Builders "MC-AE 10", W.R. Grace "Air-tite 60", or equal. Dosage to produce concrete with entrained air content shown on structural Drawings. 5. Accelerator Admixture: ASTM C494, Type C, non-chloride; Master Builders "Pozzutech 20", W.R. Grace "Polarset", or equal. 6. Other Admixtures: Not permitted without prior review by Testing Laboratory and written approval of Architect/Engineer. Use of calcium chloride or other admixture containing chloride is prohibited. Evaporation Retardant: Master Builders "Con-Film", Euclid Chemical Company "Eucobar", or equal.

D.

E.

G.

2.02

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Compressible Joint Filler: Conform with requirements of ASTM D1751; Sonneborn "Sonoflex-F", W.R. Meadows "Fiber Expansion Joint Filler", or equal. Construction Joint Form: 26-gage galvanized steel, removable cap type; Burke "Keyed Kold Joint, Removable Kap" type, or equal. 1. Stakes: Burke "Key Kold Stakes", or equal. 2. Crack Repair Sealant: Self-Leveling polyurethane type, as specified in Section 03350.

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 3

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Weakened Plane Joint Former (Contractor's Option): 2-piece plastic type; Burke "Zip Strip", W.R. Meadows "Speed-E-Joint", or equal. Cure-Seal Compound: ASTM C309, Type I, Class B; clear water-based cure-seal, membrane forming, minimum 30 percent solids; Euclid Chemical Company "Super Diamond Clear VOX", or equal. 1. Compatibility: Verify compatibility of curing compound with finishes to be applied after curing period. Notify Architect/Engineer of incompatibilities; correct as directed by Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding with curing operations. Cure-Seal-Dustproof Hardener Compound: ASTM C309, Type I, Class B; clear water-based cure-seal-hardener, membrane forming, minimum 30 percent solids; Euclid Chemical Company "Super Aqua-Cure VOX", or equal. Metallic-Aggregate Dry-Shake Surface Hardener: Degussa "Master Builders Lumiplate" ferrosilicon non-oxidizing metallic aggregate surface hardener. Cast-in-Place Hanger Inserts for Overhead Signage: Heat-treated carbon steel inserts, zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, ICC approved, suitable for attachment to wood forms, sized for threaded rod diameter; Powers Fasteners Inc. "Power Hanger - Wood Knocker", or equal.

D.

E.

F.

G.

2.03

MIX DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: Prepare mix designs for each type of concrete shown on the structural Drawings in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. If test data is not available for establishment of standard deviation, required average compressive strength to be higher than 28-day requirement as required by ACI 301. 1. Pumping: If concrete is to be placed by pumping, follow recommendations of ACI 304.2R. Design Requirements: Refer to notes on structural Drawings, and as follows. 1. Density: a. Concrete made with normal weight aggregate (designated as "hard rock" or "regular weight" concrete): 135 to 150 pcf. b. Concrete made with lightweight aggregate: 105 to 115 pcf. 2. Water Reducing Admixtures: Water reducing agents are required for all mix designs, except as follows. a. Footings, grade beams, permanently concealed foundation walls. b. Where noted on structural Drawings. 3. Post-Tensioned Slabs and Beams:

B.

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a.

4. 2.04

Flyash: Substitute flyash for cement as noted on the structural Drawings. b. Water: 283 pounds per cubic yard, maximum. c. Water-to-Cementitious Material Ratio: 0.45 maximum. d. Shrinkage: 0.036 percent maximum, in accordance with Test Method ASTM C157 at 28 days (7 days cure + 21 days air drying). e. Mid-Range Water Reducer: Dosage as required for placing and finishing. f. Strength: As required on structural Drawings. Admixtures or concrete containing chlorides is prohibited.

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory Tests and Inspections: 1. Mixes: The City's Testing Laboratory will review concrete mix designs and certification of proposed materials, and verify adequacy of plants to produce concrete within requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Initial Compression Tests: Contractor shall make six test cylinders for compression testing in accordance with ASTM C31. 3. City's Testing Laboratory will make compression tests in accordance with ASTM C39. Testing Laboratory will test three cylinders at 7 days, three cylinders at 28 days (or at time of specified design strength, if different) after casting. Testing Laboratory will distribute test results for review, stating specifically whether or not materials and concrete meet specifications. 4. Initial Shrinkage Tests: Testing Laboratory will conduct shrinkage tests for all concrete mixes intended for use where maximum shrinkage requirements are specified on the structural Drawings. 5. Plant: Testing Laboratory will inspect mixing plant and equipment, measuring facilities and transit facilities for conformance with ASTM C94.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive concrete and conditions under which concrete is to be placed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of placement. Verification and Notification: Prior to placing concrete, verify that capillary break, vapor barrier, reinforcing steel, sleeves, inserts and other embedded items are in place and securely tied, and that all preparations have been reviewed by the Architect/Engineer and Testing Laboratory.

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 5

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.02

PREPARATION A. Installation of Embedded Items: Place all sleeves, inserts, bolts, etc., prior to placement of concrete. 1. Pipes and Conduits: Do not embed in concrete unless specifically detailed. 2. Coordination: Coordinate location of embedded items with adjacent reinforcing steel, etc., so that strength of the structure is not reduced.

3.03

MIXING AND DELIVERY A. General: Provide ready-mixed from an approved plant, comply with requirements of ASTM C94 for mixing, delivery and certification. Deliver concrete to the site with a batching ticket for each truck load which identifies the quantity of water provided at the batch plant versus the total quantity of water allowed by the approved mix design. 1. Water: If concrete arrives at the project with slump below that suitable for placing, water may be added with permission of the Special Inspector if neither the maximum permissible water-cement ratio nor the maximum slump is exceeded. The water shall be incorporated by additional mixing equal to at least half of the total number of mixer drum revolutions required. 2. Time: Unless otherwise modified by Testing Laboratory, concrete must be discharged within 1-1/2 hours (or 300 revolutions of the mixer drum, whichever comes first) from the time that ingredients have been loaded into the mixer. Mixes: Strengths and consistencies as specified. Admixtures: Add at plant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, except as noted below. If two or more admixtures are required, add separately to different concrete ingredients. 1. High Range Water Reducers: Add after special inspector has verified concrete slump. Mix concrete thoroughly after dosing. Temperature: Mixed concrete, after cement and all other ingredients have been added, shall not exceed 90 degrees F.

B. C.

D.

3.04

PLACEMENT A. General: Place concrete in accordance with Reference Standards and as follows:

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

Free Flow: Five feet maximum. Where drop of concrete exceeds five feet, place concrete using trunks or chutes. Pumped Concrete: Comply with Reference Standard ACI 304.2R, "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods".

B.

Depositing: Deposit continuously in layers of proper thickness so that fresh concrete is not placed over partially hardened concrete and that cold joints are not formed. Deposit at a proper rate to ensure that concrete is plastic at all times and flows evenly into spaces between forms and reinforcement. Consolidation: Consolidate using internal vibration with the aid of mechanical vibration equipment to ensure thorough compaction, embedment of reinforcement and inserts and to provide a dense surface free from aggregate pockets, air pockets and other defects. Cold-Weather Placement (Below 40 Degrees F): Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306.1. 1. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade, reinforcing, or forms. 2. Chemicals, Salts, etc.: Not permitted. Hot-Weather Placement (Above 75 degrees F.): Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305R. 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 degrees F at time of placement. Chilled water or ice may be used to control temperature, provided volume is included in total volume of mixing water.

C.

D.

E.

3.05

JOINTS A. Slab-on Grade Construction Joints: Locate construction joints at the locations shown on the structural Drawings. 1. Joint Construction: Form joints in patterns shown on the Drawings by either of the following methods. a. Method #1: Place concrete in alternating lanes to avoid placement of adjacent sections on the same day. b. Method #2: Use specified construction joint form to separate adjacent sections when poured on the same day. Weakened Plane Joints: Locate as shown on structural Drawings. 1. Joint Construction: Form joints in patterns shown on drawings by cutting slabs using "Soffcut" machine technique. a. Size, Depth: As shown on structural Drawings. 2. Coordination: Commence cutting operations promptly after slab is hardened.

B.

3.06

CURING AND SEALING

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

General: Cure all cast-in-place concrete in accordance with Reference Standards. 1. Compounds: Use the following compounds, unless otherwise noted on structural Drawings. a. Horizontal and Low-Slope Surfaces to Remain Concrete Finish, Including Ramps: Cure-seal-dustproof hardener compound. b. Surfaces to Receive Subsequent Finish Material and Vertical Surfaces: Cure-seal compound. 2. Methods: Apply compounds in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. a. Coordination: Commence curing operations immediately following completion of specified finish. b. Surfaces: Damp, but free of standing water. c. Application: Cover surfaces with a uniform film, using pressurized spray equipment, as recommended by compound manufacturer to ensure proper curing.

3.07

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory Tests and Inspections: 1. Progress Testing: During progress of the work the Testing Laboratory will take necessary test specimens of concrete at job site, in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C172. Samples for strength tests of each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day, nor less than once for each 150 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of surface area for slabs or walls. a. Required Tests: Make standard compression tests of each group of cylinders, as follows. 1) Post-Tensioned Slab and Beam Concrete: 1. At time of stressing: 2 cylinders (fieldcured specimens, see note below) 2. 7 day: 1 cylinder 3. 28 days: 1 cylinder 4. 56 days: 2 cylinders 5. Hold cylinder: 1 cylinder Total cylinders: 7 cylinders Note: Field-cured specimens required to confirm concrete strength at time of stressing shall be stored on the post-tensioned slab and covered with a plywood box. Concrete specified with 28-day minimum strength: 1. 7 day: 1 cylinder 2. 28 days: 2 cylinders

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 8

2)

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. Hold cylinder: Total cylinders:

1 cylinder 4 cylinders

3)

Concrete specified with 56-day minimum strength: 1. 7 day: 1 cylinder 2. 28 days: 1 cylinder 3. 56 days: 2 cylinders 4. Hold cylinder: 1 cylinder Total cylinders: 5 cylinders Concrete specified with 90-day minimum strength: 1. 7 day: 1 cylinder 2. 28 days: 1 cylinder 3. 56 days: 1 cylinder 4. 90 days: 2 cylinders 5. Hold cylinder: 1 cylinder Total cylinders: 6 cylinders

4)

2.

3.

4.

Slump Tests: Make slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143 during placement of concrete at intervals not exceeding one hour. Make tests at mixing plant for high range water reducers. Additional Tests: a. Make additional tests as required if initial tests of materials, mix designs and compressive strength indicate that samples and mixes do not meet specification requirements or if Contractor changes character of materials or sources of supply. b. If compression test results of job-placed concrete do not satisfy specification requirements, core samples at least four inches in diameter may be required of concrete considered by Architect/Engineer to be of doubtful quality. Take cores in accordance with ASTM C42 from representative locations as directed by Architect/Engineer. Test in accordance with requirements for cylinders. Curing: Inspect application of evaporation retardant and spray-on curing compounds. Submit report confirming dosage applied.

3.08

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION A. Protection: In addition to requirements of Division 1, protect concrete as follows: 1. Cold Weather (Below 40 degrees F.): Comply with Reference Standard ACI 306.1 for protection of concrete from adverse effects of cold weather. a. Chemicals, Salts, etc.: Not permitted.

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

Hot Weather (Above 75 degrees F.): Protect concrete from wind and direct sunlight to avoid rapid drying. Comply with Reference Standard ACI 305R for protection of concrete from adverse effects of hot weather. a. Evaporative Retardant: Use when air temperature exceeds 75 degrees F. or wind speed exceeds ten miles per hour; apply immediately after screeding concrete.

3.09

CLEANING A. In addition to requirements of Division 1, clean concrete as follows: 1. Stains: Remove using detergent or muriatic acid. 2. Blemishes: Remove by grinding. 3. Concrete Surfaces: Remove all materials, such as form release agents, bond breakers, etc., that would impair proper application of sealants, waterproofing or other finishes or treatments.

END OF SECTION 03300

Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03350 CONCRETE FINISHING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: All cast-in-place concrete finishing for slabs and vertical formed surfaces. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Formwork finishes. 2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Curing and sealing of concrete. 3. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for any specified color treatments, including range of colors.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finisher Qualifications: Performed by workmen experienced in concrete finishing operations and capable of showing evidence of having successfully completed finishing projects of similar scope and complexity. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. ASTM E1155 - Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the FNumber System. 2. Comply with Reference Standards of Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. Field Samples for Slab Finishing Work: 1. On proper substrate and in location directed by Architect/Engineer, prepare a field sample approximately 4 x 4 feet size. Show representative samples of tooled joint and scored line pattern, and samples of steel trowel, broom and swirl pattern finishes for Architect/Engineer's review and approval. Approved samples will be used as a standard for subsequent finish work.

B.

C.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3.

Colored Concrete: Prepare a field sample approximately 4 x 4 feet size of colored concrete with appropriate color and texture for review and approval. Power Trowelling: At Contractor's option, duplicate samples may be prepared using troweling machine.

D.

Mockup for Vertical Work: On mockup sample, show examples of finishing of smooth formed and sandblast textured surfaces for Architect/Engineer's review and approval. Approved mockup sample will be used as a standard for subsequent finish work. 1. Planter Boxes: Sandblasted texture. 2. All Other Formed Surfaces: Smooth formed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Form Tie Plugs: Cone shaped, precast cement plugs; Burke "Snaplugs", or equal. 1. Type: Flush type, grey color, sized so that face of plug will be flush with the face of concrete. 2. Diameter: Accurately match form tie depression. 3. Adhesive: As recommended by plug manufacturer. Slab Crack Repair Sealant: Polyurethane type, self-leveling, one or two component; meeting ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25. 1. Flat Slabs: Sikaflex-1CSL, or equal. 2. Ramps: Sikaflex-2c, NS/SL, or equal. Color Hardener Finish: 1. Manufacturer: L.M. Scofield Company "Lithochrome Color Hardener", Conrad Sovig Co., or equal. 2. Material: Powdered cementitious material with colored aggregates applied by dry shake method to freshly poured concrete, and conforming to ASTM C979. 3. Color: To match L.M. Scofield "Autumn Beige" Curing Compound at Color Hardened Concrete: 1. Manufacturer: L.M. Scofield Company "Colorcure Concrete Sealer", Conrad Sovig Co., or equal. 2. Material: Two-component water-based curing compound with integral color additives, conforming with ASTM C309 - Liquid MembraneForming Compounds for Curing Concrete.

B.

C.

D.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Clear Sealer at Stained Concrete: L.M. Scofield Company "Cementone Clear Sealer", QC Construction Products, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive finishing operations and conditions under which they are to be conducted. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces or conditions prior to commencement of finishing operations. 1. Lines and Levels: Ensure that surfaces have been brought to proper lines and levels to produce finish surfaces within specified tolerance and at required elevations.

3.02

WORKMANSHIP A. Tolerances: Finish concrete to smooth, even surfaces with no abrupt variations, within the following tolerances: 1. Formed Vertical Surfaces: Comply with requirements of Section 03100 Concrete Formwork. 2. Slabs: In accordance with Reference Standard ACI 302.1R, as follows. Verify flatness and levelness of slabs using ASTM E1155.

Location Horizontal Parking Garage Decks Sloping Parking Garage Decks, Ramps with Swirl Finish Other Permanently Exposed Slabs Exterior Sidewalks, Curbs B.

Minimum Flatness (FF) 20 15

Minimum Levelness (FL) 17 n/a

20 20

17 17

Formed Surfaces: 1. Fins and Other Projections: Grind smooth. 2. Depressions and Unconsolidated Areas: Fill and patch smooth with grout. 3. Protruding Formwork Nails, Staples, etc.: Cut off flush with concrete surface, grind smooth.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

5.

Flush-Finished Form Tie Holes: Fully grouted. At Contractor's option, install reveal-type plugs and grout flush, or plugs may be omitted and holes may be fully grouted. Strike grout flush with adjacent surfaces. a. Grout Color: Match adjacent concrete color. Planter Box (both at Paseo and Stair #1A) Sandblasted Finish: Light to medium texture. Submit field sample.

C.

Slabs: Finish monolithically unless otherwise shown or specified, ensure that an even joint is maintained between successive concrete pours. 1. Levels: As shown on Drawings or as directed by Architect/Engineer. 2. Drainage: Slope slabs uniformly to provide positive drainage into floor drains, gutters, etc. where indicated on drawings. 3. Finishes: As shown on Drawings and as specified below.

3.03

FINISH DESCRIPTIONS A. Floating: Screed slabs to proper levels, remove all surface water and laitance. Float slabs by hand, using a wood float, to produce a smooth, evenly textured surface, free from sharp ridges. Steel Trowel Finish: After basic floating operations have been completed and concrete has sufficiently hardened, steel trowel slabs to produce a smooth uniform finish surface, free from blemishes, trowel marks and other defects. Use steel trowel finish only where specifically called out on the Drawings. 1. Power Trowelling: Use only where slabs will not be visible in the finished building unless otherwise approved by Architect/Engineer. Broom Finish: After basic floating operations have been completed and concrete has sufficiently hardened, lightly steel trowel slabs to remove irregularities and, prior to concrete becoming non-plastic, broom finish slabs using broom not less than eighteen inches in width to produce a finished surface free of small pockets, disturbed aggregate or other defects. 1. Brooming: Produce even texture from edge-to-edge, lap adjacent strokes slightly to produce uniform corrugations, perpendicular to the direction of traffic flow unless otherwise shown. Swirl Pattern Finish: After basic floating operations have been completed, hand float slabs using wood float to produce a continuous swirl patterned surface, free from porous spots, irregularities, depressions, and small pockets or rough spots such as may be caused by accidentally disturbing particles of coarse aggregate embedded near the surface. 1. Swirl Pattern: Use natural arm circular motion to produce rows of approximately 1-foot radius swirl pattern covering approximately half of the preceding row with each successive row. Note that machine finisher is not acceptable.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 4

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Color Hardener Finish: 1. Application: Apply dry shake color hardener and dustproofer after bleedwater has disappeared and the floating process will not disrupt level of surface. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Apply in two coats as follows: a. First coat: 2/3 b. Second coat: 1/3 3. Uniformly apply texture using consistent finishing practices. 4. Location: Where indicated on Drawings. Curing Compound at Colored Concrete Finish: 1. Application: Apply colored curing compound to match color of integrally colored concrete. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Location: Colored concrete slabs.

F.

3.04

FINISH LOCATION SCHEDULE Finish Description Float finish Steel trowel finish Broom finish Location Basic operation for other finishes. Floor finish at enclosed interior spaces such as mechanical rooms, etc. Walkways, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, etc. Parking garage decks and ramps. Medium finish, unless otherwise noted. At ramps, make pattern perpendicular to slope. Sealed, apply broom and swirl finish as noted above. Remarks

Swirl pattern finish Light sandblast Colored finish

Outside of planter boxes. Parking area at Ground Level (south of Paseo)

3.05

TOOLING A. Layout: Locate score lines where shown on Drawings or as directed by Architect/Engineer.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Workmanship: 1. Joints: Unless otherwise shown, use tool to produce a groove 1/4 inch wide at the top and 1/2 inch deep with rounded corners. Lines shall be straight, parallel and/or square, with square intersections unless otherwise shown. 2. Edges: Rounded edges of slabs with a radius to match intermediate scored joints.

3.06

PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. General: Minor defects in cast-in-place concrete that do not affect its structural properties or weathertight integrity may be patched if approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Approval: Only defects that, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, can be restored to the specified quality of finish and have a reasonable appearance match may be patched. Workmanship: Within three days after form removal, when approved by Architect, fill and patch all rock pockets, "honeycomb" voids, and other surface defects to achieve specified finish quality. 1. Filling and Patching: Remove any loose material, thoroughly wet area to be patched, fill with fine sand-cement grout and patching mortar, compact and screed to achieve proper levels. 2. Form Tie Holes: Unless otherwise shown, fill and patch all form tie holes that would be permanently exposed to view. 3. Finishing: Match adjacent surfaces and levels. Final Approval: Areas that have been patched will be reinspected by the Architect/Engineer. If the patching has not, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, restored the specified quality and appearance of the surface, the concrete shall be removed to nearest control joints, replaced and refinished. Concrete Slab Crack Repair: 1. Routing: Rout out cracks using "sawcut" or "V-groove" method. 2. Clean routed groove using high pressure air spray or other method to assure clean firm substrate for application of sealant. 3. Apply crack repair sealant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 03350

B.

C.

D.

Concrete Finishing 03350 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03371 SHOTCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Gun-applied concrete, including preparation of substrate surfaces. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B.

1.02

REFERENCES A. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 506.2 - Specification for Shotcreting. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C33 - Concrete Aggregates. 2. C150 - Portland Cement.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit proposed mix designs including test data used to establish proportions. Samples: Submit material samples as requested by Testing Laboratory.

B. 1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Foreman, nozzle men, gun men, and rod men shall all possess a minimum of 2 years experience on similar projects. Standards: Perform shotcrete work in accordance with ACI 506.2 - Specification for Shotcreting. Field Samples: Prepare sample panels for testing.

B.

C. 1.05

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01460.

Shotcrete 03371 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Prior to start of work, City's Testing Laboratory will review mix proportions, gradation, and quality of aggregate. Prior to construction provide City's Testing Laboratory with sample test panels fabricated by gunning onto plywood for each mix design being considered, and for each shooting position to be encountered. Sample panels shall be at least 30 x 30 inches and of identical thickness, reinforcement, and reinforcement placement as required for work. City's Testing Laboratory will take 3 inch (76 mm) diameter core samples from panels for testing. Core samples will be tested for strength.

C.

D.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II. Aggregates: ASTM C33. Combined gradation No. 1 in accordance with ACI 506.2. Water: Clean and potable and free from impurities detrimental to concrete. Admixtures: Only with approval of Architect/Engineer (wet mix only). Rebound: Loose aggregate removed from surface to be covered. Part conforming to ASTM C33 may be reused, but not in excess of 20 percent of the total aggregate in any batch.

C. D. E.

2.02

SHOTCRETE MIX A. Design mix in accordance with ACI 506.2 to achieve 4000 psi strength in 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Provide mix plastic enough to give good compaction and low percentage of rebound, but stiff enough not to sag.

B.

2.03

EQUIPMENT A. Mixing Equipment: Capable of thoroughly mixing aggregates and cement in sufficient quantity to maintain continuous placement.

Shotcrete 03371 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Air Supply: Clean, dry air adequate for maintaining sufficient nozzle velocity, uniformly steady for work while simultaneously operating blow pipe for cleaning away rebound. Delivery Equipment: Capable of discharging aggregate-cement mixture into delivery hose under close control, maintaining continuous stream of uniformly mixed material at required velocity to discharge nozzle. Equip discharge nozzle with manually operated water injection system (water ring) for directing even distribution of water to aggregate-cement mixture. Water Supply: Uniform water pressure at discharge nozzle sufficiently greater than operating air pressure to ensure intimate mixing with aggregate-cement mix. Provide water pump to system if line water pressure is inadequate.

C.

D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. B. Clean surface to receive shotcrete. Ensure forms are true to line and dimension, adequately braced against vibration, and constructed to permit escape of air and rebound during gunning operations. Thoroughly clean and wet cementitious surfaces prior to receiving shotcrete. Keep porous surfaces damp for several hours prior to shotcreting.

C.

3.02

ALIGNMENT CONTROL A. B. C. Provide alignment wires to establish thickness and plane surface. Install alignment wires at corners and offsets not established by formwork. Ensure alignment wires are tight, true to line, and placed to allow further tightening.

3.03

APPLICATION A. Ensure correct placement of reinforcement. Ensure sufficient clearance around reinforcement to permit complete encasement. Allow easy access to shotcrete surfaces for screeding and finishing, to permit uninterrupted application.

B.

Shotcrete 03371 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Determine operating procedures for placement in close quarters, extended distances, or around unusual obstructions where placement velocities and mix consistency must be adjusted. In shotcreting walls, begin application at bottom. Ensure work does not sag. Hold nozzle as perpendicular to surface as work will permit, to secure maximum compaction with minimum rebound. Build up layers by making several passes of nozzle over work area. Completely encase reinforcement with first layer. Follow routine that will fill and completely encase reinforcement, using maximum layer thickness. Allow each layer of shotcrete to take initial set before applying succeeding layers. After initial set, remove excess material outside of forms and alignment lines. Remove laitance which has taken final set, by sandblasting. Clean with air-water jet. Sound work with hammer for voids. Cut out and replace with succeeding layers. Keep rebound, and other loose or porous material out of new construction. Remove rebound which does not fall clear of work. Discard salvaged rebound. Remove trapped rebound at construction and expansion joints. Finish: Provide completed work with steel trowel finish. Keep completed surfaces wet for minimum of seven days. Membrane curing permitted only where drying conditions are not severe. Protect shotcrete repair work exposed to frost action or heavy water flow with periodic applications of Architect/Engineer reviewed protective coating to inhibit entry of moisture into shrinkage cracks.

D. E.

F.

G.

H.

I. J.

K. L.

M.

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The City's Testing Laboratory will: 1. Continuously inspect shotcreting operations to check materials, reinforcing, ground wires, gunning equipment, application of material, and curing. 2. Take cores from test panels and test for compressive strength. a. Plant Inspection: No requirements. b. Field: Core test panels and visually inspect coverage of reinforcing steel. Continuously inspect permanent placement

Shotcrete 03371 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4.

operations for compliance with the Contract Documents, sound each layer of shotcrete with hammer to check for voids. 1) Samples: Take core specimens from in-place work in accordance with California Building Code (CBC) requirements. 2) Visual Examination: Visually examine for soundness and test for compressive strength in accordance with CBC. Additional Tests: a. Make additional tests as required if initial tests of materials, mix designs and compressive strength indicate that samples and mixes do not meet specification requirements or if Contractor changes character of materials or sources of supply. b. If compression tests results of job-placed concrete do not satisfy specification requirements, core samples at least four inches in diameter may be required of concrete considered by Architect/Engineer to be of doubtful quality. Take cores in accordance with ASTM C42 from representative locations as directed by Architect/Engineer. Test in accordance with requirements for cylinders. Curing: Inspect application of evaporation retardant and spray-on curing compounds. Submit report confirming dosage applied.

B.

The Contractor shall gun 3-inch thick test panels a minimum of 18 inches square against plywood. Provide one panel for each day's placement.

END OF SECTION 03371

Shotcrete 03371 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 03450 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: All precast architectural concrete, complete. Items include: 1. Precast concrete shapes at walls where indicated. 2. Wheel stops. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 04812 - Masonry Veneer.

B.

1.02

ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Precast concrete requirements shown on the Drawings indicate dimensions, profiles, alignments and relationship of precast units to other building components. 1. Engineering Requirements: Engineer the precast units, including, connections and anchorage to building structure, making necessary provisions for proper handling and erection, while maintaining the basic design concept, profiles and alignment of components. 2. Structural Design: Prepared by a structural or civil engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. 3. Handling and Erection: Select erection and lifting methods, design and provide additional reinforcing as required to perform operations without damage to the precast units. Locate necessary inserts, etc. on surfaces that will be concealed in the finished installation. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Structural: a. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights. b. Horizontal Force: 20 psf minimum, but not less than requirements of Governing Authorities. c. Panel Connections: Engineer to resist 6000 lb. horizontal traffic impact load as required by CBC Section 1607.7.3.

B.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

d.

2.

Maximum Deflection of Members: 1/360 of span when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. 1) Cantilever Members: 2L/360 maximum, where L is the length of the cantilever. e. Building Movements: Allow for the following movements. 1) Inter-Story Drift: See Structural Drawings. 2) Floor Deflection: 0.75 inches. f. Fastener Safety Factor: As required by Governing Authorities. g. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. See structural Drawings for site specific information. Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components without causing buckling, failure of joints, etc. or excessive stress on components and fastenings. a. Ambient Temperature Range: 150 degrees F.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete fabrication and placing details, including sizes, dimensions, locations, reinforcing steel , handling and erection inserts, bracing points and related details necessary for the installation of precast units, cross-referenced to the Contract Documents. Calculations: Submit calculations for any portions changed from, or not covered by the Contract Drawings, prepared by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities. Certification: Submit certification that any required shoring or temporary bracing has been designed by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities. Samples: Submit samples, of proper size to be representative of quality, color variation, reveal patterns and finish of precast units. Mill Test Reports: Comply with requirements of Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement, including verification of the weldability of steel. Sequence: Submit proposed sequence for erection of precast units.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F. 1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Erector Qualifications: Experienced in the design, production and erection of precast architectural concrete products, having adequate finances, plant, storage, equipment and skilled personnel, and capable of providing evidence of successful completion of a minimum of three precast concrete

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

projects of similar scope and complexity. Submit evidence of qualifications if requested by Architect/Engineer. B. Field Samples: Cast full-size samples of each profile unit at the shop for Architect/Engineer's approval prior to commencement of production. Approved sample shall serve as a standard of quality for subsequent production. 1. Deliver units to jobsite for review and approval of color, textures, and pattern. Upon approval, return one sample to fabrication plant to be used as control sample for mass fabrication. 3. Review precast units delivered to jobsite with approved control samples. 4. Approved samples may be used in the Project. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. Precast Concrete Institute (PCI) "Architectural Precast Concrete". 2. PCI "Manual No. 117, Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete". 3. ACI 301 "Specifications for Concrete Buildings, Chapter 13-Architectural Concrete". 4. ACI 533 "Precast Concrete Wall Panels".

C.

1.05

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In addition to the requirements of Reference Standards, mark each unit to correspond to shop drawing designations. Store so markings are visible.

1.06

JOB CONDITIONS A. Structural: Structure will not be designed to carry erection loading.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers will be considered as qualified: 1. Clark Pacific, West Sacramento, CA 2. Mid-State Precast, Corcoran, CA 3. Walters & Wolf Precast, Fremont, CA 4. Willis Construction Company, San Juan Bautista, CA 5. StructureCast, Bakersfield, CA 6. Or equal.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.02

CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150, Types as indicated. Do not change source or type of cement without Architect/Engineer's approval. 1. Type I - white cement at exposed integrally colored concrete. Aggregate: 1. Fine: ASTM C33, sand, uniformly graded. 2. Coarse: ASTM C33, crushed rock, uniformly graded. Admixtures: 1. Water Reducing Agent: Conforming to ASTM C494, Type "A". a. Dosage: To be determined by mix designer. 2. Air Entrainment: Conforming to ASTM C260. a. Dosage: To produce concrete with specified entrained air content. 3. Other Admixtures: Not permitted without prior review by Testing Laboratory and written approval of Architect/Engineer. Use of calcium chloride or other admixture containing chloride is prohibited. Color Pigment: Pure concentrated mineral pigments, especially processed for mixing into concrete, conforming to ASTM C979. 1. Manufacturers: Davis Colors, L. M. Scofield Co., or equal. 2. Dosage: Maximum 5 percent, based on weight of portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. 3. Color: One color throughout, to be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard color line. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206. Water: Fresh, clean, potable, free from oil, injurious materials, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter or other deleterious substances.

B.

C.

D.

E. F.

2.03

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: Comply with Reference Standards and requirements of Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. Anchorages and Connecting Devices: In accordance with Reference Standards and requirements of Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 1. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36 steel. 2. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 low-carbon steel. 3. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize all anchorage and connecting devices in accordance with ASTM A153.

B.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Embeds: As detailed and as required for conditions shown or encountered, hotdipped galvanized. Shop Priming: Shop Prime all anchorage and connection devices. Comply with requirements of Section 09910 - Paints. Compressible Joint Filler: Conform with requirements of ASTM D1751; Sonneborn "Sonoflex-F", or equal.

D.

E.

2.04

MIX DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: Prepare mix designs for each type of concrete in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. If test data is not available for establishment of standard deviation, required average compressive strength to be higher that 28-day requirement as required by ACI 301. 1. Density: Concrete made with Normal Weight Aggregate: 135 to 145 pcf. 2. General Characteristics: a. 28-Day Compressive Strength: 4000 psi. b. Maximum Slump: 4 inches. c. Air Entrainment: 6 percent. d. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. 3. Color Pigments: Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions until pigments are uniformly dispersed throughout mixture. Provide consistent water-cement ratio to achieve uniform color and texture.

2.05

FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Fabricate precast concrete units in accordance with Reference Standards, complete with all required shapes, connections, inserts, reinforcing, etc. Tolerances: Comply with suggested tolerance requirements Reference Standards, PCI "Architectural Precast Concrete". Formwork: Comply with requirements of Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork, and as follows: 1. General: Design and fabricate concrete forms that will result in finished precast concrete products conforming to shape, lines, dimensions and tolerances required by Contract Documents. 2. Bond Breaker: Verify compatibility with sealant materials specified in Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. Reinforcing Steel: Fabricate in accordance with Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.

B.

C.

D.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E. F.

Welding: Comply with requirements of Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. Anchors, Inserts, Lifting Devices, etc.: Fabricate in compliance with requirements of Section 05120 - Structural Steel, anchor securely to reinforcing steel. 1. Anchorages: Cast anchors, inserts, lifting devices, etc. integrally with panels. Powder-driven fasteners or expansion bolts shall not be used without approval of the Architect/Engineer. 2. Inserts: Locate on surfaces which will be concealed in the finished installation. Concrete: Comply with requirements of Reference Standards, Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete, and as follows: 1. Workmanship: Cast with exposed finish face down, thoroughly compact by internal high-frequency vibration to provide completely filled, smooth and properly aligned surfaces, free of defects. 2. Joints: Place concrete for any one precast element without pour or construction joints. 3. Defective Concrete: Should any concrete batch fail to achieve minimum 28-day compressive strength, replace all units cast with that batch. Wall Panel Finish: Color, texture, materials and other exposed characteristics shall match approved sample. 1. Permanently Exposed Surfaces: Light sandblast for an exposed integral colored finish. 2. Interior Non-Formed Surfaces: Steel trowel finish. 3. Defects: Minor rock pockets and chipped corners which do not affect panel strength or weathertightness may be patched if approved by Architect/Engineer. Wheel Stop Finish: 1. Color: Natural concrete color. 2. Finish: a. Concealed Surfaces: ACI 301 Smooth form finish. b. Exposed Surfaces: ACI 301 Smooth form finish.

G.

H.

I.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive precast concrete units and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Verification: Verify that placement of structure, connections, inserts, etc. will allow erection of precast units within required tolerances.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Temporary Bracing and Shoring: Design, construct, and remove when no longer required, temporary shoring and bracing as required to prevent excessive loading of the permanent structural system during erection operations and to position and brace precast units until they are permanently anchored.

3.03

ERECTION A. Architectural Precast Units: Install precast units as shown and in accordance with Reference Standards, plumb, true, securely anchored, with all required fastenings, clips, anchors, hardware, etc. 1. Concrete: Do not erect precast units until concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3000 psi, 30 days minimum curing. 2. Lifting Devices: Remove metal lifting devices, seal exposed edges against weather. 3. Sequence: Erect units in accordance with approved sequence, comply with special sequence requirements, if any, outlined by the Architect/Engineer. 4. Cutting: Cut precast units as required to accommodate other building components, etc. All cutting shall be approved by Architect/Engineer. 5. Tolerances: Comply with tolerance requirements of Reference Standards. 6. Sealants: Tape or otherwise protect all joints to be sealed from the ingress of concrete during pouring operations. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 7. Protection: Seal connections with adjacent materials and secure against water penetration. Protect exposed surfaces during placement. Wheel Stops: Adhere to clean concrete substrate using epoxy adhesive. Do not drill into slabs.

B.

3.04

PATCHING A. General: Minor defects in precast concrete units that do not affect its structural properties or weathertight integrity may be patched if approved by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Approval: Do not assume that patching will be allowed. Only defects that, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, can be restored to the specified quality of finish and have a reasonable appearance match may be patched.

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Workmanship: When patching is approved by Architect/Engineer, proceed as follows: 1. Mix: Establish proper procedures and formula by trial mixing. 2. Demonstration: Demonstrate patching technique on sample areas for Architect's final approval. 3. Finishing: Restore finish to specified quality, match adjacent surface color, texture and level. Final Approval: Areas that have been patched will be re-examined by the Architect/Engineer. If the patching has not, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, restored the specified quality and appearance of the surface, remove unit and replace with unit of specified quality.

C.

3.05

CLEANING A. Cleaning: In addition to requirements of Division 1, take special precautions to remove all alkalis and other compounds from surface of units which might damage adjacent surfaces due to runoff from rain or window cleaning operations.

END OF SECTION 03450

Precast Architectural Concrete 03450 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 04812 MASONRY VENEER

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Thin-brick masonry veneer work at exterior building walls, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 03450 - Precast Architectural Concrete. 3. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 4. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's certificate that brick meets or exceeds specified requirements. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Samples: Submit sample thin-brick panels, consisting of not less than six bricks per panel adhered to hardboard or plywood, with the specified color bricks and grout-filled joints.

B.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Firm and installers specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five years documented experience. Mockups: Provide a field mock-up of brick masonry veneer work. 1. Erect brick onto a 3 x 4 foot wall area at a location as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Include in mockup a typical layout of thin brick including an outside corner, brick colors, mortar joints, color of grout, and accessories. 2. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate the minimum standard for the Work. 3. Accepted mock-up may remain as part of the completed Work.

B.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Deliver mortar and grout materials for the site in sealed containers or bags fully identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store in a dry, wellventilated space, under cover, and off the ground.

1.05

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply mortar or grout when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) nor more than 80 degrees F (27 degrees C).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BRICK MATERIALS A. B. Manufacturer: H.C. Muddox; McNear Brick & Block; or Gladding McBean. Thin Brick Veneer: ASTM C216, Grade SW, Type FBS. 1. Size: Nominal 2-1/2 x 8 x 1/2-inch thick. 2. Texture: Wire cut. 3. Special Shapes: Outside corners and returns, color to match adjacent brick unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 4. Color: Red, to be selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Trim Pieces: Matching corners, trimmers, and other shapes required to produce a complete and finish installation. Provide 90-degree corner pieces as required. Trim pieces shall match the thin brick in size, color, and texture.

C.

2.02

ACCESSORIES A. Mortar Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II. 2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. 3. Aggregate: ASTM C144. 4. Water: Potable. Base Coat Over Cement Board: Portland cement mortar containing dry latex polymers and fiber reinforcing; USG "Exterior Basecoat - Fiber-Reinforced". Thinset Mortar Bond Coat: Flexible latex modified portland cement mortar system. 1. Manufacturer: One of the following: a. Mapei "Keralastic" polymer additive mixed with "Kerabond" mortar mix.

B.

C.

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

b.

2.

Mer-Kote Products Inc. "Latex 200" additive, mixed with "MerKrete Filler 211". c. Laticrete International "4237 Latex Thin-Set Mortar Additive", mixed with "Laticrete 211 Crete Filler Powder". Standard: Meeting and exceeding ANSI A118.4, with minimum shear strength of 300 psi and 25% resiliency of mortar bed against movement.

D.

Grout: Latex modified portland cement, sanded finish, natural color. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. 2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. 3. Sand: ASTM C144. 4. Latex Mortar Additive: ANSI A118.4; Laticrete #3701 "Admix", or equal, for use with portland cement and sand grout. Sealant: Polyurethane type specified in Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. Masonry Cleaning Solution: Type which will not harm masonry, joint materials, or adjacent surfaces; ProSoCo Inc, Diedrich Technologies Inc, or equal. Miscellaneous Ties, and Clips: Stainless steel, Type 304; of sizes and configurations required for support of brick and applicable loads.

E. F.

G.

2.03

MORTAR MIXES A. General: Comply with reference standards and manufacturer's written instructions. Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride. Mixing: Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious materials, water, and aggregates in a mechanical batch mixer, unless otherwise indicated. Discard mortar that has reached initial set.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive Work of this Section. Establish lines, levels, and dimensions. Protect from disturbance. Verify that built-in items are properly located and sized. Coordination: Coordinate with other sections for proper location of items embedded in cast-in-place concrete.

B. C.

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D. 3.02

Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been resolved.

PREPARATION A. Clean brick prior to erection. Do not use wire brushes or implements which will mark or damage exposed surfaces. Finish of Cement Board Units: 1. Verify that joints are taped properly with glass fiber mesh tape. 2. Apply exterior cement-mortar base coat a minimum 1/8-inch thick in accordance with base coat manufacturer's written specifications.

B.

3.03

INSTALLATION - THIN-BRICK A. Installation Methods: Comply with the following TCA installation methods: 1. Exterior Thin-Brick over Cement Board: W244-09: ANSI A108.5 - latex portland cement mortar bond coat, thinset over USG "Exterior FiberReinforced Base Coat". 2. Exterior Thin-Brick over Concrete: W202-09; ANSI A108.5 - latex portland cement mortar bond coat over sandblasted concrete. 3. Expansion Joints: EJ171-09. General: Do not install units with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other defects which could be visible in the finished work. Contiguous Work: Close up openings in brick work after other work is in place. Use materials and set to match surrounding brick. Installing Thin Brick: 1. Lay out thin-brick units centered; avoid use of units less than one-half size. Unless otherwise noted, align units in a running bond pattern, parallel, and straight. Joint widths shall be the same in each area, 3/8-inch wide horizontally, unless otherwise shown or specified. 2. When cutting is required, grind edges smooth. Accurately cut units around work of other trades and at intersections with other materials so that edges of brick will be completely aligned. 3. Firmly embed units in setting material and bring finished surfaces to true planes. Make inside and outside corners square. Grouting: Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints using mechanical caulking gun, strike flush, and tool slightly concave. Wet joint surfaces, if dry, prior to grouting. Provide means to prevent grout staining the exposed face of brick.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Sealant: Seal intersections of brick and dissimilar materials with polyurethane sealant. Clean joints of loose mortar, dirt, and debris. Neatly tool sealants in profile to match grout joints. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints in width to match grout-joint width; seal with polyurethane sealant in color to match grout. Provide expansion joints between intersections of columns and walls, full brick and thin brick, between changes in substrate, and at construction joints.

G.

3.04

TOLERANCES A. B. Positioning of Elements: Maximum 1/8 inch from true position. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/4 inch in 10 feet, with adjacent units level within 1/2 the tolerance of brick width. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.

C. 3.05

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace the following brick work: 1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged brick. 2. Defective joints. 3. Brick work not matching approved samples and mockups. 4. Brick work not complying with other requirements indicated. Replace masonry work to match approved samples and mockups, complying with requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry in accordance with cleaner manufacturer's recommendations and as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect/Engineer's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with final cleaning. 3. Protect adjacent nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner. 4. Remove excess sealant. Masonry Waste: Remove masonry waste and dispose of material legally off property.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

END OF SECTION 04812

Masonry Veneer 04812 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 04820 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All reinforced grouted concrete unit masonry work, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Reinforcing steel requirements. 2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Mix design requirements.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing bending, size, placing details, layout and reference to Contract Drawings for all reinforcing. Certification: Submit certification that materials to be used on the Project comply with specified Grade. Mix Design: Submit mix design for grout and mortar. Comply with requirements of Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Field Samples: Prior to placement of concrete unit masonry, construct field samples, approximately 4 x 6 feet, representative of colors, texture, patterns, etc. shown on Drawings; make corrections after review by Architect/Engineer until approval is obtained. At Contractor's option, samples may be constructed inplace and incorporated into the final construction after approval.

B.

C.

D.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. Applicable requirements and standards of California Building Code, Chapter 21, "Masonry". 2. Masonry Institute of America "Masonry Codes and Specifications".

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies 04820-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Concrete Block: 1. Manufacturer: a. Air Vol Block Inc., San Luis Obispo, CA. b. Basalite Concrete Products, Dixon, CA. c. Calstone Company, Sunnyvale, CA. d. Or equal. 2. Standard: Meeting ASTM C90, hollow light-weight units. 3. Minimum Block Unit Strength: As shown on structural Drawings. 4. Minimum Curing Time: 28 days before being placed. 5. Sizes: As shown on architectural and structural Drawings. 6. Bond Beams, Lintel Beams: "Deep Cut" units. 7. Block Face Texture: Smooth faced (precise standard finish). 8. Color: Manufacturer's standard grey color. 9. Control Joints: Maximum spacing of 25'-4". Mortar: Conforming to Reference Standards and ASTM C270, mixed using ASTM C150 Type II portland cement. 1. 28-day Compressive Strength: As shown on structural Drawings. 2. Mortar Type: S Grout: Conforming to Reference Standards and ASTM C476, and as follows: 1. Slump: As appropriate for proper pumping consistency, 9 to 10 inches maximum. Admixtures may be used to control consistency if submitted with the mix design. Unit Masonry Reinforcement: As shown on Drawings. Comply with requirements of Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.

B.

C.

D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive unit masonry and conditions under which unit masonry is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Clean and roughen all concrete at bonding surface, sandblasting where required. Bend dowels into proper alignment. Clean all cells of any deleterious materials. Wall Cavities: Prior to grouting of cells, protect as required to prevent water intrusion.

Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies 04820-2

B. C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Concrete Masonry Units: Install in accordance with Reference Standards, as detailed, and as follows: 1. Bond Pattern: Common running bond unless otherwise shown. a. Cells: Align cells to provide continuous vertical full-cell openings. 2. Joints: Flush at concealed locations, including concealed locations that are substrate for applied waterproofing or exterior wall finishes; tooled concave at exposed locations. a. Width: 3/8-inch, unless otherwise shown. a. Head Joints: Fill with mortar for a distance not less than the longitudinal face shell thickness. b. Walls and Crosswebs: Fully bedded in mortar. Reinforcing Steel: Comply with requirements of Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement, and as follows: 1. Splices: Minimum of 65 bar diameters unless otherwise shown. 2. Vertical Bars: As detailed, support at eight-foot intervals. Grouting: Comply with requirements of Reference Standards and as follows: 1. Low-lift Method: Lay units a maximum of 4 feet high before grouting. 2. High-lift Method: a. Maximum height for grout pour shall not exceed twelve feet for eight inch walls and sixteen feet for twelve inch walls. Portions of walls exceeding the preceding limits shall be completed with lowlift grouting methods. b. Grout shall be modified by shrinkage compensating admixture. c. Provide cleanout openings for all walls at the bottom of each pour. The openings are to be made prior to start of laying and be of sufficient size and location to allow thorough flushing away of all mortar, droppings and debris. After the laying of the masonry units is completed, the cells cleaned, the reinforcing positioned and inspection completed, close the cleanouts by inserting face shells of masonry units or covering the openings with forms. Face shell plugs are to have a two-day minimum curing time and be adequately braced to resist the pressure of the fluid grout. d. In the high-lift grouting method, intermediate horizontal construction joints are not permitted. Plan the work for one continuous pour of grout to the top of the wall in four foot layers or lifts in the same working day. Should a blow-out, a breakdown in equipment, or any other emergency occur, cease the grouting operation.

B.

C.

Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies 04820-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

e.

3.

4. D.

The section of wall to be grouted in any one pour is limited to a length in which successive lifts can be placed within one hour of the preceding lifts. Vertical control barriers shall be placed between pour sections in locations approved by the Architect/Engineer. f. Depending upon weather conditions and absorption rates of the masonry units, the lift heights and waiting periods may be varied. Under normal weather conditions with typical masonry units, the individual lifts of grout are limited to four feet in height with a waiting period between lifts of thirty to sixty minutes. g. After a waiting period sufficient to permit the grout to become plastic but before it has taken any set, the succeeding lift should be poured and alternate cells vibrated twelve inches to eighteen inches into the preceding lift. Do this in such a manner as to reconsolidate the preceding lift and close any plastic shrinkage cracks or separations from the cells walls. h. If, because of unavoidable job conditions, the placing of the succeeding lift is going to be delayed beyond the period of workability of the preceding lift, reconsolidate each lift by reworking with the mechanical vibrator as soon as the grout has taken its settlement shrinkage. i. Repeat the waiting, pouring and reconsolidation steps until the top of the pour is reached. Reconsolidate the top lift after the required waiting period to fill any space left by settlement shrinkage. Construction Joints: If grouting is to be discontinued for one hour or longer, form horizontal construction joints by stopping the grout pour 11/2 inches below top of uppermost course. Fill: Fill all cells solid with grout unless otherwise shown .

Temperature Restrictions: Install unit masonry when ambient temperature is above 40 degrees F. Protect from freezing for 48 hours following installation. Curing: Keep moist with fine water spray, do not saturate. a. Curing Period: 5 days minimum after grout pour.

E.

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory Inspections: Perform Special Inspection operations as defined in the California Building Code.

END OF SECTION 04820

Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies 04820-4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All structural steel work, complete. Related Sections: 1. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section. 2. Section 05300 - Metal Deck. 3. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 4. Section 09910 - Paints.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all structural steel, cross-referenced to the contract documents, showing member sizes, dimensions, details, welds, fasteners, camber, penetrations and relationship to adjacent building components. 1. Coordination: Review Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications for miscellaneous brackets, connectors, etc. required for mounting adjacent assemblies to structural steel: incorporate necessary provisions into shop drawing submittal. 2. Welds: Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. Certifications: 1. Materials: Submit mill test reports to certify that materials to be used on the Project comply with specified grades. 2. Welding certificates. 3. Alignment: Submit certification by registered surveyor that plumbness, horizontal and vertical alignments are within tolerances required by the Contract Documents.

B.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Capable of furnishing evidence of successful completion of projects of similar scope and complexity. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel".

Structural Steel 05120-1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents. 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): a. "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". b. "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings" and "Supplement No. 2". c. "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections". 2. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1-00 "Structural Welding Code-Steel". 3. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts".

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Wide Flange Shapes: ASTM A992, sizes as shown on structural Drawings. Structural Steel Channels, Angles, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36, Grade 36, sizes as shown on structural Drawings Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, "Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes", Grade B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, "Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless", Type E or S, standard weight, Grade B, unless otherwise shown on structural Drawings. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Refer to structural Drawings for locations of various types. 1. General Use Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength", Grade A; carbon-steel, hex-head bolts; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers. 2. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: As shown on the Drawings, and as follows: a. ASTM A325, "Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength", Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and ASTM F436 hardened carbon-steel washers, hot-dip zinc coated finish meeting ASTM A153, Class C. b. ASTM A490, "Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength", Type 1, heavy hex steel structural

Structural Steel 05120-2

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers, uncoated. F. Shop Welded Shear Connectors (Studs): ASTM A108, "Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality", Grade 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, coldfinished carbon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B. Welding Electrodes: AWS D1.1 , Class E-70. Primer: Comply with requirements of Section 09910 - Paints. Non-Shrink Grout: Expansion producing, non-metallic grout, premixed; Sauriesen "F-100", Upcon "Upcon", MasterBuilders "Masterflow 928", or equal. 1. Minimum 28-Day Compressive Strength: 6800 psi. Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, "Bent Anchor Rods, Headed Anchor Rods", Grade 36, unless otherwise noted. Miscellaneous: Provide clips, brackets, accessories, etc. as required for installation of structural steel.

G. H. I.

J.

K.

2.02

FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Fabricate all structural steel in accordance with reviewed shop drawings and Reference Standards, and as follows: 1. Field Measurements: Prior to fabrication, take necessary field measurement to ensure proper fit of structural steel. 2. Tolerances: Comply with Reference Standards except as follows: a. Exposed Steel: Comply with AISC "Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel" specifications. 3. Welding: Comply with Reference Standards for welds and correction of defective welds, and as follows: a. Butt Welds: All butt welds shown on drawings are full-penetration welds. 4. Bolt Holes: 1/8-inch oversize at base plates with anchor bolts, 1/16-inch oversize at other locations, free of burrs or other defects. 5. Stud Bolts and Headed Stud Anchors: Full penetration fusion weld to structural steel. a. Length: As required for attachment of detailed components. Shop Priming: Shop prime all structural steel except steel to be encased in concrete, surfaces to be welded, surfaces to receive high-strength bolted connections, and surfaces to receive spray-applied fireproofing. 1. Materials and Surface Preparation: Refer to Section 09910.

B.

Structural Steel 05120-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

Surfaces to be Encased in Concrete: Prime encased surfaces to depth of 2 inches.

C.

Galvanizing: Where structural Drawings require galvanizing of structural steel, conform to the following as appropriate to component: 1. Sheets, Bars, Strips, etc. Conform to ASTM A123, "Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products". 2. Hardware: Conform to ASTM A153, "Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware".

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive structural steel and conditions under which it is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of erection operations. Verfication: Verify elevations of bearing surfaces and locations of anchor bolts, plates, etc. prior to commencement of erection operations.

B.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Templates: Furnish required templates and instructions for setting of anchor bolts, etc. Bracing: Structural framing is not designed to carry loads from erection, erection equipment, or operation of equipment. Provide necessary shoring, bracing, etc. to protect structure against damage from erection loads, wind loads, etc. Remove when no longer necessary.

B.

3.03

ERECTION A. General: Erect all structural steel, plumb, true, securely fastened, with all required braces, clips, anchors, etc. in accordance with Reference Standards, provisions of Article 2.02 of this section, and as follows. Bases and Bearing Plates: 1. Set using non-shrink grout to obtain uniform bearing. Where shown on structural Drawings, or otherwise required, support at the proper level by means of adjustable leveling nuts. 2. Grouting: Mix and place grout in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, clean and moisten contact surfaces immediately prior to installation.

Structural Steel 05120-4

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Assembly: Clean bearing surfaces and surfaces that will be in permanent contact with each other, prior to assembly. After assembly, align and adjust members accurately prior to fastening. As erection progresses, securely fasten structure to take care of all dead load, wind load and erection stresses. 1. Splices: Not permitted, unless otherwise shown on structural Drawings. 2. Mis-Matched Holes: Correct by drilling to the next larger size. Welding for re-drilling will not be permitted. 3. Alignment: Use temporary guy lines, etc. as required during erection to ensure proper alignment. 4. Camber: Where no camber is shown on the Drawings, erect members with rolling camber upward. 5. Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges". Bolted Connections: Drive bolts accurately into holes without damaging thread; protected heads from damage during driving operations. Provide full bearing on shank, use washers as required to ensure tightness of bolts when threads are outside holes. 1. Tightening: Draw nuts up tight, upset threads after tightening if selflocking nuts are not used. 2. Drifting: a. Use ream to enlarge holes; install oversize bolts as required. Use of cutting torch to enlarge holes will not be permitted. b. Limitations: Members with holes mismatched 1/8-inch or greater will be rejected. 3. Projection: Size bolts so that projection beyond nut is 1/8-inch minimum and 1/4-inch maximum. 4. Washers: a. Use washers under all nuts and bolt heads; set bolt heads and nuts squarely against washers. b. Beveled Washers: Use under bolt heads or nuts resting on surfaces exceeding five percent slope with respect to head or nut. 5. High-Strength Bolts: Install according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" for snug-tightened joint type. Welding: Comply with Reference Standards and notes on structural Drawings. 1. Butt Welds: Grind smooth. 2. Fillet Welds: Grind or fill to smooth profile; dress exposed welds. Touch-up: After erection is complete, touch-up shop-applied prime coat damaged during transportation or erection and prime all field welds, bolts, nuts, etc, using same primer as specified for shop priming.

D.

E.

F.

Structural Steel 05120-5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory Tests and Inspections: Test and inspect materials, methods, equipment and fabricated components at the fabricating plant and project site as follows: 1. Shapes, Plates, Bars, Pipe and Tubing: Manufacturer's certified mill-test reports and analysis for each heat will be acceptable in lieu of testing. 2. Welding: Maintain and distribute a systematic record of welds, including identification marks of welders, list of defective welds and manner of correction. a. Inspection: Check materials, equipment, procedure, ability of welders. b. Non-destructive Testing: Use gamma ray, ultrasonic or any other aid to visual inspection required to assure adequacy of welding. 1) Moment Connections: Ultrasonic testing is mandatory for all moment connections. Perform on plate materials for lamination in accordance with ASTM A435. 2) Area: Test area extending at least six inches above and below attachment of girder flanges to columns. 3) Criteria: Any recordable discontinuity causing complete loss of back reflection which cannot be encompassed within a three-inch diameter circle or one-half the plate thickness whichever is greater, is unacceptable. 3. High-Strength Bolts: Furnish certified test reports for each lot of bolts in accordance with ASTM A325, Paragraph 6. Inspect and test installation of high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSCs "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 and ASTM A490 Bolts".

END OF SECTION 05120

Structural Steel 05120-6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05300 METAL DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: All metal decking work, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 - Structural Steel.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all metal deck, cross-referenced to the Contract Drawings, showing type, gages, shapes, dimensions, details, welds, fasteners, and relationship to adjacent building components. 1. Coordination: Review Drawings and Sections of the Specification for miscellaneous brackets, closures, penetrations, etc. required for mounting adjacent assemblies to metal deck, incorporate necessary provisions into shop drawing submittal. Certification: Submit certification that materials to be used on the Project comply with specified grades.

B.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Erector Qualifications: Capable of furnishing evidence of successful completion of projects of similar scope and complexity. Reference Standards: Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members". 3. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.3, "Structural Welding Code for Sheet Steel". 4. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) "Code of Recommended Practice".

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Metal Deck 05300-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MANUFACTURER A. The following manufacturers will be considered acceptable for metal decking to be used on the project. Materials of other manufacturers will be considered for substitution if they meet or exceed the structural properties of materials shown on the Drawings and specified below. 1. Verco Manufacturing Company 2. ASC Pacific

2.02

MATERIALS A. Metal Deck: Refer to notes on structural Drawings. 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, with G90 zinc coating. 2. Venting: Provide vented decking where concrete fill occurs. Closures, Miscellaneous Accessories: As detailed or otherwise required for a complete installation. Shear Connectors: ASTM A108, Grades 1010 through 1020 headed steel type, cold-finished carbon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B, with arc shields.

B.

C.

2.03

FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate metal decking in accordance with Reference Standards and reviewed shop drawings, and as follows: 1. Profiles: As shown on Drawings. 2. Lengths: As required to produce units that span a minimum of three support members, except where layout of structural steel does not permit. 3. Cantilever Sections: Must have at least one full adjacent span. 4. End Laps: Flush, telescoped or nested. 5. Side Joints: Overlapping type. 6. Closures: Fabricate from same type of steel sheets as decking, 10-gage minimum, to profiles required to form a tight-fitting closure at deck ends and other penetrations, etc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive metal deck and conditions under which it is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

Metal Deck 05300-2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.02

ERECTION A. Erect metal deck in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, Reference Standards, and as follows: 1. Connections: Weld deck to steel framework at ends and intermediate supports as shown on Drawings. Where two units abut at a support, weld both to the support. 2. Welding: In accordance with Reference Standards and as follows: a. Refer to schedule on Drawings. 3. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and fit deck units around other Work that projects through decking where it has not been accomplished during shop fabrication, provide enclosures as required. 4. Reinforcement at Openings: Provide additional metal reinforcement at openings using guidelines shown on Drawings and as follows: a. Openings less than 4 inches square or round: No reinforcement required except where closely spaced. b. Openings larger than 4 inches square or round: As detailed on drawings except where closely spaced. c. Closely Spaced Openings: Where openings are separated by less than their least dimension, or where there are more than two adjacent openings separated by their least dimension, and not specifically detailed on the Drawings, obtain permission of Architect/Engineer prior to cutting. 5. Alignment: Place units in straight alignment for entire length of run, register flutes of adjacent units . 6. Bearing: Provide 2 inch minimum bearing at beams or angles parallel to deck, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Shear Connectors: Weld shear connectors through deck to supporting frame according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. Butt end joints of deck panels; do not overlap. Remove and discard arc shields after welding shear connectors. Touch-up: After erection of units, touch up abrasions, etc. with a galvanizing repair paint recommended by the deck manufacturer. 1. Welds: Touch up immediately after welds have cooled. 2. Cuts: Touch up raw edges immediately after cutting. Miscellaneous: Install all miscellaneous items necessary for a complete installation, including such items as flashings, drain sumps, hangers, etc.

B.

C.

D.

END OF SECTION 05300

Metal Deck 05300-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Cold formed metal framing and metal support systems for loadbearing and non-bearing framing. Related Sections: 1. Section 09220 - Portland Cement Plaster. 2. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board. 3. Review Division 1 - General Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section.

B.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Cold-formed metal framing requirements indicated on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profile and depth of members, and relationship to other building components. 1. Design Requirements: Design and engineer the cold-formed framing systems, including provision for building movements, bracing and connections, making necessary additions and modifications to the manufacturer's standard details as may be required to comply with specified performance requirements while maintaining the basic design concept. 2. Structural Design: Prepared by a structural or civil engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Structural: Select gauge of members based on the following criteria. a. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights. b. Maximum Allowable Deflection: 1) Members Supporting Gypsum Board Surfaces: 1/240 of supported span. 2) Members Supporting Cement Plaster Surfaces: 1/360 of supported span. c. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. See structural Drawings for site specific information.

Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components without causing buckling, failure of joints, etc. or excessive stress on components and fastenings. a. Ambient Temperature Range: 100 degrees F.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all conditions in connection with stud construction, including heavy fixture anchorage and backing systems, showing framing members, connections, provisions for building movements, and relationship to adjacent building components. Submit calculations stamped and signed by a licensed California civil or structural engineer. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of framing member and accessory, including structural properties. Calculations: Submit calculations and details for metal stud design stamped and signed by a licensed structural engineer registered in the State of California showing compliance with performance requirements. Stamp and sign shop drawings.

B.

C.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of 2007 California Building Code (CBC), Section 2210A. 2. Fire-Resistance: All materials and assemblies used in fire-resistive construction shall meet applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories or other agency approved by Governing Authorities. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) "Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual". 2. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel". 3. Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association (SSMA) "Product Technical Information".

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MATERIALS A. General: 1. Provide materials and systems which meet or exceed the structural properties of materials shown and specified in the SSMA "Product Technical Information" and International Code Council (ICC) Legacy Report #ER-4943P. 2. Provide metal framing in depths and locations as indicated on Drawings. Studs and Joists: ASTM C955, punched "C" type, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653, Class G-60, with stiffener lips, 1-5/8-inch flanges, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 1. 16-gage and Heavier: ASTM A653, Grade 50, minimum yield of 50 ksi. 2. 18-gage and Lighter: ASTM A653, Grade 33, minimum yield of 33 ksi. Track and Bridging: ASTM C955 track, consisting of ASTM A568 steel, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653, Class G-60, gage as required to meet performance requirements. 1. Bridging: 16-gage x 1-1/2-inch solid bridging, unpunched type as standard with manufacturer of metal studs. 2. Head Track: Gage to match studs, 1-1/2-inch legs, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Use "slip track" type where detailed. Stiffeners, Angles: As standard with manufacturer, length and gage as indicated.

B.

C.

D. 2.02

ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Channels: 16-gage galvanized cold-rolled steel channels, sizes as indicated on Drawings. Hanger and Tie Wire: Galvanized steel wire conforming to ASTM A641, Class 1, soft temper. 1. Hanger Wire: 8-gage. 2. Diagonal Bracing Wire: 12-gage. 3. Tie Wire: 16-gage. Miscellaneous Clips, Fastenings, etc.: As standard with manufacturer of steel studs and as approved by Governing Authorities. Floor Track Fastenings: Tempered steel pins, corrosion-resistant plating or coating, Hilti-Fastening Systems, Impex Tool Corporation, or equal. 1. Guide Washers: As required for control of penetration into post-tensioned slabs. 2. Tool: Low-velocity, piston-driver, power-actuated tool as standard with manufacturer of fastenings.

Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 3

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. E. F.

Size: Minimum 0.140-inch diameter. Embedment: 3/4-inch maximum into post-tensioned slabs.

Welding Electrodes: AWS D-1.1, Class E-70. Miscellaneous Angles, Struts, Rough Hardware, etc.: Comply with requirements of Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. Backing: Galvanized sheet metal, 12-gage to 18-gage, as required for proper support of fixtures.

G.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive cold formed metal framing and conditions under which metal framing is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

GENERAL A. Workmanship: Fabricate and install cold formed metal framing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, Reference Standards and as detailed, complete with all required clips, anchors, components, etc., securely braced and anchored to structural framing. Shop Fabrication: Shop cut all studs, tracks and bridging to required lengths. Prefabrication: Components may be prefabricated into panels prior to installation. Attachment: Attach similar components by welding. Attach dissimilar components by welding, screws, or bolts. 1. Welding: Comply with requirements of Reference Standards. 2. Power Driven Pins and Concrete Anchors: Locate and avoid posttensioning tendons prior to making attachments to concrete slabs or beams. Joints: 1. Tracks: Use full butt welds or splices with channel inserts at all butt joints, do not miter corners. 2. Studs: Splices in studs are not permitted. Backing: Provide backing for surface-mounted items indicated on Drawings.

Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 4

B. C.

D.

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Stud Walls, Joists: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as detailed with all required struts, brackets, bracing, fastenings, etc. 1. Sill Track: Anchor to concrete slabs with powder-driven pins, concrete anchors, or other appropriate fasteners, and 14-gage washers, at 24 inches on center, maximum. 2. Head Track: Securely anchor to structural framing system by welding, powder driven pins, concrete anchors or other appropriate fasteners. 3. Openings: Completely frame all openings, install vertical studs over openings as required. a. Jambs: Weld two 14-gage studs together to form a box shape. Install at each jamb continuous from floor to overhead framing unless otherwise indicated. b. Head and Sill: Install sills and headers as required for all openings, anchor to adjacent construction. 4. Studs: Seat squarely in tracks with the stud web and flanges abutting the track web. Securely attach to the flanges or web of the lower track. At suspended walls where slip track is noted on Drawings, do not attach studs to head track. a. Spacing: 16 inches on center, unless otherwise shown. b. Corners: Position stud to form outside corner and locate another stud within 2 inches from inside corner along each partition. c. Openings: Locate studs 2 inches maximum from opening jambs, abutting partitions or other construction. d. Jack Studs: Locate above and below openings as required to provide structural support. e. Splices: Not permitted in axially loaded studs. 5. Joists: Locate directly over bearing studs or, if otherwise shown, install load distribution member at top track. a. Partitions: Locate two joists under partitions parallel to joists where partition length exceeds one-half the joist span. b. Openings: Locate two joists at perimeter of openings that interrupt one or more spanning members. 6. Bridging: Install at mid-height of studs, mid-span of joists unless otherwise shown, 4'-0" on center maximum, continuously for length of all walls, floors or ceilings. Use attachment methods detailed or, if not detailed, as recommended by manufacturer to prevent stud rotation.

END OF SECTION 05400

Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Metal fabrications for standard and custom-fabricated items as indicated on the Drawings. Items include, but are not limited to: 1. Steel handrails, guardrails, railings, and brackets. 2. Stair nosings. 3. Elevator sump pit grating. 4. Elevator sill angles and spreader beams. 5. Elevator pit access ladders. 6. Steel grating in vent shafts. 7. Steel pipe bollards. 8. Steel framing for glass entry canopy. 9. Arbor posts and curved arbor canopies. 10. Elevator entrance canopy. 11. Miscellaneous steel framing not included in other Sections, but required to complete the Project. Products Installed But Not Supplied By This Section: 1. Section 14211 - Electric Traction Elevators: Hoistway beams. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 2. Section 05720 - Ornamental Handrails and Railings. 3. Section 08965 - Glass Canopy System. 4. Section 09910 - Paints. 5. Section 09971 - Special Coatings for Steel.

B.

C.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Metal fabrication requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profiles of members and relationship of items to other building components. Engineering Requirements: Engineer the designated items, including supporting members, connections and anchorage to building structure, making necessary additions and modifications to any specified proprietary system manufacturer's

B.

Metal Fabrications 05500-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

standard details as may be required to comply with specified performance requirements, while maintaining the basic design concept. 1. Structural Design: Prepared by a structural or civil engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. 2. Handrails and Guardrails: Fabricate and install to meet ASTM E985 and California Building Code requirements to withstand a minimum concentrated live load of at least 200 pounds or a minimum uniformly distributed live load of 50 pound/feet per foot of rail applied to the top of the railing system, in both horizontal and vertical downward directions, whichever is greater. C. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of governing authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Structural: a. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights. b. Horizontal Force: 1) General: 20 psf minimum, but not less than requirements of Governing Authorities. 2) Screens and Similar Open Assemblies: Assume 20 psf over full height and width of screen (no open area). c. Maximum Deflection of Members: 1) Simple Spans: 1/360 of span when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. 2) Cantliever Members: 2L/360 maxiumum, where L is the length of the canteliever. d. Building Movements: Allow for the following movements. 1) Inter-Story Drift: See structural Drawings. 2) Floor Deflection: 0.75-inch e. Fastener Safety Factor: As required by Governing Authorities. f. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. See structural Drawings for site specific information. 2. Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components within an ambient temperature range of 100 degrees F., without causing buckling, failure of joints, or excessive stress on components and fastenings.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of miscellaneous metal fabrication items showing thickness and shape of metal, joints, anchorage and relationship to adjacent building components. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.

Metal Fabrications 05500-2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all standard premanufactured items. Samples: 1. Architect/Engineer's Selection: Where colors, etc. are specified to be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range, submit full range for Architect/Engineer's use. 2. Specified Materials: Submit for manufactured materials and miscellaneous fabricated items where specified. Calculations: Where engineering design is required, submit calculations and details stamped and signed by a licensed engineer registered in the State of California showing compliance with requirements. Stamp and sign shop drawings.

C.

D.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): a. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. b. Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, 1997, and Supplement No. 2, 2000. c. Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections. 2. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1-00 "Structural Welding Code-- Steel". 3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) "Metal Finishes Manual". 4. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) "Pipe Railing Manual". 5. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): "Steel Structures Painting Manual, Systems and Specifications". Welders' Qualifications: 1. Steel: Qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. 2. Stainless Steel: Qualified in accordance with AWS D1.6.

B.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Make all field measurements as required prior to fabrication and installation.

Metal Fabrications 05500-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Scheduling and Sequencing: Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper sequencing and fitting of construction. Furnish information and assistance required for locating embedded items. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordination of installation.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS A. Ferrous Metals: Materials used in metal fabrications items include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Structural Steel Shapes, Bars, Plates: ASTM A36; hot-dip galvanized for exterior use in accordance with ASTM A123. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. Use seamless tubing at exposed locations. 3. Sheet Steel: ASTM A611. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, Schedule 40; hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 5. Steel Plate: ASTM A6. 6. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302 or 304, cold-rolled, square edges. 7. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276, Type 304. 8. Malleable Iron: ASTM A47. 9. Cast Iron: ASTM A48, Class 50B, or better. Fastenings: 1. Typical Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 low-carbon steel, with malleable washers, galvanized to ASTM A153. 2. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325, friction or bearing type, with threads excluded from shear plane. 3. Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts: ASTM F593 regular hex head bolts; ASTM F594 hex nuts, and Alloy Group 1 flat washers. 4. Expansion Anchors: Type 316 stainless steel. Conform to ACI 318, Appendix D. 5. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. Non-Shrink Non-Metallic Grout: ASTM C1107, expansion producing, nonstaining, non-corrosive, non-metallic grout, factory premixed, minimum 28-day compressive strength of 6800 psi; Saurieson "F-100", Upcon "Upcon", MasterBuilders "Masterflow 928", or equal.

B.

C.

Metal Fabrications 05500-4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Zinc-Rich Primer for Shop Application and Field Touch-up: SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29, with VOC content of 420 g/L or less, and compatible with topcoat; Tnemec "Tneme-Zinc 90-97, Carboline, or equal. Galvanizing Repair Paint for Regalvanizing Welds in Steel: ZRC Chemical Products "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound", Southern Coatings and Chemical Co. Zanco Div. "Galvicon Cold Galvanizing Compound", or equal.

E.

2.02

MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. General: Proprietary systems and materials used in metal fabrication include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following items. Handrail Brackets: Julius Blum & Co. #1378, J.G. Braun Co. #4595, or equal, cast malleable iron wall bracket, concealed mounting, galvanized and painted finish. Safety Nosings for Poured-in-Place Concrete Stairs: American Safety Tread Company, Inc. "Type BF-411D"; Wooster Products Inc. "Spectra Type WP4J"; or equal. 1. Size: 4-inch wide x 3/8-inch thick. 2. Length: 6 inches less than tread width, centered 3 inches from each end of tread. 3. Material: Extruded aluminum base with integral concealed anchors and abrasive filler. 4. Abrasive Filler: Mixture of aluminum oxide and silicon carbide granules in an epoxy matrix, locked into the channels of the base. Extend filler a minimum 1/16-inch above level of base. 5. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer. Elevator Sump Pit Grates and Frames: Irving "X-bar Grating Type A-A," Gary Grating Type GW-75A, or equal. 1. Grating: Galvanized steel, press-loaded construction with 1-1/2 x 1/8 inch bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16-inch on center, and 7/8 x 1/8 inch cross bars spaced at 4 inches on center. 2. Frame: Galvanized steel angle frame, set in concrete. 3. Finish: One shop coat of black graphite paint over all exposed metal surfaces.

B.

C.

D.

2.03

FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Coordinate all metalwork with adjoining work for details of attachment, fitting, etc. Be responsible for all fabrication detailing and correct fitting of steel members to each other and to their supports.

Metal Fabrications 05500-5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site and handling through building openings. 1. Continuity: Fabricate items in continuous lengths where possible. If size prohibits continuous fabrication, design field joints to be invisible in the finished product. 2. Edges: Ease to 1/32-inch radius unless otherwise shown, form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without damaging grain structure. 3. Corners: Mitered unless otherwise detailed. 4. Joints: Tightly fitted, flush, hairline, and secured. 5. Welding: Comply with Reference Standards. All exposed welds shall be continuous, ground smooth prior to finishing. 5. Anchorage Devices: Coordinate with supporting structure, space as shown or as required to provide adequate support. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.

C.

D.

E.

2.04

CUSTOM FABRICATED ITEMS A. B. General: Submit shop drawings for all fabricated items. Elevator Sill Angles, Miscellaneous Angles, Brackets, Connectors, etc.: Fabricate from steel plates, bars, sheets, shapes, etc. as required. Review Drawings to determine requirements. 1. Engineering Design: Required. Elevator Pit Access Ladders: Fabricate from ASTM A36 steel shapes as required to meet OSHA requirements. 1. Size: 3/8 x 2-1/2 inch side rails spaced 16 inches apart, with rungs of 3/4inch diameter solid rod spaced 12 inches on center. 2. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 3. Installation: Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface with steel mounting brackets, bolts, and drilled concrete expansion anchors. Vent Shaft Grating and Frames: 1. Manufacturer: Grating Pacific "Type W-19-4", McNichols Co., or equal.

Metal Fabrications 05500-6

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. E.

Standard: Conform to NAAMM "Metal Bar Grating Manual", welded type, with plain traffic surface, unless otherwise noted. Design and Loading: Minimum uniform live load of 100 psf and a concentrated load of 300 pounds, with minimum 80 percent net free area. Bearing Bar Spacing: 1-3/16-inch on center, with welded cross bars at 4 inches on center. Bearing Bar Size: Minimum 2 inches x 3/16 inch, and as required for span and design load. Frames: Steel angles, with anchors. Provide removable grating sections where shown or required, with endbanding bars for each panel and each opening, saddle clip anchors designed to fit over bearing bars, and stud bolts with washers and nuts. Provide cutouts for penetrations as required. Engineering: Required. Material: Stainless steel.

Steel Pipe Bollards: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade A, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide the following types: 1. Fixed Bollards: Extra strength Schedule 80 steel pipe, 5-inch diameter unless otherwise indicated. After setting, fill with concrete and provide smooth crowned top. Guardrails and Railings: Fabricate from galvanized steel construction, profiles as shown on the Drawings. 1. Rail-To-Post Connections: Mitered unless otherwise shown. 2. Wall Returns: Use prefabricated closed-end returns or bend tubes to uniform radius, close end with welded plate. 3. Sleeves: Where posts are set in concrete, provide matching sleeve, minimum 5 inches long, unless otherwise noted. 4. Expansion Joints: Locate where shown on Drawings, or if not shown, in straight runs exceeding forty feet in length. a. Location: Within six inches of post, unless otherwise shown. b. Joint: Slip joint, with internal sleeve extending two inches beyond joint, sleeve fastened to one side, free on other side. 5. Handrail Brackets: Locate where shown on Drawings, or if not shown, at each end or change in direction, with intermediate brackets at four feet maximum spacing. Glass Entry Canopy: 1. Column Support Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B - 60 ksi tensile, Weight Class: Extra Strong Schedule 80, galvanized. 2. Tube Steel Frame: ASTM A500, Grade B steel tubing, galvanized. 3. Steel Canopy Shapes: ASTM A36 steel shapes, profiles as indicated, galvanized. 4. Tie Rods and Turnbuckles: ASTM A276, Type 304 stainless steel.

Metal Fabrications 05500-7

F.

G.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5. 6. 7. H.

Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts: ASTM F593 regular hex head bolts and ASTM F594 hex nuts. Finish of Galvanized Steel: Factory prime-painted after fabrication, for field finish painting under Section 09971 - Special Coatings for Steel. Engineering: Required.

Arbor Posts and Curved Arbor Canopies: 1. Steel Frame: ASTM A500 Grade B steel tubing and ASTM A36 steel shapes, profiles as indicated, galvanized steel shapes, and factory prime painted after fabrication, for field finish painting under Section 09971. 2. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 low-carbon steel, with malleable washers, galvanized to ASTM A153. 3. Welding: Shop fabricate and weld components into assemblies as large as practical before delivery to jobsite. 4. Engineering: Required. Elevator Entrance Canopy: 1. Steel Frame: ASTM A500 Grade B steel tubing and ASTM A36 steel shapes, profiles as indicated, hot-dip galvanized and factory prime painted after fabrication, for field finish painting under Section 09971. 2. Tie Rods: ASTM A36 steel, with threaded malleable-iron castings meeting ASTM A47, Grade 32510. 3. Cellular Metal Deck: a. Manufacturers: Verco Manufacturing Company, ASC Pacific, or equal. b. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, with G90 zinc coating. 4. Engineering: Required. Miscellaneous Steel Embeds: 1. For materials, reference Section 05120. 2. Finishes: Hot-dip galvanize, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

I.

J.

2.05

FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize all items fabricated from ferrous metals that will be in contact with concrete, or exposed to weather, moist conditions, etc. in the final installation. 1. Shapes, Plates, Bars, Strips: Comply with ASTM A123. 2. Hardware Items: Comply with ASTM A153. 3. Sequence: Insofar as practicable, galvanize after fabrication. Conform to requirements of ASTM A123, A384, and A385. 5. Pressure Relief: Provide holes in closed ends of tube or pipe for relief of pressure during galvanizing process, fill when no longer need, or propose

Metal Fabrications 05500-8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

6.

concealed locations to remain on shop drawings for approval, grind smooth prior to priming. Touch-up: Where galvanizing is removed by welding or other assembly procedure, touch-up abraded areas with molten zinc or zinc-rich paint.

B.

Shop Priming: Exposed hot-dip galvanized finish on all metal fabrication items unless otherwise specified. 1. Surface Preparation, Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 09910 - Paints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive metal fabrications and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install metal fabrications as shown and in accordance with Reference Standards. Install items plumb, true, securely anchored, with all required fastenings, clips, anchors, hardware, and accessories. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction, including threaded fasteners for concrete inserts, through bolts, lag bolts, screws, and other connectors as required. 1. Conceal all fastenings where practical. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, plumb, level, true, and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete or similar construction. 1. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. 2. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. 3. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch up shop-paint coat. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

B.

C.

Metal Fabrications 05500-9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. Dissimilar Materials: Protect against galvanic action or other types of corrosion with tapes, coatings or insulators as appropriate. Watertight Integrity: Where metal fabrications are exposed to weather or are otherwise required to be weatherproof, seal joints to provide a continuous weatherproof barrier. 1. Sealants: Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 2. Gaskets, Water Barriers, etc.: Of materials and design appropriate to conditions shown or encountered.

E.

F.

3.03

ADJUSTMENT A. Hardware: Lubricate and adjust hardware for proper operation.

3.04

CLEAN AND TOUCH-UP A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry-film thickness of 2.0 mils. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780.

B.

END OF SECTION 05500

Metal Fabrications 05500-10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05720 ORNAMENTAL HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal and glass ornamental handrails and railings, including mounting brackets, anchors, connectors, and related accessory items, complete. 2. Metal handrails at center of stairs to match profile and finish of side railings, but without glass infill. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications.

B.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Ornamental handrail and railing requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profile and depth of members, and relationship to other building components. 1. Design Requirements: Design and engineer the handrail and railing systems, including provision for building movement, bracing and connections, making necessary additions and modifications to the manufacturer's standard details as may be required to comply with specified performance requirements while maintaining the basic design concept. 2. Structural Design: Prepared by a structural or civil engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. General: Fabricate and install to meet California Building Code requirements and static loads and deflections requirements of ASTM E985, as tested in accordance with ASM E894 and E935. 2. Structural Design: a. Handrail, wall rail and guardrail assemblies shall withstand a minimum concentrated load of 200 pounds applied horizontally or vertically down at any point on the top rail. b. Infill area of guardrail system shall withstand a horizontal concentrated load of 200 pounds applied to one square foot at any

Ornamental Handrails and Railings 05720 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4. 5. 6.

point in the system. Load not to act concurrently with loads on top rail of system in determining stress on guardrail. c. Handrail assemblies and guards shall be designed to resist a uniform load of 50 pounds per linear foot (pound per foot) applied in any direction at the top and to transfer this load through the supports to the structure. Building Movement: Allow for the following movement: a. Inter-Story Drift: See structural Drawings. b. Floor Deflection: 0.75-inch Fastener Safety Factor: As required by Governing Authorities. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. See structural Drawings for site specific information. Thermal Movement: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components within an ambient temperature range of 100 degrees F., without causing buckling, failure of joints, or excessive stress on components and fastenings.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all items for review before fabrication and installation. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all standard premanufactured items. Samples: Submit a sample of guardrail and handrail, assembled and glazed with glass or plastic simulating glass, minimum 12 inches in size. Design Calculations: Submit railing design calculations showing compliance with design load criteria, signed by a licensed California engineer as evidence of compliance only, but not for approval.

B.

C.

D.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with California Building Code (CBC) 2007 Edition. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. AISC, "Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members".

B.

Ornamental Handrails and Railings 05720 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

ASTM E985 - Specification for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings.

1.05

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials above ground on platforms, pallets, skids, or other supports. Keep materials free from scratches, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter.

1.06

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurement: Make field measurements as required prior to fabrication and installation. Coordination: Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper sequencing and fitting of construction. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordination of installation.

B.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide railing systems manufactured by Architectural Railings & Grilles, Blumcraft of Pittsburgh, Livers Bronze Company, Newman Brothers Inc., or equal, modified as required to comply with the requirements.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Handrail Posts: 1.9 inch O.D. x 11 gage stainless steel. 1. Material/Finish: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, #6 polished finish. Handrail: 1-1/2 inch O.D. stainless steel. 1. Material/Finish: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, #6 polished finish. Mounting Brackets, End Caps, Support Rods, Fittings, and Handrail Brackets: Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Fabricate to design shown, with loading to match handrail.

B.

C.

D.

Glass:

Ornamental Handrails and Railings 05720 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

Type: Clear tempered float glass and clear laminated glass in accordance with Section 08800. Heat-strengthen all laminated glass. Thickness: As required for loading requirement, but no less than 1/2-inch thick. Provide all glass the same nominal thickness, with the difference in thickness between tempered and laminated glass no more than 0.080-inch.

E.

Fasteners: 1. Exposed Fasteners: Stainless steel. 2. Concealed Fasteners: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized, sized as required for loading and for permanent installation.

2.03

FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal and glass railings to size, layout, and profile indicated on Drawings, and to loading required. Verify dimensions on site prior to fabrication. Fit and shop assemble railings in largest practical sizes. Guardrails and handrails shall appear seamless and jointless. Butt-end joints shall be limited to absolute minimum and shall be acceptable only with prior approval of Architect/Engineer as shown on shop drawings. Grind smooth and polish exposed edges of metal to match adjacent finishes. Glass: Fabricate glass panels to sizes shown. Grind smooth and polish exposed edges of glass; temper using horizontal tempering method - no tong marks allowed. Fittings, Elbows, Tee-shapes, Wall Brackets, and Escutcheons: Machined steel. Provide steel welding collars at splice connectors. Provide mounting brackets and flanges, for secure anchorage of handrails and railings. Weld handrail brackets and rails to posts.

B.

C. D.

E.

2.04

FINISH A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Stainless Steel Pipe and Tubing: No. 6 polished finish, with brush marks parallel to long direction. Machined Stainless Steel Fittings: No. 8 polished finish.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Ornamental Handrails and Railings 05720 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrate and conditions under which the railing systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchor, which are to be embedded in concrete construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the final accepted shop drawings. Set work accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, plumb, level, true, and free of warpage, measured from established lines and levels. Verify alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate installation with related Work. Install posts base rigidly anchored to substrate using manufacturer's recommended anchors, epoxy grouted into concrete. Provide reinforcement and anchoring as required to comply with the loading requirements. Conceal fasteners and anchors. Set glass and rails plumb and aligned. Provide internal adjustment so rail can be plumbed and aligned. Set glass in manner suitable for removal and replacement without chipping out embedded glass at building site. Install rails and handrails in lengths shown, with minimum number of visible joints. Where more than one piece is used in a single straight run, provide pieces of equal length with joints at or symmetrical with glass panels.

B.

C.

D.

E.

3.04

CLEAN AND TOUCH-UP A. Protect metal and glass railings and accessories from damage. Clean glass and components prior to final acceptance of the Work. END OF SECTION 05720

Ornamental Handrails and Railings 05720 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 05721 ORNAMENTAL METAL, BARRIER RAILS AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION

PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install stainless steel, bronze, hot-dipped galvanized and painted metal work as shown on Plans and include all items fabricated from iron, steel, or other metal shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes and pipes. Miscellaneous metal includes but is not limited to: 1. Barrier rail 2. Vine cables stainless steel 3. Compass rose ­ bronze strips, discs and stainless steel strips 4. Miscellaneous metal imbedded in concrete Related work specified elsewhere 1. Site Concrete - Section 02750 2. Site Furnishings - Section 02870 3. Arbor--Section 13140

B.

C.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions for factory fabricated items, including finishing and color description. Samples: Furnish samples of each exposed metal finish. Submit actual samples of proposed fastenings, mechanical connections and welded connections. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings of all custom fabricated items for review and acceptance 2. Metal work shall not be fabricated or delivered to the site before accepted shop drawings have been returned to the Contractor. 3. Shop drawings shall show all shop and erection details including dimensions, sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes, joining attachments, holes, welds, bolts, elevations, and relationship of work to adjoining construction. Where welded connectors, concrete, or masonry inserts are required to receive work, shop drawings shall show exact locations

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 1

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5.

required. Where items must fit and coordinate with finished surfaces and/or constructed spaces, take measurements at site and not from drawings. Furnish accepted shop drawings to the trades responsible for installing the connectors or inserts.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards 1. American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. American Iron and Steel Institute {AISI} 3. Steel Construction Manual (AISC) Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel 4. Federal Specifications (FS) 5. American Welding Society (AWS) 6. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) 7. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 8. Occupational Safety and Health Association (OSHA) and Cal-OSHA Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedures." Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fittings of the work. Inserts and Anchors: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for Installation of anchoring devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delays. Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for handling and shipping limitations. Clearly mark units for re-assembly and coordinated installation.

B.

C.

D.

E.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship and store materials to prevent damage due to stains, discoloration, scratches, dirt, and other causes. Store unassembled components indoors in clean, dry location. Store and handle materials to prevent abrasion and other damage.

B. C. 1.05

JOB CONDITIONS

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

The Contractor, by careful examination, shall inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials and conditions to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can, in any way, affect his work.

1.06

FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND TEMPLATES A. Field Measurements: The Contractor shall secure field measurements required for accurate fabrication and installation of the work covered by this Section. Exact measurements are the Contractor's responsibility. Templates: The Contractor shall furnish templates for exact location of anchor bolts, and other items to be embedded in concrete, with setting instructions required for installation of embedded items.

B.

1.07

INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intent of the Drawings and Specifications to provide complete site metal work. Any items not specifically shown in the drawings or called for in specifications, but which are normally required to conform with such intent, are to be considered as part of the work.

1.08

SUBSTITUTIONS A. Written Acceptance: Specific reference to manufacturer's names and products specified in these sections are used as standards; this implies no right to substitute other materials or methods without written acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. Contractor's Responsibility: Installation of accepted substitution(s) must be made to the satisfaction of Architect/Engineer and without additional cost to the Owner.

B.

1.09

REVIEW OF SITE A. Visit project site and review conditions as they exist prior to submitting bid.

1.10

COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate and cooperate with other contractors to enable the work to proceed as rapidly and efficiently as possible in a workmanlike manner. Where concrete, masonry or other materials must be set to exact locations to receive work, furnish assistance and direction necessary to permit other trades to properly locate their work.

1.11

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Labeling: Furnish standard products in unopened manufacturer's standard containers bearing original labels showing quantity, analysis and name of manufacturer. Storage: Store products with protection from weather or other conditions that would damage or impair the effectiveness of the product.

B.

1.12

WARRANTY A. In addition to manufacturer's guarantees or warranties, work shall be warranted for one {1} year from the date of Final Acceptance against defects in material, equipment and workmanship. Warranty shall also cover repair of damage to any part of the premises resulting from leaks or other defects in materials, equipment, and workmanship to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer.

PART 2: PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL A. For the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding prior to cleaning, treating, and application of surface finishes, including zinc coating. Stainless Steel: Type 316. 1. Comply with following standards for stainless steel, a. Seamless Tubing: ASTM A269. b. Sheet and Plate: ASTM A666. c. Bar Stock: ASTMA666. d. Castings: ASTM A296, iron-chromium-nickel alloy. e. Finish: BHMA 630 (US32D) or NAAMM Number 4, satin directional polished stainless steel. Bronze: 1. Bronze: BHMA 613 (US10B), oil rubbed satin bronze or NAAMM M31M34, fine satin directional textured mechanical finish followed by handrubbed directional finish. Comply with following standards for forms and types; alloys refer to standards of Copper Development Association; intent is to provide matching color and finish on exposed metal components. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B455; Alloy 38500, Architectural Bronze. Plates and Bars: Alloy C28000, Muntz metal. Seamless Tube: ASTM B135, Alloy C28000.

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 4

B.

C.

2.

3. 4. 5.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

6. 7. 8.

Castings: ASTM B584, matching color of other bronze. Rod: ASTM B134, Alloy C23000. Temper: Standard commercial tempers and hardness, as required for fabrication, strength and durability.

D.

Steel Components: 1. Steel Tubing: Cold formed ASTM A500; or hot rolled, ASTM A501; minimum Grade B; seamless where exposed. 2. Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36. 3. Steel Plates and Bars to be bent or cold-formed: ASTM A283, Grade C. 4. Steel Tubing (Seamless): ASTM A501. 5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade A. Special Steel Coating: High build acrylic polyurethane or aliphatic polyurethane over compatible epoxy primer as recommended by coating manufacturer and suitable for applications indicated. See Section 09101 Special Paint Coatings. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron ASTM A47, or cast steel ASTM A27. 1. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A153. Grout: Non-shrink meeting ASTM E827, non-metallic, pre-mixed, factorypackaged, non-staining, non-corrosive; type specifically recommended by manufacturer as applicable to job condition. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Master Builders/Masterflow 713. b. U.S. Grout Corp./Five Star Grout. c. Bostik Construction Products/Upcon Grout. d. Protex Industries, Inc./Propak. e. Or approved equal. Brackets and Anchors: Unexposed plates, angles and supports may be galvanized steel; exposed items to match ornamental metal type and finish. 1. Anchors, Bolts, Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Standard Machine Screws: FS FF-S-02, Cadmium-plated steel. 3. Standard Washers: FS FF-W-92 and FS FF-W-84. 4. Anchoring Devices: FS FF-S-325. 5. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: ASTM 153, ATSM 123, ASTM A386 as applicable. Fasteners: Type required for specific usage; provide concealed fasteners except where specifically approved; where exposed match type and finish of metal being fastened. 1. Concealed Steel Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized minimum G90 where built into exterior walls or subject to high humidity.

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 5

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.02

FABRICATED ITEMS A. General: 1. Fabricate component connections to support specified design loads. a. Fabrication Procedure: 1) Fabricate initial components as selected by Architect/Engineer. Components to be inspected in shop. 2) After shop approval, install components in field at City locations shown on drawings. 3) Fabricate remainder of components after City approval of field installed components. b. General Fabrication: Provide materials and configurations indicated on Drawings, in general provide welded shop joints and mechanically fastened field joints unless otherwise indicated. c. Milled Bands in Stainless Steel: Mill bands straight and true to lines indicated; provide same paint system as specified for steel components. 2. Select materials for straightness, free of defects and irregularities. a. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, "oil canning," stains, discoloration, and imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. 3. Make exposed joints flush butt type, hairline joints where mechanically fastened; provide concealed connection devices with hidden fasteners. a. Fabricate continuous items with joints neatly fitted and secured, b. Ease exposed edges to approximate 1/32" uniform radius. c. Fabricate joints exposed to weather in manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water could accumulate. 4. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding each type of material; provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration on exposed side; dress exposed and contact surfaces. 5. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk fasteners unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure. 6. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for site delivery. 7. Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint where concealed, with preformed separators, or similar method to prevent corrosion. 8. Shop Application Special Steel Coating: Shop apply special coating to steel and cast iron in accordance with coating manufacturer's directions; use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and coating material being applied. a. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and as specified for substrate condition. b. Clean surfaces before applying special coating; remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning; program cleaning so

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c. d.

contaminants from cleaning process do not fall onto wet, newly coated surfaces. Apply additional coats when stains or blemishes show through final coat, until coating is a uniform finish, color and appearance. Provide extra attention to assure dry film thickness at corners and crevices is equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

B. 2.03

Barrier rails: Custom fabrication, refer to drawings.

Cable Plant Support System A. Manufactured and sold by: Carl Stahl-DécorCable Innovations LLC, 660 W. Randolph Street, Chicago, IL USA 60661. Tel: 800-444-6271. Proprietary Products/Systems: FacadeScapeTM Brand Stainless Steel Cable Plant Support System. 1. Material: a. Cable: ASTM A492 Type 316 4mm Ø 4mm stainless steel 7x7 wire rope. b. Fittings, Anchors, Hardware, and Accessories: AISI 304, 316 or 316L stainless steel. 2. Rope End Fittings, Terminals and Tensioners: a. IK140-0400 Stainless steel wire rope 4.0 mm, with 2-RH M6 x 30mm screwed external thread ends. Support Components: a. Spacer Bar w/M8 Internal Thread-Specify Length-Stock #919-080. b. Cover Disk with Internal M8 Threads -Stock #836-0800-05 c. Wall anchor with external thread RH, M 8 30803-0800-01 d. Hexagon nut RH AISI 316 M6 892-0600 e. Dome nut AISI 316 M6 894-0600

B.

3.

2.04

OTHER ITEMS A. Provide anchors, plates, brackets, supports, and all other auxiliary items not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation of the work. Said items shall be galvanized.

2.05 2.06

WELDED OR WELDING ELECTRODES: AS PERMITTED BY AWS CODE D1.0. GALVANIZING: HOT-DIP GALVANIZING AFTER FABRICATION, ASTM Al23.

PART 3: EXECUTION

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

INSPECTION A. Prior to commencing Work, carefully inspect installed work and verify existing conditions are suitable for installation of arbor. Verify all measurements in field. Immediately notify the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancy prior to beginning work.

B.

3.02

FABRICATION A. Workmanship: 1. Workmanship shall be best standard practice of trades and shall be performed by mechanics skilled in type of work required. 2. Metalwork shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. 3. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully and accurately. All exposed members shall be straight, true, shall fit closely together, be free from bends, twists or open joints. 4. Exposed finished surfaces shall be smooth Welding: 1. Perform all welding in accordance with AWS Code D1.0. 2. Welding shall be done in shop unless otherwise shown or specified. 3. Welds shall be made only by operators experienced and certified in performing the type of work indicated. 4. Welded connections will be permitted only where indicated on the accepted shop drawings. 5. Welds normally exposed to view in the finished work shall be uniformly made and shall be ground smooth. 6. Where welding is done in proximity to glass, art work or finished surfaces, such surfaces shall be protected from damage due to weld sparks, spatter, or tramp metal. Surface Treatment: 1. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to any galvanizing, hot phosphate treatment or painting. Conditions which are too severe to be removed by hand cleaning methods shall be cleaned as per SSPC "Surface Preparation Specifications", "Solvent Cleaning, SSPC-SP 1-63"; "Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP-63"; or "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP 7-63"; as required. 2. Exterior Ferrous Metal: Welds, burrs, and rough surfaces ground smooth and completed assembly cleaned, hot phosphate treated. Hot phosphate treatment not required on items which are not exposed in the finish work

B.

C.

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

or those items where size prohibits such treatment. Indicate on shop drawings where treatment is proposed to be omitted. Galvanizing: Galvanize ferrous metal items as noted on drawings or otherwise specified.

3.03

ERRORS A. Reporting to Architect/Engineer: Errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling and transportation that prevent the proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to the Architect/Engineer and acceptance of the methods of correction shall be obtained. Cost of Corrections: Correct errors at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. 3.04

COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Delivery: Where items must be incorporated or built into adjacent work, deliver to trade responsible for such work in sufficient time that progress of work is not delayed. Installation: Anchors, bolts, washers, inserts, lag screws, and other miscellaneous steel or iron fastenings as required for erection, installation, completion of work, shall be installed in other work as indicated on drawings, details schedules at time scheduled for work. Responsibility: Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that items are properly built, set, and located during progress of work.

B.

C.

3.05

INSTALLATION A. Inspection: Inspect all surfaces to receive site metal work and report all defects which would interfere with this installation. Starting work implies acceptance of surfaces as satisfactory. Attachment: Coordinate all metalwork with adjoining work for details of attachment, fittings, etc. Do all cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping, etc., required attachment of site metalwork to adjacent work. Drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch. Shearing and punching shall leave true lines and surfaces. Install ornamental metal items in accordance with fabricator's recommendations, installation instructions, and approved shop drawings. 1. Supply items requiring to be cast into or embedded in other materials to appropriate trades. 2. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction; coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation.

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 9

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. D.

Coordinate proper locations with Layout Plans and Architect/Engineer.

Install plumb, true and in correct relation to adjacent work, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. Prior to securing continuous items, adjust to ensure proper matching at butt joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Obtain Engineer's and Architect's review prior to site cutting or making adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. 1. Perform necessary cutting and altering for installation and coordination with other work. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing; keep work in alignment. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding; hide bolts and screws whenever possible, where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings. 1. Welding: Welding shall be permitted only where indicated or accepted on the shop drawings. 2. Fastenings: Provide all lugs, clips, anchors, and miscellaneous fastenings necessary for the complete assembly and installation. Fasteners shall be installed as specified. Joints: Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water. Permanent Connections: make all permanent connections in ferrous metal surfaces using welds where at all possible; do not use bolts or screws where they can be avoided. Exposed Moldings and Frames: Miter corners and angles of exposed moldings and frames unless otherwise noted. Field Assembly: Field installations shall be in strict accordance with accepted drawings, true horizontal or perpendicular as case may be, level, square with angles, edges parallel with related lines of structures. Shop fabricated items subject to damage shall be braced, carefully angled to prevent distortions or other damage. After assembly, the various members forming parts of a completed frame or structure shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. Grind all exposed welds for smooth finish.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I. J.

K.

L.

M. 3.06

CLEANING

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Daily: Keep all areas of work clean, neat and orderly at all times. Clean up and remove all deleterious materials and debris from the entire work area prior to Final Review. Immediately prior to acceptance removal protective coverings, clean exposed surfaces; follow recommendations of each component manufacturer for cleaning methods and materials. Remove all soil and foreign matter from finished surfaces. Repair ornamental metal surfaces to match adjacent undamaged surfaces; touchup scratched and damaged painted surfaces. Replace items damaged or marred during construction that cannot be repaired to like new condition.

B.

C.

D.

END OF SECTION 05721

Ornamental Metal 05721 - 11

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07100 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Dampproofing and waterproofing for below-grade walls with soil on one side, and elevator pit walls and floors, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 02621 - Foundation Drainage System. 2. Section 07142 ­ Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing: Planters 3. Section 07172 - Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing: Perimeter walls. 4. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' product data for all products.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Capable of showing evidence of successful completion of dampproofing and waterproofing projects with similar scope and complexity, and recommended by the manufacturer of the specified system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Post-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing and Flashing Membrane: Rubberized asphalt coated polyethelene film, self-adhesive; Grace Construction Products "Bituthene System 4000", W.R. Meadows "Mel-Rol", Polyguard Pipeline Products "Polyguard 650", or equal. 1. Membrane: Bituthene 4000. 2. Primer: Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner. 3. Elastomeric Mastic: Bituthene rubberized mastic. 4. Protection Board: Bituthene Protection Board and, if recommended by system manufacturer, asphalt hardboard, thickness as recommended by manufacturer for conditions shown or encountered. 5. Protection Board Adhesive: Bituthene PBA. 6. Drainage Material filter fabric.

Dampproofing and Waterproofing 07100-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Pre-Applied Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Rubberized asphalt coated polyethelene film, self-adhesive; Grace Construction Products "Preprufe 300R/160R" (with rat slabs at elevator pit floors), or equal. Drainage Mat: Dimpled plastic mat with non-woven filter fabric on flat side and polymeric sheet adhered to back of core; Grace Construction Products "Hydroduct 220", Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing "CCW MiraDRAIN 6200", T.C. Mirafi "6200", or equal. Base of Wall Drain: At Contractor's option, provide one of the following: 1. Grace Construction Products "Hydroduct Coil 600", or equal. 2. Drain Pipe: Refer to Section 02621. Building Paper, Felts: ASTM D226, 15-pound asphalt-saturated felt, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

D.

E.

2.02

DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING SCHEDULE Type Pre-Applied and Post-Applied Self-Adhered Sheet Membrane Waterproofing Building Paper Location Below-grade walls that enclose occupied space, including parking and ramp areas, elevator pit, horizontal non-vehicular surfaces with occupied space below, and as detailed. General use as required for weathertight integrity and as detailed. Remarks Apply drainage mat over membrane and drain pipe at base of walls where indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive dampproofing and waterproofing, and conditions under which waterproofing is to be applied. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation. Verification: Verify that adjacent flashings, reglets, sumps, etc., and penetrations through waterproofing such as vents, drains, etc., are in place prior to commencement of installation.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION

Dampproofing and Waterproofing 07100-2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Sheet Applied Membrane Waterproofing: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations to form a continuous, watertight enclosure free of voids, fishmouths, leaks or other defects. 1. Joints: Lap sheets as recommended by the manufacturer, seal edges. 2. Primer, Mastic, etc.: Use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to ensure watertightness. Base of Wall Drain: Place at base of walls where indicated. Place Hydroduct product in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Place drain pipe with perforations facing down. Slope drain a minimum 1/4 inch per foot. Drainage Mat: Install in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations to form a continuous barrier, free of voids or other defects, that permits drainage patterns indicated on Drawings. Wrap around drain pipe at base of walls. Building Paper: Attach to substrate with nails or other appropriate fasteners, apply horizontally starting at bottom of surface, lap edges. 1. Openings: Lap with flashing paper, 9 inches unless otherwise shown.

B.

C.

D.

3.03

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flood Test: Arrange for and conduct flood testing of horizontal and low-slope membrane waterproofing surfaces prior to covering. Correct any deficiencies, repair leaks, retest as required. 1. Cofferdams: Construct as required; remove when no longer necessary. 2. Horizontal Surfaces: Maintain 2 inches of water for 24 hours without leaks. 3. Low-Slope Surfaces: Flood continuously with water for 24 hours to simulate 2 inch head, or build temporary cofferdams to achieve 2 inch minimum depth for 24 hours. Sheet-Applied Waterproofing: System manufacturer to inspect installation for compliance with Contract Documents and make written recommendations of corrections required. Make corrections as directed by system manufacturer.

B.

END OF SECTION 07100

Dampproofing and Waterproofing 07100-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07142 HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Fluid-applied hot-melt rubberized asphalt waterproofing, with priming, related flashings, protection board, and drainage mat, at Ground Level pedestrian walkway, and where indicated. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing penetrations, curbs, drains, projections, flashing details, including inside and outside corner reinforcements and terminations, crack and joint treatments and interface with contiguous materials. Show all typical and non-typical conditions; reflect the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed literature, specifications, installation instructions, and other data to show compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit certification from an approved independent testing laboratory experienced in testing this type of material that the material meets the CGSB-37.50-M89 Standard for rubberized asphalt membrane, including applicable ASTM procedures. Certificate of Contractor's Review: Before commencing work submit written statement signed by the Contractor and the Applicator stating that the Contract Documents have been reviewed with a qualified representative of the manufacturer of the waterproofing system, and that he is in agreement that the selected materials are appropriate and compatible for the applications shown. Indicate by transmittal form that a copy of the statement has been sent to the manufacturer. Substrate Acceptability: Submit a certified statement issued by the manufacturer of the waterproofing materials, and countersigned by the applicator, attesting that all areas to receive waterproofing and flashing have been inspected and found satisfactory for the reception of this Work; and are not in conflict with the "Warranty" requirements. Application will be construed as acceptance of surfaces.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 1

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Statement of Supervision: Upon completion of the Work submit a written statement signed by the manufacturer stating that the field supervision by the manufacturer's representative was sufficient to insure proper application of the materials, that the Work was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the installation is acceptable to the manufacturer.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Furnish evidence that specified materials have been manufactured by the same source and successfully installed on a yearly basis for a minimum of 15 years on projects of similar scope to that required for this Project. Membrane manufacturer shall not issue warranties for terms longer than they have been manufacturing their hot fluid rubberized asphalt membrane. Applicator Qualifications: Firm having documented experience in the installation of hot-applied rubberized asphalt systems on projects comparable to this Project. 1. Approved by the waterproofing materials manufacturer in writing. 2. Provide evidence of successful completion of at least 3 projects within the past 5 years of similar scope to that shown and specified for this Project using the fluid applied waterproofing membrane system specified in this Section. Pre-Installation Meetings: Prior to the start of the Work, and at the Contractor's direction, meet at the Project site to review methods and sequence of fluid applied waterproofing installation, special details and conditions, standard of workmanship, testing and quality control requirements, job organization and other pertinent topics related to the Work. The meeting shall include the Architect, the Contractor, Contractor's Project Superintendent, Subcontractor's Superintendent, fluid applied waterproofing materials manufacturer's representative, inspection and testing services (if any) and any other subcontractors whose work requires coordination with this work.

B.

C.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers identified with brand name, type, grade, class, manufacturer's name, instructions for use, all identifying numbers, and other qualifying information. Store materials in a dry location, in such manner as to prevent damage or intrusion of foreign matter and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Conspicuously mark "Rejected" on materials which have once been wet or damaged and remove from the job site.

B.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Handle and store materials in accordance with the manufacturer's published directions. Protect materials from damage, moisture, temperatures below 60 degrees F, and temperatures above 80 degrees F.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply materials during adverse weather or when surface and ambient temperature is below 0 degrees F, unless otherwise approved by waterproofing manufacturer. Over its service life, do not expose membrane or accessories to a constant temperature in excess of 180 degrees F. All surfaces to receive the membrane shall be free of water, dew, frost, snow, and ice. Do not allow waste products (petroleum, grease, oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, or animal fat) to come in contact with Membrane. Any exposures to foreign materials or chemical discharges shall be presented to manufacturer for evaluation to determine any impact on membrane assembly performance. Conduct preparation and application of membrane in well-ventilated areas.

B. 1.06

WARRANTY A. Warrant for a period of 5 years that the fluid applied waterproofing shall be free of defects in material and workmanship and that it will not leak water or otherwise fail to perform as required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fluid Applied Waterproofing Membrane System: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt complying with CAN/CGSB-37.50M89; one of the following: 1. "Monolithic Membrane 6125 FR" (American Hydrotech Inc.). 2. "Permaquik 6100" (American Permaquik Inc.). Elastomeric Flashing: Uncured neoprene, 60 mil thick minimum, in longest lengths manufactured, as approved by the waterproofing manufacturer: 1. "Hydrotech Flex-Flash UN" (American Hydrotech, Inc.). 2. American Permaquik's equivalent. Surface Conditioner: Asphalt based formulation for application to concrete substrates complying with ASTM D41 and recommended by fluid-applied waterproofing manufacturer. Adhesives, Thinners, Primers, Sealers, Tape, Sealant and Solvents: Type as recommended by the manufacturer of the fluid applied waterproofing.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 3

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Protection Board: Premolded, 1/4 inch thick, semi-rigid board consisting of rubberized asphalt core sandwiched between layers of polypropylene, as approved by the membrane manufacturer. Provide one of the following, or equal: 1. Perma-Board by American Hydrotech, or American Permaquik's equivalent. Horizontal Drainage Mat: Prefabricated, composite drainage panels, with permeable geotextile facing laminated to a molded plastic sheet drainage core. 1. Compressive Strength: ASTM D1621, minimum 30,000 psf. 2. Flow Rate: ASTM D4716, minimum 7 gpm per foot, at compressive stress and hydraulic gradient of 3,600 psf. Filter Fabric Sheet: Type recommended by waterproofing manufacturer.

F.

G.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrates, adjoining construction and the conditions under which the Work is to be installed. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. The manufacturer of the fluid applied waterproofing membrane and the applicator shall inspect the concrete substrate to review the acceptability of the concrete for application of the waterproofing membrane system.

B.

3.02

PREPARATION A. B. Clean substrate of debris and deleterious material which would impair the Work. Do not proceed with installation until all defects in the substrate have been corrected and vents, drains, curbs, and other projections through the waterproofing have been installed. Remove holes, honeycombs and cavities in concrete substrates by pointing, filling, patching and finishing flush to provide a smooth, structurally sound surface, in accordance with manufacturer's directions utilizing materials recommended by the manufacturer of the fluid applied waterproofing membrane. Cut off high spots and grind smooth. Substrate Cleaning: Prior to and during application, remove dirt and dust by vacuuming, sweeping, blowing with compressed air, or other similar methods.

C.

D.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Mask off adjoining surfaces not to receive fluid applied waterproofing to prevent spillage or overspray of liquid materials. Protect adjacent construction from damage resulting from spillage, dripping and dropping of material. Prevent materials from entering and clogging drains and water conductors. Repair and restore, or replace other work which is soiled or damaged in connection with the performance of this work.

F.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Proceed with the work only when weather conditions comply with manufacturer's recommendations and will permit the materials to be applied in accordance with the recommendations. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. Install and complete the system to assure that no water leakage through the system occurs. Mix and apply materials to clean dry surfaces in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's written recommendations and as specified. At the start of the installation and periodically as work progresses provide the services of the manufacturer's technical representative at the job site as often as deemed necessary by the manufacturer to advise on all phases of this work. Prime substrate surfaces using surface conditioner products and methods recommended by the waterproofing materials manufacturer. Apply over prepared substrate and allow to dry. Membrane Preparation: Heat membrane material in double jacketed, oil bath melter with mechanical agitation, specifically designed for preparation of hotapplied, rubberized asphalt materials. Heat membrane until material can be drawn-free flowing at temperature range between 350 and 400 degrees F. Elastomeric Flashing: 1. General: Perform detailing per membrane manufacturer's standard guideline details. Use longest pieces of elastomeric flashing which are practicable based on Project site conditions. 2. Cracks Over 1/16 inch But Less Than 1/4 inch in Width: Apply membrane, 125 mils thick, over crack area. Center a 6 inch wide strip of elastomeric flashing over crack and embed firmly into warm membrane. Apply 215 mil system over elastomeric flashing. 3. Construction or Control Joints: Apply membrane, 125 mils thick, over joint area. Center a 6 inch wide strip of elastomeric flashing over joint

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 5

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

and embed firmly into the warm membrane. Integrate 215 mil system into joint detailing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Apply elastomeric flashing in 125 mil application of hot rubberized asphalt at all terminations, transitions, and penetrations. Ensure that flashing extends 3 inches minimum onto horizontal surfaces.

H.

Flashing: Install elastomeric flashing and joint flashing using products and systems specified in the waterproofing membrane manufacturer's requirements. Flash all pipes, conduits, sleeves, and other projections passing through waterproofing membrane and provide tight construction throughout. Use prefabricated boots or field-fabricated boots, fitted coverings, and other accessories as required. Where pipes or conduits pass through areas to be waterproofed, apply membrane waterproofing only after flashing around pipes or conduits are in place. Lap such flashing into the membrane in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Apply fluid applied waterproofing to an average thickness of not less than 215 mils, and a minimum thickness of 180 mils at any location, fabric reinforced. Utilize methods recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Apply additional material to correct areas deficient in thickness by procedures recommended by the membrane manufacturer. Expansion Joints: 1. Expansion Joints up to 1 inch Wide (50% Total Designed Movement): Apply membrane, 125 mils thick, over expansion joint area. Center a strip of elastomeric flashing extending a minimum of 3 inches onto either side of joint and embed firmly into warm membrane. Integrate expansion joint detail into 215 mil system in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Expansion Joints from 1 to 2 inches Wide (50% Total Designed Movement): Install foam rod with diameter 1 inch minimum larger than the as-built joint width into expansion joint. Apply membrane, 125 mils thick, over expansion joint area. Embed firmly into the warm membrane a sheet of elastomeric flashing looped up over the foam rod, and extending a minimum of 6 inches onto either side of joint. Apply 125 mils thick elastomeric membrane flashing. While membrane is still warm install another strip of elastomeric flashing extending a minimum of 9 inches onto either side of joint, looping it upward at its center to accommodate foam rod. 3. Expansion Joints over 2 inches Wide: Apply membrane to be integrated with preformed expansion joint in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Fill joint with backer rod prior to preformed joint cover placement. Butt the 215 mil system into the expansion joint in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

I.

J.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

K.

Flashing Penetrations: 1. Flash pipes, supports, vents and other penetrations passing through membrane in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. Secure penetrations properly to deck. Transitions (Change of Plane): At inside corners, outside corners, and other transitions apply membrane, 125 mils thick at transition area. Center a 6 inch wide strip of elastomeric flashing over transition point and embed firmly into warm membrane. Place elastomeric flashing tightly into transition. Integrate 215 mil system into transition detailing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

L.

3.04

PROTECTION A. Protection Layer Installation: Embed protection layer into membrane while it is still warm to insure a good bond between them is achieved. Overlap adjoining sheet edges a minimum of 2 to 3 inches to insure complete coverage. Cover protection layer by subsequent topping materials as soon as possible, within 30 days of membrane installation. Install drainage mat flat over protection layer at plaza decks and where indicated. Cut and fit drainage mat to perimeter and penetrations.

B.

3.05

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. City's Testing and Inspection Agency: An inspection agency may be engaged by the City to inspect work specified herein. The presence of the Testing and Inspection Agency is for the City's own purposes and any information or assistance furnished by his Inspection Agency shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the Work. Testing and Inspection Agency Duties: 1. General: Agency's performance shall not relieve Contractor, applicator, nor waterproofing manufacturer from their respective responsibilities. City's Testing and Inspection Agency will perform following. 2. Product Handling: Verify products are properly identified, stored, and protected. 3. Product Conditions: Verify that environmental requirements are proper for and during product application. 4. Waterproofing: a. General: Inspect as required to assure products are applied as specified and per manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate inspection with product manufacturer's requirements.

B.

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

b.

5. 6.

Hot Fluid-Applied Membrane: Take samples and check thickness; select location within an area at random. At agency's option, thickness may be checked by depth gage during application. Water Test: Observe Contractor's water testing of membrane system. Assist to locate leaks and verify that leaks are repaired. Final Inspection: After completion of waterproofing and related work, inspect to verify fluid applied waterproofing is per Contract Documents.

C.

Contractor's Responsibility: 1. Upon award of Contract, complete the form furnished by the Inspection Agency. Provide the Inspection Agency with safe access to the Work. 2. Notify the Inspection Agency whenever work is to be done, in sufficient time to arrange inspection. 3. Discontinue any practice immediately when notified which, in the Inspection Agency's opinion, is not in accordance with the Specifications or will act to the detriment of the system. The Inspection Agency will notify the City, the Architect, the Contractor and the manufacturer immediately of all violations. Any work affected by the practice will be subject to complete replacement. 4. Give written notice to the Inspection Agency stating that the installation has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and requesting that a final inspection be conducted. 5. Water Test: Prior to conducting water test, verify with the structural engineer that the structure can support the dead load weight of 4 inches of water. Perform flood testing in accordance with ASTM D5957, modified to accommocate the protection board embedded into the membrane. Dam edges of membrane and apply a maximum of 4 inches of water at the high point for a minimum of 48 hours. If the system leaks at any points, repair leaks and retest. The Contractor and a representative of the membrane manufacturer shall inspect the waterproofing assembly and notify the Contractor of any defects. Correct all defects.

D.

3.06

CLEANING A. Upon completion, remove masking, debris, equipment, and excess material. Leave areas clean and undamaged.

END OF SECTION 07142

Hot Fluid-Applied Waterproofing 07142 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07172 BENTONITE SHEET WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Bentonite sheet waterproofing on below-grade walls at building perimeter with wood lagging and shotcrete, including sealed terminations, top-ofwall counterflashing, and drainage matting, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 02621 - Foundation Drainage System. 2. Section 07100 ­ Damproofing and Waterproofing.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for all products to be used. Include list of applicator's completed installations, and endorsement by materials manufacturer.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Membrane Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in bentonite sheet waterproofing membranes with minimum ten (10) years experience in field. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in application of specified waterproofing with three (3) years experience, and approved by manufacturer. Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Prior to start of installation of work of this section, hold a pre-installation meeting attended by the Contractor, applicator's field supervisor, representative of the materials supplier, and the Owner's Representative, plus others as the Owner's Representative shall direct. 2. Review substrate conditions, installation procedures, areas scheduled to receive waterproofing, and related work.

B.

C.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their original sealed packages, clearly marked with the brand and manufacturer's name.

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Store materials under cover in a dry, protected place; prevent materials from contact with rain or water. Damaged Materials: 1. All materials damaged by water shall not be used and shall be removed from the jobsite. 2. Sections of material damaged by punctures, rips or cuts shall be trimmed away so that only sound material remains.

C.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply waterproofing during inclement weather.

1.06

WARRANTY A. Provide five (5) year warranty. Include coverage of materials and installation from failure of system to resist penetration of moisture.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Provide sheet waterproofing system manufactured by Tremco Incorporated (Paramount Technical Products Inc.) "Paraseal LG", or equal.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Paraseal LG Membrane: Use at blindside lagging installations, or where shotcrete is blown directly into face of membrane. Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing: 1. Bentonite Sheet: Minimum 1.0 pound per square foot, with minimum 90 percent montmorillonite. 2. Backing Sheet: High density polyethylene (HDPE) fabric, 20 mil thick. 3. Pliability: 180 degree bend over 1 inch mandrel at -25 degrees F.: 10,000 cycles, in accordance with ASTM D146. 4. Tensile Strength, Membrane: 4000 psi, in accordance with ASTM D412. 5. Resistance to Micro Organisms: Unaffected. 6. Percent Elongation - Ultimate Failure of Membrane: 700 percent in accordance with ASTM D638. 7. Puncture Resistance: 95 pounds. 8. Resistance to Hydrostatic Head of Water: 150 feet, in accordance with ASTM D761, Method A.

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

9. C. D. E.

Water Migration: Zero leakage, at 150 foot head of water.

Cant Strip: 2 inch legs, continuous Paragranular bentonite cant strip. Vertical Joint Tape: Membrane manufacturer's proprietary Temporary Tape. Top of Wall Termination: Continuous Paraterm Bar, secured to wall using manufacturer's recommended fasteners. Seal at Pipe Penetrations: Manufacturer's proprietary bentonite Paramastic, Paraseal Collar, and Paramount Temporary Tape. Permanent Seam Tape: 4-inch wide x 60 mil thick rubberized asphalt tape used for permanently sealing the seams of sheet membrane. Use whenever flood testing or standing water is present. Primer: Versatile adhesive formulated for use with tapes and waterstops. Vertical Composite Drainage Panels: 3-dimensional, non-biodegradable panel, manufactured with a permeable geotextile filter fabric bonded to a plastic sheet drainage core, and designed to effectively convey water. 1. Manufacturers: Paramount "Paradrain", Protecto Wrap Company "Protecto Drain 2000-V"; Mirafi Inc. "Miradrain Type 6200"; or equal. 2. Flow Rate: Minimum 7 gpm/ft. of width when tested in accordance with ASTM D4716. 3. Fabric: Nonwoven geotextile fabric of polypropylene or polyester fibers, or combination of both. Vertical Protection Board: 1-inch thick expanded polystyrene plastic, or 1/8-inch thick asphalt-impregnated fiberboard. Accessory Materials: As required and recommended by the sheet waterproofing manufacturer.

F.

G.

H. I.

J.

K.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrate and the conditions under which the waterproofing work is to be performed to ensure that they are in condition acceptable to manufacturer's requirements. 1. Verify that voids greater than 3/8-inch are filled with grout or Paramastic, and sharp protrusions are removed. 2. Do not install membranes in standing water.

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4.

Ensure that surfaces to receive tape products are free of dust, dirt, snow, ice, form release oils, and other contaminants. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B.

Proceed with waterproofing work only when weather conditions comply with manufacturer's printed recommendations and which will permit the materials to be applied in accordance with the recommendations.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Layout: Lay out project to determine and anticipate conditions prior to start of work. Note termination and penetration conditions to determine methods for creating a waterproof envelope. Coves: 1. Horizontal: Form continuous 2-inch wide coves with granular bentonite where walls meet footings. 2. Vertical: Form continuous 1-inch wide coves with mastic at vertical inside corners, under ledges, and at penetrations. Priming: Prime surfaces immediately prior to application of tapes and adhesive waterstops with primer. Prime surfaces, including at concrete, masonry, metal, and wood, to properly prepare areas to receive waterstops or taped applications and terminations. Remove sharp protrusions, dirt, mud, debris, and any other materials which would interfere with membrane's performance. Trowel Paramastic or mortar into holes, honeycombs, voids, and irregularities which exceed 3/8 inch in depth. Membrane may be installed over uncured, damp, or frozen surfaces. If substrate is extremely rough and irregular, provide parge coat over surface of substrate. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for specific substrate conditions. Prepare penetrations in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. Prepare expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. Construction cold joints require no special preparation. Sweep footing ledge clean. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations whenever conditions of acid, alkali, or salt brine exist.

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 4

B.

C.

D.

E.

F. G.

H. I.

J.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

INSTALLATION - FILTER DRAINAGE PANELS A. Vertical Surfaces: 1. Place and secure vertical-type filter drainage panels to vertical walls in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Use adhesives and mechanical fasteners recommended by manufacturer that do not penetrate waterproofing. 3. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. 4. Wrap fabric around drain pipe cavity at bottom of walls.

3.04

INSTALLATION - WALLS, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendation, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified. Install membrane against walls with granular bentonite side against substrate and black HDPE side facing out. Apply membrane so that top of membrane is either at or above finish grade. Install with seams running vertically, horizontally, or a combination of both. When seams are running horizontally, shingle lap seams so that upper sheet is over lower sheet. Lap seams a minimum of 1-1/2 inches. At vertical running seams, nail membrane on the seam lap using nails with washers at 24 to 48 inches on center. Tape vertical seams with manufacturer's recommended temporary tape. At horizontal running seams, nail membrane on the seam lap using nails with washers at 24 inches on center. At top of walls, install termination bar and nail using manufacturer's recommended nails and washers at 8 inches on center. At penetrations, complete installation as indicated in manufacturer's recommended details. Apply mastic around pipe penetrations, followed by collar seal, and hold in place with temporary tape. Prior to backfilling replace all damaged or expanded sheets.

B.

C.

D. E.

F.

G.

H.

I. 3.05

LAGGING WALLS A. If water is present, cover lagging with a sheet of 6 mil polyethylene.

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Fill all spaces between lagging which are over 1 inch in width, or install 40 mil Paraseal in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Using case hardened nails with washers, install Paraseal LG on lowest level first, and lap a minimum of 3 inches in shingle fashion, or hand sheets vertically. Nail through both sheets at 3 inch overlap area every 2 feet on center, and staple between nails at 3 inches on center in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from rain. Waterproof all penetrations using the manufacturer's current methods which utilize Paramastic, Paraseal collars, and Stick-n-Dry. Prior to erection of the interior formwork or concrete placement, inspect and repair areas damaged during installation of reinforcing steel.

C.

D.

E.

3.06

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection of membrane application shall be performed by the waterproofing manufacturer's representative. Comply with manufacturer's representative's directions.

3.07

INSTALLATION - PROTECTION BOARD A. Apply adhesive to completed membrane surfaces at the rate of 250-300 square feet per gallon. Immediately adhere approved protection board in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect installed panels during subsequent construction and until backfilling is complete. Place and compact backfill as soon as possible after installation and inspection.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 07172

Bentonite Sheet Waterproofing 07172 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07180 TRAFFIC COATINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Elastomeric non-slip vehicular traffic coating, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03350 - Concrete Finishing. 2. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for all materials proposed for use on the Project. Samples: Submit samples, 12 x 12 inches, on appropriate substrate to accurately represent color and texture, for each type of system and color specified. Maintenance Data: Furnish, for inclusion in City's Operation and Maintenance Manual, three copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of system specified.

B.

C.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Experienced in the installation of elastomeric systems, licensed and trained by system manufacturer and capable of providing evidence of having successfully completed traffic coating projects with similar scope and complexity. Standards: Comply with the following minimum ASTM requirements: 1. C957 - Specification for High-Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane with Integral Wearing Surface. 2. C1127 - Guide for Use of High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane with an Integral Wearing Surface. 3. D4258 - Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 4. D4259 - Practice for Abrading Concrete.

B.

1.04

SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

Traffic Coatings 07180 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Coordinate and advise cast-in-place concrete subcontractor on concrete deck finishing and curing requirements for proper installation of elastomeric coatings.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Applicator's Warranty: Five (5) year written warranty, sponsored by system manufacturer, for each type of system specified, against defects in materials and workmanship.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Provide materials and systems by the following manufacturers, or equal. Subject to compliance with requirements, materials and systems of other manufacturers will be considered for substitution. 1. Neogard Corp. "Odor Free Auto-Gard". 2. LymTal International "Iso-Flex 760U Low Odor HVT".

2.02

MATERIALS A. Traffic Coating System: Multi-component 50 mil thick polyurethane traffic coating system with integral non-slip texture, low odor, VOC-compliant. 1. Base Coat: Minimum 20 mils dry film thickness aromatic urethane: a. Tensile Strength: Minimum 4000 psi, per ASTM D412. b. Elongation: Minimum 600 percent, per ASTM D412. 2. Wear and UV Protection Course: Minimum 30 mils dry film thickness aliphatic polyurethane with colored aggregate added. a. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range. b. Aggregate: Manufacturers standard encapsulated granules, minimum #16 size. Miscellaneous Primers, Adhesives, Flashings, etc: As recommended by system manufacturer for project conditions.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Traffic Coatings 07180 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive traffic coatings and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation. Verify that adjacent flashings, reglets, sumps, etc., and all penetrations through systems, such as vents, drains, etc. are in place prior to commencement of installation.

B.

3.02

SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare substrates in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations to produce clean, dust-free, dry substrate, free of surface imperfections or contaminants that would adversely affect the installation. Mask adjoining surfaces not receiving traffic coatings, deck drains, and other deck substrate penetrations to prevent spillage, leaking, and migration of coatings. Mechanically abrade concrete surfaces to a uniform profile in accordance with ASTM D4259. Do not acid etch. 1. Remove grease, oil, paints, and other penetrating contaminants from concrete. 2. Remove concrete fins, ridges, and other projections. 3. Remove laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, concrete hardeners, form-release agents, and other incompatible materials that might affect coating adhesion. 4. Provide a concrete surface roughness of a minimum CSP-3, in accordance with International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) Standards. 5. Remove remaining loose material to provide a sound surface, and clean according to ASTM D4258. Cracks and Joints: Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in substrates in accordance with ASTM C1127 and the coating manufacturer's written recommendations.

B.

C.

D.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Traffic Coating System: Apply membrane and flashings in accordance with ASTM C1127 and manufacturer's written recommendations, to form a continuous weatherproof barrier free of voids or other defects. 1. Verify wet film thickness of each component coat complies with manufacturer's requirements for every 100 sq. ft. of application. 2. Minimum Overall Dry Film Thickness: 50 mils.

Traffic Coatings 07180 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

Texture: Distribute aggregate at spread rate recommended by manufacturer, to form an even texture. Omit on vertical surfaces.

B.

Cure traffic coatings according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Protect from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. System Manufacturer: Manufacturer's representative shall visit site to inspect substrates prior to commencement of installation, and during application operations to ensure that application is in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Traffic Coatings: Prior to application of finish coats, flood surfaces with water, mark areas where water stands more that 1/8 inch deep, fill depressed areas to eliminate ponding.

B.

END OF SECTION 07180

Traffic Coatings 07180 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07194 SILOXANE WATER REPELLENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Clear, penetrating, water-repellent silane-siloxane treatment on exterior exposed masonry veneer and concrete surfaces to remain natural color, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B.

1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications on product. Submit manufacturer's application instructions.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Firm approved by the manufacturer to apply the acceptable product. Field Sample: Provide a field test application on jobsite prior to application. 1. Apply liquid water repellent to 1-square-foot areas of each of the materials to be treated. 2. Verify that treated substrate effectively repels moisture from surface by flooding treated test areas with fresh water or by using a suitable waterabsorption measuring device 5 days after field-test applications on the designated areas. 3. Obtain Architect/Engineer's approval of test sample before proceeding. Pre-installation Meeting: 1. Prior to beginning of application of the coating, meet with the waterrepellent manufacturer's technical representative and the Architect/Engineer to inspect the concrete surfaces, sealant work and the conditions in which the water-repellent coatings will be applied. 2. Obtain instructions and recommendations for concrete surface cleaning and preparation, coating application techniques and appropriateness of equipment to be used, coverage, cleaning methods for overspray, and special procedures for unusual circumstances.

B.

C.

Siloxane Water Repellents 07194 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4.

Document the instructions and recommendations, in writing, and send one copy to the manufacturer's representatives and three copies to the Architect/Engineer. On the first day of application, again meet with the manufacturer's representative and the Contractor so as to ensure the work is proceeding properly. Subsequently, manufacturer's representative shall inspect the work regularly.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project Site in manufacturer's original containers, with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's batch number. Store materials in original, unopened containers in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not allow water or excess water vapor to enter into product container. Water or excess vapor will react adversely with product causing performance loss and possible polymerization.

B.

C.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature and relative humidity conditions for a period before, during and after application shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. If rain occurs, allow surfaces to dry a minimum of 5 days before application.

1.06

WARRANTY A. Furnish a written warranty against all defects in materials and workmanship, including without limitation, that the water repellent shall remain to reduce water absorption of the treated material to less than 50 percent of water absorbed by an untreated sample of the same material in a 24-hour water absorption test for five (5) years from date of acceptance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Provide Nox-Crete Chemicals, Inc."Stifel VC" or ProSoCo Inc."Sure Klean Weather Seal Siloxane WB Concentrate".

2.02

MATERIALS A. Water Repellent Coating Characteristics:

Siloxane Water Repellents 07194 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3. 4.

Clear, penetrating water-repellent material. Alkyl-alkoxy silane or siloxane base. Hydrophobic reaction product. VOC compliant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrates and the conditions under which water-repellent work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until conditions are satisfactory. Apply water repellent coating after all sealants are in place and properly and completely cured.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Inspect surfaces to receive coatings. Comply with manufacturer's instructions on surface preparation. All concrete surfaces to be coated shall be clean with no stain, streaks, discoloration, oil, noncompatible form coatings, and other contaminates which may be detrimental to the appearance or performance of the coatings. Protect adjoining work, as required, from spillage or blow-over of water repellent as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Protect plants and vegetation. 2. Protect painted surfaces, glass, metals, glazed tiles, and non-cementitious materials.

B.

3.03

APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended minimum coverage rates. Comply with the manufacturer's written mixing and application instructions and recommendations. Apply a uniform-saturation spray coating of water-repellent to the surfaces. Spray horizontally to a break. Maintain a wet edge. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying times after rainstorm wetting of surfaces.

B. C. D.

Siloxane Water Repellents 07194 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.04

CLEANING A. Clean spillage of water repellent from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning.

END OF SECTION 07194

Siloxane Water Repellents 07194 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07220 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Roof and deck insulation under roofing membrane, sloped to drains. Related Sections: 1. Section 07530 - Elastomeric Membrane Roofing.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for all products.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Recommended and approved by manufacturer of the insulation system, capable of showing evidence of successful completion of roofing projects of similar scope and complexity, and acceptable to the roofing system manufacturer for inclusion in the specified guarantee. System Installation: Construct to requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, and agencies required by governing authorities. 1. Wind Uplift: In accordance with Factory Mutual 1-90 requirements. Pre-Installation Meeting: Conduct pre-installation meeting between system manufacturer, installer, roofing system manufacturer and roofing system installer to ensure that installation will qualify for guarantee.

B.

C.

1.04

WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Specified Roofing System Manufacturer's standard unlimited guarantee against defects in materials and workmanship, matching the roofing membrane warranty. 1. Alternative Manufacturers: Provide guarantee equal to that of specified manufacturer.

Roof And Deck Insulation 07220-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Materials and systems described below are products of Johns Manville Corporation, unless otherwise shown. Similar materials systems of other manufacturer's, if recommended by them for use on this Project, will be considered for substitution. Similar materials of the following manufacturers will be considered equal. 1. Atlas Roofing Corporation. 2. NRG Barriers.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Rigid Insulation Board: Rigid polyisocyanurate foam board, tapered 1/4-inch per foot, approved for use with UL Class A built-up roofing systems; Johns Manville Corp. "Tapered E'NRG'Y 3", Atlas Roofing Corp., or equal. 1. Minimum Thickness: 2.5 inches. Sheathing Paper, etc.: As recommended by manufacturer for specified systems and project conditions. Protection Board: Rigid perlite board, Johns Manville Corp."Retro-Fit Board", or equal. 1. Thickness: 1/2-inch. Fasteners: Johns Manville #12 hexhead roof insulation fastener with galvanized metal plates.

B.

C.

D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive roof and deck insulation systems and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory conditions prior to commencement of installation. Verification: Verify that adjacent flashings, reglets, sumps, etc., and all penetrations through insulation systems, such as vents, drains, etc. are in place prior to commencement of installation.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION

Roof And Deck Insulation 07220-2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Install rigid insulation board in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations for the required wind uplift, and applicable provisions of the single-ply roofing system specification. 1. Sheathing Paper: Use at wood or plywood decking. 2. Fastening: Use mechanical fasteners as recommended by insulation manufacturer for substrates shown. Protection Board: Install over insulation prior to commencement of roofing installation. Lay out so that protection board joints are staggered a minimum of 12 inches in both directions from insulation joints. 1. Secure with mechanical fasteners as required to achieve specified Factory Mutual wind uplift resistance rating.

B.

END OF SECTION 07220

Roof And Deck Insulation 07220-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07260 VAPOR RETARDERS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Vapor barrier membrane and compactible granular fill under cast-in-place concrete slabs on grade, with sealed membrane joints and terminations, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-place Concrete.

B.

1.02

REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D1709 - Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free-Falling Dart Method. 2. E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 3. E154 - Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact With Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 4. E1643 - Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 5. E1745 - Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for all materials to be used stating physical properties of the materials. Include manufacturer's installation instructions.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of sheet membranes used as vapor retarders, with a minimum of five (5) years of successful history and experience in this field.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Vapor Retarders 07260-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MATERIALS A. Under-Slab Vapor Barrier Membrane: Reinforced plastic water vapor retarder, as follows: 1. Manufacturer: Fortifiber Corp. "Moistop Ultra 10", W.R. Meadows "Vapor-Mat 10 Mil", or equal. 2. Standards: Meeting ASTM E1745-96, Class A, and the following minimum requirements: Property Water Vapor Perm. Tensile Strength Puncture Resistance B. Test ASTM E96 ASTM E154 ASTM D1709, B Results Max. 0.30 perms. Min. 45.0 lbf./in. Min. 2200 grams

Compactible Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel and sand; ASTM D448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing No. 4 sieve and 10 to 30 percent passing No. 100 sieve; meeting deleterious substance limits of ASTM C33 for fine aggregates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify items which penetrate surfaces to receive vapor barrier are rigidly installed. Verify surfaces of subgrade are free of large rocks, bumps, depressions, or projections which may be detrimental to successful installation. Coordinate the installation of vapor barrier with related trades and the Project schedule. Beginning of installation means the Contractor's acceptance of existing conditions.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install vapor barrier in accordance with ASTM E1643, unless otherwise instructed by manufacturer's written recommendations. Apply vapor barrier over entire area to receive concrete slabs, including storage, mechanical, and elevator equipment rooms in parking structure. Lay membrane with seams perpendicular to, and lapped in the direction of the pour. Lap edges a minimum of 6 inches, unless otherwise instructed by manufacturer, and seal with tape. At perimeters, turn edges up to top of slab or down to bottom of footings.

Vapor Retarders 07260-2

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Where expansion joints are indicated at adjacent vertical surfaces, extend vapor barrier beyond expansion joint filler, and turn up to top of slab. Where expansion joints are indicated within the slab, lay vapor barrier continuous under expansion joint filler. Tape vapor barrier tightly to pipes, conduits, and penetrations of vapor barrier. Allow no screed supports or other items to penetrate vapor barrier.

E.

3.03

PROTECTION OF MEMBRANE A. B. Protect vapor barrier from damage until permanent covering is in place. Repair punctures and tears in vapor barrier using patches of the material which overlaps the puncture or tear a minimum of 6 inches. Seal with tape. Granular Fill: Apply 5 inches of granular fill over vapor barrier. Compact with mechanical equipment to a tolerance of plus 0 inches or minus 3/4 inch.

C.

END OF SECTION 07260

Vapor Retarders 07260-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: CSPE elastomeric membrane roofing system, complete, with all flashings. Related Sections: 1. Section 07220 - Roof and Deck Insulation. 2. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for all products.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Experienced in the installation of elastomeric singleply roofing, capable of providing evidence of successful completion of single-ply roofing projects with similar scope and complexity, recommended and approved by manufacturer of the roofing system, and acceptable to them for inclusion in the specified guarantee. Fire Resistance: Certify that system is manufactured and installed in accordance with applicable approvals of Underwriters Laboratory, Factory Mutual, or other agency acceptable to Governing Authorities. Pre-Installation Meeting: Conduct pre-installation meeting between system manufacturer, installer and related subcontractors to ensure that installation will qualify for guarantee.

B.

C.

1.04

WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Guarantee: Specified System Manufacturer's standard 15-year unlimited guarantee against defects in materials and workmanship. 1. Alternative Manufacturers: Provide guarantee equal to that of specified manufacturer.

Elastomeric Membrane Roofing 07530-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Materials and systems described below are products of JPS Elastomerics Corporation/Roofing Systems Division, unless otherwise shown. Similar materials systems of other manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this Project, will be considered for substitution.

2.02

SYSTEM A. Single-Ply Roofing System: CSPE (Hypalon) membrane, UL Class A; JPS Elastomerics "Stevens Roofing Systems - Hi-Tuff Plus", or equal. 1. Membrane: CSPE (Hypalon) sheet, scrim-reinforced. a. Thickness: 0.045-inch. b. Roll Width: 64.5 inches. c. Density: 29 psf, in accordance with ASTM D751. 2. Flashings: Use material specified for membrane. 3. Adhesives, Primers, etc.: As standard with system manufacturer. 4. Mechanical Fastenings: JPS "Hi-Tuff" #14 stainless steel screws and corrosion-resistant steel seam plates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive single-ply roofing systems and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory conditions prior to commencement of installation. Verification: Verify that insulation board, adjacent flashings, reglets, sumps, etc., and all penetrations through single-ply roofing systems, such as vents, drains, etc. are in place prior to commencement of installation.

B.

3.02

SURFACE PREPARATION A. Concrete Substrate: Clean, smooth, free of sharp edges or other defects that would interfere with the structural or weathertight integrity of the roofing membrane. 1. Cracks: Fill cracks larger than 1/4-inch with appropriate filler. Insulation Board Substrate: Clean, smooth, free of sharp edges or other defects that would interfere with the structural or weathertight integrity of the roofing membrane. Tape joints if required by membrane manufacturer.

Elastomeric Membrane Roofing 07530-2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.03

INSTALLATION A. General: Install and cure roofing systems in accordance with system manufacturer's recommendations and specifications to form a continuous weathertight enclosure, free of defects. 1. Fastenings: Use mechanical fastenings as recommended by manufacturer to achieve Factory Mutual Standard 1-90 Wind Resistance rating. 2. Seams: Lap seams 2 inches and hot-air weld. 3. Flashings, Perimeter or Curb Flashings: As recommended by manufacturer and as detailed.

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. B. Testing: As required by system manufacturer. Samples: Take samples and arrange for tests, etc. required by system manufacturer for establishment of guarantee, forward samples to testing laboratory designated by system manufacturer, repair surfaces as required after samples are removed.

END OF SECTION 07530

Elastomeric Membrane Roofing 07530-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Sheet metal flashings, counterflashing, and trim, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 07530 - Elastomeric Membrane Roofing: Flexible flashings that are part of membrane roofing system. 2. Division 15 - Mechanical: Ducts, Flues, Vents, Flashings, etc. that are part of mechanical systems.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for all conditions, showing thickness of metal, shapes, joints, anchorage and relationship to adjacent materials. Product Data: Submit for all products.

B. 1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. (SMACNA), "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual", latest edition.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: ASTM A653, commercial quality carbon steel sheets, unless otherwise specified. 1. Galvanizing: Comply with ASTM A924, G-90 Class. 2. Thickness: 24-gage, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Surfaces to Receive Paint Finish: Use mill-phosphatized sheets. 4. Lock Forming: Where lock-forming is required by nature of construction, use ASTM A527 steel sheets. Sheet Lead: ASTM B749 copper-bearing sheet lead; 4 pounds per square foot, minimum size 30 x 30 inches at roof drains.

Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim 07620 - 1

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Roof Counterflashing and Reglet System: 24-gage galvanized steel, with factoryfabricated inside and outside corner pieces. 1. Surface Mounted Type: Fry Reglet Corp. "Springlok Type SM - (ExpanO-Seal)", C & J Metal Products, or equal. 2. Stucco Type: Fry Reglet Corp. "Springlok Type ST", C & J Metal Products, or equal. Accessory Materials: Accessory materials include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Solder: ASTM B32; 50 percent pig lead, 50 percent block tin type. 2. Flux: Muriatic acid. 3. Fasteners, etc.: As recommended by manufacturer of steel sheets and SMACNA Standards. 4. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied bituminous mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness. 5. Felt Sheathing: ASTM D226, 15 pound non-perforated asphalt saturated felt paper.

D.

2.02

FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA standards and as detailed to comply with profiles and sizes shown or recommended by standards. 1. Soldering: Methods as recommended by metal manufacturer. 2. Seams: Non-moving seams shall be soldered, flat-lock type, unless otherwise shown. 3. Edges: Form hem on concealed side of all exposed edges. 4. Forming: Brake formed or roll formed at Contractor's option. 5. Component Length: Unless metal manufacturer has more stringent requirements, make up continuous straight runs of flashing in 24 feet maximum lengths. Thermal Expansion: Fabricate to allow for noiseless thermal expansion and contraction, conceal expansion provisions where possible. 1. Ambient Temperature Range: 100 degrees F. Dimensions: Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim 07620 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive metal flashing and trim and conditions under which they are to be installed. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been resolved.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Workmanship: Install as detailed and in accordance with SMACNA standards with all required accessories, clips, fastenings, etc. to achieve a weathertight enclosure for conditions shown or encountered. 1. Corners: Carry all flashing around corners 4 inches minimum; metal soldered or otherwise joined at the angle will not be acceptable except where more than two planes are to be joined. 2. Drainage: Provide effective drainage of any concealed cavities. Thermal Expansion: Provide expansion-contraction joints as shown or as required to preserve weathertight integrity of the system, including and required concealed backing plates or sleeves. 1. Spacing: Provide expansion joints at 10 feet maximum from any external or internal corners, and in straight runs less than 24 feet but more than 10 feet, make expansion joints at center of run. 2. Field Joints: Unless otherwise shown or specified, connect continuous runs together with 3-inch loose lock expansion joints sealed watertight with sealant. Running joints between expansion joints shall be locked and soldered. Dissimilar Materials: Isolate flashing and sheet metal from dissimilar metals, plaster, concrete, etc. with bituminous coating. Where bitumen drips can occur, seal with butyl sealant tape. Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA standards, conceal where possible.

B.

C.

D.

END OF SECTION 07620

Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim 07620 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Firestopping materials for fire-rated construction, complete, as specified, including the following: 1. Through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 2. Fire-resistant joint systems for joints between walls and floor/ceilings.

1.02

REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. E119 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. E136 - Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C. 4. E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 5. E1399 - Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint Widths of Architectural Joint Systems. 6. E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. Fire Resistance Directory - Volume 2, "Joint Systems and ThroughPenetration Firestop Systems", latest edition. 2. UL 2079 - Tests of Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. Intertek Testing Services (ITS) "Directory of Listed Products, Firestop Systems" Section, latest edition

B.

C.

1.03

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Rating of Penetration Systems: Provide firestopping materials which are asbestos-free and are manufactured and installed to resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gasses, and maintain fire rating of assembly penetrated, in accordance with ASTM E814 and the following: 1. Materials: Asbestos-free and lead-free. 2. Combustibility: Non-combustible, in accordance with ASTM E136.

Firestopping 07840 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Rated "F" and "T" in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479. Ratings: Match the fire-resistive rating of the floor, wall, partition, or roof assembly in which the firestop material is installed. Compatibility: Provide firestop systems that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items penetrating the fire barrier, as demonstrated by the firestop manufacturer based on independent tests. Systems Exposed to Moisture: Provide moisture-resistant firestopping systems. Floor Penetrations with Annular Spaces Exceeding 4 inches Width and Exposed to Possible Loading and Traffic: Provide systems capable of supporting floor loads involved. Insulated Piping Systems: Provide systems not requiring removal of insulation. Systems Exposed To View: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smokedeveloped rating of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

B.

Fire Resistance of Joint Systems: Provide systems with fire ratings equal to, or greater than the construction in which the joints are located, as determined by ASTM E1966.

1.04

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of each firestopping condition showing material installation details including reinforcement, anchorage, fastenings, and UL listing indicating "F" and "T" rating. Provide a schedule on shop drawings which identifies each firestopping type, material, and thickness, including applicable UL or FM system number. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the firestopping including composition, performance characteristics, and installation procedures, in accordance with UL or rating agency's listing requirements. Certificates of Compliance: 1. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance that the materials meet the requirements specified. 2. Submit a statement from applicator of firestopping systems that each system has been accepted by local governing agencies for each specific condition on Project. 3. Research/Evaluation Reports: Submit for each type of fire-resistive joint system showing compliance with ICC Evaluation Service AC30.

B.

C.

1.05

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Firestopping 07840 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Installer Qualifications: Firm having documented experience in the installation of firestopping materials on projects of comparable size to this Project, and approved by the firestopping material manufacturer(s). Tests: 1. Penetration Systems: Provide firestopping materials which have been tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479 to achieve the rating required. For penetrations of pipe materials, etc. that have not been tested in accordance with ASTM E814, provide a written certification from the firestop manufacturer stating that the firestop material will meet the requirements for successfully passing the tests in ASTM E814. 2. Joint Systems: Provide materials which have been tested in accordance with ASTM E1966 or UL 2079. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Penetrations: Comply with CBC Section 712 - Penetrations. 2. Joint Systems: Comply with CBC Section 713 - Fire-Resistant Joint Systems. 3. Listings: Provide materials, accessories, and application procedures which are listed by State Fire Marshal and by an approved testing agency, and which are non-toxic and non-hazardous. 4. VOC Limits: Sealants shall meet or exceed South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168, and shall have the following maximum VOC limits: a. Firestop Sealant Primer: 750 g/L. b. Firestop Sealant: 420 g/L. Source Limitations: Provide materials for each kind of firestopping and throughpenetration system produced by a single manufacturer for the entire project.

B.

C.

D.

1.06

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers with manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, lot numbers, and mixing and installation instructions. Store materials in the original, unopened containers under cover and protected from damage, and as recommended by the manufacturer.

B.

1.07

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install firestop systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by system manufacturer, or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Do not

Firestopping 07840 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

install firestopping materials until building is sufficiently enclosed and protected against temperature extremes and moisture, and adjacent construction is thoroughly dry. B. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and installing foam seals. Use manufacturer's recommended precautions when using materials considered to be toxic or otherwise hazardous. Ventilate area where systems are installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or by forced-air circulation where necessary.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. Grace Construction Products. 3. Hilti Construction Chemicals Inc. 4. Specified Technologies Inc. 5. 3M Fire Protection Products. 6. Tremco. 7. United States Gypsum Company.

2.02

THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP MATERIALS A. Floor Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled devices for use in castin-place concrete floors, consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that after cure do not reemulsify during exposure to moisture; Grace Construction Products "Flamesafe FS900", Tremco "Tremstop Acrylic", or equal. Firestopping Collars and Intumescent Composite Sheets: Factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of a non-metallic penetration, or single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side; for combustible pipes and other penetrations; Grace Construction Products "FlameSafe Intumescent Sleeve", Hilti "CP 642/643 Firestop Collar", or equal. Firestopping Intumescent Putties: Non-hardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds; Grace

Firestopping 07840 - 4

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

Construction Products "Flame-Safe FSP 1000 Putty", Hilti "CP 618 Firestop Putty", 3M "Fire Barrier Moldable Putty", or Specified Technologies Inc. "Specseal Putty". E. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil or adhering sheet on one or both sides; Grace Construction Products "FlameSafe FSWS Wrap Strip", 3M Construction Markets "Fire Barrier FS-195 Wrap Strip", or equal. Firestop Mortars: Prepackaged, dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at the jobsite to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar; Grace Construction Products "FlameSafe Mortar", Specified Technologies Inc. "SpecSeal Series SSM Mortar", or equal. Pillows/Bags: Reusable, heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant additives; Grace Construction Products "FlameSafe Bags/Pillows" , Specified Technologies Inc. "SpecSeal Series SSB Pillows", Tremco "Tremstop PS", or equal. Silicone Firestopping Foams: Two-component, silicone elastomer type, that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam; A/D Fire Protection Systems "Firebarrier Mortar" or "Firebarrier RTV Foam", 3M "Fire Barrier 2001 Silicone RTV Foam", Specified Technologies Inc. "Pensil 200 Foam", or equal. 1. Forming/Damming Materials: Mineral fiberboard or other material recommended by foam firestopping manufacturer. 2. Primer, Sealant and Solvent Cleaner: As recommended by foam firestopping manufacturer. Silicone Firestopping Sealant: Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based, neutral-cure elastomeric sealant: 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) for openings in floors and horizontal surfaces; nonsag for openings in vertical surfaces, unless otherwise required by manufacturer=s listed system. 2. Manufacturers: A/D Fire Protection Systems "Silicone Firebarrier Sealant - SL", Hilti "CP 601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant", 3M "Fire Barrier 2000 or 2003 Sealant or Caulk Type CP25", or Tremco "Fyre-Sil Silicone" or "Tremstop FP Flowable Putty". Accessories: As appropriate to penetration being filled, and approved by system manufacturer, testing and inspection agency, and code authority having jurisdiction. Items include:

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

Firestopping 07840 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2. 3. 4. 2.03

Permanent forming, damming and backing materials, including slag/rock wool fiber insulation, sealants used in combination with other forming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state, fire-rated form boards, and fillers for sealants. Temporary forming materials. Substrate primers. Collars and steel sleeves.

FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM MATERIALS A. General: Provide fire-resistant joint systems which are listed in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHBN, or listed by other acceptable testing agency. Mineral-Fiber Firestopping: Semi-rigid type, with a minimum density of 4 pounds per cubic foot, containing no asbestos fibers; A/D Fire Protection Systems "Firebarrier Mineral Wool", Tremco "Cerablanket F.S.", U.S. Gypsum "Thermafiber Safing", or equal. 1. Support Clips: U.S. Gypsum "Thermafiber Safing Impaling Clips", or equal; or clips may be custom designed and fabricated from galvanized sheet steel to suit the conditions of installation. Elastomeric Spray: Flexible, water-based, fire-rated mastic for construction joints, up to 50 percent movement capability, suitable for application by standard spray equipment, tested to UL 2079; Grace "FlameSafe FS3000", Hilti "CP 672 Firestop Joint Spray", or equal.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the openings and voids to be sealed. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of firestopping materials. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean contact surfaces immediately before installing fireresistive systems to comply with fire-resistive system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Remove foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of fill materials.

Firestopping 07840 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3. B.

Clean substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by system manufacturer using manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. Protect adjacent surfaces and surfaces to remain exposed in the finish Work with masking tape or other acceptable temporary masking material.

C.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Install firestopping in accordance with the approved fire listed and rated assembly, specified performance requirements, and manufacturer's printed instructions as applicable to the conditions of installation. Provide firestopping for conditions specified, whether or not firestopping is indicated; and if indicated, whether such material is designated as insulation, safing or otherwise. Do not install insulation types specified in other Sections in lieu of firestopping materials specified herein. Provide firestopping whether or not there are sleeves, clips, angles, plates or other items bridging or interconnecting building elements, and whether or not such items are continuous. Install forming/packing/backing materials and other accessories as required to support fill materials and to product cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. Install fill materials by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings and forming/packing/backing materials as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply fill materials so they contact and adjere to substrates formed by joints. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completion of Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. Penetrations: 1. Includes conduit, cable, wire, pipe, ducts and other elements which pass through one or both outer surfaces of a floor, roof, wall or partition. 2. Except for floors on grade, where a penetration occurs through a structural floor or roof, and a space would otherwise remain open between the

Firestopping 07840 - 7

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4.

5.

surfaces of the penetration and the edge of the adjoining structural floor or roof, provide firestopping to completely fill such spaces, and for the full depth of the structural floor or roof. Where a penetration occurs at a fire-rated wall or partition of solid-type construction, provide firestopping to completely fill spaces around the penetration, and for the full depth of the wall or partition. Where a penetration occurs at a fire-rated wall or partition of hollow-type construction, provide firestopping to completely fill spaces around the penetration, on each side of the wall or partition, and for a depth not less than the thickness of the wall or partition finish materials. Provide firestopping to fill miscellaneous voids and openings in fire-rated construction in a manner essentially the same as specified hereinbefore.

3.04

CLEANUP A. Remove spilled and excess materials from firestopping installation without damaging adjacent surfaces. Leave finished work in neat, clean condition, with no evidence of spill-overs or damage to adjacent surfaces.

END OF SECTION 07840

Firestopping 07840 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Joint sealers including sealant and caulking work, and expansion joint seals, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 07840 - Firestopping: Sealants in fire-rated construction. 2. Section 08800 - Glazing: Glazing Sealant.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, and color availability for each condition and use. Samples: Submit samples of each color required for each type of exposed sealant. Samples will be reviewed by Architect/Engineer for color and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificate that sealants meet or exceed specified requirements. Installation Data: Submit manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions, including cleaning of joint surfaces, for each type of material required.

B.

C.

D.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Recommended and approved by sealant or joint seal manufacturer, and capable of showing evidence of having completed sealant installations of similar scope and complexity.

1.04

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install solvent-curing sealants in enclosed building spaces.

Joint Sealers 07900 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Weather Conditions: Do not install sealants under adverse weather conditions or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Provide ten (10) year warranty. Include coverage of installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air-tight and water-tight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MANUFACTURERS A. Materials and systems specified are products of Tremco, unless otherwise shown. Similar materials and systems of the other named manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this Project, will be considered equal. Similar materials and systems of other manufacturer's will be considered for substitution.

2.02

SEALANT MATERIALS A. Colors: For concealed material provide any of manufacturer's standard colors; for exposed material provide manufacturer's standard colors as selected by Architect/Engineer, unless otherwise noted. Exterior Concealed Static Joints for Bedding Purposes, Sills, etc.: 1. Type: Butyl, single-component, gun-grade, non-sag, black color. 2. Standard: Meeting FS TT-S-001657. 3. Manufacturer/Name: Tremco "Butyl Sealant", DAP "Butyl-flex", Bostik "Chem-Calk 300". Exterior Exposed Joints for Porous Substrates (Concrete, Masonry): 1. Type: Epoxidized polyurethane, multi-component, nonsag. 2. Standard: Meeting ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. 3. Manufacturer/Name: Tremco "Dymeric 240 FC", Pecora "DynaTrol II. 4. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. Exterior Exposed Joints for Nonporous Substrates (Glass, Metals, etc.): 1. Type: Silicone, single-component, acid-cure. 2. Standard: Meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 3. Manufacturer/Name: Pecora "895", Dow Corning "799 Glass and Metal Building Sealant," G.E. "1200 Sealant".

Joint Sealers 07900 - 2

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors.

E.

Horizontal Traffic Bearing Joints: 1. Type: Polyurethane, multi-component, self-leveling, color to match adjacent surfaces or grout color. 2. Standard: Meeting ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25. 3. Manufacturer/Name: Tremco "THC 900", Mameco "Vulkem 45," Sonneborn "Sonolastic SL 1". 4. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. Exposed Interior, Non-wet, Static Joints: 1. Type: Siliconized acrylic latex, single-component, non-sag, non-staining, non-bleeding. 2. Standard: Meeting ASTM C834. 3. Manufacturer/Name: Tremco "Tremflex 834", DAP "Acrylic Latex Caulk", HAPCO #400. 4. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors.

F.

2.03

EXPANSION JOINT SEAL A. Manufacturer: Watson Bowman Acme "Wabo Jeene". See Drawings for systems per joint location. Similar materials and systems of other manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this Project, will be considered for substitution. Materials: 1. Seal Material: Preformed closed cell polychloroprene (neoprene), size as indicated on Drawings, black color, profiled to meet the following properties: a. Tensile Strength: Minimum 125 psi per ASTM D412. b. Elongation Break: Minimum 200 percent per ASTM D412. c. Compression Deflection: 5-9 psi per ASTM D1056. d. Hardness Shore: 35 - 65 per ASTM D2240. e. Water Absorption: Not more than 5 percent, per ASTM D1056. f. Average Density: 12-25 pcf, per ASTM D1056. g. Compression Set (1/2 inch compressed 50 percent): 15-25 percent, per ASTM D1056. h. Chemical Resistance: Oil, gasoline, grease, petroleum products, and transmission fluid. 2. Epoxy Adhesive: Manufacturer's recommended two-component epoxybased adhesive, minimum 4000 psi tensile strength and 8000 psi compressive strength.

B.

Joint Sealers 07900 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

Embedded Steel Angles: ASTM A36 steel, provided under Section 05500.

2.04

ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Adhesives, Primers, Back-up Materials, Release Materials, etc.: As recommended by sealant manufacturer for each type of sealant. 1. Backer Rod: Closed-cell, bead or rod-shaped polyethylene foam. 2. Release Material: Polyethylene film.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive sealants and conditions under which sealants are to be applied. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of application. Verification: Verify that joints are of the proper width to receive sealant.

B. 3.02

PREPARATION A. Surfaces: Clean, free of surface imperfections or substances that would interfere with installation or performance of sealant joints. 1. Metal Surfaces: Free of lacquer, rust, mill scale, etc. 2. Concrete Surfaces: Free of form release agents, bond breakers, curing compounds, etc. 3. Joints: Blow free of loose particles.

3.03

JOINT DESIGN A. Dynamic Joints: Design in accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations for each type of sealant and joint condition. Unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer, use backing rod to control depth of joints as follows: 1. Minimum Joint Size: 1/4 x 1/4 inch unless otherwise shown. 2. Depth: In accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations for widths shown or encountered. 3. Release Materials: At joints where movement is anticipated and joint depth prohibits use of backing rod, use release material to confine adhesion of sealant to surfaces being joined. Static Joints: In accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations.

B.

Joint Sealers 07900 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.04

INSTALLATION - SEALANTS A. Preparation: Clean and prime joints immediately prior to sealant application in accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Mixing: Job-mix multi-component sealants, if specified, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Application: Apply sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations to form neat, smooth weathertight joints, with all necessary back-up materials, release materials, adhesives, etc.. 1. Exposed Joints: Tool to concave surfaces unless otherwise shown.

B.

C.

3.05

INSTALLATION - EXPANSION JOINT SEAL A. Steel Joint Surfaces: Abrasive blast or grind contact surfaces of steel immediately prior to installation of joint seal. Remove all oxidation down to "white steel". Install joint seal into steel immediately following abrasive blasting or grinding to avoid re-oxidation of steel surface. Preparation: Prepare joints to receive seal in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Prior to installation of joint seal, uncoil seal from shipping packaging and allow material to reach a relaxed condition. 2. Cut material to correct length. Extend material to its full length without exerting any tension on material. 3. Scrub ribbed areas of seal material with a stiff nylon brush using manufacturer's recommended cleaner. Following brush cleaning, scrub seal material again using clean, absorbent white cotton rags. Joint Seal Installation: 1. General: Install joint seal in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Apply epoxy primer to both sides of joint and to both ribbed surfaces of joint seal. 3. Insert joint seal into joint gap using a blunt tool to position to its proper depth. 4. Wipe exposed surface of joint seal using a clean rag dampened with concrete cleaner.

B.

C.

Joint Sealers 07900 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Cleaning and Protection: Protect joint seal from damage during construction. After work is complete, clean exposed surfaces of joint seal in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3.06

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Sealant Manufacturer: Conduct periodic on-site inspections of mixing, preparation and application operations to ensure that recommended procedures are being followed.

END OF SECTION 07900

Joint Sealers 07900 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Rolled steel doors and frames, vision panel frames, and accessories for doors, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 08710 - Door Hardware. 2. Section 08800 - Glazing. 3. Section 09910 - Paints: Field painting of doors and frames.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. Show door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut outs for glazing. Schedule: Submit schedule showing location of each door and frame assembly. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and specifications on metal doors and frames. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.

B. C.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: The following Reference Standards apply to work of this Section: 1. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI): "The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware". 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI/SDI A250.6 "Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames". b. ANSI/SDI A250.8 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames". c. ANSI/SDI A250.11 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames". 3. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: Comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a. b. B.

NFPA 80 - "Fire Doors and Windows". NFPA 252 - "Fire Tests for Door Assemblies".

Regulatory Requirements: Conform to 2007 California Building Code, Section 715 - Opening Protectives for fire-rated doors, frames, and openings. 1. Fire-Rated Door and Frame Construction: Tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C, and meeting the requirements for smoke and draft control. Permanently affix label to door or frame in accordance with NFPA 80. 2. Smoke and Draft Control: Assemblies tested in accordance with UL 1784. Show the letter "S" on the fire-rating label. 3. Installation of Frame and Door Assemblies: Install in accordance with CBC Section 715 and NFPA 80.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metalwork cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. Inspect hollow metalwork upon delivery for damage. Repair and replace damaged items as required. Store hollow metalwork on raised platforms in vertical positions with blocking between units to allow air circulation. Keep stored material covered and protect from damage.

B.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide metal doors and frames manufactured by Amweld Building Products, Ceco Door Products, Curries Co., Windsor Republic Doors, Steelcraft, or equal.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. Provide steel with minimum 27 percent postconsumer recycled content. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A1011, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. Provide steel with minimum 27 percent post-consumer recycled content.

B.

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Metallic-Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A653, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with minimum A60 (ZF180) for extra-weather protection, zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) metallic coating. Provide steel with minimum 27 percent postconsumer recycled content. Frame Anchors: ASTM A591, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z (12G) coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A1008 or ASTM A1011, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153. Grout: ASTM C476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C143. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead and chromate-free, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; compatible with substrate for field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.

D.

E. F.

G.

2.03

DOORS AND FRAMES A. Doors: Meeting ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level, as follows: 1. Face Sheets: Metallic-coated steel sheet 2. Level and Performance: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), 0.042-inch (18-gage) face sheets. 3. Type: Model 2 - Seamless edge design. 4. Core: Fully insulated at doors to conditioned spaces. Frames: Meeting ANSI/SDI A250.8, fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Level 2 - 0.053-inch (16-gage) thick steel. 2. Fabricate with corners mitered or coped, full profile welded and ground smooth. Knocked down and face welded frames not acceptable. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricated according to ANSI/SDI A250.6, with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. Frame Anchors: Minimum 0.053-inch (16-gage) thick steel, UL listed as required for fire rating. 1. Masonry Anchors: Adjustable T-strap, corrugated, 2 x 10 inch size, perforated and permanently anchored to frame at fire-rated frames. 2. Metal Stud Anchors: Z-type anchor, welded to frame. 3. Floor Clips: Adjustable 2-piece angle anchor, 0.067-inch thick steel, full width of frame.

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 3

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Glazing Stops in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet. 1. Outside of Exterior Doors: Fixed, integral to doors. 2. Secure Side of Doors: Removable, fabricated from same material and gage as door face sheets.

2.04

FABRICATION A. Frames: Fabricate as welded unit types. 1. Fabricate with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. 2. Use concealed connectors, finished to match adjacent members. 3. Provide adjustable clip angles at bottom of frames for proper frame alignment and height adjustment. 4. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. 5. Door Silencers: Prepare frames for resilient rubber snap-in type silencers. Provide for 3 silencers at single doors on strike side, and 4 silencers at frame head on double doors without mullions. Omit at rated frames and frames scheduled to receive gasketing. Doors: 1. Fabricate with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. 2. Close top edge of exterior doors flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: 1. Fabricate to meet requirements of CBC Section 715. 2. Attach approved testing agency labels to each rated door and frame opening assembly. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-templated, mortised and surface-mounted door hardware. 1. Locate hardware according to ANSI/SDI A250.8, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 3. Provide reinforcing, drilling, tapping, and cutouts in accordance with the referenced standards, approved shop drawings, and door and frame schedule. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with other Sections.

B.

C.

D.

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Stops and Moldings: Provide around glazed lites in hollow metal doors, and where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Glazed Lites: Set glazing stops for glazing to be furnished and installed under Section 08800. Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Fixed Stops and Moldings: Form integral with door and frame, unless otherwise indicated. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 3. Removable Stops and Moldings: Provide on inside of hollow metal work. Secure with screws spaced uniformly not more than 12 inches on center. a. Material: Minimum 20-gage steel, galvanized for exterior and cold rolled for interior. b. Fasteners: Phillips head machine screws. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames".

F.

2.05

FINISH A. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard shop primer, fast-curing, lead and chromate-free, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Frames: Install in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.11, unless otherwise indicated. Set in place before construction of adjacent masonry or framed walls. Set accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install in accordance with CBC Section 715.4 and NFPA.80, and with manufacturer's fire test report installation data. 2. Abutting Frames: Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 3. Frames in Masonry: Fully grout as work progresses. 4. Frames in Concrete: Where frames are anchored with bolts through the face, fill heads with metal putty, grind smooth, and touch-up prime paint. Grout through keyways provided at head and jambs.

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Frame Anchors: Coordinate setting of frames with wall construction for wall thickness and anchor placement. Provide anchors as follows: 1. Floor Anchors: One anchor each jamb for interior doors. Where wall construction will not allow placement of floor anchor, provide additional jamb anchor as close to floor as possible. 2. Masonry Walls: Minimum 3 wall anchors per jamb for frames up to 7'-6" high, and an additional anchor for each additional 18 inches. Install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding height on strike jamb. 3. Concrete Walls: Minimum 3 completed opening anchors per jamb for frames up to 7'-6" high, and an additional anchor for each additional 18 inches. Install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding height on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. 4. Metal Stud Partitions: Minimum 3 wall anchors per jamb for frames up to 7'-6" high, and an additional anchor for each additional 18 inches. Install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding height on strike jamb. Attach to studs with screws. Door Installation: Install in accordance with ANSI A250.8. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary. 1. Fire Rated Doors: Install within clearances specified in NFPA 80. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing.

C.

D. 3.02

TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/8-inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. Clearances: Between door and frame at head and jambs, 3/32 inch; between meeting edges at pairs of doors and mullions, 1/8 inch.

B.

3.03

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. Sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat, and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer.

B.

END OF SECTION 08100

Metal Doors And Frames 08100 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08310 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Access doors, panels, and frames, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 04820 - Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies. 3. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing. 4. Section 09910 - Paints.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and product data on each type of access door. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation instructions.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide fire-rated access doors in fire-rated wall construction in accordance with CBC Section 715 - Protected Openings.. 2. Manufacture fire-rated access doors and frames to conform to UL requirements. Provide labels indicating rating.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel Access Doors in Concrete and Masonry Substrates: 1. Manufacturer: J. L. Industries "Style TMS"; Karp Associates "Type DSC-214M Stainless Steel"; Milcor "Style MS"; or equal. 2. Features: a. Frame: 16-gage stainless steel with a nominal 1-inch exposed frame flange. Provide galvanized steel anchors appropriate for substrate. b. Door: 14-gage stainless steel, fitted flush with frame flange. Reinforce access doors over 24 inches wide to prevent sagging.

Access Doors and Panels 08310 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c. d. 2.02 FABRICATION A.

Hinges: Concealed spring hinges permitting 175o opening. Lock: Flush key operated stainless steel cylinder locks.

General: Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts and ready for installation. Fabricate steel access doors and frames of continuous welded steel construction, unless otherwise indicated. Weld, fill, and grind joints smooth with adjacent surfaces to assure flush and square unit. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown. Furnish all access panels keyed alike.

B.

C.

D. 2.03

FINISH A. Stainless Steel Doors: Finish with buffed #4 satin finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be installed. Verify rough openings for doors and frames are correctly sized and located. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install flanged access doors after surrounding work is completed; set flange tight against the face of finish surface. Install doors and frames in openings plumb, level, and aligned with adjacent construction. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. Coordinate installation with work of other trades. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B.

C.

D. 3.03

ADJUST AND CLEAN

Access Doors and Panels 08310 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A. B.

Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged.

END OF SECTION 08310

Access Doors and Panels 08310 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08410 METAL FRAMED STOREFRONTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Storefront framing systems and accessories, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back-up materials. 2. Section 08800 - Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories.

1.02

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Load: Design, fabricate, and install the storefront frame structure capable of withstanding 20-psf wind load acting inward or outward upon glazed surface with the frame members deflecting no greater than L/175. Water Infiltration: No water infiltration at test pressure 6.0-psf per ASTM E331. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assemblies to 0.06-cu.ft/min/sq. ft. of assembly surface area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3-inches water gage, as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. Thermal Movements: Design, fabricate, and install all components capable of withstanding thermal expansion and contraction movements for the ambient temperatures from 20 degrees to 120 degrees F. The glass shall not break owing to thermal or other stresses. Seismic Movement: Design, fabricate, and install the storefront frame and glass bite to accommodate the following movement without failure or detrimental effect to the frame or glass. 1. Horizontal Drift: 2.5 percent of floor-to-floor height. 2. Vertical Movement: 0.50 inch.

B.

C.

D.

E.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, showing details of framing, attachments, reinforcement, glazing, and manufacturer's standard profiles.

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B. C.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. Samples: Submit color samples, minimum 3 x 4 inches in size, illustrating prefinished aluminum surface. Show the range of color difference to be anticipated in anodized coating.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect the finished surfaces from damage and abrasion during delivery, storage, and handling. Any surface having noticeable and objectionable damage or abrasion, as determined by the Architect/Engineer will be rejected. Field touchup painting of damaged finish is not acceptable.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Warrant for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Substantial Completion that the windows, window walls and entrances shall be free of defects in material and workmanship and will not leak water, deteriorate excessively, or otherwise fail to perform as required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. C. D. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6063 alloy, T5 temper. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; 5005 alloy, H34 temper. Steel Sections: ASTM A36; shapes to suit mullion sections. Fasteners and Accessories: 1. Aluminum to Aluminum: Use aluminum or austenitic stainless steel fasteners and accessories. 2. Aluminum to Other Materials: Use stainless steel or cadmium-plated steel fasteners and accessories. Provide anodic corrosion isolation where required. 3. Exposed Fasteners: Phillips flathead machine screws. Do not use exposed fasteners, except where unavoidable for the application of hardware. Match the finish of the metal surrounding the fastener. Corrosion Isolation: Bitumastic paint or alkali-resistant type paint with minimum 15-mil dry-film thickness. Glass and Glazing: Comply with Section 08800.

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 2

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

G.

Glazing Gaskets: Unless otherwise indicated, and at manufacturer's option, provide neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D735, Class SC; molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D2287; molded expanded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C509, Grade 4; or EPDM molded gaskets. Provide black color only. Sealants: Comply with Section 07900.

H. 2.02

FABRICATED COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Storefront System at Elevator Shafts: 1. Manufacturers: Kawneer, U.S. Aluminum, or equal. 2. Profile: Kawneer "Tri-Fab VG 451", Back Plane-OG, outside glazed with glass on inside plane of aluminum. 3. Glass: Single, 9/16 inch thick laminated glass, with glazing stops for special glass thickness. 4. Fabrication Method: Shear block fabrication. 5. Size: 2 x 4-1/2-inch members, with internal steel reinforcement where required. Framing Members: Extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125-inch thick for main members and minimum 0.062-inch thick for secondary members. Provide with internal steel reinforcement where required for additional strength. Flashings, Trim and Glazing Stops: Aluminum sheet, 5005-H34 alloy and temper, shop fabricated before coating with finish to match storefront. Fabricate to sizes required and shown. 1. Flat Widths Less Than 8 Inches: Minimum 0.063 inch thick. 2. Flat Widths Over 8 Inches: Minimum 0.090 inch thick. Receiving Channels: Extruded aluminum, manufacturer's standard profile for each framing system, designed to provide required movement of system, same finish as accompanying aluminum framing.

B.

C.

D.

2.03

FABRICATION A. Fabricate storefront systems to comply with the specified wind load and thermal movement, air- and water-infiltration resistance criteria. Check openings and dimensions in the construction work, and take accurate field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate installation tolerances to ensure proper fit of storefront.

B.

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Fabricate units with main corners and intersections of frames and sash mortised and welded or riveted and permanently sealed to prevent any air or water leakage. Fabricate secondary joints similarly. Provide mullions complete with anchors for support to structure and for installation of glass. Allow for erection tolerances, and provide for movements of glass due to thermal expansion and building deflections. Provide concealed reinforcing and stiffener as required.

D.

2.04

FINISHES A. Dark Bronze Anodized Finish: Meeting National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) Standard AA-M12C22A44, Architectural Class I finish, dark bronze anodic coating, minimum of 0.7-mils thick. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 to minimum 2.0 oz./sq. ft. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrate in which the work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Start of installation means the Contractor has accepted the existing conditions.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install doors, frames, glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. Limit anchors to 3/4-inch deep penetration into post-tensioned slab. Provide 3/4-inch gap between top of wall framing member and aluminum receiving channel for slab movement. Selectively place each component for best finish appearance by minimizing color differential between adjacent components. Eliminate all which have observable damages or imperfections.

B.

C.

D.

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Mill, cope, butt, and miter joints as necessary, and secure by mechanical devices with sealants or welding to ensure permanently watertight joints. Set units plumb, level and true to line without warp or rack of frames. Anchor securely in place. Provide a heavy coat of bitumastic paint at all aluminum surfaces in contact or potentially in contact with steel and other dissimilar metal. Comply with Section 08800 for all glazing requirements. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and eliminate all which have observable damage or imperfections. Provide continuous glazing tape and sealant applied on each side of the glass. Use neoprene spacers for glazing separation. At no point shall glazing come into contact with metal parts of the assembly. See Section 07900 for sealant application requirements. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discolorations.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

3.03

TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plane: 0.03-inch per foot maximum, or 0.25-inch per 30 feet, whichever is less. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 0.015-inch.

B. 3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct field check (test) of aluminum storefront windows for water leakage in accordance with AAMA 501.2-83. Conduct field check of window frames simultaneously with field check of glazing; refer to Section 08800 for supplementary requirements.

B.

3.05

CLEANING, REPAIR AND TOUCH-UP A. B. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. Wash clean all components of door and storefront system using nonabrasive cleaner and apparatus.

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Repair or replace all defective components, including components having damaged finish and glazing which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer.

D.

END OF SECTION 08410

Metal Framed Storefronts 08410 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Architectural door hardware, except those items specifically mentioned to be furnished by other Sections. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: Furnish templates to Section 08100 for door and frame preparation. Related Sections: 1. Section 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames.

B.

C..

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Hardware List: Submit complete list of all hardware proposed for use, itemized by opening, cross-referenced to the Contract Documents, showing manufacturer, manufacturer's number, finish and accesories, such as strikes, brackets, etc. 1. Requirements: Based on functional requirements and specified materials, prepare Hardware List with individual manufacturer's numbers reflecting finish, operation, hand, rating, door size, door weight, door thickness, etc. Where specifications indicate guidelines, select proper size and type. 2. Drawings: Review to determine hand, swing, etc. of doors that are to receive hardware. 3. Door and Frame Schedule: Review to determine, size, fire rating, etc. of doors that are to receive hardware. 4. Door Hardware Schedule: Indicates requirements for each opening or group of openings, cross-referenced to Door Hardware Materials article. Maintenance Data and Materials: Furnish for inclusion in City's Operation and Maintenance Manual, manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures for each type of hardware, and two sets of any special tools required for maintenance. Templates: Furnish required templates to vendors supplying items on which finish hardware is to be installed.

B.

C.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Door Hardware 08710 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Supplier and Installer Qualifications: Capable of producing evidence of having successfully completed door hardware projects of similar scope and complexity and having an AHC certified trained staff person available for consultation with City and Architect/Engineer. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Comply with 2007 California Building Code and NFPA 80 for requirements applicable to fire-rated doors and frames, tested according to NFPA 252. Provide fire-labeled hardware at fire-rated openings. 2. Egress Doors: Comply with CBC Section 1008 and applicable requirements of NFPA 101 "Life Safety Code". 3. Accessibility: Comply with CBC Section 1133B.2 and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)".

B.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In addition to requirements of Division 1, proceed as follows: 1. Packaging: Deliver hardware in manufacturer's original packages, marked for intended opening and use, according to Hardware Schedule. 2. Related Items: Pack complete with necessary screws, bolts, keys, instructions, and installation template, if necessary, for spotting mortising tools. 3. Inventory List: Furnish complete list of hardware for verification of delivery and quantities, clearly marked to correspond with marking on each package, review list for completeness and accuracy. 4. Storage: Provide locked storage for hardware items and be responsible for same once they are delivered to job site.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Door Hardware: Provide extended warranty for the following door hardware items in accordance with requirements of Division 1. Warrant that hardware shall be free of defects in material and workmanship and that it will not deteriorate excessively or otherwise fail to perform as required. Defects include, but are not necessarily limited to, failure to remain in proper adjustment and deterioration of finishes in excess of normal wear. 1. Hinges: Life of building. 2. Door Closers: Ten years. 3. Locks: Five years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Door Hardware 08710 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MANUFACTURERS A. General: Numbers in the Door Hardware Schedule refer to the first named manufacturer below. Scheduled manufacturers and products are intended to establish a standard of quality and utility. Equivalent products by the other named manufacturers are also acceptable. 1. Hinges: Stanley (STA), Hager, McKinney. 2. Locksets, Latchsets, and Cylinders: Schlage (SCH), no substitutions. 3. Door Closers: LCN, Norton. 4. Bolts: Ives (IVE), Door Controls International. 5. Stops and Wall Bumpers: Ives (IVE), Trimco. 6. Thresholds: Pemko (PEM), Reese, Zero International. 7. Seals and Weatherstripping: Pemko (PEM), Reese, Zero International.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Hinges: 1. Type: Butt hinges, five-knuckle, full mortise type, swaged, flat button tip, minimum of two bearings, stainless steel pins, and complying with ANSI A156.1, Grade 1. a. Fire-Rated Doors: Steel hinges with steel pins, minimum of two ball bearings, and plated to match required finish. b. Outswinging Doors Exposed to Moisture: Stainless steel or nonferrous material, with non-removable pins (NRP) of the setscrew type, and minimum of two ball bearings. 2. Hinge Size: a. Doors 1-3/4" thick and up to 37" wide: 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" butt hinges with two ball bearings or life-span bearings. b. Doors over 1-3/4" thick or over 37" wide: 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" extraheavy duty butt hinges with four ball bearings. c. Doors thicker than noted above or with unusual trim conditions which would interfere with the full opening of the door: Hinges of sufficient size to adequately support the door weight and of sufficient width to clear adjacent trim. 3. Number of Hinges Per Door Leaf: a. Doors up to 60 Inches High: Two hinges per door leaf. b. Doors up to 90 Inches High: Three hinges per door leaf. c. Doors over 90 Inches High: Three hinges plus one additional butt hinge for each additional 30 inches in height over 90 inches, or fraction thereof. Locksets, Latchsets, and Cylinders:

B.

Door Hardware 08710 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2. 3.

4. C.

Type: Cylindrical, complying with ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, 2-3/4-inch backsets; Schlage "ND" Series, unless otherwise noted. Provide all locks for the entire Project from the same manufacturer. Design: Lever handles, Schlage "Rhodes" design, unless otherwise noted. Strikes: Provide each lockset, latchset, or deadlock with a strike and a strike box. Verify cutout types provided in metal frames. Provide extended lip strikes to protect frame and trim where required. Keying: As specified in Article 2.03.

Closers: 1. Standards: Meeting ANSI A156.4, Grade 1. 2. Type: Full rack and pinion type action with steel spring, cast steel or aluminum body, non-gumming and non-freezing hydraulic fluid, positive back-check near the outer limit of the opening cycle, separate adjustments for latch speed, general speed, and back check. Hydraulic regulation by tamperproof, noncritical screw valves adjustable with a hex wrench. 3. Closer Force: Capable of having spring force increased by 50 percent by adjustment without removing from the door. Closers shall effect a maximum operating pressure on the door as follows: a. Exterior Accessible Doors: 5.0 lbf. b. Exterior Non-Accessible Doors: 8.5 lbf. c. Fire-Rated Doors: 15 lbf. 4. Mounting Location: a. Outward-Swinging Doors to the Exterior: Parallel arm closers, with the closer mounted on the inside of the door. b. Inward-Swinging Doors into Rooms: Mount on the room side on the door. Corner brackets not permitted. Supply drop plates where required. c. Locate closers so as to protect door, frame, trim, and hardware. 5. Overhead door controls/closers shall be nonhanded and sized so as to effect a 10-year guarantee/warranty. Regulate and adjust to comply with all requirements prior to final inspection. Flush Bolts: 1. Manual Flush Bolts: Meeting ANSI A156.16, Grade 1. 2. Automatic Flush Bolts and Coordinators: Meeting ANSI A156.3. 3. Type: Mortised extension-lever type, as scheduled, UL labeled where required for fire rating. Provide two bolts, top and bottom, on inactive leaf. 4. Strikes: As standard with bolt manufacturer, mortised types as required for door frame and door function, dustproof type at floors and thresholds, with flush mounting plate at floors. Stops: 1. Type: Wall type or floor-mounted dome types as scheduled.

Door Hardware 08710 - 4

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2. F.

Quantity: Where scheduled, one per door leaf.

Thresholds: Extruded aluminum , full width of openings, single length for each opening, with center reinforcing at pairs of doors. Seals and Weatherstripping: Continuous seal at head, jamb and meeting stile of openings where scheduled. At fire-rated doors, provide UL-listed smoke seals on three sides of door frames at head and jambs. Silencers: Rubber; Ives #SR64, Trimco, or equal. Refer to Section 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames. Omit at doors with gasketing. 1. Single Doors: Three per leaf, mounted at latch side stop on steel frames. 2. Pairs of Doors: Two per leaf, mounted at head of stop on steel frames. Fastenings, Brackets, etc.: Of suitable size and type to provide secure anchorage, phillips-head type for all hardware normally exposed in the finished installation, and all butts and hinges. 1. Finish: Match hardware finish unless otherwise scheduled. 2. Screws, Fasteners: Non-corrosive type.

G.

H.

I.

2.03

KEYING A. Door Locks: Ship keys and extractor keys directly from factory to City of Vallejo via registered mail. City will remove construction plugs and install permanent cylinders as required. Construction Keying: Provide a construction keying system for Contractor's and/or City's use during construction. Contractor shall retain construction keys and inserts and turn over to the City upon completion of construction. All lock cylinders shall be factory keyed and recorded. Master key to the existing Schlage Lock Company 6-pin system. Specific group keying information shall be obtained at a later date by the lock company representative and the City. Stamp all keys "Do Not Duplicate." Supply the following keys: 1. No grand master keys. 2. 6 each building master keys. 3. 6 each submaster keys. 4. 3 each individual keys per lock.

B.

C.

D. E.

2.04

FINISHES A. Locksets: Dull chromium-plated (BHMA 626, US26D), unless noted otherwise.

Door Hardware 08710 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B. C.

Hinges: Satin stainless steel (BHMA 630, US32D), unless otherwise noted. Exposed Overhead Door Closers: Spray lacquer, aluminum color (BHMA 689), unless otherwise noted. Weatherstripping: Extruded aluminum, clear anodized finish (BHMA 628, US28), unless otherwise noted.

D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive door hardware and conditions under which it is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80, and DHI. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. Conform to CCR Title 24 and Federal ADAAG for positioning hardware for the accessibility. Workmanship: Install neatly, complete with all required fastenings and accessories, securely anchored to adjacent surfaces, backing, etc. 1. Sequence: Fit hardware prior to finish painting, remove (except butts and items primed for paint finish) during painting and reinstall after completion of painting. 2. Keyside: Where locksets have key functions at one face of door only, install with key on exterior side of door, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Closers: Where specified closers are handed, use parallel or regular arm as required. a. Exterior Doors: Mount on interior face of opening. b. Interior Doors: Mount on hinge side unless otherwise scheduled. c. Swing: Mount for 180 degree swing where possible. 4. Thresholds: Bed in sealant. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Sealants. 5. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise shown, mounting heights shall be as follows: a. Locksets: 36 inches from finish floor to centerline of strike. b. Top and Bottom Hinges: As recommended by manufacturer.

Door Hardware 08710 - 6

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c. 6. 7.

Intermediate Hinges: Equally spaced between top and bottom hinges. Silencers: Install in pre-punched holes at all doors with steel frames. Omit at doors with gasketing. Controls: Connect all hardware requiring electrical controls to proper system. Comply with requirements of Division 16 - Electrical.

3.03

ADJUSTMENT A. General: Adjust and lubricate all working hardware for proper operation and function. 1. Defective Hardware: Replace items which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application. 2. Final Adjustment: Examine and adjust hardware one week prior to scheduled inspection for final acceptance, and instruct City's personnel in adjustment and maintenance of hardware. a. Cleaning: Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. b. Adjustment: Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.

3.04 MFR

DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE QUAN ITEM MODEL FINISH

HARDWARE GROUP 1 (Single Non-Rated Storeroom Door) STA SCH LCN IVE 1-1/2 1 1 1 Pr. Hinges Lockset Closer Wall Bumper FBB191 x NRP ND80PD, "Rhodes" 4011/4111, mounted room side WS-401CCV 630 626 689 626

HARDWARE GROUP 2 (Single Rated Stair Exit Door) STA SCH LCN PEM IVE 1-1/2 1 1 1 1 Pr. Hinges Latchset Closer Set Gasketing Wall Bumper FBB191 ND10S, "Rhodes" 4041 S88 WS-401CCV 630 626 689 -626

Door Hardware 08710 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

HARDWARE GROUP 3 (Pair HM Air Shaft Doors) STA SCH IVE IVE PEM PEM PEM 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 Pr. Hinges Lockset Manual Flush Bolts Dustproof Strike Set Gasketing Astragal Threshold FBB191 ND80PD, "Rhodes" FB457 DP-2 S88 357SP x S88 177AT 630 626 626 626 -626 719

END OF SECTION 08710

Door Hardware 08710 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08800 GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Glass and glazing accessories for hollow metal work, storefront system, and doors, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 08410 - Metal Framed Storefronts. 2. Section 08965 - Glass Canopy System.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show all dimensions, glass types, accessory materials, glazing systems, edge treatment, etc. At Contractor's option, this submittal may be combined with appropriate door and storefront submittals. Product Data: Submit list of all materials proposed for use. Samples: 1. Architect/Engineer's Selection: Where colors, etc. are specified to be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard range, submit full range for selection. 2. Specified Materials and Colors: Submit samples, minimum 4 x 6 inch, of each type of glass. Certification: Furnish glass manufacturer's certification of compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. C.

D.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with 2007 California Building Code (CBC), Chapter 24, "Glass and Glazing." 2. Safety Glazing: Comply with Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC) "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16 CFR Part 1201, Category I or II", for all applicable materials. a. Tempered Glass: Identify type and thickness, permanently etched in the glass surface and located on a corner so as to be visible after the glass is installed.

Glazing 08800 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

Fire-Resistance-Rated Glass: Tested in accordance with ASTM E163, and labeled and listed by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. Glass Association of North America (GANA) "Glazing Manual". 2. ASTM C1036 - "Standard Specification for Flat Glass". 3. ASTM C1048 - "Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass". 4. ASTM C1172 - "Laminated Architectural Flat Glass". Compatibility: Ensure that all glazing materials used are compatible with each other and with adjacent materials.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer: Materials specified are products of PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG), unless otherwise shown. Similar materials and systems of the following manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this Project, will be considered equal. Similar materials and systems of other manufacturers will be considered for substitution. 1. Guardian Glass Company. 2. Viracon.

2.02

GLASS SCHEDULE Location Exit Doors Elevator Towers Type Single Glazed Ceramic Lites Laminated Glass Color Clear Bronze tinted Thickness 1/4" 9/16" Remarks Tempered Heat strengthened

2.03

GLASS MATERIALS A. Clear Vision Lites: PPG Industries "Clear Glass", or equal. 1. Thickness: As scheduled. 2. Quality: ASTM C1036, Type 1 - Transparent, Class 1 - Clear, Quality q3 - "Glazing Select".

Glazing 08800 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

Tempered Glass: Tempered in accordance with ASTM C1048, where shown on Drawings or where otherwise required by local codes; PPG, LOF, or equal.

B.

Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172, Kind LHS; factory lamination of glass, heatstrengthened in accordance with ASTM C1048. 1. Thickness: As scheduled. 2. Quality: ASTM C1036, Type 1 - Transparent, Quality q3 - "Glazing Select". 3. Outer Lite: Tinted; same color as PPG "Solarbronze Tinted". 4. Interlayer: 0.060-inch thick polyvinyl butyral (PVB) sheet. 5. Inner Lite: Clear. Fire-Rated Glazing Material: Technical Glass Products "FireLite NT", or equal, polished glass, having UL label rating where required, listed by authorities having jurisdiction. Submit verification of acceptability by governing authorities.

C.

2.04

GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Blocks, Shims: Neoprene, 80-90 Shore A Hardness, 1/4" minimum thickness. Glazing Sealant: One part, gun grade, silicone type; General Electric "SCS 1000", or equal. Glazing Tape: Preformed sealant tape, polyisobutyelene, 100 percent solids; Tremco, Pecora, or equal. 1. Color: Black. 2. Thickness: 1/8 inch 3. Width: 1/4 or 3/8 inch, as required. Miscellaneous Points, Clips, Fastenings, Etc.: As required and as standard with window or door manufacturer. Glazing Compound for Fire-Rated Glass: UL listed glazing compound, especially tested and approved by the testing agency for use with fire-rated glass; Nippon Electric Glass Company "Metacaulk", GE "Series 1000" silicone sealant, "Norton 990" closed cell foam tape, or equal.

B.

C.

D.

E.

2.05

FABRICATION

Glazing 08800 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Glass Cutting: Cut all glass to proper size in accordance with details, Reference Standards, and manufacturer's recommendations for technique, tolerances, edge bit, clearances, climatic conditions, etc. 1. Waves: Make cuts so that waves are horizontal when glass is installed. Dimensional Tolerances: Rectangular shaped glass shall be true with zero tolerance along the length at any edge. Tempering: All tempered glass shall be horizontally tempered and sized so that waves will be horizontal and tong marks will be invisible when installed. Labeling: 1. Certifications: Permanenly etched on glass in corner of lite, to be visible when installed. 2. Other Labels: Not permitted. Edges: Prepare glass edges as recommended by manufacturer for glazing systems specified and detailed.

B.

C.

D.

E.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive glass and glazing and conditions under which glass and glazing are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Clean all surfaces of foreign matter, dust, grease, or other substances that would interfere with glazing operations or performance.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Install glazing in accordance with Reference Standards, recommendations of product manufacturers, and as detailed. Secure glass and other items to be glazed to resist specified loading requirements, and seal to provide weathertightness. 1. Waves: Install glass so that waves are horizontal. 2. Shims, Blocks: Use to properly position glass.

3.04

PROTECTION

Glazing 08800 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

In addition to the requirements of Division 1, identification or caution markers shall not be applied to glass surfaces. Do not apply caution markers to frames in any way which would damage the surface or finish.

3.05

CLEANING A. In addition to the requirements of Division 1, clean glass surfaces periodically during construction for protection against damage due to alkaline runoff from adjacent surfaces. Remove glazing sealant, compound, dust, dirt and other foreign materials from finish surfaces. Remove labels after work is completed.

B.

END OF SECTION 08800

Glazing 08800 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08810 ARBOR GLAZING

PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install all glazing work as shown on plans and specified herein. 1. Lexan Panels on Arbors. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Section 13140 Arbors 2. Section 05120 Structural Steel 3. Section 05500 Metal Fabrication 4. Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Codes and standards: 1. Polycarbonate meeting flame-spread and smoke density requirements as tested by ASTM D-635 (less than 1" ATB less than 1 minute) and ASTM D-2843 (less than 75); self ignition temperature greater than 1000 degrees F, ASTM D-1929.heat deflection temperature 270 degrees F at 264 psi, ASTM D-648; 2. Glass Block meeting ¾ hour fire exposure rating as tested by ASTM E163 or UL 9. 3. ASTM Al23, Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips. 4. ASTM C144, Spec. for Aggregate for Masonry 5. ASTM C150 Spec for Portland Cement 6. ASTM C207 Spec for Lime 7. ASTM E163, Fire Test of Window Assemblies (equivalent to UL9). 8. ASTM C270 Spec for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 9. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 10. All other applicable codes and standards. Installer's qualifications: All Lexan panels shall be installed by experienced contractors with a minimum of 5 years of experience with similar installations. Manufacturer's qualifications: Lexan panels shall be manufactured by firms normally in the business of producing the products of the type indicated and provided with specified warranties. All glazing assemblies shall meet UBC code requirements for strength and safety.

Arbor Glazing 08810 - 1

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

G.

Submittals: 1. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. 2. Manufacturer's data: a. literature & manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Samples: a. Lexan panel: two - 12" x 12" sheets showing color, laminate, and sample of clean, penciled edge, as specified. Product Handling: 1. Lexan Panel: a. All Lexan containers shall carry UL Labels. Laminated panels shall display manufacturer's information, legal ratings and material descriptions on each panel. b. Store unopened containers of Lexan panels in a clean, cool, dry area. c. Protect opened containers of against windblown rain or water run-off with tarpaulins or plastic covering. Job Conditions 1. Do not install when temperature is 40° F and falling. Warranty: 1. Lexan Panels: 5 year warranty against manufacturing defects resulting in edge separation or material obstruction of vision through panel surface. Warranty shall cover labor, materials, tools, and all work required to repair wall to "as-new" condition as specified herein and as shown on Drawings. Extra Stock: 1. Lexan Panel: Provide 2 panels of uniform size to match those in the installed arbors.

H.

I.

J.

K.

PART 2: PRODUCTS A. Materials 1. Lexan Panels 2. Laminated panel installation accessories: a. Gasketing: as required by metal shapes framing the installed panel, and as recommended by panel manufacturer for 20 year life guarantee. b. Setting blocks: 80-90 Shore A durometer ¼" setting blocks, minimum 6" in length or as recommended by panel manufacturer. Width shall be 1/16" less than full channel width and be of sufficient height to provide nominal recommended bite

Arbor Glazing 08810 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c.

and minimum panel edge clearance as recommended by manufacturer. Sealant: Silicon, applied as recommended by the manufacturer. Black color. Sealant compatibility with laminant interlayer must be recommended by panel manufacturer and verified by sealant supplier. Sealant shall be 100% solids and contain no solvents

PART 3: EXECUTION A. Lexan Panels 1. Inspection and Preparation: Confirm condition and tolerances of panel holders and other structural members. Do not begin glazing work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Clean surface with a compatible solvent and prime if necessary. Contact areas should be free of burrs. 2. Installation: a. General: Conform to recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association, "Glazing Manual," and "Sealant Manual" where they cover points not shown on Drawings or specified herein. b. Handling: 1) Handle panel to prevent damage to the panel edge. 2) Store panel properly. Any panels with delamination or haziness around the periphery due to prolonged contact with water vapor, solvents or solvent vapors or any other reasons will be replaced at no additional cost to client. c. Sizing: 1) After careful measuring of panel, determine recommended edge engagement and expansion allowance. 2) Follow code requirements and manufacturer's recommendations for minimum bite and edge and face clearances. 3) Manufacturer to cut sheet to size required and finish edges as specified. Edges should be clean and free of notches. d. Install panel on setting blocks. Use space shims to assure proper clearances between panel and holders. Space shims hardness shall be compatible with gaskets. e. Sealants: Apply sealants only between the face of panel and glazing stops as shown on details. Seal tightly against weather. f. Weep holes: Confirm that weep holes drain. Do not allow water to collect in the glazing channel.

END OF SECTION 08810

Arbor Glazing 08810 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 08965 GLASS CANOPY SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Glass canopy systems at entries, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 3. Section 08800 - Glazing.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Glass Canopy System requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profiles of members and relationship of canopy system to other components. 1. Engineering Requirements: Manufacturer to engineer the glass system, including connections and anchorage to supporting structure, making necessary additions and modifications to system manufacturer's standard details as may be required to comply with specified performance requirements, while maintaining the basic design concept. 2. Structural Design: Prepared by a structural or civil engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of Governing Authorities, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. 3. Certification: Certify that glass canopy configuration and wind conditions have been reviewed and that system will comply with specified requirements. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Structural: a. Dead and Live Load: As required by Governing Authorities. b. Wind Load, Uplift and Downward Pressure: 20 psf, unless otherwise required by Governing Authorities. c. Maximum Deflection: 1/360 of span when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. d. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. See structural Drawings for site specific information.

B.

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

Thermal: Provide for expansion and contraction of system components without causing glass cracking, failure of joints, attachments, etc. or excessive stress on components and fastenings. a. Ambient Temperature Range: 150 degrees F.

C.

Glazing System Design Requirements: 1. Design fittings to give flush appearance to outside surface of glazing system. 2. Design members to prevent high stress concentration at the hole positions in order to withstand: a. Negative and positive wind loading. b. Seismic loads. c. Thermal movement. d. Construction tolerances. e. Live load and dead load movements. 3. Incorporate movement of steel and durable flexible discs into connections to accommodate holes in glass and mullion members to allow for thermal movement and glass manufacturing tolerances.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings clearly indicating materials and methods, indicating coordination with other trades, and bearing signed approval of the glazing system manufacturer and the glazing system installer, as well as the stamp of a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of California. Product Data: Submit material description and installation instructions for materials, including tapes, glazing compounds, gaskets, and other materials. Samples: 1. Submit samples of glass and glazing materials. Samples of glass shall be 12 x 12 inches; samples of sealant or gasket shall be 12 inches long. 2. Submit sample of metal support brackets complete with glass, bolts, and accessories. Calculations: Submit calculations showing structural glazing system's performance and compliance with specified loads, with stamp of licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of California. Test Reports: Submit test reports from an independent laboratory certifying that the fully suspended structural glazing system proposed for use has been tested. The system tested must be similar in type of materials and design shown on Contract Drawings, utilizing countersunk bolted attachments through the glass. In addition, the tested specimen must be equivalent in glass type and panel configuration as that shown on Contract Drawings. If existing test reports are to

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 2

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

be submitted, then those tests shall have been carried out to loads equal to, or greater than those called for in this specification. If test reports are not available, system shall be tested. All costs for testing shall be paid for by the glass system manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five (5) years experience in design and installation of structural glass curtainwall systems and design similar to that required for this project. Glass, glazing, system design, and accessories shall be the sole responsibility of the manufacturer. Installer Qualifications: Provide installation of system by installer acceptable to manufacturer. Provide a letter signed by manufacturer stating that installer is acceptable and qualified to install system. 1. The installer of the structural glass system is responsible for supplying and erecting the complete structural glazing system, coordinating and maintaining tolerances between structure and glazing system with individual suppliers and manufacturers, and installation of glazing system. Regulatory Requirements: Where safety glass is indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide type of products which comply with ANSl Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR, Part 1201 for category II materials. Pre-Installation Meeting: Meet at the project site with representatives of the glass and glazing materials manufacturer, structural steel fabricator and erector, elevator installer, glazing installer, Architect's representative and City's representative. Review the glazing installation procedure and schedule, including the method of delivering and handling glass, glass installation tolerances, glass protection during and after installation, and installation of adjacent materials.

B.

C.

D.

1.05

WARRANTY A. Glass Canopy System: Five-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Defects include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Structural failure, or movement in excess of specified performance requirements. 2. Glass breakage due to improper installation or thermal and structural stress. 3. Adhesive or cohesive failure of sealant joints. Manufacturer/Fabricator Warranty: Five year warranty for design and materials provided by them.

B.

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Installer Warranty: Warrant the installation for a period of five years against failure of installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Provide structural glass systems manufactured by W & W Glass, LLC. "Pilkington - Planar / SentryGlas Plus System", or equal. Similar systems of other manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this project, will be considered for substitution.

2.02

MATERIALS A. Glass: 1. Structural Glass Canopy: Tempered laminated glass, consisting of two layers of clear tempered glass with minimum 0.060-inch thick LIP PVB interlayer. Poured or cast resin laminates not permitted. Overall thickness of glass determined by structural glass system provider to meet design requirements. 2. All glass shall be horizontally tempered eliminating tong marks. 3. Edges: Ground flat with a frosted appearance, unless otherwise noted. 4. Edgework, holes, and notches in the tempered glass panels shall be completed before tempering and shall comply with the following requirements: a. Dimensional Tolerance on Panel Size: +/- 1 mm of the theoretical dimension required. b. Squareness of Each Panel: Within 3 mm. c. Bow Allowance: 0.15 percent. d. Positional Tolerance on all Holes: +/- 2 mm from one datum point. 5. Pre-stress glass around holes to a level which is compatible with the design and use of the fittings. 6. Distortion: Limited to 0.05 mm maximum. Spider Fittings: 1. Material: Stainless steel, Type 316. a. Type of Fitting: Spider fitting assemblies, with associated bolts and accessories for connection and installation. b. Finish: #4 Satin finish stainless steel. c. Design: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Performance: Provide fittings with a tolerance capability which will cope with the full range of movements as indicated below:

B.

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a.

b. c. C.

Thermal movements occurring as a result of differential coefficients of thermal expansion within the range specified. The components used within the system shall withstand noiselessly all thermal movements without any buckling, distortion, cracking, failure of joint seals or undue stress on the glass or fixing assemblies. Deflection due to self weight of the system. Upward and downward movements due to the design wind loads.

Glazing Sealant for use at Butt and Structural Glazing Installations: Neutral-cure silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C920, Type S - single component, Grade NS - non-sag, Class 25, Use G - glass, black color; manufactured by GE Silicones "Silglaze N", Dow Corning "795", Tremco "Spectrum 2", or equal. Attachment Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Stainless steel, Type 304 or 316.

D.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces receiving the Work. Verify dimensions of in-place and subsequent construction. Follow the recommendations of FGMA as to inspection procedures. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation constitutes acceptance of related construction. Verify the chemical compatibility of glazing materials and sealants with each other and with materials used in glass fabrication.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION OF GLASS A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's written requirements and the approved shop drawings. Employ only experienced glaziers who have had previous experience with the materials and systems being applied. Use tools and equipment recommended by the glass manufacturer. Seal plate-to-plate joints of glass with silicone sealant. Provide joint dimensions which are compatible with sealant properties and live load movement of the structure. Bolt Torque: Torque bolts to torques specified on shop drawings using calibrated tool. Lock torqued bolts into position to prevent backoff. Reset calibrations regularly to ensure accurate torquing.

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 5

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Clean glazing connectors receiving glazing materials of deleterious substances which might impair the work. Remove protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately before application of primer and glazing sealants. Inspect each unit of glass immediately before installation. Do not install glass which has significant impact damage at edges, scratches or abrasion of faces, or any other evidence of damage. Provide spacers or gaskets to separate glass from fittings. Set glass in a manner which produces greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. Face all glass, which has dissimilar faces, with matching faces in the same direction. Sealants: Prime surfaces to receive glazing sealants where required, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using recommended primers. Use masking tape or other suitable protection to limit coverage of glazing materials to the surfaces intended for sealants. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing materials. Clean excess sealant from glass and support members immediately after application, using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J. K.

3.03

CURING, PROTECTING, AND CLEANING A. Cure sealants in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to attain maximum durability and adhesion to glass. Cleaning: Clean glass and fittings prior to final acceptance of the Work.

B.

END OF SECTION 08965

Glass Canopy System 08965 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09101 SPECIAL PAINTING PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, labor and equipment to paint and finish all exposed items and surfaces designated to be painted. Extent of painting work is shown on Plans and schedules and as specified herein. 1. Arbor 2. Ornamental Metal Handrails, Guardrails

1.02

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. B. Arbor -- Section 13140 Ornamental Metal, Barrier Rails and Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications -- Section 05721

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. Applicator: Use only qualified applicators who are thoroughly familiar with the material, method of application, and application requirements. Provide documentation that the coating applicator has successfully applied multiple component aliphatic polyurethane coatings. Testing Equipment: The applicator shall provide, and make available at all times, the following testing equipment. 1. Magnetic surface temperature 2. Sling psychrometer 3. Wet film thickness gauge 4. Elcometer dry thickness gauge

B.

C.

1.04

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specification literature and technical data.

Special Painting 09101 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Schedule: Submit a complete schedule of items to be painted, material of item, color and color number. Include manufacturer's brand name and type of material for each coat of the system used. Samples: Provide three - 8 inch x 10 inch samples of each color: 1. If so directed by the City Representative, submit samples during progress of the work in the form of actual application of the approved material/color on actual surface. 2. Do not proceed with work until acceptance of all color/material samples. Substitutions: If products other than the specified are submitted, submit full supporting technical data giving complete information on the proposed substitution. The Contractor may be required to furnish test results from an independent paint laboratory comparing the proposed substitute with the named products.

D.

E.

1.05

PRODUCT HANDLING A. B. Deliver all materials in unopened containers bearing name of manufacturer. Store in cool, dry interior location.

1.06

JOB CONDITIONS A. Paint or primer shall not be applied when the temperature of the surface to be coated and the surrounding air temperature is below 50°F., unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturer in writing and approved by the City Representative. Paint or primer shall not be applied in rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85%; or to damp or wet surfaces. Comply with manufacturer's established guidelines for application and drying conditions. Do not paint in any condition which may have deleterious effect on the color or finish.

B.

C.

1.07

REGULATIONS A. Comply with the rules and regulations of the California Air Regulation Board (GARB). Contractors are cautioned that the product of this section is restricted to certain areas. The Volatile Organic Compound (V.O.C.) rating of grams per liter (G/L) are listed below and Contractor should check with local air pollution district for compliance before bidding.

Special Painting 09101 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2.

Series 74: 324-336 G/L of V.O.C. as applied. Series 69, Tnemec: 340 G/L of V.O.C. as applied.

PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. 2.02 Color and number references are products of Tnemec Company.

MANUFACTURER A. Tnemec Company, Inc., 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City MO 64120, (800)863-6321, with local representative: Robinson Coatings (707) 746-5800, or Dupont or approved equal.

2.03

MATERIALS A. Primer: Shall be polyamide cure epoxy resin coating meeting or exceeding the following performance criteria: 1. Abrasion: Method Federal Testing Standard No. 141 with 1000 grams load. No more than 130:mg. loss after 1,000 cycles. 2. Humidity: Method ASTM D2247-68. No blistering, cracking, softening or delamination of film after 1,000 hours. 3. Adhesion: Method Elcometer Adhesion Tester. Not less than 800 psi pull, average of 3 trials. Paint: Shall be high-gloss acrylic-based or semi-gloss polyester-based aliphatic polyurethane, meeting or exceeding the following criteria: 1. Abrasion: Federal Testing Standard No. 141 with 1000 grams load. No more than 95 Mg. loss after 1,000 cycles. 2. Exterior Exposure: Coating exposed at 45° facing south. No blistering, cracking or delaminating of film and no less than 85% gloss after 18 months. 3. Humidity: No blistering, cracking, softening of film after 1,000 hours. 4. Impact: Method ASTM G14-72. No less than 130 in./lbs. average. Paint on Ferrous Metal: 1. Prime Coat: Series P66 2. Finish Coat: Series, 74, P71, 73 Paint on Non-ferrous Metal: 1. Prime Coat: Series P66 2. Finish Coat: Series 74, P71, 73

B.

C.

D.

Special Painting 09101 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.04

COLOR SCHEDULE A. Color: To be selected from Tnemec's standard colors. Color shall be high-gloss finish. Dupont or other manufacturer proposed shall match the selected color.

PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The application of the specified high-performance coating shall be in compliance with rulings of the California Air Regulation Board and shall be applied within districts that permit application of this type of coating. Painting, preparation, and application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein.

B.

3.02

INSPECTION A. Examine all surfaces to be painted. Make certain that surfaces are correctly prepared, as well as even, smooth, sound, clean, dry, and free from substances that may affect the application, color, sheen, or general appearance. Do not begin work until all repairs and cleaning are satisfactorily completed. 3.03

B. 3.03

COORDINATION A. Coordinate painting of items with all trades.

3.04

SURFACE PREPARATION A. B. Remove all surface contaminants including grease, oil, dirt, and loose particles. Steel surfaces shall be blast cleaned in conformance with SS PC-SP-6 (Commercial blast). Non-ferrous and galvanized surfaces shall be cleaned in conformance with SS PC-SP-1 (Solventcleaning). Remove hardware and accessories or provide surface-applied protection prior to painting operation.

C.

D.

Special Painting 09101 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.05

APPLICATION A. All items shall be shop painted unless otherwise approved in writing by the City Representative. Comply with manufacturer's requirements with respect to temperature and application conditions. Mix shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Mix materials thoroughly; strain if necessary before using. Add thinner to ready-mixed materials only in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Paint shall be spray applied only, using method and equipment recommended by manufacturer. Apply material with care to uniform film thickness. Prime coat shall be minimum 4.5 mils dry film thickness. One or more finish coats shall be applied to minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. Total dry film thickness shall be no less than 6.5 mils. Paint shall be applied to surface immediately after surface preparation. Coating shall show no runs, holidays, sags, or other defects. Finished surface shall be uniform in sheen, color, and texture. Do not overspray. Inside edges of cut-outs and backsides of covers such as handholes shall be painted. Paint exposed bolt, screw, and fastener heads. Follow manufacturer's cure time requirements between coats.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F. G.

H.

I. J. 3.06

INSPECTION A. All painted items shall have dry film thickness measured using a magnetic film thickness gauge. Surfaces not meeting standards shall be painted with an additional coat as required. All shop painted items shall be accepted by the City Representative prior to field installation.

B.

3.07

FIELD TOUCH-UP

Special Painting 09101 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Following installation of all items receiving painted finish, field touch-up to the satisfaction of the City Representative where required to achieve uniform, smooth finish.

END OF SECTION 09101

Special Painting 09101 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Portland cement plaster finish systems on walls and soffits, and plaster substrate for masonry veneer, complete. 2. Flashing and underlayment papers, trim, accessories, metal furring, and lathing. Related Sections: 1. Section 04812 - Masonry Veneer. 2. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing: Metal studding and framing behind plaster base. 3. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 4. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations of products specified.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company experienced and specializing in cement plaster work with a minimum 5 years experience. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with CBC Section 2507 "Lathing and Plastering" and Section 2512 "Exterior Plaster", unless more stringent requirements are specified. Standards: Comply with the applicable recommendations of the "Plaster and Lathing Systems Manual, 3rd Edition" distributed by the Plastering Industry Bureau, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Mock-up: Prior to installation of Portland-cement plaster work, provide sample mock-up panel using materials specified for final work. 1. Construct sample panel at the site as directed, of full thickness and approximately 4 x 4 feet.

B.

C.

D.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3.

Show stucco finish texture, a typical window sill, typical edge conditions, reveals, control joints, and the proposed, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed work. Obtain Architect/Engineer's acceptance of visual qualities of the sample panels before start of the portland-cement plaster work. Retain accepted sample panel during construction as the standard for judging completed work. Do not alter, move, or destroy sample panels until work is completed.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Except for aggregate, deliver materials for the site in sealed containers or bags fully identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. Store materials in a dry, well-ventilated space, under cover and off the ground.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with requirements of ASTM C926 and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application, unless otherwise noted. Warm Weather Requirements: Protect plaster from uneven and excessive rapid evaporation from sun and strong dry winds, especially when air temperature is above, or expected to rise above 80 degrees F. (27 degrees C). Provide suitable curing methods including moist curing, vapor barriers to retain moisture, or canvas, cloth or sheet barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these methods as required. Cold Weather Requirements: Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). Provide uniformly distributed heat and protection as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least 24 hours after application.

B.

C.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS A. B. C. Cement: ASTM C150, Normal - Type I or Type II. Lime: ASTM C206, Type S. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C897.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster. Bonding Agent (Primer): As recommended for bonding plaster to concrete and concrete masonry surfaces; Larsen's "Weld-Crete", Hallmark's "PB-400", or equal. Bonding Agent (Additive): As recommended for bonding finish coat to brown coat; Standard Drywall Products "Acryl 60", La Habra "LHP Acrylic Binder", or equal. Premixed Stucco Finish Coat: Factory prepared mix manufactured to comply with Stucco Manufacturers Association "Specifications and Standards for Manufactured Stucco Finishes". 1. Manufacturers: La Habra "Exterior Stucco", Anaheim, CA; Highland Stucco and Lime, Van Nuys, CA; or equal. 2. Color: Manufacturer's standard grey color, to receive paint finish.

E.

F.

G.

2.02

FURRING AND LATHING MATERIALS A. Metal Lath: ASTM C847; Western Metal Lath, Amico, or equal. 1. Walls: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. galvanized expanded metal, 3/4-inch diamond-mesh type, self-furring continuous V-grooved type with grooves at 6 inches on center, designed to hold main plane of lath 1/4 inch from substrate. 2. Soffits: 3.4 lb/sq.yd. galvanized expanded metal, 3/8-inch rib lath type. Underlayment Paper: Two layers asphalt saturated building paper. 1. Manufacturer: Fortifiber Corporation "Super Jumbo Tex 60 Minute", Leatherback Industries "Super Plasterkraft 60", or equal. 2. Standard: Meeting FS-UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade D, Style 2, and UBC Standard 17-1, and having 60 minute water resistance. Flashing Paper: 1. Parapet Caps: Modified bituminous sheet rubber, self-adhesive-backed rubberized asphalt, in continuous length x widths as required; W.R. Grace "Vycor V40", Johns Manville, or equal. 2. Windows and Doors: Fortifiber Corporation "Moistop" flashing paper, Polyken Technologies "No. 622 Construction Flashing Tape", Fiberweb "No. 310 Thru-Wall 8-mil thick flashing paper", or equal. Metal Screws: 1-1/4 inch, Type S-12, pan head screws, galvanized, self-tapping. Anchorages: Wire, screws, or other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit application, galvanized to rigidly secure lath and associated accessories in place.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-3

B.

C.

D. E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.03

TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Corner Bead: 26-gage galvanized, small-nose, expanded steel corner bead, minimum 2-5/8-inch legs; USG "No. 1A", Western "No. 1A", or equal. Control Joint: 26-gage galvanized steel, 1/4 inch joint width for 7/8-inch thick plaster; USG "No. 15", Western "No. XJ15-3", or equal. Casing Bead: Extruded aluminum, 3/4 inch deep; Fry Reglet Corp. "No. PJM-75 'J' molding", MM Systems Corp., or equal. Reveal Molding: Extruded aluminum, 3/4 inch deep x 3/4 inch wide; Fry Reglet Corp., "No. PCS-75-75", MM Systems Corp., or equal. Soffit Drip Screed: 24-gage galvanized steel, for 7/8-inch thick plaster; Pacific Products Company, or equal. Foundation Weep Screed: Extruded aluminum, 3/4 inch deep; Fry Reglet Corp., "No. FWS-875", MM Systems Corp., or equal.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

2.04

CEMENT PLASTER MIXES A. B. Mix and proportion cement plaster in accordance with ASTM C926. Basecoat and Brown Coat: One part Portland cement, three parts sand, one-tenth part maximum dry hydrated lime, or equivalent in lime putty, all by volume, and one part bonding agent mixed with three parts water. At soffits the proportion of lime may be one-fifth part. Mix only as much plaster as can be used in one hour. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water. Protect mixtures from contamination and evaporation. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the surfaces to receive Portland-cement plaster, including grounds and other accessories which act as grounds or screeds, and conditions which may affect the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Grounds and Blocking: Verify items within walls for other Sections of work have been installed.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Protection: Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling which might result from plastering operations. Provide temporary covering and whatever other provisions may be necessary to minimize harmful splattering of plaster on other work. Apply plaster bonding agent over concrete and concrete block in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B.

3.03

INSTALLATION - UNDERLAYMENT AND FLASHING PAPER A. Underlayment Paper: Install on all areas to receive cement plaster, except over concrete or concrete block. 1. Install horizontally in shingle fashion, weather lapping minimum 2 inches for horizontal joints and minimum 6 inches for vertical joints. Stagger vertical joints. 2. Wrap around all corners and tops of walls. Fasten in place to substrate. Flashing Paper: 1. Windows, Doors, and Openings: Install in 9 inch wide strip at window and door openings, folded in 90 degree angle. At head of openings, form into an inverted "U" shape, and tuck under underlayment paper. At jamb and sill, lap over the underlayment paper. Fold and lap to prevent water from migrating behind underlayment paper. Secure in place. 2. Parapets: Install in 18 inch wide strip over building paper at saddle over top of parapets and walls, weatherlapping ends 6 inches minimum. Secure in place.

B.

3.04

INSTALLATION - LATHING AND FURRING A. General: Install lathing and furring materials in accordance with ASTM C1063, unless otherwise indicated. Metal Lath: 1. Install with self-furring ribs perpendicular to supports, taut, with long dimension perpendicular to supports. Install at all areas to receive cement plaster. 2. Lap ends a minimum one inch. Secure end laps with tie wire at maximum 6 inches on center between supports. Lap sides of lath minimum 1-1/2inch. Nest outside ribs together.

B.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4.

Attach to metal supports using screws or tie wire at maximum 6 inches on center. Reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, except where metal lath returns 3 inches from corner to form an angle reinforcement. Fasten at perimeter edges only.

C.

Trim Accessories: Attach to substrate with galvanized screws spaced not more than 8 inches on center. Provide corrosion isolation at aluminum trim. 1. Set beads and trim level, plumb, and true to line with a tolerance of not more than 1/8-inch in 8 feet from plumb or level. Shim as required and align joints with concealed splices or tie plates. 2. Use single length of beads and trim wherever length of run does not exceed longest standard stock length available. Distribute butt joints in single run uniformly for best function and appearance. Miter or cope at corners. 3. Corner Beads: Place external angle corner beads at external corners. Fasten at outer edges only. 4. Casing Beads: Place at terminations of plaster and where plaster abuts other finishes and termination is not covered by other finish material or applied trim. Butt and align ends. Secure rigidly in place. 5. Reveals: Install at locations shown on Drawings. 6. Control Joints: Locate in cement plaster every 12 feet in each direction, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.

3.05

APPLICATION - CEMENT PLASTER A. Mix and apply cement plaster in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C926. Measure all material for plastering work in calibrated measuring boxes. Shovel measurement is not acceptable. Over Metal Stud and Lath Substrate: Apply cement plaster in a three-coat application, 7/8-inch thick minimum. Under Thin Brick: Apply cement plaster in a two-coat application to receive brick veneer, 3/4-inch thick minimum. Leveling: Wherever permanent grounds are too far apart to serve as guides for rodding, provide plaster screeds, and establish true surface of screeds with rod before screeds are set. Keep grounds clean and free of plaster. 1. Finish plaster in a true, plumb, or level plane without waves, cracks, or imperfections. 2. Level scratch and brown coats with a straightedge (rod) only and not with a darby or float. 3. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8-inch in 10 feet.

B.

C.

D.

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

Corners: Make interior corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with corner beads.

E.

Make overnight joining at natural breaking points such as vertical arises, expansion joints, angles, and changes in plane. Apply each coat of plaster for an entire surface from top to bottom and between natural breaking points in one day. Finish Coat: Apply over uniformly damp surfaces free of surface water. Trowel to a texture to match approved sample. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface. Cure in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

F.

G.

3.06

TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8-inch in 10 feet.

3.07

REPAIRING AND CLEANING A. Defective Work: Plaster which is cracked or crazed as a result of improper timing and curing will not be accepted. Remove and replace unacceptable plaster, including plaster base materials, if damaged during removal of defective plaster. Cleaning: Promptly remove plaster from surfaces which are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces which have been stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and equipment; clean areas of all plaster debris; and leave broom clean. Patching: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Project, cut out all damages, cracks, checks, discolorations, and other imperfections in the work, including damage caused by other trades and damage as a result of shrinkage and minor structure movements of the building. Cut out to the full depth of the plaster. Patch to match adjoining surfaces.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 09220

Portland Cement Plaster 09220-7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. B. Section Includes: Gypsum wallboard systems and finishes, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for each component, including metal accessories, gypsum board, and joint tape.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance ratings as shown. Provide materials, accessories, and application procedures which have been listed by UL or tested according to ASTM E119 for the type of construction shown. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following by ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. 2. C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. 3. C442 - Gypsum Backing Board and Coreboard. 4. C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 5. C630 - Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. 6. C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases. 7. C1047 - Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base. 8. C1325 - Fiber-Mat Reinforced Non-Asbestos Cement Interior Substrate Sheets. 9. E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. Comply with the following standards of the Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-201 - "Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings". 2. GA-214 - "Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish". 3. GA-216-04 - "Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products".

B.

C.

Gypsum Board 09250 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Sole Source Responsibility: For all gypsum board work throughout the Project, provide materials, including wallboard, accessories, fasteners, and finishing materials produced by one manufacturer, unless otherwise noted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Materials and systems described are those manufactured by US Gypsum (USG), unless otherwise shown. Similar materials and systems of the following manufacturers, if recommended by them for this Project, will be considered equal: 1. Domtar Gypsum 2. Gold Bond Division of National Gypsum Company 3. G-P Gypsum Corporation

2.02

GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36; fire resistive type, UL-rated Type X; 5/8 inch thick typical unless otherwise shown on Drawings; maximum permissible length; ends square cut, with long edges tapered to receive manufacturer's standard joint treatment. Water Resistant (WR) Gypsum Board: ASTM C630; 5/8-inch thick, water resistant board and fire-resistant rated where required, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C79; moisture resistant; 1/2 inch thick, 24- or 48-inch wide, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tongue and grooved long edges; water repellent paper faces. Tile Backer Board: ASTM C1325; glass mesh cement-mortar board, 1/2 inch thick x 4 x 8-foot size, consisting of aggregated portland cement core reinforced with polymer-coated woven glass-fiber mesh embedded in both surfaces; U.S. Gypsum "Durock Interior", Custom Building Products "Wonder Board", Glascrete Inc. "Glas-Crete", or equal.

B.

C.

D.

2.03

GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: ASTM C1047, 30-gage galvanized sheet steel with 1-1/4-inch wide perforated flanges; US Gypsum "Dur-A-Bead", Beadex "B-1XW", or equal. Edge Trim: ASTM C1047, "LC-Bead" channel type and "L-Bead" angle type as applicable, 30-gage galvanized sheet steel with perforated flanges, same thickness as gypsum drywall; US Gypsum "200B", or equal.

Gypsum Board 09250 - 2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Control Joints: ASTM C1047, 30-gage galvanized sheet steel with perforated flanges; US Gypsum "No. 093", Western Metal Lath, or equal. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; perforated reinforcing tape, premixed joint compound, and fasteners. Resilient Channel: 26-gage galvanized steel; US Gypsum "RC-1 Resilient Channel", Western Metal Lath, or equal. Fasteners into Metal: ASTM C1002-88, Type S, Phillips-head, self-drilling, selftapping, steel, drywall screws: provide 1-inch length for single layer application, 1-5/8-inch length for double-layer application, and 1-1/4-inch for single-layer coreboard application. Cement Board Screws: Phillips head, Type S, self-drilling, self-tapping, waferhead, coated for corrosion resistance, especially for use with cement board; USG "Type S-12 Durock Screws", or equal. Gypsum Sheathing Adhesive Tape: 2 inch wide, 10 x 10 glass mesh tape; Kendall Company "Polyken 612 Seam Sealing Tape", or equal.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine all parts of the supporting structure to which gypsum board systems are to be applied and the conditions under which gypsum board systems are to be installed. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. Correct all unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding with the installation. Start of installation means the existing surfaces and conditions are acceptable.

B.

3.02

GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board on walls and ceiling in accordance with Gypsum Association Specification GA-216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board," unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Erect single layer gypsum board in non-fire rated walls in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. Neatly fit ends of edges where they abut.

Gypsum Board 09250 - 3

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. Stagger gypsum board so corners of any four wallboards do not meet at the same point. No horizontal or vertical joints permitted within 12 inches of corners or openings. Water-Resistant (WR) Gypsum Wallboard: Install where gypsum is used as a backing for ceramic tiles and in wet areas where WR is indicated. 1. Install WR gypsum board in the same manner as regular gypsum board. 2. Treat cut edges and holes in water resistant gypsum board with sealant. Fasteners: 1. Space fasteners not to exceed 8 inches on center for partitions and 7 inches on center for ceiling at abutting edges and 12 inches in field. Space fasteners not less than 3/8 inch from edges and ends. 2. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. 3. Drive fasteners until heads rest in a shallow dimple-like depression; take care not to crush core or break paper surface. Tile Backerboard: 1. Fasten to metal studs with corrosion-resistant fasteners, spaced at maximum 8 inches on center. At horizontal and vertical joints, corners of panels, and junctions with dissimilar materials, provide gap of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch, and completely fill with dry-set or portland cement mortar. 2. Cover joints and corners with 2 inch wide fiberglass mesh tape embedded in skim coat of portland cement mortar.

D.

E.

F.

G.

3.03

SURFACE TREATMENT A. General: 1. Conceal joints and fastener depressions as specified. Mix joint compound following manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply tape and joint compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Corner and Edge Treatment: 1. Internal Corners: Treat as specified for joints; fold reinforcing tape lengthwise through middle, fit neatly into corner. 2. External Corners: Apply metal corner beads in single lengths with joint treatment as specified for joints. 3. Edges: Provide metal casing bead at all exposed edges and at intersections with dissimilar materials. Use longest practical length.

B.

Gypsum Board 09250 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

Control Joints: Provide on walls at 30 feet on center and as indicated. Use single length where run is less than the manufacturer's standard length. Where the run is greater than the standard length, install with least possible number of joints and with pieces of equal length. Place joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed.

C.

Joint and Fastening Concealment: 1. Embed tape in joint compound, followed by application of joint compound in accordance with Gypsum Association recommendations. 2. Sand all coats after each application has dried. Take care not to scuff paper surface of wallboard when sanding. 3. Glass Mesh Mortar Units: Secure, tape, and finish in accordance with ANSI A108.11, for wet conditions. Finish of Gypsum Board: Finish gypsum board in accordance with Gypsum Association Document GA-214 "Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish", as follows: 1. Level 1 - Fire Taping: For concealed areas, and where shown or scheduled, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistive-rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Where water-resistant gypsum board forms substrate for tile. 3. Level 4 - Smooth: For surfaces exposed to view and scheduled to receive textured or flat painted finish. Finish of Glass Mesh Mortar Units: At walls and ceilings, tape joints with glass fiber mesh tape and apply Durock, or equal, exterior cement-mortar base coat followed by finish coat, in accordance with USG specifications.

D.

E.

3.04

INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Install gypsum sheathing on exterior side of exterior wall where gypsum product is indicated. Install horizontally on walls. Vertical Joints: Bear on and fasten to studs; stagger end joints by at least two stud spacings. Fasten sheathing to every stud at 8 inches on center between fasteners. Horizontal Joints: Install with V-groove on bottom of panels to prevent water from migrating to interior. Tape vertical joints on wall with 3 inch wide plastic or vinyl waterproof tape to prevent water from migrating to interior.

B.

C.

D.

3.05

TOLERANCES

Gypsum Board 09250 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Construction Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8 feet variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface. Do not exceed 1/16 inch variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances.

END OF SECTION 09250

Gypsum Board 09250 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09380 STONE TILE

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Stone tile for elevator cab floors at Parking Structure, complete.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of all surfaces to receive tile, crossreferenced to the Contract Drawings. Product Data: Submit list of all materials proposed for use. Samples: Submit color samples for each type tile, grout and joint filler. Maintenance Data: Furnish, for inclusion in City's Maintenance Manual, three copies of tile manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedure.

B. C. D.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation". 2. Slip Resistance: Static coefficient of friction, wet or dry, to be a minimum of 0.6, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1028.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE MATERIALS A. Stone Tile: Slate. 1. Manufacturer: American Slate Co., Buckingham-Virginia Slate, or equal. 2. Size: 12 x 12 inches x nominal 3/8 inch thick. 3. Finish: Smooth. 4. Color: Same as American Slate Co. "Strata Purple".

Stone Tile 09380 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Trim Shapes: As standard with tile manufacturer unless otherwise shown, and as required for a finished installation.

2.02

MORTAR AND GROUT A. Manufacturer: Bostic Construction Products, Custom Building Products, Mapei, or equal. Mortar Bed: ANSI A118.1, Dry-set portland cement mortar, thinset method. Grout: Meeting ANSI A118.6, latex portland cement grout, sanded finish; Bostik "Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout and Joint Filler", Custom Building Products "Polyblend Colored Tile Grouts (Sanded)", or equal. 1. Color: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Latex Additive: Use where specified or otherwise required by Reference Standards.

B. C.

2.03

ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Elevator Floor Backer Board (Glass Mesh Mortar Unit): Meeting ANSI A118.9/ASTM C1325, 1/2-inch thick. 1. Manufacturer: USG "Durock Tile Backer Board", Custom Building Products "Wonder Board", or equal. Sealants: Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, and as follows: 1. Concealed Joints and Penetrations: Butyl caulk. 2. Exposed Joints: Polyurethane sealant, in color to match adjacent grout. Miscellaneous Primers, Adhesives, Membranes, Reinforcing Mesh, etc.: As recommended by tile manufacturer and in accordance with Reference Standards.

B.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive tile and conditions under which tile is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surface or conditions prior to commencement of installation.

Stone Tile 09380 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.02

PREPARATION A. Layout: Verify field conditions and dimensions as necessary. Using design Drawings as a basis, prepare dimensioned layout drawings for each space to receive tile finish showing tile patterns, colors, joints, location of adjacent thresholds, cover plates, etc. using the following criteria: 1. Joint Location: Unless otherwise shown, place joints so that field tiles are full-size and edge tiles are half-tile sizes or larger. 2. Joint Orientation: Unless otherwise shown, install joints symmetrical in tile surface, plumb, true and parallel to the room axis. 3. Joint Size: Unless otherwise shown, prepare tile layout using 1/16-inch wide joints, maximum. Sealants: Prior to installing tile, seal all penetrations through tile substrate surfaces. Ensure that sealant will not be visible in finished spaces. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. Cementitious Backer Board: Install over plywood floor substrate in accordance with ANSI A108.11. Use as backing for floor tile, and as required by specified installation method.

B.

C.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. Install tile in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and Reference Standards, with all required fastenings, trim shapes, etc. 1. Tile Installation Method: Install on cement backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.5, dry-set portland cement mortar, thinset method (TCA Method F144). 2. Corners: Use square trim at inside corners. Grout: Grout tile in accordance with ANSI A108.10.

B. 3.04

TOLERANCES A. Any Surface: 1/8-inch maximum variation when measured with an 8-foot straightedge. Adjacent Tiles: Zero Tolerance.

B.

END OF SECTION 09380

Stone Tile 09380 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09910 PAINTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Surface preparation and finish painting of all interior and exterior surfaces. Related Sections: 1. Items To Receive Factory Finish: Review all Sections for systems and colors. 2. Items to Receive Factory (Shop) Prime Coats: Review all Sections. 3. Section 02765 - Pavement Markings in Parking Structure. 4. Section 09969 - Textured Plastic Coatings. 5. Section 09971 - Special Coatings for Steel. 6. Section 10400 - Graphics and Identifying Devices.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit a complete list of all products and recommended methods of application proposed for use, coordinated with the Contract Documents. Samples: Submit three samples, 8 x 10 inches, of each color or finish selected. Maintenance Data: Furnish for inclusion in City's Operations and Maintenance Manual, copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of finish system used.

B. C.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Experienced in the application of finish systems and capable of showing evidence of having successfully completed painting projects of similar scope and complexity. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Flammability: Conform to 2007 California Building Code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements. 2. VOC Content: Conform to California Air Resources Board, Bay Area Air Quality Management District, and South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) for air pollution control requirements.

B.

Paints 09910 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Field Samples: Apply finishes to surfaces in building for Architect/Engineer's final approval of color and coverage as follows: 1. Walls: Approximately 8 x 10 feet for each color and texture. 2. Trim, Doors, etc.: As directed by Architect/Engineer. Reference Standards apply to this Section and shall be the most current edition of the following: 1. ASTM International (ASTM) D16 - "Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products". 2. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) "Metal Finishes Manual". 3. Recommended standards and methods of SSPC: The Society of Protective Coatings.

D.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the jobsite in manufacturer's original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, label, product name, description, and color. Store materials in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient air temperature of 45 degrees F. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly, removing oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary precautions to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. Touch-up of Shop Prime Coats: Touch-up abrasions in prime coats immediately after products arrive on job-site and as required prior to application of finish coats.

B.

C.

1.05

JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are within the following limits: 1. Water-based Paints: Between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2. Solvent-thinned Paints: Between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, mist, or snow; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 degrees F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.

B.

Paints 09910 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer's numbers listed with the Finish Systems and Color Schedule are those of the Sherwin Williams Company unless otherwise shown. Similar systems of the following manufacturer's, if recommended by them for use on the Project, will be considered equal, but colors will be required to match those of specified manufacturer if requested by Architect/Engineer. Architect/Engineer's color selections may be from any of the named manufacturers. 1. Dunn-Edwards. 2. Pratt and Lambert. 3. Benjamin Moore.

2.02

MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Paints: 1. Quality: Use only pure, unadulterated, first quality materials. If manufacturer makes more than one quality of material, use only their best quality. 2. Compatibility: Use primers and succeeding coats of any given system from the same manufacturer, that are compatible with one another and with the substrate, and which are approved by the manufacturer, unless specifically scheduled otherwise. No thinning, reducing, or changing of mix is permitted unless specifically indicated herein. General Purpose Filler: Standard spackling compound or gypsum wallboard joint compound or latex patching compound; for patching plaster, gypsum wallboard, and wood surfaces to receive opaque paint finishes. Cementitious Filler: Nonshrink formulation; white portland cement with fine silicate aggregate, zinc-oxide pigment, and reinforcing chemical binder as approved.

B.

C.

2.03

COLORS A. General: Refer to Article 3.09 of this Section for Paint Color Schedule. 1. Doors, Door Frames, Casings: Paint doors, door frames and casings scheduled for opaque finish to match adjacent walls. If adjacent walls do not require painting, color shall be as directed by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Lines: Colors will not be changed in the same plane unless otherwise shown. 3. Closets, Alcoves, etc.: Colors shall match spaces that they serve unless otherwise scheduled.

Paints 09910 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5.

Shop or Factory-Prime-coated Items: Color shall match adjacent surfaces. If adjacent surface does not require painting, color shall be as directed. Surfaces visible through grilles, registers and similar openings: Black unless otherwise scheduled.

2.04

MIXING A. Materials: All materials within a system shall be of one manufacturer. If manufacturer makes more than one quality of product, use the highest quality. Mixing: All materials shall be factory mixed to proper application consistency.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine all surfaces to receive finish systems and the conditions under which they are to be applied. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of application.

3.02

PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware, accessories, fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection or masking prior to surface preparation and painting. Following completion of painting operations, reinstall removed items. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with system manufacturer's recommendations for each particular substrate condition and specified finish, texture, sheen, etc. 1. Surfaces shall be free from oils, dirt, rust or other defects that would adversely affect the adhesion, protective properties, or final appearance of the finish system. 2. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 3. Concrete Surfaces: a. Cold-water pressure wash to remove glaze, curing compounts, and other deleterious substances.

B.

C.

Paints 09910 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

b.

4.

5.

Test for excessive alkalinity and moisture content. Neutralize surfaces which exhibit excessive alkalinity prior to commencement of painting. c. Graphics and Signage: At concrete surfaces to receive graphics and signage, fill pinholes, etc. in concrete to produce a smooth finish surface, suitable for application of vinyl transfers or enamels specified in Section 10400. Structural Steel, Non-Galvanized Metal Fabrications Items: Use Hand Cleaning, SSPC-SP 2; Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP 3; or Sandblast Method, SSPC-SP5 unless otherwise specified. a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal pretreatment wash coat before priming. b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean with non-petroleum-based solvents so that surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.

3.03

PRIMING A. Shop Priming: Where metal items are specified for shop priming, prepare surfaces in accordance with paint manufacturer's recommendations and use the following primers: 1. Ferrous Metal: 1 coat alkyd primer. 2. Galvanized Metal: 1 coat alkyd primer. 3. Aluminum: 1 coat chromate primer. Field Priming: Where metal items are to receive field prime coats or touch-up, clean to bare metal and acid-etch prior to application. 1. Primers, Acid, etc.: Comply with requirements of specified system. 2. Prime exposed metal surfaces with a rust-inhibiting metal primer prior to application of specified finish system.

B.

3.04

APPLICATION A. Workmanship: Apply finish systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations with brush or roller. Finish coats shall cover substrate and produce a uniform finish surface, free from sags, lap marks and other defects. 1. Spray Gun Application: Use for factory-applied finishes where spray application is practical. Prior approval by Architect/Engineer will be required at field locations, except interior walls. 2. Dry Film Thickness: Achieve dry film thickness recommended by system manufacturer for specified products, but not less than 1 mil per coat.

Paints 09910 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Shop or Factory Prime Coats: Verify compatibility with finish coats. Warping: Doors and other surfaces that are free to warp shall have a sufficient number of coats applied to each side to maintain balance. Doors: Finish tops and bottom edges to match faces. Apply finish to edges after doors are fitted and before faces are finished. Fasteners: Apply waterproof sealer to bare metal fastenings, including screws, nails, etc. prior to application of water based systems. Items Not to be Painted: Factory-finished items such as aluminum window frames, stainless steel, light fixtures, equipment, finish hardware, factory-finished metal items, precast concrete, polyurethane sealants, etc.

3.05

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS A. Equipment, Pipes, Conduits, Fittings, Ducts, Registers, Grilles, Etc.: Paint, with a finish system appropriate to the type of substrate, except as follows. 1. At locations permanently concealed in walls, ceiling cavities or beneath ground floor slab. 2. Within Storerooms, Mechanical and Electrical Rooms, Fire Pump Room, Elevator Equipment Rooms. 3. At locations that have received factory finish coats, such as anodizing or paint. Color, Sheen: Match adjacent surfaces. If adjacent surfaces do not require finish, paint equipment, pipes, conduits, fittings, ducts, registers, grilles, etc. using color and sheen directed by Architect/Engineer. Surfaces Visible Through Registers, Grilles, Etc.: Paint matte black unless otherwise directed by Architect/Engineer.

B.

C.

3.06

FINISH TYPES A. Interior Room Surfaces: Refer to Interior Elevations and as follows. 1. Metal Doors and Frames: Semi-gloss paint. 2. Metal Trim: Semi-gloss paint. 4. Interior Surfaces of Elevator Shaft: Flat paint, black. Interior Parking Garage Spaces, Including Stair Towers: Refer to Exterior Elevations, Finish Schedule, details, and as follows. For exterior steel surfaces, refer to Section 09971. 1. Metal Flashings, Louvers, etc.: Semi-gloss paint. 2. Railings, Ballusters: Semi-gloss paint. 3. Metal Trim: Semi-gloss paint. 4. Cast-in-Place Concrete: Flat paint, except as follows. a. Surfaces to Receive Graphics: Paint with semi-gloss paint; refer to Graphics drawings for location. Semi-gloss paint shall cover

Paints 09910 - 6

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

entire surface to receive graphics, and extend to nearest plane change or other surface boundary. 3.07 INTERIOR ROOM FINISH SYSTEMS

Finish Type Flat Paint Flat Paint Semi-Gloss Paint Semi-Gloss Paint Semi-Gloss Paint

Substrate Gypsum Wallboard Concrete Gypsum Wallboard Metal Concrete, Concrete Block

Finish System 1 coat primer 2 coats acrylic 1 coat primer 2 coats acrylic 1 coat undercoat 2 coats acrylic 1 coat primer 2 coat acrylic 1 coat block filler 2 coats acrylic B28W200 B30W200 B28W300 B30W200 B28W200 B10W41 B50WZ4 B31W200 B25W25 B31W200

3.08

INTERIOR PARKING STRUCTURE SYSTEMS

Finish Type Flat Paint Flat Paint Semi-Gloss Paint Semi-Gloss Paint

Substrate Concrete Concrete Block Concrete, Concrete Block Primed Metal/ Galvanized Metal

Finish System 1 coat primer A24W300 2 coats acrylic flat A100-A6 1 coat block filler B25W25 2 coats acrylic flat A100-A6 1 coat block filler B25W25 2 coats acrylic A100-A82 1 coat primerB66W1/B50WZ30 2 coats acrylic A100-A82

3.09

COLOR SCHEDULE A. Coordination: Location of colors is shown on the Room Finish Schedule, Door and Frame Schedule and the Interior and Exterior Elevations. Paint Colors use "C" codes, Stain Colors use "S" codes.

Paints 09910 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Color Schedule: Code Description All Mfr. Mfr. # Remarks To Be Determined by Architect/Engineer

END OF SECTION 09910

Paints 09910 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09969 TEXTURED PLASTIC COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Textured plastic coating on exterior of building on cast-inplace concrete, cement plaster, and concrete block walls, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 04820 - Reinforced Unit Masonry Assemblies. 3. Section 09910 - Paints.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications, and installation instructions for each material required. Include physical and water-resistant properties. Samples: 1. Submit preliminary color chips for selection of color and texture by Architect/Engineer. 2. After initial selection of color and texture, submit 8 x 10 inch color samples for each color and texture selected. Make samples from actual coating to be used to match approved color chips.

B.

1.03

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Experienced in the application of materials to be used and certified by the manufacturer of the coating materials. Field Samples: After initial approval of texture and color, prepare one full-bay sample from column to column. Locate this sample on the new building wall as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Approved sample may remain as part of the Work.

B.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project site in manufacturer's original unopened containers. Keep area in which materials are stored clean. Store materials in a cool, dry area out of direct sunlight.

Textured Plastic Coatings 09969 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.05

SEQUENCING A. Coordination: Coordinate related trades for installation of the Work. Advise concrete trade on proper finish, curing, and protection of concrete for successful application of coating.

1.06

WARRANTY A. Warrant for a period of five (5) years from the date of completion that the coating shall be free of defects in material and workmanship and that it will not leak water, blister, delaminate, and deteriorate excessively or otherwise fail to perform as required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide textured plastic coatings as manufactured by Textured Coatings of America Inc. (TCA), or equal (no known equal).

2.02

MATERIALS A. B. Prime Coat: As recommended by manufacturer for the required substrate. Textured Coating: 1. Type: High-build, plasticized, vinyl toluene acrylic resin system, specially formulated to provide weatherproof coating over cured or uncured concrete and masonry surfaces; "Tex-Cote XL-70 Industrial Maintenance Coating". 2. Finish Texture: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's full range of textures. 3. Colors: To be selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the conditions and surfaces on which the coating is to be applied. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02

PREPARATION

Textured Plastic Coatings 09969 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Concrete Surfaces: Clean and repair concrete surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Remove existing coatings or other contaminants by sandblasting or cleaning surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean up after sandblasting work is complete. After contaminants have been removed, clean and prime substrate with primer or material and method recommended by coating manufacturer. Imperfections: Correct the following concrete imperfections: 1. Cavities, cracks, holes, or form-tie holes that abruptly interrupt the overall surface profile: Fill with cement patching compound as recommended by coating manufacturer. Use patching compound with finish texture to match existing adjacent finish surfaces. 2. Dirt, dust, cement spatter, grease and oil, paint, and other surface contaminants: Remove contaminants. 3. Cracks exceeding 1/8 inch width: Seal and bridge cracks with sealant. 4. Sharp changes in surface profile caused by protrusions and/or fins that cannot be covered by the coating: Grind imperfections smooth. Gradual changes in surface profile are acceptable. Galvanized Steel: Wash and acid-etch to prepare surface for bond. Prime galvanized steel with primer as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Aluminum: Prime aluminum with primer as recommended by coating manufacturer. Cement Plaster Surfaces: Remove all dirt and dust. Remove oil, grease and stain with solvent or mineral spirits. Remove efflorescence and laitance, if any, by wire brushing or acid washing. Fill all minor cracks as recommended by the manufacturer.

B.

C.

D.

E.

3.03

APPLICATION A. Mix and apply all material in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instruction. Coverage Rate of Textured Coating: In accordance with manufacturer's written specifications. Apply finish coats until coverage is complete, and the finish is of uniform color and appearance, free from brush marks, laps, runs, and skipped or missed areas. Protect adjacent surfaces and factory finishes of equipment, and protect freshly painted surfaces from stains, spatters, or other defacements until surface has hardened sufficiently to resist damage.

B.

C.

Textured Plastic Coatings 09969 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Inspection: The Work shall be inspected by the coating material manufacturer for proper application and compliance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3.05

CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Cleanup: During the progress of the Work, remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day. Upon completion of Work, clean window glass, frames, and other paint-splattered surfaced. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. Protection: Protect Work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by coating work. Correct all damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their Work after completion of coating operations. Touch-up: At completion of Work of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

B.

C.

D.

E.

END OF SECTION 09969

Textured Plastic Coatings 09969 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 09971 SPECIAL COATINGS FOR STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Special pigmented aliphatic polyurethane coating systems on exterior steel surfaces, including surface preparation, prime coats and topcoats. Items include 1. Glass entrance canopy and elevator canopy steel framing. 2. Arbor posts and framing. 3. Sheet metal flashings and counterflashings. 4. Steel intake air and exhaust air grilles. Related Sections: 1. Items To Receive Factory Finish: Review all Sections for systems and colors. 2. Items to Receive Factory (Shop) Prime Coats: Review all Sections. 3. Section 09910 - Paints. 4. Section 09969 - Textured Plastic Coatings.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each coating system specified, including primers. 1. Provide the manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material proposed for use. 2. List each material and cross reference the specific coating, finish system and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 3. Certification by the manufacturer that the products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Samples: Submit for initial color selection in the form of custom color chips which will be provided by the Architect/Engineer. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit samples of each color and material to be applied with texture to simulate actual conditions on representative samples of the actual substrate. 1. Submit stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until the required sheen, color and texture are achieved.

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 1

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2. 3. 4.

Submit a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect/Engineer review of color and texture only. Ferrous Metal: Submit 4 inch square sample of flat metal and 8 inch long samples of solid metal for each color and finish.

D. 1.03

Applicator's Qualifications: List projects, dates and owners.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has successfully completed coating system applications for five projects similar in material and extent to those indicated for the project. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat material produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats for each type of coating. Use only thinners recommended by the manufacturer and only within limits. Mock-ups: On in-place surfaces approved by the Architect/Engineer, and other interior and exterior components, duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full coat finish samples on at least ten lineal feet of rails and architectural steel until the required sheen, color and texture are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for reviewing of in-place work. 1. Final acceptance on colors will be from job-applied samples. 2. The Architect/Engineer will select one area or surface to represent surface and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be coated. Apply coatings in this area or surface according to schedule, and as specified. After finishes are accepted, this area or surface will be used for evaluation of the coating system of similar nature.

B.

C.

1.04

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original, new unopened packages, and containers bearing the manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Name or title of material 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's name, stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. Handling instructions and precautions.

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and applying the coatings.

C.

1.05

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when the temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F (3 degrees C) and 95 degrees F (35 degrees C). Do not apply coatings in rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point; or damp or wet surfaces. 1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain the temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing the coating operation. Work may continue during inclement weather only if areas and surfaces to be coated are enclosed and the temperature within the area can be maintained within limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. Do not proceed with the sod preparation or installation until site and utility construction in the immediate area of Work is complete.

B.

C.

D.

1.06

EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver maintenance materials to nearest quart of 2 percent of amount of material used on the Project of each type and color. Furnish in unopened containers with the manufacturer's labels and colors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products manufactured by Tnemec Company, Inc. (Tnemec), PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (PPG), or equal.

2.02

SPECIAL COATING MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, finish coat material, and related materials that are compatible with on another and the substrate indicated under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Material Quality: Provide products as scheduled at the end of this Section, or equal, of the highest grade of the various coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable coating manufacturers. Material not displaying manufacturer's identification as a best-grade product will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of one manufacturer's proprietary product name to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers but serve only as a standard of quality. 2. Colors: Provide custom colors of finished coating systems as selected by the Architect/Engineer.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which coatings will be applied for compliance with requirements on applying coatings. Surfaces to receive coatings must be thoroughly dry before coatings are applied. Do not proceed with coating application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Start of application will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces within that particular area. Coordination Work: Review sections in which other coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on the characteristics of specified finish materials to ensure compatible primers. 1. Notify the Owner of problems anticipated using the coatings specified over substrates primed by others.

B.

C.

3.02

PREPARATION

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

General: Remove items already in place that are not to be coated, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely coat the items and adjacent surfaces. Following the coating operations in each space or area, have removed items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. Cleaning: Before applying coatings or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. 1. Ferrous Metal: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated; remove oil, grease, loose mill scale and other foreign substances. Use cleaning methods as specified in Schedule at end of this Section that comply with the recommendations of SSPC: The Society of Protective Coatings.

B.

3.03

APPLICATION A. General: 1. Apply special coatings by brush, roller, spray, squeegee, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written directions. Use brushes best suited for the material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 2. Do not apply coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film. 3. Provide finish coats compatible with the primers used. 4. Primer may be omitted on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted, if shop primer is acceptable to coating manufacturer. 5. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. 6. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. 7. Where sanding is required, according to the manufacturer's directions, sand between applications to produce a smooth, even surface. 8. When undercoats or other conditions show through the final coat, apply additional coats until the cured film has a uniform coating finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, welds, exposed fasteners, and similar surfaces to ensure that they receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, and similar components are in place.

B.

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 2. 3.

Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Coat the back sides of access panels that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted.

C.

Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Allow sufficient drying time between successive coats. Do not recoat until the coating has dried so it feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where applying another coat does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by methods and applicators for best results according to the manufacturer's directions. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply each material no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as scheduled and as recommended by the manufacturer, to the material required to be coated or finished that has not been prime-coated by others. 1. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to ensure a finish coat wit no burnthrough or other defects caused by insufficient sealing. Mechanical Applications: Use mechanical methods to apply coating when permitted by the manufacturer's recommendations and governing regulations. 1. Wherever using spray application, apply each coat to provide the equivalent hiding of brush applied coats. Do not double-back with spray equipment building-up film thickness of two coats in one pass, unless recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat work not complying with specified requirements.

D.

E.

F.

G.

3.04

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Architect/Engineer deems necessary during coating operations.

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

2.

3.

The City will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the coating being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project Site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. The testing agency will perform appropriate test for the following characteristics as required by the Architect/Engineer. a. Quantitative materials analysis. b. Absorption. c. Accelerated weathering. d. Accelerated yellowness. e. Color retention. f. Alkali and mildew resistance. g. Abrasion resistance. h. Apparent reflectivity. i. Washability. j. Dry opacity. k. Recoating. l. Skinning. If results show materials being used do not comply with requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop work and remove noncomplying materials, pay for testing, recoat surfaces coat with rejected materials, or remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, upon recoating with specified materials, the two coatings are not compatible.

3.05

CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags and other discarded materials from the site. After completing work, clean glass, and spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

B.

3.06

PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as acceptable to the City. Leave in an undamaged condition. Provide "WET PAINT" signs to protect newly coated finished. Remove temporary protective wrapping provided by others to protect their work after completing coating operations. At completion of other trades construction activities, touch-up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces.

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 7

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.07

COATING SCHEDULE A. Provide the following coating systems, or equal, for exterior substrates indicated. 1. Ferrous Metals: Exposed structural steel and decking; architectural steel, exterior metal stairs, metal handrails and railings, steel pipe bollards, gratings, hollow metal doors, door frames and window frames. a. Surface Preparation - Shop: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Abrasive Blast Cleaning. b. Prime Coat: 3.0-3.5 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec Series 90-97 Tneme-Zinc (organic zinc rich primer). c. First Coat: 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec 166 Series (Polyamide Epoxy). d. Second Coat: 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec 1075 Series (high build aliphatic acrylic polyurethane enamel). 2. Galvanized Metals: a. Surface Preparation - Field: SSPC-SP1 and brush off/ blast clean. b. First Coat: 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec 166 Series (Polyamide Epoxy). c. Second Coat: 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness, Tnemec 1075 Series (high build aliphatic acrylic polyurethane enamel).

END OF SECTION 09971

Special Coatings for Steel 09971 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 10000 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section Includes: All miscellaneous specialties, complete.

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit where specified for Specialty Items, showing dimensions, thicknesses of metal, etc., construction, anchorage and relationship to adjacent materials. Product Data: Submit for all specialty items, showing manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. Samples: Submit where specified for Specialty Items. Maintenance Data and Materials: Submit for inclusion in City's Operation and Maintenance Manual, copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures and two sets of any special tools required for maintenance of Specialty Items.

B.

C. D.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers and product numbers for each item are listed in the following paragraphs. Similar and equal items of other manufacturers will be considered for substitution.

2.02

SPECIALTY ITEMS A. B. General: Refer to Drawings for location of individual items.

Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: 1. Manufacturer: Larsen's "SS-2409-SM", or J.L. Industries. 2. Type: Surface-mounted, "Center Break Glass" style door, lock, no letters on door.

Miscellaneous Specialties 10000 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. C.

Finish: Type 304 stainless steel door, trim, and box; with #4 satin finish. Galvanized steel box not acceptable. Submittals: Shop drawings; finish sample.

Fire Extinguishers: 1. Manufacturer: Larsen's "MP-5", or J.L. Industries. 2. Type: Multi-purpose dry chemical, UL rated 2A:10B:C, 5-pound capacity, pressure gage, fully charged; one per each fire extinguisher cabinet. 3. Finish: Red baked enamel. 4. Submittals: Product data.

2.03

ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Clips, Fastenings, etc.: As required for a complete installation and as recommended by item manufacturer for conditions shown or encountered.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive specialty items and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install specialty items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as detailed, complete with all required accesssories, fastenings, controls, etc., securely anchored to adjacent structure. 1. Dissimilar Materials: Protect against galvanic action or other types of corrosion. 2. Sealants: Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 3. Flashings, etc.: Comply with requirements of Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 4. Welding, Metal Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 05500 Metal Fabrications.

3.03

ADJUSTMENT A. Doors, Hardware, Controls: Lubricate and adjust for proper operation.

END OF SECTION 10000

Miscellaneous Specialties 10000 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Louvers and vents for elevator shafts and walls where indicated, complete. Related Sections: 1. Section 09910 - Paints: Finish painting of louvers. 2. Division 15 - Mechanical: Louvers at vent shafts that are part of mechanical systems.

B.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Concept: Louver requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profiles of members and relationship of louvers to other building components. 1. Requirements: Louver manufacturer shall design and engineer the entire system, including connections and anchorage to building structure, making necessary additions and modifications to system manufacturer's standard details as may be required to comply with specified performance requirements, while maintaining the basic design concept. 2. Structural Design: Prepared by structural or civil engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located, including calculations and drawings as necessary for review and approval by Governing Authorities. Performance Requirements: Comply with the following:. 1. Wind Load (Exterior Louvers): As required by Code for height of louvers above ground. 2. Maximum Allowable Deflection: 1/240 of span. 3. Seismic: As required for Seismic Zone 4. 4. Minimum Net Free Area: 25 percent.

B.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing dimensions, profiles, hardware, anchorage and relationships to adjacent materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Louvers and Vents 10200 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Elevator Shaft Roof Vents: 1. Manufacturer/Model: Greenheck "Model WIH/WRH", Cesco Products, or equal. 2. Materials: a. Vent Blades: Extruded aluminum, 0.080 inch thick, stormproof type blades. b. Cover: Insulated sheet aluminum hood, removable for internal access, tapered for water runoff, securely fastened to unit with corrosion resistant fasteners. c. Curb: Aluminum, integral to unit, minimum 12 inches high, with 1 inch thick insulation; Greenheck "Model GPI". d. Birdscreen: Manufacturer's standard 1/2 inch aluminum mesh, securely mounted across intake/relief openings. 3. Unit Size at Single Elevator Shafts: a. Throat Size: 18 x 24 inches. b. Throat Area: 3.0 sq.ft. 4. Finish: Factory prime coat, field-applied finish coat. Comply with requirements of Section 09910 - Paints.

2.02

ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Clips, Angles, Fastenings, Bracing, etc: As standard with louver manufacturer and as required. 1. Fabricated Metal Items: Comply with requirements of Section 05500 Metal Fabrications. 2. Flashings: Comply with requirements of Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.

2.03

FABRICATION A. Verify opening sizes and other field dimensions and clearances prior to fabrication. Shop fabricate louvers assemblies complete with all required accessories, fastenings and connections, etc., all-welded construction.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Louvers and Vents 10200 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.01

EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and openings to receive louver assemblies and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces, openings, and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install louvers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated with all required sills, flashings, fastenings, and reinforcements. Securely anchor to adjacent construction.

END OF SECTION 10200

Louvers and Vents 10200 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 10400 GRAPHICS AND IDENTIFYING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Graphics and identifying signs at parking structure, complete. 2. Metal letter signs on exterior building facade. 3. Include coordination with other Sections for placement of embedded anchors for signs suspended from post-tensioned concrete slabs. Related Sections: 1. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Project signs. 2. Section 02765 - Pavement Markings in Parking Structure: Graphics painted on pavements and accessible parking signs.

B.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Concept: Graphics and Identifying Device requirements shown on the Drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, layout and relationship of graphics and identifying devices to other building components. 1. Requirements: Design and engineer the systems, including required connections and anchorage to building structure, making necessary additions and modifications to details as required to comply with specified performance requirements, while maintaining the basic design concept. 2. Layout, Text, Fonts, Graphics: Refer to details on Drawings.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Schedule: Submit a schedule listing each sign, copy, quantity, and location, along with overall dimensions, materials and finishes of each sign. 2. Fabricated Signs: Submit shop drawings of fabricated signs, showing fabrication and installation details, interior construction, reinforcements, anchorage components, text layout, graphics, hardware, and relationship to adjacent materials. 3. Layout Drawings: Submit layout drawings of all field-painted graphics and identifying devices, showing all text, symbols, graphics, etc. in specified fonts.

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, illustrations, and other standard descriptive data for vinyl film and sintra sheeting. Samples: 1. Lettering: Submit samples of letter and word spacing for each letter size and color selected. 2. Paint: Submit two 8 x 8 inch preliminary samples of all paint colors on all applicable substrates, except concrete. Match corresponding custom vinyl color from color palette provided by Architect/Engineer. Architect/Engineer will review on site under actual lighting conditions, modifying as required, and notify Contractor of revisions, if any, for resubmittal. 3. Vinyl Film: Submit two 4 x 4 inch samples of vinyl colors. Custom vinyl colors to match corresponding paint color. Templates: Submit templates for placement of concrete embeds at suspended signs.

C.

D.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Capable of furnishing evidence of having completed graphics and identifying device projects of similar scope and complexity, employing experienced sign painters. Mockups: Provide a field mockup of each type of sign.

B. 1.05

SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordination: Coordinate placement of threaded embeds for suspended signs before post-tensioned slabs are poured. Drilling holes into post-tensioned concrete slabs is not permitted without first x-raying slab.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, the following will be considered qualified. Other fabricators and installers will be considered for substitution. 1. Thomas Swan Sign Company, Incorported. 2. Northern Sign Company. 3. ASI Sign Systems.

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.02

MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 1. Extrusions: ASTM B221; alloy and temper as recommended by fabricator for required structural properties, corrosion resistance and application of specified finish; sizes as required. 2. Flat Sheet: ASTM B209, 3003 alloy; 1/8-inch or 3/16-inch thick, mill finish, for work which will receive a painted finish. No substitutions. Steel Structural Framing, Bracing: ASTM A36; sizes as required to meet performance requirements, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication; in accordance with requirements of Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. Sintra: High density foam sheet. No substitutions. 1. Thicknesses: As shown on drawings. 2. Color: To be selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated. Vinyl Film: Pressure sensitive vinyl film with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, minimum 3 mils thick: 1. Reflective Vinyl: 3M "Series 3290 Scotchlite Reflective Vinyl", integral color, white. 2. Opaque Vinyl: 3M "Series 3650 Scotchcal Opaque Vinyl". 3. Non-Reflective Vinyl: Flood coat with custom color as indicated. 4. Custom Screen Print Ink and Dyes Used in the Custom Color Process: 3M "Series 9700", opaque, UV Cure, or equal; compatible with substrate and guaranteed not to cause discoloration, deterioration, or delamination. Very High Bond (VHB) Tape: Closed-cell acrylic foam carrier, with VHB adhesive, very high solvent resistance, and very high shear and peel adhesion: 1. Clear: Scotch Brand #4905, 0.200-inch thick foam carrier. 2. White: Scotch Brand #4950, 0.045-inch thick foam carrier. Cast Acrylic Sheet: Methyl methacrylate monomer plastic sheet, non-glare finish; Rohm and Haas, or equal. 1. Thickness: As shown on drawings. 2. Color: White. 3. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: As recommended by acrylic sheet manufacturer for adhesion to acrylic surfaces, non-fading. Fiber-Reinforced Plastics (FRP): Chopped or matte reinforced thermosetting polyester resins, 1/16-inch thick. Graphics Painted Finishes: Acrylic polyurethane, exterior quality, satin finish, as manufactured by Matthews Paint Co, or equal. Mix and apply prime and finish coats in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Paints

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 3

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

formulated for graphic applications on surface materials shown shall be smooth, free of scratches, gouges, drops, bubbles, thickness variations, foreign matter and other imperfections. I. Shop-Applied Graphic Paints, Lacquers: Paints formulated for graphic applications on surface materials indicated, exterior quality, matte finish, Chromatic Exterior Bulletin Enamel, or equal. 1. Colors: As shown on Drawings. 2. Silkscreen Process: Lacquer, specially formulated for silkscreen; Advanced Screen Products, Dupont "Silk Screen Enamel", or equal. Fasteners, Hardware, and Devices: Manufacturer's stock proprietary fastening devices, cadmium plated or stainless steel, finished to match overall sign finish, unless otherwise noted. Provide vandal-resistant type fasteners for installation of all signs. 1. Concrete Slab Embeds: Threaded steel insert for 3/8-inch diameter threaded bolts; Burke "TI - Tensile Insert", or equal.

J.

2.03

FABRICATION - APPLIED SIGNS A. B. Verify field dimensions prior to commencing fabrication. General: Shop fabricate templates, patterns, graphics and identifying devices, complete with all required text, graphics, accessories, illumination and provision for anchorage. 1. Welds: Ground smooth to be invisible in the finished installation. 2. Edges: Smooth, mechanically finished. Construct all work to eliminate burrs, dents, cutting edges, and sharp corners. 3. Compatibility: Verify that inks, dyes, etc. used in process will not cause discoloration, delamination or other defects. Isolate nonferrous metals from ferrous metals. 4. Graphics and Text: Construct templates or patterns to produce accurate, true, clean photomechanically accurate reproductions of fonts and symbols shown, using Signus Digitizing Computer or eqivalent. 5. Fasteners: Conceal where possible. 6. Silkscreening: Use silkscreen ink or paint compatible with substrate, using mesh of 390 or finer. 7. Tolerances: Flat to within +/- 1/16-inch when measured at any point with a 10 foot straightedge. Graphics: Fabricate text, arrows and symbols in the sizes, colors, typefaces as specified. 1. Text to be true, clean photomechanically accurate reproduction of the typefaces specified.

C.

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2. 3.

Text shown in the drawings is for layout purposes only; final text for signs is as shown in the Sign Schedule. Lettering: Custom Typography: a. Font: Adobe Type Library #39, Futura Bold, unless otherwise indicated. Verify with Architect/Engineer. b. Arrows and Symbols: Use electronic files provided by Architect/Engineer.

D.

Cutting and Application of Vinyl Graphics: 1. Provide custom computer digitized, vinyl die-cut, pre-spaced letters, symbols and graphic patterns. Use Signus Digitizing Computer System, or equivalent. 2. Match Architect's drawings for letter spacing, word spacing and line spacing for all signs. Pre-space copy and graphic patterns in shop. 3. Install graphics on a clean, dry surface in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for each substrate. 4. Field install one of each type of sign for Architect/Engineer's approval prior to installation of the remainder of work.

2.04

EXTERIOR WALL-MOUNTED BUILDING IDENTIFICATION LETTERS A. B. Manufacturer: A.R.K. Ramos Signage Systems, Metal Arts, or equal. Type: Laser cut aluminum individual letters, 1/2 inch thick, square edge profile, eased edges, clear anodized finish. Sizes as shown on Drawings. 1. Font: Helvetica Medium. 2. Identification: Provide the following: a. "P A R K I N G" b. "City of Vallejo" Mounting: Secure individual letters to building with concealed stainless steel fasteners.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to receive graphics and identifying devices and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.02

INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs and graphics level, plumb, true to line, with sign surfaces free from distortions and defects, in locations as scheduled using described mounting methods and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Provide all required hardware, fastenings, fixtures, controls, etc., to securely anchor signs to adjacent structure. 2. Blocking and Backing: As required for firm anchorage. 3. Sealants: As required for watertight integrity. Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 4. Fasteners: Conceal where possible. Beam-Mounted Signs: Attach signs to beam-mounted sign panels with concealed or flush fasteners. Interior Wall-Mounted Signs: Securely attach to walls with concealed VHB foam tape and silicone adhesive. Shim panels as required for a flat sign surface, with no warping, buckling or other distortions. Cable Suspension Assemblies: Suspend PVC crash bar from 1-16-inch diameter stainless steel aircraft cable. Connect cable to eyebolts at top and bottom with sheath and loops as required to prevent wear and abrasion. Double-crimp cable at all loops. Provide black PVC sleeve over cable. Sintra Signs: Mount using adhesives. Painted Signs and Graphics: Apply graphic paints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using experienced sign painters. Refer to Section 09910 - Paints for surface preparation and undercoats. Self-Adhering Vinyl Film: Apply to signs where shown to produce a smooth, even surface. Repair will not be permitted. Remove damaged text, symbols, and replace with transfer of specified quality. Vinyl Graphics on Painted Concrete Surfaces: 1. Surface preparation and painting of background surfaces: Provided under Section 09910 - Paints. 2. Examine painted surfaces where vinyl is to be applied. Verify that paint is properly cured and substrate is acceptable for application of vinyl. Do not start application of vinyl graphics if condition of painted surface will not allow proper adhesion of vinyl. 3. Apply vinyl graphics to properly prepared painted concrete surfaces. 4. Repair: Not permitted. Remove damaged text, symbols, and replace with transfer of specified quality.

B.

C.

D.

E. F.

G.

H.

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

I.

Exterior Wall-Mounted Letters: Surface mount on concrete or masonry walls with one-way theft-proof stainless steel machine screws into sleeve expansion anchors. Seal penetrations in wall with sealant.

END OF SECTION 10400

Graphics And Identifying Devices 10400 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 13140 LANDSCAPE ARBORS

PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included in this Section: Provide custom fabricated arbors as shown on drawings including accessories, as required for complete, finished installation. Arbors include but are not limited to: 1. South edge parking 2. Parking 3. Vendor 4. Paseo Contractor shall coordinate, purchase, and install the following. 1. Provide special paint finish for steel shapes.

B.

C.

1.02

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related work: 1. Site Concrete - Section 03300 2. Ornamental Metal, Handrails, Guardrails and Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications -- Section 05721 3. Special Painting - Section 09101 4. Lighting ­ Division 16

1.03

REFERENCES A. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers: Metal Finishes Manual. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): BHMA 1301/ ANSI A156.18 Standard for Materials and Finishes.

B.

1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ornamental Metal Fabricator: Firm with minimum ten year's successful experience fabricating ornamental metal items similar to those required for Project.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Fabricator: Paragon Steel, (800) 388-8998, Cornelius (Forms and Surfaces) (800) 553-7722 or approved equal. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible; do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting where necessary. Design: Drawings indicate specific ornamental metal sizes and shapes; unless otherwise specifically indicated, design components and fabrications of gages and thickness to withstand anticipated loads. Cladding: Not permitted; stainless steel and bronze items shall be solid metal. Design Requirements: Design to support loads as required by California Building Code and applicable local code requirements.

C.

E.

F. G.

1.05

SUBMITTALS A. B. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01330. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for custom fabrications; show detailing including anchorage, accessories, and supporting members. 1. Show shop and erection details including dimensions, sizes, thickness, gages, finishes, joining attachments, holes, welds, bolts, elevations, and relationship of work to adjoining construction. 2. Where welded connectors, concrete, plumbing, or wiring are required to receive work, shop drawings shall show exact locations. 3. Furnish accepted shop drawings to trades responsible for installing connectors, inserts, and wiring. 4. Fabrication shall not begin until shop drawings have been approved by the City. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature for fabricated items. 1. Furnish metal fabricator recommendations for cleaning ornamental metals other than painted steel. 2. Submit catalog cuts of light fixtures. Certification: Submit engineer certification by California licensed civil or structural engineer indicating arbors comply with Contract Documents and applicable code requirements. Samples: Furnish samples of each exposed metal finish, finished perforated metal, glass panels with kiln finished edges, and exposed glazing material. Submit actual samples of proposed fastenings, mechanical connections and welded connections.

B.

C.

D.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1. 1.06

Submit two 6 inch samples of linear material

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship and store materials to prevent damage due to stains, discoloration, scratches, dirt, and other causes. Store unassembled components indoors in clean, dry location. Store and handle materials to prevent abrasion and other damage.

B. C.

PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: Type 316 special corrosion resistant stainless steel. 1. Comply with following standards for stainless steel. a. Seamless Tubing: ASTM A269. b. Sheet and Plate: ASTM A666. c. Bar Stock: ASTM A666. d. Castings: ASTM A296, iron-chromium-nickel alloy. e. cable: f. Finish: BHMA 630 (US32D) or NAAMM Number 4, satin directional polished stainless steel. Bronze: 1. Bronze: BHMA 613 (US10B), oil rubbed satin bronze or NAAMM M31M34, fine satin directional textured mechanical finish followed by handrubbed directional textured mechanical finish. 2. Comply with following standards for forms and types; alloys refer to standards of Copper Development Association; intent is to provide matching color and finish on exposed metal components. 3. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B455; Alloy 38500, Architectural Bronze. 4. Plates and Bars: Alloy C28000, Muntz metal. 5. Seamless Tube: ASTM B135, Alloy C28000. 6. Castings: ASTM B584, matching color of other bronze. 7. Rod: ASTM B134, Alloy C23000. 8. Temper: Standard commercial tempers and hardness, as required for fabrication, strength and durability. Steel Components: 1. Steel Tubing: Cold formed ASTM A500; or hot rolled, ASTM A501; minimum Grade B; seamless where exposed. 2. Steel Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A36.

B.

C.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Special Steel Coating: High build acrylic polyurethane or aliphatic polyurethane over compatible epoxy primer as recommended by coating manufacturer and suitable for applications indicated. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Tnemec Company, Inc./Endura-Shield with Epoxoline primer. b. Du Pont Co. Maintenance Finishes/Imron with 25P primer. c. Ameron Protective Coatings Div./450 HS with Amerlock 400 primer. d. Substitutions: Comply with the requirements of Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 2. Special Coating System: Provide specific primer and coating as recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, conforming with specified requirements. a. 1st Coat: Zinc-rich primer. b. 2nd Coat: Epoxy barrier coat. c. 3rd and 4th Coat: High-build acrylic polyurethane or high-build polyurethane. 3. System Requirements: a. Abrasion: ASTM D4060, CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load, no more than 95 mg. loss after 1000 cycles. b. Adhesion: ASTM D3359 Method B (Crosshatch Adhesion), coating applied to sandblasted steel and cured 30 days at 77° F, minimum rating of 5 on average of three tests. c. Humidity: ASTM D4585, no blistering, cracking or delamination of film after 1000 hours exposure. d. Salt Spray (Fog): ASTM B117, no blistering, rusting, cracking, or delamination of film; maximum 1/8" rust creepage at scribe after 1000 hours exposure. e. QUV: ASTM G53, no blistering, cracking or chalking, less than 35% gloss loss and less than 3.5 MacAdam unit color change after 1500 hours exposure. 4. Colors and Finishes: a. Prior to commencement of coating work, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated; custom colors may be required. b. Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on site. c. Color pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated; no lead content permitted. d. Flat: 1-10; Satin: 15-30; Eggshell: 30-45; Semigloss: 45-75; Gloss: 75-100. e. Sheen: Semigloss sheen; comply with ASTM D523.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5.

6.

Material Quality: Provide primers and barrier coats produced by same manufacturer as finish coats; use only thinners approved by coating manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC): Provide materials complying with applicable air quality management requirements for VOC. a. Materials: Approved for use by applicable air quality management district for limitations of volatile organic compounds for special coatings.

E

Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron ASTM A47, or cast steel ASTM A27. 1. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A153. Grout: Non-shrink meeting ASTM E827, non-metallic, pre-mixed, factorypackaged, non-staining, non-corrosive; type specifically recommended by manufacturer as applicable to job condition. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Master Builders/Masterflow 713. b. U.S. Grout Corp./Five Star Grout. c. Bostik Construction Products/Upcon Grout. d. Protex Industries, Inc./Propak. e. Substitutions: Comply with the requirements of Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. Brackets and Anchors: Unexposed plates, angles and supports may be steel; exposed items to match ornamental metal type and finish. Fasteners: Type required for specific usage; provide concealed fasteners except where specifically approved; where exposed match type and finish of metal being fastened. 1. Concealed Steel Fasteners: Hot-dipped galvanized minimum G90 where built into exterior walls or subject to high humidity.

F.

G.

H.

2.02

FABRICATION A. Fabricate arbor component connections to support specified design loads. 1. Fabrication Procedure: 1) Fabricate initial arbor as selected by Architect and City Representative. Arbor to be inspected in shop. 2) After shop approval, install arbor in field at location selected by City representative. 3) Fabricate remainder of arbors after Architect and City approval of field installed arbor.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3. 4.

General Fabrication: Provide materials and configurations indicated on Drawings, in general provide welded shop joints and mechanically fastened field joints unless otherwise indicated. Stainless Steel Gutter Minimum 16 gauge stainless steel. Milled Bands in Stainless Steel: Mill bands straight and true to lines indicated; provide same paint system as specified for steel components.

B.

Select materials for straightness, free of defects and irregularities. 1. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, "oil canning," stains, discoloration, and imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. Make exposed joints flush butt type, hairline joints where mechanically fastened; provide concealed connection devices with hidden fasteners. 1. Fabricate continuous items with joints neatly fitted and secured. 2. Ease exposed edges to approximate 1/32" uniform radius. 3. Fabricate joints exposed to weather in manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water could accumulate. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding each type of material; provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration on exposed side; dress exposed and contact surfaces. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk fasteners unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for site delivery. Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint where concealed, with preformed separators, or similar method to prevent corrosion. Shop Application Special Steel and Cast Iron Coating: Shop apply special coating to steel and cast iron in accordance with coating manufacturer's directions; use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and coating material being applied. 1. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and as specified for substrate condition. 2. Clean surfaces before applying special coating; remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning; program cleaning so contaminants from cleaning process do not fall onto wet, newly coated surfaces. 3. Apply additional coats when stains or blemishes show through final coat, until coating is a uniform finish, color and appearance. 4. Provide extra attention to assure dry film thickness at corners and crevices is equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

C.

D.

E.

F. G.

H.

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

5.

Provide same special coating at milled bands in stainless steel posts.

PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to commencing Work, carefully inspect installed work and verify existing conditions are suitable for installation of arbor. Immediately notify the City Representative of any discrepancy prior to beginning work.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install ornamental metal items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, installation instructions, and approved shop drawings. 1. Supply items requiring to be cast into or embedded in other materials to appropriate trades. 2. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction; coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption in installation. 3. Coordinate proper locations with Layout Plans and City Representative. Install plumb, true and in correct relation to adjacent work, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. Prior to securing continuous items, adjust to ensure proper matching at butt joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Obtain City Representative's and Architect's review prior to site cutting or making adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. 1. Perform necessary cutting and altering for installation and coordination with other work. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing; keep work in alignment. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding; hide bolts and screws whenever possible, where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

3.03

CLEANING

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Immediately prior to acceptance removal protective coverings, clean exposed surfaces; follow recommendations of each component manufacturer for cleaning methods and materials. Repair ornamental metal surfaces to match adjacent undamaged surfaces; touchup scratched and damaged painted surfaces. Replace items damaged or marred during construction which cannot be repaired to like new condition.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 13140

Landscape Arbors 13140 - 8

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 13700 BASIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for Sections numbering 137xx , and is intended to supplement, not supersede, the requirements specified in Division 1. The requirements described herein include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. C. References Definitions System Description and Existing Conditions Submittals & Shop Drawings Quality Assurance Permits and Inspections Coordination Project Management and Coordination Services Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Warranty Maintenance

B.

Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. None

D.

Products Furnished and Installed Under Another Section: 1. 2. 120V power Conduit and junction boxes

E.

Unit Prices: 1. Submit unit pricing (material, labor, shipping, taxes, and markups) for equipment supplied under this section.

F.

Related Sections: 1. Consult other Sections, determine the extent and character of related work, and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete and operable installation.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 1

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Section 13720: Video Surveillance System Section 13770: Security System Cabling Section 13780: Security System Labeling Section 13790: Security System Commissioning General and Supplementary Conditions: Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division 1 of the Specifications, apply to 137xx series Sections. Concrete Work: Include forming, steel bar reinforcing, cast-in- place concrete, finishing and grouting as required for underground conduit encasement, pedestal foundations, and curbs. [Also includes saw-cutting of existing slabs and grouting of conduits in saw-cut.] Refer to Division 3, Concrete. Miscellaneous Metal Work: Include fittings, brackets, backing, supports, rods, welding and pipe as required for support and bracing of raceways, equipment enclosures, cameras, and similar devices. Refer to Division 5, Miscellaneous Metals. Moisture Protection and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Include membrane clamps, sheet metal flashing, counter flashing, caulking and sealant as required for waterproofing of conduit penetrations and sealing penetrations in or through fire walls, floors, ceiling slabs and foundation walls. Tape and make vapor tight penetrations through vapor barriers at slabs on grade. Refer to Section 07270 Firestopping, and Section 07900 Sealants. Access Panels and Doors: Required in walls, ceilings, and floors to provide access to security devices and equipment. Refer to Division 8, Access Doors; also, Division 5, Metals. Painting: Include surface preparation, priming and finish coating as required for security cabinets, exposed conduit, pull and junction boxes, and devices where indicated as field painted in this Division. Refer to Division 9, Painting.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

1.02

REFERENCES A. General 1. Codes, standards, and industry manuals/guidelines listed by reference, including revisions by issuing authority, form a part of this specification section to extent indicated. Consider such codes and/or standards a part of this Specification as though fully repeated herein. Standards listed are identified by issuing authority, authority abbreviation, designation number, title or other designation established by issuing

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 2

2.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

authority. Standards subsequently referenced herein are referred to by issuing authority abbreviation and standard designation. 3. Reference to codes, standards, specifications and recommendations of technical societies, trade organizations and governmental agencies shall mean that latest edition of such publications adopted and published prior to submittal of the bid unless otherwise specifically stated.

B.

Codes: Perform Work executed under this Section in accordance with applicable requirements of the latest edition of governing codes, rules and regulations including but not limited to the following minimum standards, whether statutory or not: 1. United States Department of Labor (DOL) Regulations (Standards - 29 CFR) a. Part 1910, "Occupational Safety and Health Standards" National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) a. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code" (NEC) b. NFPA 75, "Protection of Information Technology Equipment" California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, California Building Standards Code Part 2, Basic Building Regulations and Part 3, California Electrical Code (CEC) Uniform Building Code (UBC) Uniform Fire Code (UFC) Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) National, State, Local and other binding building and fire codes FCC Regulations: a. Part 15 ­ Radio Frequency Devices & Radiation Limits b. Part 68 ­ Connection of Terminal Equipment to the Telephone Network

2.

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

C.

Standards: Perform Work and furnish materials and equipment under Sections 137xx in accordance with the latest editions of the following standards as applicable: 1. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL): Applicable listing and ratings. a. UL 294: Access Control System Units b. UL 1076: Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems c. UL 2044 Commercial Closed-Circuit Television Equipment

1.03

DEFINITIONS A. The Definitions of Division 1 apply to the 137xx sections

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 3

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

B.

In addition to those Definitions of Division 1, the following list of terms as used in this specification defined as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. "Owner": City of Vallejo "Engineer": TEECOM Design Group "Furnish": To purchase, procure, acquire, and deliver complete with related accessories. "Install": To set in place, join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect together and test before turning over to the Owner, parts, items, or equipment supplied by contractor or others. Complete installation and make ready for regular operation. "Provide": To furnish, transport, install, erect, connect, test and turn over to the Owner, complete and ready for regular operation. "Connect": To install required patch cords, equipment cords, crossconnect wire, etc. to complete an electrical or optical circuit. "As directed": As directed or instructed by the Owner, or their authorized representative. "Cabling": A combination of cables, wire, cords, and connecting hardware [e.g., cables, conductor terminations, connectors, outlets, patch panels, blocks, and labeling]. "System": The access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, and entry telephone systems "SEC": Security Equipment Cabinet "SJB": Security Junction Box "VSS": Video Surveillance System

5. 6. 7. 8.

9. 10. 11. 12. 1.04

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Overview 1. The Owner intends to construct a 3-Story, multi-level parking structure near the Vallejo Ferry Terminal between Mare Island Way and Santa Clara Street. The top floor of the parking structure will function as a main walkway between the Bus Terminal Building and the Ferry Terminal. Security at the new Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure will consist of video surveillance systems and infrastructure to support future emergency blue light phones. The System will connect to the Owner's future security head end located in the Bus Terminal Building over a fiber optic network connection covered under a different project.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 4

2.

3.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

4. 5.

Provide a high level of coordination services to ensure the proper installation and functioning of the security system. Coordinate the installation of the security system with other trades. This may include: review of other's subcontractor's shop drawings, attendance at meetings, providing samples for mockup, and preparation & distribution of written documentation. Refer to Division 1 for detail building description.

6. B.

Base Bid Work 1. Video Surveillance System (VSS) a. The Owner requires a video surveillance system to provide real-time monitoring of the parking structure, a photographic record of access events, and integration with the emergency blue light telephone system. b. The VSS consists of IP cameras and power supplies that will connect to a future network video recorder in the Bus Terminal Building. c. Refer to Section 282300 for detailed description of system. Emergency Blue-Light Phone System a. The Owner requires blue-light emergency phones in the parking garage and site. This project only covers the pathway infrastructure to support this system. System equipment will be provided in the future.

2.

1.05

SUBMITTALS A. General 1. 2. Provide required submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract, and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. Format: Furnish submittal data neatly bound in an 8-1/2" x 11" folder or binder for each specification section with a table of contents listing materials by Section and paragraph number. Submittals to consist of detailed shop drawings, product specifications, block wiring diagrams, "catalog cuts" and data sheets containing physical and dimensional information, performance data, electrical characteristics, materials used in fabrication, and material finish. Clearly indicate by arrows or brackets precisely what is being submitted on and those optional accessories which are included and those which are excluded. Label each submittal with the Specification Section Number and provide a cover letter or stamp stating that the submittal has been thoroughly reviewed by the Contractor and complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Failure to comply with this requirement will constitute grounds for rejection of data.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 5

3.

4.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

5.

Resubmittals: Provide a cover letter with the resubmittal that lists the action taken and revisions made to each product submittal in response to Submittal Review Comments. Failure to include this cover letter will constitute rejection of the resubmittal package and no review will occur. Prepare diagrams using AutoCAD 2000 compatible software. The following are requirements for drawings: a. Drawing Size: Same size as the project contract drawings with the project title block. b. Text Size: Minimum 3/32 inches high when plotted at full size. c. Symbology: Identical to the symbols used on the Contract Drawings. d. Backgrounds: Screen background information to allow pertinent drawing information to stand out. e. Line Weights: Use appropriate line weights for devices, raceways, and text to stand out against background information.

6.

B.

Contractor Qualifications: Submit the following for review and comment at the beginning of the project. 1. Resumes of the Project Manager, General Foreman, and Lead Technician(s) indicating role, years of experience, product certifications and training, listing of similar projects the individual performed the role proposed for this project along with client contact information for each. Certification letters from manufacturers of major system components stating the Contractor is an authorized reseller, installer, and extended warranty provider for the specified security systems.

2.

C.

Product Data: Submit the following for review and comment prior to the purchase and installation of equipment: 1. Product data for products furnished. Include, for each product, the manufacturer, part number, accessories & options selected, color (if applicable), and a brief product description. Estimated delivery lead times for products. Seismic Calculations: Include in the product data submittal structural engineers stamped anchorage calculations for floor mounted fully loaded equipment racks/frames/cabinets such that it shall remain attached to the mounting surface after experiencing forces in conformance with CCR, Title 24, Table 23P, Part II and with Section 2312 "Earthquake Regulations" of the "Uniform Building Code" for Seismic Zone 4 Area, Importance Factor of 1.25. Specify proof loads for anchors. A Structural Engineer registered in the State of California shall prepare calculations and shall wet stamp and sign them. Forward calculations to the City of Vallejo for review and approval.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 6

2. 3.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

D.

Shop Drawings 1. 2. Obtain electronic files containing the contract documents drawing files for use in preparing the shop drawings from the Engineer. Use of CAD Files: Should the Contractor need the Engineer's CAD files to produce shop drawings and/or as-built drawings, the Engineer requires the Contractor sign a CAD files release agreement. Submit the following for review and approval prior to the installation of equipment: a. Floor Plans: 1/8 inch scale floor and site plans showing the locations of devices and cable routing paths with cable types and quantity called out.

3.

E.

Samples 1. Provide samples as required for proper coordination and installation of custom mounted equipment.

1.06

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General 1. 2. B. Provide new and unused materials, equipment, and parts comprising the units specified herein of current manufacturer and of highest grade. Only use products and applications listed in this Division on the project.

Substitutions 1. 2. Conform to the general requirements and procedure outlined in Division 1 in the Request for Substitution. Where products are noted as "Or Equal", a product of equivalent design, construction, and performance is considered. Include in the Product Data submittal: catalog cuts, product information, and pertinent test data required to substantiate that the product is in fact equivalent to that specified. Only one substitution allowed for each product specified. Do not provide substituted material, processes, or equipment without written authorization from the Engineer. Assumptions on the acceptability of a proposed substitution, prior to acceptance by the Engineer, are at the sole risk of the Contractor. The burden of proof rest with the Contractor that the substituted product is equivalent to the specified product. When the Engineer accepts a substitution in writing, it is with the understanding that the Contractor guarantees the substituted product, component, article, or material to be equivalent to the one specified and dimensioned to fit within the construction according to contract documents. Approved substitutions do

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 7

3.

4.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities for the proper execution of the Work, or from provisions of the Specifications. 5. Manufacturers' names and model numbers used in conjunction with materials, processes or equipment included in the Contract Documents are used to establish standards of quality, utility and appearance. Materials, processes or equipment that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are equivalent in quality, utility and appearance will be approved as substitutions to that specified when "or equal" follows the manufacturers' names or model number(s). Whenever material, process or equipment is specified in accordance with a Federal specification, an ASTM standard, an ANSI specification, UL rating or other association standard, present an affidavit from the manufacturer certifying that the product complies with the particular standard specification. When requested by the Engineer, submit support test data to substantiate compliance at no additional cost. Pay expenses, without additional charge to the Owner, in connection with substitution materials, processes and equipment, including the effect of substitution on self, subcontractor's or other Contractor's work.

6.

7.

C.

Installer Qualifications 1. 2. 3. 4. A current, active, and valid and C7 or C10 California State Contractors License Minimum five years experience in installation and service of access control, video surveillance, and intrusion detection systems. Minimum five completed projects similar to scope and cost. Evidence of technicians qualified for the work in the form of current manufacturer's training certification.

D.

Materials 1. 2. Provide new materials and equipment without defects. Provide only specified products and equipment, or products and equipment that have been approved in writing.

E.

Regulatory Requirements 1. Work and materials to conform to the latest rules of National Board of Fire Underwriters wherever such standards have been established and to the regulations of the State Fire Marshal, OSHA and the codes of the governing local municipalities. Conform Work under these specifications to the most stringent of the applicable codes. Provide the quality identified within these specifications and drawings when codes, standards, regulations, etc. allow Work of lesser quality or

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 8

2.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

extent. The Contract Documents address the minimum requirements for construction. F. Project Management And Coordination Services 1. Provide a project manager for the duration of the project to coordinate this Work with other trades. Coordination services, procedures and documentation responsibility include, but are not limited to, the items listed in this section. Review of Shop Drawings Prepared by Other Subcontractors: a. Obtain copies of shop drawings for equipment provided by others that require telecommunication service connections or interface with Work. b. Perform a thorough review of the shop drawings to confirm compliance with the service requirements contained in the Division 16 contract documents. Document discrepancies or deviations as follows: 1) Prepare memo summarizing the discrepancy. 2) Submit a copy of the specific shop drawing, indicating via cloud, the discrepancy. c. Prepare and maintain a shop drawing review log indicating the following information: 1) Shop drawing number and brief description of the system/material. 2) Date of the review 3) Name of the individual performing the review 4) Indication if follow-up coordination required

2.

G.

Drawings 1. 2. 3. Layout: Follow the general layout shown on the Drawings except where other work may conflict with the Drawings. Accuracy: The Drawings show a diagrammatic representation of the system within the constraints of the symbology applied. Detail: The Drawings do not fully represent the entire installation for the Security System. Drawings indicate the layout and location of control console(s) components, as well as location of security devices, i.e. card readers, door locks and contacts, and duress stations. The Drawings do not show conduits, wire and cabling between every system component, equipment, or device. Complete the details necessary for point-to-point design. This allows the Contractor to achieve desired results applying their own procedures and methods. Submit shop drawings for review prior to installation.

4.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 9

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

H.

Role of the Engineer 1. During the construction phase of the project, the Engineer will work with the Contractor to provide interpretation and clarification of project contract documents, process and reply to relevant Requests for Information (RFI), and act as an interface between the Contractor and the Owner. The Owner has retained the Engineer's services to observe the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents. In summary, the Engineer will perform the following specific services during the design phase: a. Review product submittals and shop drawings for general compliance with the contract drawings and specifications. b. Review changes as they arise, and confirm that the proposed solutions maintain the intended functionality of the system. c. Interpret field problems for Owner, and translate into understandable language. d. Review the testing procedures to confirm compliance with industryaccepted practices.

2. 3.

1.07

PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. B. C. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections required for the work. Furnish materials and workmanship for this work in conformance with applicable legal and code requirements. Perform tests required herein, or as may be reasonably required to demonstrate conformance with the Specifications or with the requirements of legal authority having jurisdiction. Obtain review from compliance officials responsible for enforcement of applicable codes and regulations to establish that the work is in compliance with requirements of reference codes indicated herein.

D.

1.08

COORDINATION A. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancies within the Contract Documents, notify the Engineer within 5 days prior to the Bid Opening to allow the issuance of an Addendum. If, in the event that time does not permit notification or clarification of discrepancies prior to the Bid Opening, the following applies: The drawings govern in matters of quantity, and the specifications govern in matters of quality. In the event of conflict within the drawings involving

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 10

2.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

quantities, or within the specifications involving quantities, or within the specifications involving quality, the greater quantity and higher quality apply. Note such discrepancies and clarify in the Bid. We will make no additional allowances because of errors, ambiguities, or omissions, which reasonably should have been discovered during the preparation of the Bid. B. Job Conditions 1. Protection: Keep conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. Cover equipment, devices, apparatus and protect them against dirt, paint, water, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during construction period. Prior to final acceptance, restore to original condition fixture, apparatus or equipment damaged including restoration of damaged factory applied painted finishes. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted. Supervision: Personally, or through an authorized and competent representative, supervise the work from beginning to completion and, within reason, keep the same foreman and workmen on the project throughout the project duration.

2.

1.09

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SERVICES A. Overview: Provide a project manager/engineer for the duration of the project to coordinate the security system work with other trades. Coordination services, procedures and documentation responsibility include at a minimum, the items listed in this section. 1. 2. Obtain copies of shop drawings for equipment provided by others that require security connections or interface with the security system work. Prepare and maintain a shop drawing review log indicating the following information: a. Shop drawing number and brief description of the system/material. b. Date of your review. c. Indication if follow-up coordination is required.

B.

Request for Information (RFI) 1. Thoroughly review the contract documents prior to the preparation and submission of an RFI. If an RFI is submitted, attach 8 1/2" x 11" copies of relevant documents to clarify the issue. Submit RFIs with your recommended solution. Prepare and maintain an RFI log using a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet indicating the following information: a. RFI number and brief summary of the issue.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 11

2. 3.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

b. Date of issuance and receipt of response. C. Clarification Confirmation Memo (CCM) 1. CCM memos will be prepared by either the Contractor or the Engineer to confirm a decision clarifying the contract documents that does not impact cost or affect other trades. Prepare and maintain a CCM log using a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet indicating the following information: a. CCM number... use CCM-C1, C2, etc. for memos issued by the Contractor and CCM-E1, E2, etc. for memos issued by the engineer. b. Brief summary of issue and date issued.

2.

D.

Scheduling of Work 1. Prepare work schedules for each floor indicating the following information: a. Cable Installation b. SEC Build Out c. Device Installation d. Programming e. Testing f. Other tasks included under the alternate work section of these specifications

1.10

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery 1. Do not deliver security system components to the site until protected storage space is available. Storage outdoors covered by rainproof material is not acceptable. Replace equipment damaged during shipping and return to manufacturer at no cost to the Owner.

2. B.

Storage 1. 2. 3. Store materials in a clean, dry, ventilated space free from temperature extremes. Maintain factory wrapping or provide a heavy canvas/plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Provide heat where required to prevent condensation or temperature related damage.

C.

Handling 1. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 12

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

Prevent internal component damage, breakage, denting and scoring. Do not install damaged equipment. Replace damaged equipment and return equipment to manufacturer.

1.11

WARRANTY A. B. Provide the Security System as described in this specification with a one-year parts and service warranty at no additional cost to the Owner. Include in the warranty package, at a minimum, the following: 1. 2. C. Emergency maintenance service on regular working hour basis Service by factory trained and employed service representatives of system manufacturer

Maintain regular service facilities and provide a qualified technician familiar with this work at the site within four (4) hours of receipt of a notice of malfunction including weekends and holidays. Provide material, devices equipment and personnel necessary for repairs. Install approved temporary, alternate equipment if required by the Owner, complete and operational within twenty four (24) hours after notification of a malfunction, at no additional cost. Conduct warranty repairs and service at the job site unless in violation of manufacturer's warranty; in the latter event, provide substitute systems, equipment and/or devices, acceptable to the Owner, for the duration of such off-site repairs. Transport warranty substitute and/or test systems, equipment, devices, material, parts and personnel to and from the job site at no additional cost.

D.

1.12

MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials 1. 2. Deliver extra materials to a secured location determined by the Owner. Provide a complete Bill of Materials listing quantities, part numbers, and descriptions for each device for the Owner to sign indicating receipt of equipment. Provide new and unused spare parts in their original packing materials upon delivery.

3. B.

Maintenance Service 1. For the first year of service, conduct quarterly system performance review meetings to review system operation problems and/or defects that occurred during the preceding 3 months. During these performance review meetings, perform the following: a. Visual checks and operational tests of the central processor, local processors, monitors, keyboards, system printers, peripheral

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 13

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

b. c. d. e. f. 2.

equipment, Access Control System equipment, power supplies, and electrical and mechanical controls. Clean system equipment, including interior and exterior surfaces. Perform diagnostics on equipment. Check and calibrate each ACS device. Run system software and correct diagnosed problems. Resolve previous outstanding problems.

Provide software and firmware updates issued free of charge by the manufacturer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Material and equipment specified herein have been selected as the basis of acceptable quality and performance and have been coordinated to function as components of the included systems. Where a particular material, device, equipment or system is specified directly, the current manufacturer's specification for same is a part of these specifications, as if completely elaborated herein. Remove manufacturer identification marks from visible equipment. Use standard, regularly manufactured, materials and equipment for this and/or other similar systems, and not custom designed especially for this project. Provide systems and components thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. Provide subsystems of one manufacturer.

B. C.

2.02

TAMPER RESISTANT HARDWARE A. B. Provide pinned-allen type hardware and fasteners for exposed equipment and infrastructure in public spaces. Provide hardware used in specialty metal surfaces that posses a similar finish color.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Conditions: Verify existing conditions, which have been previously provided under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Pathways: Verify that pathways and supporting devices, which have been previously provided under other sections, are properly installed, and that temporary supports and devices have been removed.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 14

B.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

C. 3.02

Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of pathways, including length of pathways. For example, "True Tape" the conduits to verify cable distances.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Staffing: Provide a qualified foreman who is in charge of the Work and who is present at the job site at times Work is being performed. Perform the Work using skilled technicians under the direction of the foreman. Supervise the work force executing the Work. Perform the installation within the restraints of the construction schedule. Do not change the supervisor during the project without prior written approval from the Owner. Inspection: Perform inspection after installation. Keep areas of work accessible and notify code authorities, or designated inspectors, of work completion released for inspection. Document completion, and inspection as required.

B.

3.03

INSTALLATION A. B. Perform this work in accordance with acknowledged industry and professional standards and practices and the procedures specified herein. Provide a complete, operating system. Include devices specified including basic components and accessories, interconnecting wiring and other equipment and installation devices necessary for a complete system as specified. Manufacturer's Instructions: 1. Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions, and product carton instructions for installation. Maintain jobsite file of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product delivered to jobsite.

C.

2. D.

Boxes, Panels, and Enclosures 1. 2. 3. Install boxes, panels, and enclosures square and plumb. Set "flush mounted" units with the face of the cover, bezel or escutcheon in the same plane as the surrounding finished surface. Mount boxes, panels and trim so that there are no gaps, cracks or obvious lines between the trim and the adjacent finished surface and ready them to receive final finish, as applicable. Install insulating terminations in signal circuit boxes, panels, wireways or enclosures.

4. E.

Painting 1. Custom paint devices as indicated on the drawings.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 15

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

3.04

REPAIR/RESTORATION A. B. Replace or repair work completed by others that you deface or destroy, at not cost to the Owner. Punch List: 1. 2. C. Inspect installed work in conjunction with the General Contractor and develop a punch list for items needing correction. Provide punch list to Engineer for review prior to performing punch walk with the Engineer.

Re-Installation: 1. Make changes to the system such that defects in workmanship are correct and cables and the associated termination hardware passes the minimum test requirements. Repair defects prior to system acceptance.

2. D. 3.05

Painting: Repaint surfaces altered during installation of the security system to match previous conditions.

CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Remove unused products, debris, spills, or other excess materials. Remove installation equipment. Leave finished work and adjacent surfaces in neat, clean condition with no evidence of damage. Repair or replace damaged installed products. Legally dispose of debris. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. END OF SECTION 13700

B. C. D. E.

Basic Security Requirements 13700 - 16

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 13720 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. General: Provide engineering, labor, materials, apparatus, tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction, and special or occasional services as required to make a complete working video surveillance system installation, as described in this specification. B. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. CCTV IP fixed cameras, lens, mounts, and housings CCTV Power supplies Interfaces and connections between CCTV subsystems to allow communication with one another.

C. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. None

D. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. None

E. Products Specified But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. None

F. Products Furnished and Installed Under Another Section: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 120V power Ethernet cable between IDF/MDF and IP cameras Owner provided PoE switches in the IDF for CCTV connectivity via dedicated security LAN/WAN CCTV Monitoring and Recording System Headend Communications infrastructure between Owner provided network switches and the CCTV headend.

G. Related Sections: 1. Consult other Divisions, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete and operable system.

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 1

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. 3. 4. 5.

Section 13700 Basic Security Requirements: includes general project requirements, submittal formats, installation, and warranty requirements. Section 13770 Security System Cabling: includes product information for wire and cable needed to support the video surveillance system. Section 13780 Security System Labeling: includes label types and formats for security devices. Section 13790 Testing/Commissioning: includes the integrating testing/commissioning requirements for the video surveillance system.

1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Overview 1. The Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure will include IP cameras that will connect to a future CCTV monitoring and recording system headend planned for the Bus Terminal Building. The parking structure scope includes pathways and cable to connect camera locations to nearest communications room or MPOE as shown on the project drawings. The IP cameras will utilize Owner provided network switches to connect cameras to the Owner's local area network.

2.

3.

B. CCTV Cameras 1. Provide fixed IP CCTV cameras: a. Ground level locations along the Paseo as indicated on the project drawings b. Future emergency telephone locations c. Vehicle Entrances/Exits Provide CCTV camera power supplies for outdoor rated camera enclosures with integrated heaters and blowers. Coordinate connection to future CCTV monitoring and recording system headend with Owner. Review camera licensing requirements for future network video recording solution. Verify IP camera compatibility with future CCTV monitoring and recording system headend with Owner.

2. 3.

4. C.

Custom Device Requirements 1. 2. Coordinate network port connections in each communications room and MPOE with Owner. Coordinate UPS requirements for Owner provided network switches.

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 2

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor Qualifications: Submit certifications for the manufacturers of the video surveillance equipment. B. Product Data: Submit product information for components specified herein. C. Shop Drawings: 1. 2. Device placement on floor plans. Point-to-Point Diagrams: Include wiring, points of connection and interconnecting devices between the following: a. Video surveillance system, network switches, and future recording equipment b. Devices connected to the system c. Miscellaneous control relays d. Conductors (identify conductors on the point-to-point diagrams with the same tag as the installed conductor) Block Diagram/Riser Diagram: Show the video surveillance system components, conduit, wire types, and sizes between them, including cabling interties between termination hardware. Custom mounting details.

3.

4. 1.04 WARRANTY A.

CCTV System 1. Provide a manufacturer's warranty covering repair or replacement of defective parts for a period of three years from the date of shipment from the factory Cameras and support devices a. Provide a manufacturer's warranty covering repair or replacement of defective parts for a period of one year from the date of shipment from the factory.

2.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Video Surveillance System 1. Cameras a. AXIS b. Arecont Vision c. Pelco

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 3

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

d. Or Equal 2. Power Supplies a. Altronix b. AXIS c. Pelco d. Or Equal

2.02

CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM A. General 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Type: Color, solid-state CCD with DSP technology, unless otherwise noted Power: 24 VAC/VDC Lens Mount: Accept a "CS" mount auto or manual-iris lens, unless otherwise noted Time Synch: Time synchronizing camera to CCTV network servers. Resolution: 640x480 minimum resolution (EIA RS-170), unless otherwise noted Minimum Light Level: 0.1 fc imager illumination at full video, unless otherwise noted Lens: Field determine, unless otherwise noted

6. B.

Fixed IP Exterior Cameras 1. Complete prepackaged unit containing: a. Superior 1280x800 1 megapixel resolution image sensor quality with progressive scan b. Resolution: 30 frames per second at all resolutions c. Video streaming: Simultaneous Motion JPEG and H.264 d. Auto iris, varifocal lens of approx 3.3-12.0mm e. Infrared-cut filter f. Weather-proof housing g. Minimum Light Level: 0.4 lux color, 0.06 lux in black/white h. Security: IP address filtering and HTTPS encryption i. Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af), Class 1 j. Connectors: 1) Ethernet 10/100 BaseT, RJ-45 2) Terminal block for alarm inputs, output, and RS-485/422 3) Power - Mini DC Manufacturer: a. AXIS #P3344-VE

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 4

2.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

b. c. d. 2.03

Arecont Vision #AV1355DN-16HK w/ MD-1HK Pelco #IX10DN12-EN Or Equal

CAMERA MOUNTS & HOUSINGS A. General 1. Provide mount color to best match finished mounting surface of building. Paint mount and/or housing to best match finish when mount colored black.

B.

Wall Mount 1. 2. 3. 4. AXIS #T91A wall bracket with pendant adapter kit Arecont Vision #MD-WMT Pelco Or Equal

C.

Pendant Mount 1. 2. 3. 4. AXIS #T91A ceiling bracket with pendant adapter kit Arecont Vision #MD-PMA Pelco Or Equal

2.04 POWER SUPPLIES/BATTERY CHARGERS A. CCTV System Power Supplies 1. 2. 3. 120 VAC input to 24 VAC/VDC output, continuous current, fully supervised power supplies for power to cameras. Provide a separate fused connection to power supply per camera. Exterior PTZ Camera a. Pelco #WCS 1-4 NEMA4X/IP66 rated for outdoor use b. AXIS #5000-001 24VAC Outdoor power supply c. Altronix d. Or Equal

2.05

CCTV LIGHTNING PROTECTORS A. Power Line Protectors 1. Provide on power lines serving exterior cameras.

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 5

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

Manufacturer: a. PolyPhaser Corp #IS-SPTV b. DITEK c. Or Equal

B.

PTZ Data Line Protectors 1. 2. Provide on data lines serving exterior IP cameras. Manufacturer: a. PolyPhaser Corp #NX4-60-IG b. DITEK c. Or Equal

2.06 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE A. Outdoor Junction Box 1. Application: Suitable for the support of cable termination devices, management devices, common communications equipment, and other similar equipment. Weather proof, NEMA 4 Construction Hinged lockable front door Miscellaneous hardware for pole mounting Manufacturer: a. Hoffman b. B-Line c. Or Approved Equal

2. 3. 4. 5.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. CCTV Cameras 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Provide outdoor housing and mounts for exterior cameras. Field determine exact placement of cameras to ensure complete coverage. Coordinate location with obstructions such as columns or beams. Field determine fixed camera lens size to ensure complete coverage. Route watertight flex from junction box to camera housing from below on exterior cameras. Adjust field-of-view and focus each camera for clear video images.

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 6

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

7. 8. B.

Coordinate Network Data Drop with Telecom contractor for each IP Camera. Coordinate camera IP address with Owner's IT staff if CCTV headend is in place at time of construction.

CCTV Power supplies 1. Do not combine with other system power supplies.

C.

Surge Protection 1. 2. Provide surge protection for video, power, and control cable on exterior cameras. Provide protective device before the network switch.

D.

Pathways 1. 2. 3. 4. Provide conduit and back boxes to devices located on walls and inaccessible ceilings. Route device conduit back to communication rooms or MPOE. Provide back boxes for all devices installed in ceiling. Coordinate fiber optic cable requirements with telecommunication contractor.

3.02

PROGRAMMING A. Prior to the completion of construction schedule a meeting with the Owner and the Engineer to determine the programming criteria. Discuss the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. C. D. E. Camera naming Schedules and recording parameters including quality and frame rate (including video motion detection) Video archiving schedule. Live Viewing Requirements

Document the results of the meeting and perform necessary programming to achieve the Owner's requests. Setup and program the cameras such that no additional programming required. Use the camera naming convention agreed upon at in the programming meeting when programming point names into the system. Perform 2 full system back-ups at completion of initial programming and deliver one copy to the Owner with a Letter of Transmittal explaining information

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 7

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

included in back-up and brief description of recovery procedures. Label the second DAT and store onsite. Perform back-ups on a regular bases through the remainder of the project. F. Perform field software changes after the initial programming session to "fine tune" operating parameters and sequence of operations based on revised operating requirements.

3.03

TESTING A. Commission the video surveillance system in accordance with Section 13790. END OF SECTION 13720

Video Surveillance System 13720 - 8

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 13770 SECURITY SYSTEM CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. General: Furnish engineering, labor, materials, apparatus, tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction and special or occasional services as required to make a complete working security system installation, as described in these specifications. Section Includes: 1. C. Wire and cable

B.

Related Sections: 1. Consult other Sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete and operable system. Section 13700 Basic Security Requirements: includes general project requirements, submittal formats, installation, and warranty requirements. Section 13780 Security System Labeling: includes label types and formats. Section 16131 Conduit: includes pathway types in different areas of the project.

2. 3. 4. 1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product information, including: 1. 2. 3. 4. Cable Description and Use Jacket Rating Outside Diameter (of the overall wire or cable) Manufacturer and Part Number

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE A. General

Security System Cabling 13770 - 1

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

1.

Provide required wire and cable sized to allow for voltage drop on long runs and effectively shielded as required to allow the routing of 12 & 24V power and video signal cable in the same conduit without interference or signal noise. Cable installed outdoors or in underground conduit must contain a PVC or Polyethylene jacket, flooded to prevent water intrusion. Cables installed outdoors or in underground conduit that transition into the building and run in plenum space to contain a plenum rated (type CMP) jacket and contain water block material to prevent water intrusion. Cables installed indoors to contain a plenum rated jacket (type CMP).

2. 3.

4. B.

Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. Westpenn Belden Commscope Or Equal

C.

Video Surveillance System 1. 2. 3. Cabling for IP cameras provided by Telecommunications contractor. Refer to Section 16710 ­ Communications Cabling. Plenum Jacketed Cable a. #18/2 AWG unshielded: West Penn #25224B, power cable Water Blocked Cable a. #18/2 AWG unshielded with Aquaseal tape: West Penn #AQC224, power cable

D.

Emergency and Entry Telephone System 1. Voice cabling for entry telephones provided by Telecommunications contractor. Refer to Section 16710 ­ Communications Horizontal Twisted Pair Cabling.

2.02

MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS A. Cable Ties 1. General a. Provide Velco-style cable ties on security cabling telecommunications spaces and covered wireways. b. Dress and bind cabling with cable ties every 24" minimum. c. Width: 0.75 inches d. Color: Black

Security System Cabling 13770 - 2

within

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

Manufacturer: a. Panduit #HLS-15-R-0 Black, 15 feet roll, cut to length b. Or Equal

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. B. Label cables in accordance with Section 13780 ­ Security System Labeling. Horizontal Cable Installation and Routing 1. Provide wire and cable with a continuous, splice-free sheath for the entire length of run between designated connections or terminations. Splices not permitted. Place cables within designated pathways, such as cable tray, basketway, cable hangers, etc. Do no fasten (such as with cable ties) or attach cables to other building infrastructure (such as ducts, pipes, conduits, etc), other systems (such as ceiling support wires, wall studs, etc), or to the outside of conduits, cable trays, or other non-approved pathway systems. Place and suspend cables and conductors during installation and termination in a manner to protect them from physical interference or damage. Place cables with no kinks, twists, or impact damage to the sheath. Replace cables damaged during installation or termination at no additional cost. Route cables at 90-degree angles, allowing for bending radius, along corridors for ease of access. Do not exceed manufacturer's limits for pulling tension. Do not use cable-pulling compounds for indoor installations. Route cables under building infrastructure (such as ducts, pipes, conduits, etc) so the installation results in easy accessibility to the cables in the future. Do not route cables over building infrastructure. Dress and secure coaxial cables to preclude stress and/or deformation. Install shielded wiring or route in separate raceways as recommended by the manufacturer's current requirements. Place cables 6", minimum, away from power sources to reduce interference from EMI Do not run signal wire and cable in parallel to power (120VAC). Make connections to screw-type barrier blocks with insulated crimp-type spade lugs. Size lugs properly to assure high electrical integrity, i.e., low resistance connections.

Security System Cabling 13770 - 3

2.

3.

4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

13. 14.

Follow manufacturers recommended guidelines for installation. When exiting the primary pathway (such as basketway or cable tray) to the work area, exit via the top of the pathway. Secure the cables to the pathway using an approved cable tie.

C.

Vertical Cable Installation and Routing 1. Secure wire and cable run vertically in conduit for continuous distances greater than thirty (30) feet at the vertical run terminations. Secure non-coaxial cables using screw-flange nylon cable ties or similar approved devices, Thomas and Betts or equivalent. Provide symmetrical clamping devices with split, circular or other wire conforming, nonmetallic bushings for coaxial cables.

D.

Cable Routing and Dressing within the IDF 1. Place cables within the overhead cable support and, when routing vertically, fasten the cables onto wall-mounted vertical cable support every 24 inches on-center using cable ties. At the rack bay, route cables into the back of the vertical management sections. Divide the cables equally between both sides of an equipment rack such that a cable does not travel past the midpoint of the rack prior to termination. Provide 10 feet, minimum, sheathed cable slack ­ length not to exceed permanent link maximum length requirement. Place the slack in the overhead cable support END OF SECTION 13770

2.

3.

Security System Cabling 13770 - 4

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 13780 SECURITY SYSTEM LABELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. General: Furnish engineering, labor, materials, apparatus, tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction and special or occasional services as required to make a complete working security system installation, as described in these specifications. Section Includes: 1. C. Labeling of wire, cable, security devices, enclosures, and raceways.

B.

Related Sections: 1. Consult other Sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete and operable system. Section 13700 Basic Security Requirements: includes general project requirements, submittal formats, warranty, and installation requirements.

2. 1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit the following: 1. 2. Product information for components specified herein. List of equipment (wire, cable, devices, enclosures, and raceways) and the corresponding text for the label.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved, plastic laminated nameplates, signs, and instruction plates. Engrave stock melamine plastic laminate 1/16 inch minimum thickness for signs up to 20 square inches, or 8 inches in length; 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. Use white letters for engraved nameplates and punch for mechanical fasteners.

2.02

LABELS A. Manufacturer: 1. Brady

Security System Labeling 13780 - 1

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. B.

Thomas and Betts

Wire and Cable Labels: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Self-laminating adhesive laser labels. Machine printable with a laser printer. Printable area: X inches by X inches. Cable size: 0.16 ­ 0.32" OD Color: white with black lettering Manufacturer: Brady wire marking labels WML­211-295 and WML-311292

C.

Device Labels: 1. Self-laminating, type on tape, adhesive labels. Use Helvetica 12 pt text

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements 1. Label the security system components. The components include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Equipment Enclosures b. Conduits c. Security Devices d. Batteries e. Wires and Cables f. Equipment Racks g. Terminal Blocks h. Relays i. Patch panels, and the termination positions within the patch panels. Labels to coincide with device IDs used on the record drawings. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using machine screws.

2. 3. 4. B.

Equipment Enclosures 1. Label SEC and CEC enclosures associated with the security system with a nameplate.

Security System Labeling 13780 - 2

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. 3. 4. C.

Mount label on exterior of door, centered horizontally, and positioned one-third of the door height vertically from the top. Color: Green background with White lettering. Example: Line 1: "SEC-01" (1/2 inch high letters) Line 2: "Security Equipment Enclosure" (1/4 inch high letters)

Conduits 1. Write the destination for every conduit entering a junction box, SEC, and CEC enclosure, or wireway using a black permanent ink marker next to the conduit inside the box. Example: "To SEC-01"

2. D.

Security Devices 1. Label devices associated with the security system with a permanent machine generated, laminated, label. Use 12 point Helvetica text with a clear background. Use white or black lettering depending upon the color of the device. Label each device in a concealed location with the system point number and address.

2. E.

Batteries 1. 2. Label power supply batteries with the month and year they were installed. Example: "April 2009"

F.

Wire and Cable 1. Identify wire and cable clearly with permanent machine-generated labels wrapped about the full circumference within one (1) inch of each connection. Indicate the cable ID designated on the associated field or shop drawings or run sheet, as applies. Assign wire or cable designations consistently throughout a given system; i.e., each wire or cable to carry the same labeled designation over its entire run, regardless of intermediate terminations. Provide labels where wire and cable first enter and exit from conduit, junction or distribution boxes; locate labels within six (6) inches of the point of exit. Positional labels so they are clearly visible without the need to remove wire management or other obstructions. Label cables at both ends of a run and within pull and junction boxes using machine generated wrap-around labels.

Security System Labeling 13780 - 3

2. 3.

4.

5. 6.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

7. G.

See Item 3.02 for examples

Equipment Racks 1. 2. Provide one label plate per rack. Permanently affix label plate and center the label plate on the rack's front top angle. Example: "SECURITY RACK 01"

H. I. J.

Terminal Blocks Relays Patch Panels 1. 2. Label individual ports on the patch panels. Example: "V01 V02 V03 ..."

3.02

CABLE LABEL FORMAT A. From Panel to Field Device 1. 2. 3. 4. Line 1: Device Type and Device Number Line 2: Panel ID ­ Port Number Example: CR 001 PANEL 2 ­ CR5 Standard Device Types a. CR = Card Reader b. K = Camera c. IC = Intercom d. R = Relay Output e. A = Alarm Point Standard Port #s a. CR = Reader b. M = Monitored Input c. R = Relay Output

5.

B.

From Door Junction Box to Card Reader 1. 2. 3. Line 1: Device Type and Device Number Line 2: Panel ID ­ Port Number Example: CR 001 PANEL 4 ­ CR3

Security System Labeling 13780 - 4

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

C.

Miscellaneous Examples: 1. From Door Junction Box to Door Contact a. CR001 b. D.C. From Door Junction Box to Rex Alarm a. CR001 b. REX ALM From Panel to Rex a. CR001 b. REX PWR c. VDC From Panel to Lock a. CR001 b. LCK PWR c. 24 VDC

2.

3.

4.

D.

Communications Cable 1. 2. 3. 4. Line 1: Communication Type and Direction Line 2: Panel ID Example: RS485 TO PANEL 2 Typical Communication Types a. 100BASE-T b. RS 485 c. RS 232 d. RS 422 e. 20mA END OF SECTION 13780

Security System Labeling 13780 - 5

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 13790 SECURITY SYSTEM COMMISSIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: Furnish engineering, labor, materials, apparatus, tools, equipment, and transportation required to test a completed security system installation as described in these specifications. Base Bid Work 1. Full testing of a completed security system which includes: a. A complete pretest of the security system b. Submittal of pre-testing documentation reflecting 100% pass or successful operation c. Submittal of record drawings prior to final walk test with Engineer and/or Owner d. A final walk test with the Engineer and/or Owner e. Test Results Record Documentation

B.

C.

Related Sections: 1. Section 13700 Basic Security Requirements: for submittal format.

1.02

SUMMARY OF SYSTEM COMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES A. Overview 1. The purpose of system commissioning is to ensure the security system operates properly when it is needed most. Security systems are very complex from both an equipment and programming standpoint, and thorough testing is necessary to ensure correct operation. Perform testing activities after-hours or on weekends when the system is "quiet" and the building is generally unoccupied. This will minimize the amount of irrelevant activity in the system activity reports that will be used as a record of the pre and final test results.

2.

B.

Pre-Test 1. Perform a 100% pre-test of system aspects to verify correct operation prior to scheduling the final test. The pre-test will help to make the final test run smoothly when demonstrating the system's operation to the Owner and Engineer.

Security System Commissioning 13790 - 1

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. C.

Document the results of the pre-test using the approved test forms and submit a copy to the Engineer along with the system activity reports.

Final Test 1. Perform a final test of the system in the presence of the Engineer and/or Owner to demonstrate correct operation of the security system.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit the following for review and comment at the completion of the project: 1. 2. Functional Design Manual: Includes a detailed explanation of the operation of the system. Hardware Manual which includes: a. Pictorial parts list and part numbers b. Pictorial and schematic electrical drawings of wiring systems, including devices, control panels, instrumentation and annunciators c. Telephone numbers for the authorized parts and service distributors d. Include service bulletins Software Manual which includes: a. Use of system and applications software b. Initialization, start-up, and shut down procedures c. Alarm Reports Operator's Manual which fully explains procedures and instructions for the operation of the system and includes: a. Computers and peripherals b. System start up and shut down procedures c. Use of system, command, and applications software d. Recovery and restart procedures e. Graphic alarm presentation f. Use of report generator and generation of reports g. Data entry operator commands h. Alarm messages and reprinting formats i. System access requirements Maintenance Manual which includes: a. Instructions for routine maintenance listed for each component, and a multi-page summary of component's routine maintenance requirements. b. Detailed instructions for repair of the security system.

Security System Commissioning 13790 - 2

3.

4.

5.

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

c. A summary of the software licenses, including license numbers, quantity of clients, summary of the software options provided and database capabilities. d. A summary of the TCP/IP address used and which system component they are associated with. Include the gateway address, subnet mask, DNS server, and host name information. 6. 7. B. Test Results Manual, which includes the document results of tests, required under this Specification, organized by System, Floor, and Door. Record Drawings Manual which includes 11"x17" prints of record drawings as described below.

Record Drawings: Submit the following for review and comment at the completion of the project: 1. 2. Obtain most current background for use in development of record drawings. Drawings to fully represent installed conditions including actual locations of devices, actual cable and terminal block numbering, and correct wire sizing as well as routing. Record changes in the work during the course of construction on blue or black line prints. Include drawings submitted as part of the Shop Drawing package, plus additional information required to accurately document installed conditions. Include the following additional information: a. Device addresses & IP address information. b. Settings for each camera (lens specs, mm setting, auto shutter setting, and other available camera settings, etc.) Final acceptance will not be made until the Engineer approves the record drawings.

3.

4.

5. 1.04

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a project manager to coordinate the security system commissioning work with other trades.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT USED

Security System Commissioning 13790 - 3

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULING A. Coordinate security commissioning with the General Contractor, and provide specific information on pre-test and final-testing activities to be entered into the overall project construction schedule.

3.02

TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Site Tests 1. Perform a 100% pretest of the system prior to final testing by the Engineer. Provide the Engineer with a minimum of a 5 day notice prior to scheduling testing. At the conclusion of the work on a floor, test the system on that floor to verify proper operation and reporting of devices. At the completion of the work, test the entire system to verify proper operation. At a minimum, include these tests: a. Building Perimeter Test: Test cameras and support devices related to securing the perimeter of the building. b. CCTV Camera Test: Review cameras for proper coverage, quality of video, transmission to headend, etc. c. Battery and UPS Load Test: Disconnect AC power to security system equipment to verify battery operation functions and system remains fully operational.

2. 3.

B.

Test Preparation 1. 2. 3. Provide device identification numbers that differ from or were not included on the original contract drawing set. Provide a complete systems point list. During testing, provide a minimum of two technicians familiar with the installation to assist with the test. Stage the technicians as follows: one at the host and one at the device being tested. Provide laptop to view IP/encoded video to verify field of view and image quality from each IP camera. Provide radios for use by the Engineer and Owner during testing.

4. 5. 3.03

TEST PROCEDURES A. Refer to the test forms for testing procedures for each type of device/system.

Security System Commissioning 13790 - 4

Vallejo Waterfront Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

3.04

DOCUMENTATION A. Provide a full-sized blueline drawing containing a detailed wiring diagram (layout of equipment/elevation, complete parts list, and a complete wiring diagram for each ACU & I/O Board) for each SEC. Fold the diagram and place it inside a clear plastic pocket affixed to the inside door of the SEC. Include information in as-built documentation as indicated in the Basic Security Requirements 13700. Provide a service log on the inside door of each SEC. Include columns for the following information: date of service, description of work performed, service technician(s), service company in the service log. Place the service log inside a separate clear plastic pocket affixed to the inside door of the SEC.

B.

3.05

DEMONSTRATION A. B. On completion of the acceptance test, instruct the owner's representatives, at a time convenient to them, in the operation and testing of the system. Provide a minimum of 2 hours of on-site training by a factory trained representatives. Maintain a sign in sheet with names and dates of persons trained and forwarded to owner upon completion of training. END OF SECTION 13790

Security System Commissioning 13790 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 14211 ELECTRIC TRACTION ELEVATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Machine-room-less electric traction elevators, complete, as specified and indicated on the Drawings. Products Supplied But Not Installed By This Section: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Hoistway beams. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Division 16 - Electrical: Power and communications to elevators and elevator equipment.

B.

C.

1.02

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design Concept: Details and general drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, travel, alignments and relationship to other building components. Engineer the elevator system, in accordance with Reference Standards, to specified performance requirements while maintaining the basic design concept. 1. Verification: Insofar as possible, verify field dimensions prior to commencement of fabrication. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein. 1. Contract Speed: a. Up Direction: Within 5 percent of specified speed. b. Down Direction: Contract speed or faster, not to exceed 125 percent of the specified speed under the full rated load. 2. Floor-to-Floor Time: Measured from start of door closing at departure floor to 3/4-open door at destination floor. 3. Leveling: 1/4-inch maximum deviation from landing finish floor level elevation at all loading conditions. 4. Structural: a. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights. b. Horizontal Force: 20 psf minimum, but not less than requirements of Governing Authorities. 1) Screens and Similar Open Assemblies: Assume 20 psf over full height and width of screen (no open area).

B.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

c.

6.

Maximum Deflection of Members: 1/360 of span when tested in accordance with ASTM E330. 1) Cantliever Members: 2L/360 maxiumum, where L is the length of the canteliever. d. Building Movements: Allow for the following movements. 1) Inter-Story Drift: 2.0 percent of floor-to-floor height. 2) Floor Deflection: 0.75-inch. e. Glass Safety Factor, Fastener Safety Factor: As required by Governing Authorities. f. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities. Refer to structural Drawings for site specific information. Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components without causing buckling, failure of joints, glass, glazing, etc. or excessive stress on components and fastenings. a. Ambient Temperature Range: 100 degrees F.

1.03

SYSTEM OPERATIONS AND OPERATING SYSTEMS A. General: Control operations from both landings and cars. Paragraphs below are intended to define terms used in describing operations. 1. Control System: Microcomputer based, acceptable to elevator system manufacturer, to perform all required functions of elevator motion, car operation, group supervisory and door control. Include hardware required to connect, transfer interrupt power and protect motors agains overloading. a. Shielding: Protect all equipment containing volatile memory devices from line pollution. b. Reprogramming: Minimize down time. 2. Door Control: If a traveling car has a destination at a landing and an opposite direction call is registered at that landing, with no calls in the same direction beyond car, it travels to landing, opens door to discharge passengers, then lights the opposite direction hall lantern and accepts any waiting passengers with out closing and reopening doors. a. Direction Lantern: Remains illuminated until doors are fully closed. Car Calling and Operation: 1. Elevator #1 and #2: Simplex Selective Collective. Inspection Operation: Key access switches located in hoistway entrance frame and top-of-car station operate elevator at contract speed or 100 fpm, whichever is less. Special Operations: 1. Independent Service: System operates from car buttons only, independent of all other operations. Doors remain open when car is at landing until car

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 2

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

button for another landing is constantly pressed; if several car calls are registered, constant pressure on DOOR CLOSE button will effect closing of doors after each stop. a. Activation: Switch in lockable service cabinet of each car. Battery Emergency Lowering Operation: Provide a battery driven unit which will initiate operation of the Protective Circuit and bring elevator to the Exit Level landing in the event of a power failure. Service shall be restored automatically upon restoration of normal power supply. Arrange circuitry so that, if the mainline switch is open when the power transfer takes place, the elevator will not respond to the operation of the protective circuit. Provide a double pole isolating switch on the battery unit to disconnect the battery output.

1.04

SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of elevators showing plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating service at each landing, coordination with building structure, and clearances, anchorage and relationship to adjacent building components, cross-referenced to the Contract Documents. 1. Indicate maximum dynamic and static loads, including seismic loads imposed on building structure at points of support, and brochures exhibiting door operator, motor, etc. 2. Include details of car, work platform, buffering platform, interior elevations, entrances, operating and signal fixtures, earthquake protective features, etc. 3. Include wiring diagrams and starting and running current demands. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data clearly identifying elevator equipment, capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, accessories, and items. Samples: Submit for all finish materials. Operation and Maintenance Data: After completion of work, submit maintenance manuals to include final control wiring diagrams, parts lists, typewritten or printed description of operation data, and other information helpful to proper operation of equipment installed. Mount one set of above diagrams in electrical closet. Calculations: Submit structural calculations and other information required by Governing Authorities. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 3

B.

C. D.

E.

F.

G.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.05

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Elevator equipment shall be manufactured as an integrated system by a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the engineering design and manufacture of elevators of the type and character required by these Specifications and who designs and manufactures the power unit, controller, and the various electrical and mechanical safety systems, except that the door operator, fixtures, motor, and controller relays may be manufactured by qualified manufacturers of these items to the elevator company's specifications. Preengineered components may be used provided that they meet all details of the Specification. Installer Qualifications: Elevator manufacturer or manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. Regulatory Requirements: Perform work in accordance with the following requirements, all hereinafter referred to as the "Code": 1. ASME International (ASME) A17.1-00 (with 2002 and 2003 Addenda), "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators"; and elevator design requirements for earthquake loads in ASCE 7-02. 2. California Code of Regulations (CCR): a. Title 8, Chapter 4, "Safety Orders of the State Division of Industrial Safety". b. Title 19, "Public Safety". c. Title 24, Part 7, "Elevator Safety Regulations", and Section 25103. 3. National Electric Code. 4. California Building Code, and all local codes governing. All codes shall be the latest applicable edition. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" (ADAAG). Standards: Reference Standards which apply to this Section shall be the current edition of the following: 1. Fire Resistance: Entrance doors and frames requiring fire-resisitive assemblies shall be constructed to requirements of, and bear the required label of, Underwriters Laboratories or other agency approved by governing authorities. 2. American Welding Society (AWS): a. AWS D1.1 "Welding Code for Structural Steel". b. AWS D1.3 "Welding Code for Sheet Steel" 3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) "Metal Finishes Manual"

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 4

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.06

PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contractor's Use of Elevators: Prior to Final Acceptance, Contractor may place elevators in temporary service for construction purposes. 1. Agreements: Sign a Liability Waiver agreement and contract for maintenance during the temporary service period. 2. Protection: Provide temporary enclosures, pads, etc. 3. Cleaning: Immediately prior to Final Acceptance, remove temporary enclosures, clean elevator as required to restore to original condition. 4. Maintenance: Replace or repair any moving parts, controls, etc. that are worn during the temporary service period.

1.07

WARRANTY A. Warranty: In writing, for a period of one year from the date of Final Acceptance, against defects in material and workmanship. New Installation Service Guarantee: In writing, for a period of twelve months from the date of Final Acceptance, to maintain a service facility in the area and provide regular elevator maintenance. Guarantee shall include semi-monthly inspections by trained personnel and a twenty four hour emergency service, as well as necessary adjustments, lubrication, repair parts, and cleaning of pit, hoistways and machinery spaces. 1. Replacement Parts: Use parts of elevator manufacturer. 2. Parts Cabinet: Provide on-site cabinet for storage of spare parts. 3. Extension of Guarantee Period: If shutdowns exceed an average value of one per elevator per month during the twelve-month period, extend Guarantee Period for one month for each month in which shutdowns exceed specified average value. 4. Records: Maintain records, by elevator, including check charts, lubrication logs and activity logs. 5. Monitoring Systems, Maintenance Records: At conclusion of New Installation Service Guarantee period, make all information, including special tools, monitors, access codes and Reference Manuals for proprietary monitoring systems, available to City. Coordinate with the Governing Authority, conduct routine (six month) inspection and annual inspection in the presence of an elevator inspector.

B.

1.08

OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Operation and Maintenance: Organize, schedule and conduct a minimum of 16 hours training of City's maintenance personnel in system operation and maintenance to achieve the following general objectives: 1. Troubleshooting using maintenance and repair manuals. 2. Proper operation and adjustment of system.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

Use of any special tools required for adjustment or repair.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. System Manufacturer: Provide materials and systems by OTIS Elevator Company "Gen2 MRL" or equal.

2.02

MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Metals: Materials include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Structural Steel Shapes, Bars, Plates: ASTM A36. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 3. Sheet Steel: ASTM A366, uncoated, pickled. 4. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302/304 sheets, cut so that grain is vertical in the finished product. 5. Aluminum: Extrusions, plate and sheet as required, alloy and temper as recommended by system manufacturer for each application. 6. Fasteners: Stainless steel, theft-proof type where exposed. 7. Galvanizing: Galvanize all ferrous metals exposed to weather or damp interior conditions. Hot-dip galvanize all ferrous metals that will be in contact with concrete below grade. Electrical Materials: Comply with requirements of Division 16 - Electrical. 1. Traveling Cables: Shielded communication wires and car lighting circuits in at least two traveling cables from machine room to car connection points at each car. 2. Conductors: Copper, run in metal raceways. Spares: Provide ten percent over designed capacity, one minimum. Underlayment Plywood: All-wood veneer plywood panels, APA-rated, conforming to U. S. Product Standard PS-1, thickness as shown on Drawings. 1. Grade: Underlayment, B-D. 2. Exposure Rating: Interior 3. Species Group: 1 Fire Retardant Treatment: Treat all wood and plywood in accordance with American Wood Preserver's Association (AWPA) Class "A" standard for fire resistance treatment.

B.

C.

D.

2.03

SYSTEMS

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

General: Elevators are identified below by numeric designations used on Drawings. Refer to Drawings for location of each elevator. Elevator Characteristics: Elevators #1 and #2 Type: Representative Model: Capacity: Elev #1: Elev #2: Speed (each): Floors Served (each): Stops/Openings (each): Operation: Special Operations (each): Designation: Passenger Machine-room-less gearless traction, with machine located in hoistway. OTIS "Gen2 MRL" 4000 pounds, gurney accessible 3500 pounds 350 feet/minute, both directions. Levels P2, P1, and Ground 3 stops, 3 openings, in line. Inspection Operation and Simplex Selective Collective Independent Service Emergency Power Operation Special Emergency Service Auto Return 4'-0" x 8'-0", Center opening 3'-6" x 8'-0", Center opening

B.

Door Size and Operation Elev #1: Elev #2:

2.04

ELEVATOR CARS A. General: All-steel construction, as standard with manufacturer for specified models. Materials: 1. Car Body, Walls, Returns: 14-gage steel unless otherwise shown. 2. Canopy: 12-gage steel. 3. Doors: Flush type, 16-gage minimum. 4. Light Fixtures: As standard with system manufacturer unless otherwise specified. a. Emergency Lighting: Manufacturer's standard battery-powered emergency lighting system. 5. Car Wall Panels: As scheduled under Elevator Car Finishes.

B.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

C.

Fabrication: In accordance with Reference Standards, plumb, true, structurally sound, light-tight, free from squeaks or rattles. 1. Welding: In accordance with Reference Standards. Welds exposed to public view shall be ground smooth, polished. 2. Fasteners: Concealed at locations exposed to public view unless otherwise specified. 3. Car Shell Panels: Fabricate in one piece from floor to canopy. 4. Canopy: Fabricate with light-tight baffle. 5. Doors: Flush, hollow metal type construction, size as shown or as appropriate to scheduled hoistway openings. a. Hand: For doors other than center-opening, review drawings for appropriate hand. 6. Accessibility: Make necessary provisions for removal of finish panels, etc. at locations specified or otherwise required for maintenance access. Fabricate ceiling to allow for access to emergency exit. 7. Emergency Exit: Locate and fabricated in accordance with Reference Standards. The emergency exit shall be openable from the top of the car without the use of special tools. From inside the car it shall be key locked per ASME A17.1 Rule F204.1 (1), using a non-building, non-mastered key, compatible with the key provided for the hoistway access switches. Provide an electric contact conforming to the requirements of Rule F204.1e (2). 8. Returns: Swing type. Fabricate to allow for integral mounting of operating buttons, key cylinders, etc. Buttons and Devices: As standard with manufacturer, raised lettering, faceplates. 1. Designations: Floor designation names and numbers will be determined by City. 2. Finishes: Match scheduled car return finish. Car Operating Panel: Comply with Reference Standards and ADA requirements. The height of buttons and devices in the panel shall not exeed 48 inches. Emergency controls shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel and shall have their centerline no less than 35 inches above the floor. All control buttons shall be at least 3/4-inch in their smallest dimension. Fabricate for integral mounting at front returns. The following controls are required at each car: 1. Floor Buttons: Illuminated, one for each floor served. Buttons to light when call is registered, extinguish when call destination is reached. 2. In-Car stop switch, connected to audio alarm. 3. Door Open 4. Door Close 5. Emergency Alarm button, lighted when actuated, per ASME A17.1 Rule 211.1 (a) (1). The button lamp and the alarm bell itself shall be connected to a source of standby power per Rule 211.1 (a) (3). 6. Three position phase II switch per ASME Rule 211.3c 7. Call Cancel Button

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 8

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

F.

Car Position Indicator: Illuminated, with directional arrows. Fabricate for integral mounting in operating panel. 1. Characters: Digital bar-character type with 1-inch indications. a. Color: White. Communications Provisions: 1. Telephone Cabinet, Handset: Fabricate as integral part of operating panel, hinged push-release door with engraved emergency summons procedures. Use hands-free type of phone with touch button for automatic dialing from the car and automatic answering for calling to the car from the outside per Rule 211.1 (a) (2), or an intercom system in lieu of auto-answer function (the auto-dialout phone function would still be required). 2. Fireman's Phone Jack: As required by Governing Authorities, locate in right front of car. Service Cabinet: Fabricate as integral part of operating panel, hinged steel door, key lockable. Include the following devices, SPDT toggle switches unless otherwise shown: 1. Car light 2. Ventilating fan 3. Photoelectric device 4. Independent Service 5. Inspection Service 6. One spare 7. Electrical utility receptacle 8. In-Car stop switch per Rule 210.2 (v). When stop switch is activated, anti-creep leveling device required by Rule 306.3 shall remain operative. Do not connect to the alarm signal. Car Ventilation: Manufacturer's standard 2-speed fan. Miscellaneous: 1. Fireman's key operation devices, etc. as required by Governing Authorities. 2. Car-top work light and electrical receptacle.

G.

H.

I. J.

2.05

HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Doors and Frames: 1. Welds: Continuous, ground smooth and polished. 2. Corners: Mitered at stainless steel frames. Bolted frames to have head flush with jamb. 3. Entrance Frames: Fabricate from 14-gage minimum material unless otherwise required by fire rating.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

5. 6. B.

Hoistway Doors, Facings: Fabricate from 16-gage minimum material unless otherwise required by fire rating. a. Sight Guards: Match door panels. Size: Doors to be nominal size shown on schedule. Actual opening widths are detailed on Drawings. Fire Rating: 1-1/2-hour, UL labeled.

Struts, Headers: As standard with system manufacturer and as required for support of entrances and related hardware. Operating Devices: Prepare frames for flush mounting of switches, signals and other required devices. Applied device plates will not be permitted. Fascia, Toe Guards, Dust and Hanger Covers: Fabricate from 16-gage sheet steel. 1. Width: Full width of tracks. 2. Access: Fabricate to allow removal of section above door from within car. Sills: 1. 2. 3. 4.

C.

D.

E.

Material: Extruded Aluminum. Width: Full width of hoistway and extended over the expansion joint. Fasteners: Concealed. Finish Texture: Match finishes scheduled for door panels and trim.

F.

Hall Signals: Buttons and devices as standard with manufacturer, raised lettering. At each landing served, provide the following: 1. Hall Buttons: Single riser, illuminated, one button at terminal landings, intermediate landings, 3/4-inch minimum, mounted with centerline 42 inches above floor. Buttons shall illuminate to indicate hall call, extinguish when call is answered. a. Faceplates: As standard with manufacturer, 11-gage stainless steel, US32D finish. 2. Hall Lanterns and Chimes: Integral face plate, illuminated, equilateral triangle shape pointing up or down, one lantern at terminal landings, two at intermediate landings. Mount lanterns at least 72 inches above floor. Visual elements shall be at least 2-1/2-inch in the smallest dimension. a. Faceplates: As standard with manufacturer, 11-gage stainless steel, US32D finish. b. Color: Use white to indicate both UP and DOWN. c. Chime: Electronic type as standard with manufacturer for handicapped access, adjustable volume. Audible signals shall sound one for the up direction and twice for the down direction. d. Sequence: Chimes to sound and appropriate directional lantern to illuminate four seconds prior to car arrival. 3. Keyed Recall: Provide keyed recall features in accordance with Reference Standards, Title paragraph 3041 (e) (1) (D). Locate in hoistway entrance jamb.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a. G.

Pushbuttons: As standard with manufacturer, illuminated.

Braille Requirements: As standard with manufacturer and as required by Governing Authorities and Reference Standards. 1. Braille/Arabic Designations: Engraved directly onto surface of jambs, etc., or separate plates mounted with concealed mechanical fastenings, flush with adjacent surfaces, hairline joints. 2. Car Operating Panels: Provide braille and arabic characters, same size as operation buttons. 3. Entrance Frames: Provide braille and arabic characters. Centerline of characters shall be 60 inches above the floor. Characters shall be minimum 2 inches high per ADA requirements. 4. Star of Life: Provide where required by Governing Authorities, of same design as other braille/arabic designations.

2.06

DOOR OPERATION, PROTECTION AND CONTROL A. Hoistway and Car Door Operation: DC-powered operator, multiple speeds where specified, mounted independently of car enclosure. 1. Operating Speed: a. Opening: 2.0 feet per second b. Closing: Maximum allowed by Governing Authorities, 2 feet/second, maximum kinetic energy 7 ft-lbf. 2. Performance: Provide separate and adjustable timers to establish proper timing that permit adjustment at each landing. Hoistway and Car Door Protection: As required by Governing Authorities and as follows. 1. Light Beam and Safety Edge: Combined system, T. L. Jones "Microscan", Adams "The Door Man", or equal . a. Light Beams: Two; located at 5 and 29 inches above floor. b. Nudging Feature: Not activated until doors have remained open for 20 seconds. c. Closing Force: Not to exceed 2-1/2 ft-lbf. 2. Adjustable Door Dwell Time: Minimum five seconds for hall call, three seconds for car call.

B.

2.07

HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. General: Design, lay out and fabricate all required hoistway equipment, including necessary supports and connections to building structure. 1. Guide Rails: In accordance with CCR Title 24, Part 7, and the following: a. Size: Minimum 15 pounds per lineal foot, standard steel tees with backs machined for splice plates. b. Extend rails full depth of pits. Do not bottom on pit floor. 2. Control Switches: Noiseless type.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 11

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

Buffers: As standard with system manufacturer. Rails and Platforms: As required by Governing Authorities and Reference Standards, galvanized steel. Platform Construction: As standard with system manufacturer for specified models, galvanized steel frame with steel or wood floor. a. Size: As shown on drawings. b. Recess: As required for specified floor finish. Guide Shoes: Roller type with 3 or more sound reducing rollers. a. Roller Size: 3-inch diameter minimum. Car Frame: Welded or bolted steel channel construction, as standard with manufacturer.

2.08

FINISHES A. Elevator Cars: The following schedule describes the general characteristics of each elevator car. Refer to detail plans and interior elevations shown on Drawings for location of custom finishes. Car Item: Representative Cab Model: Floor Finish (each): Door Panel and Trim Finish: Door Threshold: Front Return: Transom: Sides and Back: Finish/Description: OTIS "Gen2 MRL" 12" x 12" Stone tiles, provided by Section 09380. #4 Brushed stainless steel Brushed aluminum #4 Brushed stainless steel #4 Brushed stainless steel Vertical Panel Design: Textured stainless steel clad plywood panels (Rimex Metals #5-SM pattern, Type 304 stainless steel, with stainless steel edge angles) over steel wall with baked enamel finish; enamel color to be selected by Architect/Engineer. Vandal-resistant "Disc Light Ceiling" with brushed stainless steel finish; emergency exit provisions; 8'-0" height. Manufacturer's standard fluorescent lighting Cylindrical, #4 brushed stainless steel finish #4 Brushed stainless steel

Ceiling Type and Height:

Lighting: Handrails: Accessories:

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 12

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Hoistway Entrances: Scheduled items apply to all entrances, unless otherwise specified or indicated on Drawings. Entrance Item: Entrance Frames: Door Panels and Trim: Door Thresholds: Transom: Accessories: Finish/Description: #4 Brushed stainless steel #4 Brushed stainless steel Extruded aluminum, clear finish, with abrasive grit infill #4 Brushed stainless steel #4 Brushed stainless steel

C.

Equipment Finishes: Painted. 1. Machinery and Equipment: Degrease and factory-finish with rustinhibiting primer and enamel. a. Color: As standard with system manufacturer; black at hoistway equipment. 2. Steel Sheet: Factory prime and finish, system manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine elevator areas, hoistways, hoistway openings, and pits for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Verify opening sizes, floor-to-floor heights, hoistway dimensions and other field dimensions and clearances. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces, openings, and conditions prior to commencement of installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B.

3.02

INSTALLATION A. Install elevators and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. Install elevators complete with all components, securely anchored to adjacent structure, connected to necessary controls and utilities, and ready for use. 1. Blocking: As recommended by system manufacturer for support of rails, machinery, etc. 2. Fasteners: Concealed at surfaces exposed to public view.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 13

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C.

Nameplates: Not permitted on surfaces exposed to public view. Welding: In accordance with Reference Standards. Traveling Cables: Prevent cables from chafing against hoistway or car. Wiring Splices: Not permitted except at terminal blocks or junction boxes. Lubrication of Operating Parts: As recommended by manufacturer.

Welded Construction: Provide welded connections for installing elevator work where bolted connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance, or replacement of worn parts. Comply with AWS standards for workmanship and for qualifications of welding operators. Sound Isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating equipment on vibration-isolating mounts designed to minimize transmission of vibrations to structure. Lubricate operating parts of systems, including ropes, as recommended by manufacturer. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails for accurate alignment of entrances with car. Where possible, delay final adjustment of sills and doors until car is operable in shaft. Reduce clearances to minimum, safe, workable dimension at each landing. Leveling Tolerance: 1/8-inch (3 mm), up or down, regardless of load and direction of travel. Sills: Set flush with finished floor surface at landings. Fill space under sills solidly with nonshrink non-metallic grout. Locate hall signal equipment for elevators as follows, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Locate hall push-button station most convenient for approaching passengers. 2. Place hall lanterns either above or beside each hoistway entrance. 3. Mount hall lanterns a minimum of 72 inches above finished floor. Standby Power System and Controls: Connect elevator control system to switches and annunciating devices in Building Fire Control Station.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

3.03

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: In addition to the requirements of Division 1, arrange for and perform tests and inspections required by Governing Authorities and Reference Standards.

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 14

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Acceptance Testing: Upon nominal completion of elevator installation, and before permitting either temporary or permanent use of elevators, perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by the "Code" and by governing regulations and agencies. 1. Obtain and pay a Certified QEI-1 Elevator Safety Inspector, as sanctioned by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers for the Acceptance Inspection and Tests as required in the ANSI A17.1 (Elevator Safety Code), and who shall issue a valid Certificate of Inspection. 2. Provide all necessary instruments and supplies for tests. 3. Check and test all safety and protective features in the presence of the Certified Elevator Safety Inspector. Advise City, Architect/Engineer, and Authorities Having Jurisdiction in advance of dates and times tests are to be performed. Make tests in presence of authorized representative of Governing Authorities together with the City's Representative. Tests: In addition to requirements of Governing Authorities, perform the following tests: 1. Performance: Test the following for compliance with specified performance requirements and manufacturer's criteria. a. Door Operation b. Leveling c. Speed d. Floor-to-Floor Times 2. Motor Control: a. Starting. b. Full Load Test on Normal c. Shutdown 3. Operations: Demonstrate that all operations comply with specified performance requirements and manufacturer's criteria. 4. Correct deficiencies, retest until specified requirements are met.

C.

D.

3.04

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Elevator System: Lubricate and adjust for proper operation, including setting and adjustment of control systems. Clean all elevator components inside cabs, in hoistways, at entrances, and in equipment room. Painting Field Touchup: Match adjacent surfaces. Touch-up of surfaces exposed to public view will not be permitted; replace entire component. Do not paint over labels on equipment.

B.

C.

3.05

DEMONSTRATION

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 15

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Train City's maintenance personnel in proper use and operation of elevators. Review emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation and other building emergencies. Check operation of each elevator with City's personnel present and before date of Substantial Completion. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly. Check operation of each elevator with City's personnel present not more than one month before end of warranty period. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 14211

Electric Traction Elevators 14211 - 16

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 15050 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents: Requirements of the Contract Documents, including Division 1 specifications, apply to work of this Section. Scope of Work: A. Provide labor, material, equipment, and services required to furnish and install work in sections listed below. Section 15050 - General Mechanical Requirements Section 15060 - General Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Systems Section 15300 - Fire Protection Section 15400 - Plumbing System Section 15600 - HVAC System B. Intent of Specifications: In the Specifications, plans, schedules, and details, information conveyed by means of brief mention or notation which regardless of brevity, shall be binding exactly as if presented in complete sentences employing mandatory language. Work not explicitly detailed in the Specification; or Drawings, but clearly standard practice of the trade as necessary to complete the systems shall be included as though fully specified and drawn. Examination of the Site: Examine the site and premises prior to bidding to determine conditions under which the work is to be performed. No allowance will be made for extra expense incurred due to failure to examine the premises. Existing site conditions, locations of services and all requirements of the existing utilities shall be coordinated with the drawings and specifications.

1.02

C.

1.03

Standard References and Definitions: A. Standard is described by reference to various associations. Abbreviation AABC AFI AMCA ANSI ARI Association Associated Air Balance Council Air Filter Institute Air Moving and Conditioning Association American Standards Association Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

ASHRAE ASME AWS AWWA CMC CPC NEBB NEMA NFPA OSHA SMACNA UL B.

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Welding Society American Water Works Association California Mechanical Code California Plumbing Code National Environmental Balancing Bureau National Electrical Manufacturers' Association National Fire Protection Assoc. Occupational Safety and Health Act Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

Reference is identified by appropriate prefix and number only, with latest revision being applicable.

1.04

Drawings and Specifications A. With the exception of systems and equipment furnished by Owner, it is intended that work covered by specifications and drawings includes everything requisite and necessary to make various systems complete and operative, irrespective of whether or not every item is specifically provided. Any omission of direct reference herein to any essential item shall not excuse contractor from complying with above intent. Figured dimensions supersede scaled ones. Contractor shall take no advantage of, and shall promptly call Architects attention to any error, omission or inconsistency in specifications and drawings. Special attention is directed to requirement that equipment and materials stated in specifications and/or indicated on drawings shall be furnished, completely installed, adjusted, and left in safe and satisfactory operating condition. Materials, apparatus or equipment specified or otherwise provided for on drawings, addenda, or change order issued subsequent to award or contract, shall be same brand, type, quality and character originally specified unless otherwise provided for in addenda or change order. Layout of equipment, accessories, specialties and suspended, concealed, or exposed piping systems are diagrammatic, unless dimensioned. In preparing shop drawings, Contractor shall check project conditions before installing work. If there are any interference's or conflicts, they shall be called to attention of Architect immediately for clarifications.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-2

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.05

Permits, Fees and Inspections: A. Contractor shall pay for all utility permits, licenses, fees and inspections required. Contractor shall make all arrangements for permits with utility companies, utility districts, and Fire Marshall. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up or enclosed until it has been reviewed and/or witnessed tests by Owner or Owner's representative and by government authorities having jurisdiction over this work.

B.

1.06

Submittals A. Shop Drawings 1. 2. Submit product data for review in accordance with contract documents. Prior to submitting product data, Contractor shall check for dimensional correctness, interference's, (fit available space), and conformance to specifications and plans. Contractor shall stamp drawings to indicate that stipulated check has been made. Identify submittal data by project name, specification section, and equipment identification number. Cuts or catalogs, including descriptive literature and characteristics of equipment shall show major dimensions, capacities, curves, pressure drops, control diagram, finish, code compliance, and motor and drive data; special instructions for shop drawings may be included with the itemized specification below. Submit proof of Title 24 compliance. Custom-made equipment and systems such as built-up air handling units and temperature controls and lists such as for grilles, diffusers and registers, fire dampers, etc., shall be submitted for review. Include shop drawings for each component in an assembly and wiring diagrams for all items incorporating electrical equipment. Shop drawings are required for all equipment, specialties and materials used in this project including but not limited to the items in the shop drawing and vendor guide listed below. Contractor agrees the Shop Drawing Submittals processed by the Architect are not change orders; that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawings, submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of Design Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawings submittals are processed by the Architect, the Design Drawings and Specifications shall control and shall be followed.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B.

Shop Drawing List - Plumbing 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Lists shall include all items listed and any other significant items not specifically listed. Drainage Specialties: Cleanouts, drains Domestic Water System Specialties: Wall hydrants, water hammer arrestors, backflow devices Hanger and supports Storm water filter

C.

Shop Drawing List - Fire Protection 1. 2. Lists shall include all items listed and any other significant items not specifically listed. Sprinkler system layout and specialties, sprinkler heads, valves, pressure gauges, hangers and supports, miscellaneous items (escutcheons, head guards, ball drips, etc.). Water Supply Systems: Piping Hangers and supports

3. 4. D.

Shop Drawing List - HVAC 1. 2. 3. 4. Lists shall include all items listed and any other significant items not specifically listed. HVAC units, exhaust fans, controls. Louvers Hangers and supports

E.

Record Drawings 1. Contractor shall keep on the job one complete set of the contractor working drawings on which he shall record any deviations or changes from such drawings made during construction. Record shall show changes in: Size, type, capacity, etc. of any material, device or piece of equipment. Location of any device or piece of equipment. Location of any outlet or source in building service systems. Routing of any piping, conduit, ducts, sewers, or other building services. Drawings shall also record location of concealed water and electric service, water piping, sewers, wastes, vents, ducts, conduit and other piping, by indication of measured dimensions to each such line from readily identifiable and accessible walls or corners of the building. Drawings also shall show invert elevation of sewers and top of water lines.

2.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.

4. 5.

Drawings shall be kept clean and undamaged, and shall not be used for any purpose other than recording deviations from working drawings and exact locations of concealed work. Each will be able to install his work satisfactorily with least possible interference or delay. Upon completion of work, Contractor shall obtain transparencies from Architect, at cost, and incorporate changes as noted on record set, including dimensions, and location and depth of bury of underground lines. Contractor shall sign and deliver transparencies with one set of prints to Architect. Corrections on transparencies shall be made by a professional draftsperson. Items superseded during construction shall be removed and only as-built conditions shall remain on transparencies.

1.07

Conformance With Regulations A. Give notices and comply with laws, ordinance, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on work. If Contractor observes that contract documents are at variance with such in any respect, promptly notify Architect, in writing. Necessary changes will be adjusted by change order. All mechanical equipment subject to the mandatory requirements must be certified by the manufacturer with the efficiency requirements as prescribed in the following sections of Sub-chapter 2 of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6. 1. 2. 3. Section 110 "System and Equipment - General". Section 111 "Mandatory Requirements for Appliance Regulated by the Appliance Efficiency Regulations". Section 112 "Mandatory Requirements for Space Conditioning Equipment".

B.

C.

All mechanical equipment subject to the mandatory requirements must be specified and installed as proscribed in the following sections of Sub-chapter 3 of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. Section 120 "Space Conditioning and Water Heating Systems and Equipment - General" Section 121 "Requirements for Ventilation" Section 122 "Required Controls for Space Conditioning Systems" Section 124 "Requirements for Air Distribution System Ducts and Plenums"

1.08

Warranty

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Warranty, in writing, to Owner that work herein shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials, that apparatus will develop capacities and characteristics required in drawings, and that, if any during period of one year after date of certificate of completion and acceptance of project, and such defects appear, he shall remedy them without any cost to Owner. Warranty, as stated, shall include costs of any work required to be done by other Contractor for removal, access, etc. and replacement thereof.

B.

1.09

Substitutions A. Contractor is cautioned to bid materials listed in the specifications. Contractor may substitute listed material provided: 1. 2. 3. B. Burden of proof of equivalency is on contractor and acceptance is by the Owner. Contractor is liable for project schedule. Contractor complies with contract documents.

Should substitution be allowed, contractor remains liable for operation and performance of originally specified material.

1.10

Inter-Trade Coordination A. Mechanical Contractor shall schedule and hold a coordination meeting at the beginning of the project. Meeting may be at the job site, Contractor's office or Architect's office. As a minimum, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection sub contractors shall be present. Architect and Mechanical Engineer shall be notified of the meeting schedule. Minutes of the meeting shall be recorded by the Mechanical Contractor and forwarded to the Architect for review. Meeting shall review: 1. Voltage and phasing available at this project. 2. Power requirements for each piece of equipment furnished. 3. Control and starter requirements for each piece of equipment including a review of who is providing said piece of equipment. 4. Location of each piece of equipment, including fans, pumps, smoke fire dampers and detectors, fire risers, fire alarm control panel.

B.

C.

D.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.01

Not Applicable

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 Temporary Facilities shall be provided as stated in Division 1. Inspections A. Arrange with Architect/Owner and enforcing Governmental authorities for required permits and inspections. Furnish Architect with completed certificates of inspection and approval at completion. Call for inspections when they become due. Do not cover any work until accepted.

3.03

Damage to Other Work A. Contractor shall be held responsible for damage caused by his work or through neglect of his workmen. Contractor shall do repairing of damaged work as directed by Architect; Contractor shall pay cost of repairs.

3.04

Supports A. Supports for ductwork, pipe, conduit, ceiling grid system, etc., shall not interfere with access to valves, etc. Install equipment, ductwork and piping so that noise and vibration will not be transmitted throughout building. Seismic support of all mechanical equipment, ductwork, grilles and registers, etc. shall comply with 2001 edition, California Building Code, earthquake regulations, SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems". The architect and structural engineer prior to installation shall review all seismic restraints selected.

B.

C.

3.05

Rubbish A. Rubbish resulting from the work herein specified shall be removed from the premises by the trade at the end of each day. On completion of work, remove from the site all tools, equipment, surplus materials, and rubbish. Pay costs for such removal and disposition and cooperate with General Contractor in final cleaning.

3.06

Hoists, Rigging, Transportation and Scaffolding

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Provide scaffolding, staging, cribbing, tackle, hoists and rigging necessary for placing materials and equipment. Temporary work shall be removed from premises when its use in no longer required on job. Pay costs for transportation of materials and equipment to job site and include such costs in proposal. Scaffolding and hoisting equipment shall comply with requirements of Federal, State and Local laws and codes.

B.

C.

3.07

Equipment Ingress A. Contractor is solely responsible for purchasing equipment and materials in such knock-down condition that they will pass through building openings or such openings as may occur incidentally during building construction. Coordinate this effort with General Contractor.

3.08

Accessibility A. Install work so as to be readily accessible for operation, maintenance and repair; minor deviations from drawings may be made to accomplish this. Changes shall not be made without approval of the Architect. Coordinate with other contractor's for location of piping, ductwork and equipment.

B.

3.09

Protection of Building, Openings and Materials A. In addition to the provisions and stipulations in the General Conditions, provide various types of protection as follows: 1. 2. 3. Protect finished floors from chips and cutting oil by the use of metal chip receiving pan and a floor cover. Protect equipment and finished surfaces from welding and cutting splatters with baffles and splatter blankets. Protect equipment and finished surfaces from paint droppings, insulation adhesive and sizing droppings, etc., by use of drop cloths.

B.

Duct, pipe and construction openings and excavations required for mechanical work shall be covered when work is not in progress, as follows: 1. 2. 3. Cover duct openings with canvas or plastic. Cap pipe openings with fittings or plugs. Cover wall and ceiling openings with plywood, or canvas covered framing.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4. 5.

Cover floor openings and excavations with structural material of adequate strength to support traffic. Provide guards and rails at pits and openings as required by governing authority.

C.

Equipment and material shall be covered and protected and kept clean during storage and shall not be exposed to the weather. Equipment such as chillers, boilers, fans, etc., shall be warehoused or stored indoors.

3.10

Cleaning-Lubricating A. Clean systems internally before placing in operation. Clean externally and restore damaged surfaces. Lubricate equipment per manufacturer's instructions. Where lubricating points are not easily accessible, provide extensions.

3.11

Maintenance Prior to Final Acceptance A. Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of equipment and systems installed until final acceptance by Owner, and shall take such measures as necessary to ensure adequate protection of equipment and materials during delivery, storage, installation, start-up, temporary operation, and shut-down. Air handling systems used prior to final acceptance shall have specified filters installed. A clean set of filters shall be installed at time of job acceptance.

B.

C. 3.12

Excavation and Backfilling A. Unless otherwise specified, provide for excavation and backfilling. Determine lines and levels and provide necessary shoring, excavation, drainage, excavation protection. Bell holes shall be dug to ensure pipe resting for its entire length on bottom of trench. Where pipe is being installed in filled areas, "structural fill" must be firmly compacted, and backfilled with crushed stone to pipe laying level. Backfilling for pipe with bell and spigot joints shall be as follows: Pipe shall be added in compacted granular material placed on flat trench bottom. Sand bedding shall have minimum thickness of one-fourth outside pipe diameter, and extend halfway up pipe barrel at sides. Remainder of side fills, and to depth of 12 inches over top of pipe, shall be filled with same material carefully compacted. Fill shall be as approved by the Architect. Sand fill shall be provided from off site borrows. Excess excavated material shall be disposed of off site.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-9

B.

C.

D.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

Where excavation is necessary in municipal property pavements, Contractor for whose work the excavation is required shall pay fees and costs for opening pavement and costs of filling and repaving in accordance with requirements of the municipality or utility company.

3.13

Flushing and Sterilization A. Potable water systems shall be thoroughly flushed and disinfected before being put into service per methods in AWWA C601 publications, "A Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains", as required by Governing code.

3.14

Painting A. Painting of mechanical items unless otherwise specified, shall be done under Section 09900. Mechanical Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate this work.

3.15

Equipment Bases and Supports A. B. Equipment shall have driver and driven unit mounted on common bases. Provide anchor bolts, structural supports, platforms, braces, tie rods, etc. required to support or hang piping and equipment. Provide structural channel and/or angle iron framing around building openings required which are not shown on architectural and structural drawings and, therefore, are not "framed in" by General Contractor.

C.

3.16

Machinery Guards A. Provide barriers as required by code, and as specified, for moving parts of machinery exposed to personnel. Guard exposed moving parts, such as belts and couplings, with expanded metal or solid 16 GA. sheet metal guards with edges rounded, and 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/8 inch angle iron frames, properly supported. Bolt guards in place and fabricate to permit easy removal. Provide 2 inch openings, for insertion of tachometer at ends of motor and equipment shafts.

B.

C.

3.17

Manufacturer's Nameplates

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Each unit of equipment shall be identified by permanently attached nameplate of corrosion resistant metal. Plates shall bear following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. Manufacturers name Serial and model numbers Rated capacity Temperature, pressure or other limitations.

3.18

Equipment and Systems Identification A. Identify each unit as to function and system number as directed by the Architect and as listed. Item Supply & exhaust fans Pumps Air handling units Switches, pilot lights (Remote) Pipe lines B. Service Abbreviations City Water Fire Line Storm Sewer Non-potable water CW FL SS NPW Type Identification Stencil Stencil/plastic laminate Stencil Label plastic laminate Stencil, labels

3.19

Testing A. Test piping and equipment as specified under CPC, CMC or other sections. Furnish labor, materials, instruments, power, etc. required for testing, unless otherwise specified. Perform tests as required by parties having legal jurisdiction. Notify these parties a minimum of three days before testing. In general, pressure tests shall be applied to piping only, before connection of equipment and appliances. In no case shall piping or appliances be subject to pressure exceeding their rating. Defective work shall be promptly repaired or replaced, and test shall be repeated until the particular system and component parts thereof receive approval of Architect. Damages resulting from tests shall be repaired, or damaged materials replaced, to satisfaction of the Architect and at no cost to Owner.

B.

C.

D.

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-11

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

E.

If Contractor does not promptly repair damages and defects, Owner reserves the right to remedy such damages and defects at Contractor's expense.

3.20

Field Supervision Equipment Start-up Service A. Provide field installation, supervision and start-up service for equipment specified herein. Field supervision and start-up service shall be provided by factory trained and/or manufacturer-authorized personnel approved by Architect. Safety devices shall be tested, relieving pressures and tripping points shall be recorded in certifications. Submit to Architect letters of certification stating that equipment has been observed in operation, has been adjusted to perform as specified, and is installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B.

C.

D.

3.21

Instruction and Field Start-up Supervision Equipment List A. B. Carbon Monoxide Controls Fire Protection System

3.22

Requirement for Final Inspection A. Following item must be completed prior to final inspections. No final payment will be made and the mechanical work will not be accepted until all items are completed. 1. Thoroughly clean parts of the apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts, which are to be painted, shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all oil and grease shall be removed. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out. Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brush to remove rust and other spots and left smooth and clean. Provide clean set of specified filters in all air circulating equipment. Test and balance work shall be complete and reports received and reviewed by Architect.

2. 3. 4.

3.23

Operating Instruction and Service Manual A. Prepare two (2) diagrams of the entire control system, including a full description of operation and two (2) service manuals for the entire heating, ventilating and air conditioning system. The diagram shall be submitted for review at least thirty

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-12

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

(30) days before completion of the work. Failure to submit diagram for review will delay final inspection and acceptance of the work. B. Following items together with any other pertinent data shall be included. List is not necessarily complete and shall be considered minimum. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Manufacturer's name, nearest representative and model and serial numbers of component of system. Operating instruction, start-up and shut down procedure. Maintenance and lubrication instructions. Parts list. Manufacturer's literature describing each piece of equipment. One stamped copy of each shop drawing submitted under item list. Part numbers of all replaceable items. List of belt sizes, types and lengths. Control diagram and operation sequence together with labeling of control piping and instruments to match diagram.

C.

After review of a copy of the manual by the Architect, two (2) copies of each manual shall be furnished to the Owner. The operating instructions and service manual shall be considered a part of the final inspection and shall be submitted for review at least 30 days in advance of request for final inspection.

D.

END OF SECTION 15050

General Mechanical Requirements 15050-13

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 15060 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. 1.02 Requirements of the Contract Documents, including Division 1 Specifications, apply to work of this section.

General A. Provide design, materials and installation for electric motors, control panels, certain control and safety devices for proper operation of electrical systems associated with mechanical equipment specified in Division 15. Notify Architect in writing within 14 days before bids are due, if it is necessary to increase horsepower of any motors or change any electrical requirements listed or shown. After this period, the responsible Contractor shall assume costs incurred because of changes.

B.

1.03

Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment A. Mechanical equipment with factory assembled and/or attached with electric equipment shall be U.L. listed and shall meet the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. Electrical Motors 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. For each piece of equipment requiring electric drive, provide a motor having starting and running characteristics consistent with torque and speed requirements of the driven machine. Manufacturers furnishing motors shall verify motor horsepower with the characteristic power curves of driven equipment on shop drawings. Each motor shall be rated in accordance with NEMA standards to carry its full nameplate load continuously. In no case shall power requirements of driven machine exceed normal nameplate rating of the motor furnished. Motor horsepower specified shall be considered minimums. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be of general-purpose type with open type enclosures, rated for temperature rise of 40o C and operation at 1800 RPM. Contractor shall verify electrical characteristics of each motor with electrical drawings. Motors shall be as manufactured by Reliance, Gould, U.S. Motor or approved equal.

B.

1.04

Coordination of Work A. Verify Electrical Contractor is furnishing and installing the following for all mechanical/plumbing equipment: Power line voltage conduit and wiring, manual line voltage controls (disconnect switches, manual motor starters, etc.).

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

B. C. D. E.

The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish Automatic line voltage controls and magnetic starters unless otherwise specifically noted on the plans. All control wiring for mechanical/plumbing equipment shall be installed in conduit. Furnishing of, installation of, and connection of all control for controls shall be by the mechanical/plumbing contractor. wiring and conduit

It shall be the responsibility of each subcontractor furnishing motors and devices to advise the Electrical Contractor of exact function of systems to assure proper type of starter with correct number of auxiliary contacts and coil voltage for proper operation of the systems. Line voltage motor control equipment which is furnished loose under Division 15 will be delivered to the Electrical Contractor at the site for custody, erection in place, and wiring as specified elsewhere herein. In general, power service wiring will be furnished and installed and connected to mechanical equipment by the Electrical Contractor under Division 16. Summary of motors, electrical equipment, and controls is listed on drawings. It is not intended to be all-inclusive in defining Contractor's work.

F.

G. H.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Variable Frequency Drive: A. Provide complete variable frequency drives where indicated. All standard and optional features shall be included within the VFD enclosure, unless otherwise specified. VFD shall be housed in a metal, plenum rated, NEMA 12 enclosure, or other NEMA Type according to the installation and operating conditions at the job site. The VFDs UL listing shall allow mounting in plenum or other air handling compartments. Provide with integral disconnect switch. 1. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three-phase AC power into a variable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of threephase AC motors. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave. Motor voltage shall be varied with frequency to maintain desired motor magnetization current suitable for centrifugal pump and fan control and to negate the need for motor derating. With the motor's rated voltage applied to the VFD input, the VFD shall allow the motor to produce full rated power at rated amps, RMS fundamental volts, and speed without using the motor's service factor. The VFD shall include a full-wave diode bridge rectifier and maintain a fundamental power factor near unity regardless of speed or load. The VFD and options shall be tested to ANSI/UL Standard 508. The complete VFD, including all specified options, shall be assembled by the manufacturer, which shall be UL-508 certified for the building and

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 2

2.

3.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

4.

5. 6. 7.

8.

assembly of option panels. Local representative panel shop assembly for option panels is not acceptable. The appropriate UL stickers shall be applied to both the drive and option panel, in the case where these are not contained in one panel. The VFDs full load amp rating shall meet or exceed NEC Table 430-150. The VFD shall be able to provide full rated output current continuously, 110% of rated current for 60 seconds and 160% of rated current for up to 0.5 second while starting. The VFD shall be able to provide full torque at any selected speed up to base speed to allow driving direct drive fans without derating. Input and output power circuit switching can be done without interlocks or damage to the VFD. Protective Features a. A minimum of Class 20 I2t electronic motor overload protection for single motor applications and thermal-mechanical overloads for multiple motor applications shall be provided. Protection against input transients, loss of AC line phase, short circuit, ground fault, overvoltage, undervoltage, drive over temperature and motor over temperature. The VFD shall display all faults in plain English. Codes are not acceptable. b. Protect VFD from sustained power or phase loss. The VFD shall provide full rated output with an input voltage as low as 90% of the nominal. The VFD will continue to operate with reduced output with an input voltage as low as 164 VAC for 208/230 volt units, and 313 VAC for 460 volt units. c. Drive package shall include semi-conductor rated input fuses to protect power components. d. Drive shall include a "signal loss detection" circuit to sense the loss of the control signal, and shall be programmable to react as desired in such instance. e. Drive shall function normally when the keypad is removed while the drive is running and continue to follow remote commands. No warnings or alarms shall be issued. f. Drive shall catch a rotating motor operating forward or reverse up to full speed. g. Drive shall be rated for 100,000 amp interrupting capacity (AIC). h. Drive shall include current sensors on all three output phases to detect and report phase loss to the motor. The VFD will identify which of the output phases is low or lost. i. Drive shall continue to operate without faulting until input voltage exceeds 300 VAC on 208/230 volt drives, and 539 VAC on 460 volt drives. j. Isolation transformers at each VFD. Interface Features

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

a.

b. c. d. e. f.

g.

h. i.

j.

k.

Hand/Start, Off/Stop and Auto/Start selector switches shall be provided to start and stop the drive and determine the speed reference. Provide a 24 V DC output signal to indicate that the drive is in Auto/Remote mode. Digital manual speed control. Potentiometers are not acceptable. Lockable, alphanumeric backlit display keypad can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away using standard 9-pin cable. All keypads shall be identical and interchangeable. To setup multiple drives, it shall be possible to upload all setup parameters to the drive's keypad, place that keypad on all other drives in turn and download the setup parameters to each drive. A red FAULT light, a yellow WARNING light and a green POWER-ON light shall be provided. These indications shall be visible both on the keypad and on the drive when the keypad is removed. A quick setup menu with factory preset typical HVAC parameters shall be provided on the drive eliminating the need for macros. The drive shall be fitted with an RS 485 serial communications port and be supplied with Windows® compatible software to display all monitoring, fault, alarm and status signals. The software shall allow parameter changes to be made to the drive settings, as well as storage of each controller's operating and setup parameters, and remote operation of the drive. The same software shall be used throughout the entire product range. The drive shall include as standard RS-485 communications capabilities to be connected at a future date to a Johnson Controls N2 and/or Siemens Landis Division System 600 FLN at no additional cost to the owner. The connection shall be software selectable by the user. As a minimum, the following points shall be controlled and/or accessible: Drive Start/stop Speed reference Fault diagnostics Motor power in kW Motor power in HP Motor current Motor voltage Hours run The VFD shall have temperature controlled cooling fans for quiet operation and minimized losses. The VFD shall store in memory the last 20 faults and record all operational data.

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

Eight programmable digital inputs shall be provided for interfacing with the systems control and safety interlock circuitry. Two programmable relay outputs, one Form C 240 V AC, one Form A 50 V AC, shall be provided for remote indication of drive status. Two programmable analog inputs shall be provided and shall accept a direct-or-reverse acting signal. Analog reference inputs accepted shall include 0-10 V dc, 0-20 mA and 4-20 mA. Two programmable 0 to 20 mA analog outputs shall be provided for indication of drive status. These outputs shall be programmable for output speed, voltage, frequency, amps and input kW. Under fire mode conditions the VFD shall automatically default to a preset speed. 9. Adjustments a. VFD shall have an adjustable carrier frequency in steps of not less than 0.1 kHz to allow tuning of drive to motor. b. Sixteen preset speeds shall be provided. c. Four acceleration and four deceleration ramps shall be provided. Accel and decel time shall be adjustable over the range from 0 to 3,600 seconds to base speed. The shape of these curves may be automatically contoured to prevent tripping. d. Four current limit settings shall be provided. e. If the VFD trips on one of the following conditions, the VFD shall be programmable for automatic or manual reset: undervoltage, overvoltage, current limit, inverter overload and motor overload. f. The number of restart attempts shall be selectable from 0 through 20 and the time between attempts shall be adjustable from 0 through 600 seconds. g. An automatic "on delay" may be selected from 0 to 120 seconds. Bypass a. Provide a manual 3-contactor bypass consisting of a door interlocked main fused disconnect padlock able in the off position, a built-in motor starter and a four position DRIVE/OFF/LINE/TEST switch controlling three contactors. In the DRIVE position, the motor is operated at an adjustable speed from the drive. In the OFF position, the motor and drive are disconnected. In the LINE position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC power line and power is disconnected from the drive so that service can be performed. In the TEST position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC line power. This allows the drive to be given an operational test while continuing to run the motor at full speed in bypass. Customer supplied normally

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 5

10.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

11.

12.

13.

closed dry contact shall be interlocked with the drives safety trip circuitry to stop the motor whether in DRIVE or BYPASS mode in case of an external safety fault. b. Service personnel shall be able to defeat the main power disconnect and open the bypass enclosure without disconnecting power. This shall be accomplished through the use of a specially designed tool and mechanism while meeting all local and national code requirements for safety. c. Smoke purge circuitry shall be interconnected such than an external dry contact can be used in both drive and bypass mode. Service Conditions Ambient temperature, -10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F). 0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing. Elevation to 3,300 feet without derating. AC line voltage variation, -10 to +10% of nominal with full output. Quality Assurance: To ensure quality and minimize failures at the jobsite, the complete VFD shall be tested by the manufacturer. The VFD shall operate a dynamometer at full load and speed and shall be cycled during the test. All optional features shall be functionally tested at the factory for proper operation. Manufacturer: Danfoss or equivalent

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Not Applicable.

END OF SECTION 15060

General Electrical Requirements For Mechanical Systems 15060 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. 1.02 Requirements of the Contract Documents, including Division 1 Specifications and Section 15050 General Mechanical Requirements, apply to work of this Section.

Scope of Work A. B. Thoroughly review architectural, structural and mechanical plans to identify all interference's and concealed spaces. Provide labor, material and equipment to design, furnish, and install the fire protection system required by contract documents. Design shall include site requirements. Wet standpipe system in accordance with NFPA 14 and the local fire marshal. Provide testing of completed system as required for regulatory approvals. Contractor shall be State Fire Marshal licensed. Sprinkler head locations indicated on Architect's reflected ceiling plans are shown for aesthetic purposes only. Contractor shall provide all heads required by NFPA 13 and conform with Architect's layout to the fullest extent possible. Architect shall have opportunity to review and relocate sprinkler heads without increasing contract costs.

C. D. E. F.

1.03

Submittals A. Provide manufacturers shop drawings of sprinkler heads and all other purchased components. Submit dimensioned drawings and hydraulic calculations to the Vallejo Fire Department for approval. Submit approved copies to the Architect in accordance with requirements of Division 1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Piping and Fittings, Underground: A. B. Piping and fittings, underground: Johns-Manville PVC "Blue Brute" pipe, class 200 meeting all requirements of AWWA C900. Fittings: Cast iron pressure fittings and Ring-Tite bells conforming to AWWA Standard C110-64. U.S. Pipe and Foundry, Birmingham, Ala.: Trinity Valley, Ft. Worth, Texas; Lylon Joint Class D. ASA A 21.20.

FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.02

Pipe and Fittings, above ground: A. B. Piping shall be black steel ASTM A-53 schedule 40, ASTM A-135 Schedule 10, or seamless hard temper copper, ASTM B-88 Type M where appropriate. Fittings for steel pipe may be groove, gasket and clamp as manufactured by Victaulic or Sprink, Inc., threaded or flanged cast iron for 175 PSI water working pressure or welded, provided the welding is performed by ASME (Boiler CodeSection IX) qualification welders. Plain end fittings are not acceptable. Hangers and supports and their installation shall be according to NFPA 13. All exposed hangers, supports and hardware shall be stainless steel or other approved marine grade, non-corrosive material approved by the Fire Marshal. Valves shall be iron body, bronze fitted, 175-PSI water working pressure, U.L. listed. 1. 2. Main drain valve, angle type, United No. 126S. Inspect or test valve, globe type, United No. 125S.

C. D. E.

2.03

Sprinkler Heads A. B. Sprinkler heads in areas where piping is exposed shall be upright or pendent, Tyco Fire Products, Model "A". Sprinklers in finished ceiling areas with recessed light fixtures shall be recessed, mounted with trim ring and plate, chrome finish, Tyco Fire Products, Model "H" or Model "A" recessed. Sprinklers in finished ceiling areas with surfaced mounted light fixtures shall be pendent, mounted with trim ring and plate, chrome finish, Tyco Fire Products, Model "A". Sidewall sprinklers shall be Tyco Fire Products, Model "H". Sprinkler heads in areas exposed to weather to be corrosion resistant type head, teflon-based corrosion resistant coating. All sprinkler heads shall be non-color coded (ordinary rating), U.L. listed and F.M. approved. Other manufacturers' products, if equal in all respects, will be accepted. At the risers, provide a sprinkler cabinet for 12 sprinkler heads. Provide spare sprinklers, representative of all types installed. Include a sprinkler wrench mounted in cabinet.

C.

D. E. F.

G.

2.04

Fire Department Connection A. Cast brass sidewalk or wall type Siamese connections, escutcheon plate and sleeve assembly; with (2) two, 2 1/2" fire department inlets with female hose

FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

connections, American National fire hose connection screw thread, equipped with self-closing brass double clapper valves, equipped with plugs and chains. B. C. 2.05 Polished brass finish. Potter-Roemer, Inc., Grinnell or equal.

Check Valve for Fire Department Connection A. Ductile iron body, swing check with bronze clapper and rubber "O" ring resilient seal, 4" NPT male x 4" NPT female ends, United No. 68.

2.06

Detector Check Valve A. B. U.L. and F. M. listed, rubber faced clapper, flanged or mechanical joint ends, 175 PSI water working pressure with bypass meter trim package. Stockham, Grinnell, Mueller or equal.

2.07

Post Indicating Valve and Indicator post. A. B. C. Iron body, bronze mounted, 175-PSI water working pressure, non-rising type outside screw and yoke with flanged or mechanical joint ends, U.L. listed. Vertical or wall type indicator post, U.L. and F.M. listed, with extension sleeves if required. Stockham, Grinnell, or equal.

2.08

Flex Grooved Coupling. A. Provide a flex coupling and pipe clamp on each side of the beam penetration.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Workmanship: experienced sprinkler fitters shall install the work. Make up head connections with double swing joints in finished ceiling areas. Provide auxiliary drains where interference's make it impossible to drain mains otherwise. Coordination: Carefully coordinate piping and head location with other piping, lights, ductwork, diffusers and ceiling grid. Provide offsets where required to maintain uniform ceiling pattern. The automatic sprinkler system shall be installed according to NFPA 13. The entire installation shall meet the requirements of the State Fire Marshal and insurance carrier. At completion of the project, Contractor shall operate all control valves and all alarms and devices, clean and lubricate control and alarm valves and fire department hose connections. Instruct Owner in proper care, operation and maintenance of the system and provide with two copies of NFPA 13 on care and maintenance of sprinkler systems, and maintenance and parts lists for all equipment installed in accordance with requirements of Division 1.

3.02

3.03

FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

3.04

Inspection and Testing A. B. C. Thoroughly flush fire protection piping to remove dirt, scale or any other debris that could interfere with sprinkler operation. Test the entire system under 200-psig pressure for two hours. encountered, repair them and retest until system is right. If leaks are

Arrange for flow and alarm test at a time convenient for interested regulatory personnel and Engineer to witness. Provide certification for success of testing and submit two copies in accordance with requirements of Division 1.

END OF SECTION 15300

FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. 1.02 Requirements of the contract documents form a part of this section. Particular attention is directed to Section 15050, General Mechanical Requirements.

Scope of Work A. B. Provide labor, material and equipment to furnish and install plumbing equipment, trim and accessories required by the contract documents. Provide domestic water, sewer, and storm water services from existing mains as shown on drawings, including pipe, valves, fittings and connections to site utilities.

1.03

Submittals A. Provide manufacturer's shop drawings and product data with detailed dimensions and pictures of all items required by Engineer as determined by provisions of section 15050 and in accordance with requirements of Division 1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Pipe and Fittings A. Interior Water Piping and Condensate piping: Copper tube 1. 2. 3. B. Type L copper, ASTM B-88, hard drawn temper, ANSI B16.22 wrought Copper fitting, lead-free soldered joints. Copper tube and fittings shall be installed per ASTM B828-92. Flux will meet ASTM B813. Using ex or corrosive flux will lead to early Pipe failure.

Exterior Water Piping 2-1/2" and smaller. 1. 2. 3. Copper tube type K soft-annealed temper, wrought-copper fittings; lead Free soldered joints. Copper tube and fittings shall be installed per ASTM B828-92. Flux will meet ASTM B813. Using excess or corrosive flux will lead to Early pipe failure.

C.

Above Ground Rain Water Leader: 1. Cast-iron hubless soil pipe: Service weight; cast-iron hubless soil pipe fittings; hubless joints.

Plumbing System 15400 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

Underground Building Drain, Storm Drain Piping: 1. 2. 3. PVC Schedule 40 DWV, plain end cellular foam core pipe made to ASTM F891, non pressure pipe and listed NSF ­DWV Standard 14. Cast-iron hubless soil pipe: service weight; cast-iron hubless soil pipe fittings; Husky 4000 band for hubless joints Install per manufacturers recommendations.

E. 2.02

Hangers: All exposed hangers, supports and hardware shall be PVC or FRP Lee Composites, Inc. Super Hanger or approved equal, stainless steel.

Cleanouts A. All waste and storm piping shall have cleanouts at foot of stacks, at building entry, at every change in the direction of run, at intervals of not more than 50'-0" in straight runs inside building walls and as required by code. All outlets shall be accessible so that drain line may be readily cleaned with a snake or other rodding tool. All cleanouts shall be of the same diameter as the pipe, up to 4" maximum. All cleanout plugs shall be brass or bronze, Zurn, Josam, Smith or Wade. Accessible cleanouts in cast iron shall have a countersunk head bronze plug equal to Zurn Z-1470. Cleanouts installed in pipe in fill under floors shall be provided with long sweep 1/4 bend or two 1/8 bends to an easily accessible place or where indicated on drawings. In floors they shall terminate in Zurn Z-1400-2 floor level cleanout with nickel-bronze cover. In finished walls they shall terminate in Zurn Z-1440-1 or Z-1440-, cleanout with nickel bronze or stainless steel access cover. In finished grade they shall terminate in Zurn Z-1420-25. Zurn, Josam, Wade, Smith.

B. C.

2.03

Storm Lift Pumps/Sumps: 1. 2. Submersible pumps, sized per schedule, complete with starter , and over load protection shall pass 2" diameter solid ball, mechanical seal, designed for continual use and 10 starts per hour. Sump: sized per schedule, complete with multiple field inlets, gas tight cover, check and shut off valves, adjustable liquid level mercury float switch level controls, control panel with alternator, vent connection. Install per manufacturer's requirements.

2.04

Fixtures: A. Fixtures and trim shall be complete with fittings, supports, fastening devices, faucets, valves, traps, stops and appurtenances required. Trim shall be finished as indicated and of the same design and manufacturer. Drains 1. Area Drain AD-1: Wade Parking Deck drain Fig. 1200PG-1-5, heavy duty traffic over rated cast iron parking deck drain with support flange,

Plumbing System 15400 - 2

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

3. 4. 5. 6. 2.05

shallow sump bottom outlet, integral membrane clamp, vandal proof ductile iron tractor grate with nickel bronze veneer, 6" and 8" outlet. Dimensions: nominal 12" diameter grate, 20" outside diameter support flange, 6" depth from top of grate, 20" outside diameter support flange, 6" depth from top of grate to bottom of no-hub outlet. Wade, Zurn, Smith Josam. Area Drain AD-2: Wade Parking Deck drain Fig. 1200PG-1-5, heavy duty traffic rated cast iron parking deck drain with support flange, shallow sump bottom outlet, integral membrane clamp, vandal proof ductile iron tractor grate with nickel bronze veneer, 4" outlet. Dimensions: nominal 12" diameter grate, 20" outside diameter support flange, 6" depth from top of grate to bottom of no-hub outlet. Wade, Zurn, Smith, Josam. Planter Drain PD-1: J.R.Smith fig. 2670Y. Trench Drain TD-1: Zurn model Z- 886. Area Drain AD-3: Zurn model Z-415U. Hub Drain HD-1: Zurn model Z-326.

Storm Water Filter Unit A. The Contractor shall install a precast storm water treatment unit (SWTU) in accordance with the notes and details shown on the Drawings and in conformance with these Specifications. The SWTU unit(s) shall be non-mechanical and gravity driven, requiring no external power requirements. The SWTU unit shall be equipped with a stainless steel expanded metal screen having a screen opening of 2400 microns (2.4 mm or 0.094 inches). The separation screen shall be self-cleaning and non-blocking for all flows diverted to it, even when flows within the storm drain pipeline exceed the SWTU unit's design treatment flow capacity. When storm flows exceed the SWTU unit's design treatment flow capacity, a portion of this flow will bypass the SWTU unit over the unit's diversion weir. Hydraulic Treatment Capacity and Separation Screen Design 1. In accordance with the California Stormwater Quality Association's "Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook for New Development and Redevelopment," alternative vortex separators shall only be considered equivalent when the unit's treatment hydraulic loading rate does not exceed 24-gallons/square foot of separator chamber area at the peak of the design 0.7 cfs listed in the following paragraph(s). This is the (horizontal) plan area of the separator zone within the vortex separation chamber, not the total footprint area of the unit. Additionally, alternative separators relying on settling in vaults or tanks shall only be considered equivalent when the unit's treatment hydraulic loading rate does not exceed 24-gallons/square foot of separator chamber footprint at the peak

Plumbing System 15400 - 3

B.

C. .

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

2.

of the design 0.7 cfs listed in the following paragraph(s). This is the (horizontal) internal area of the settling tank or vault, not the total footprint area of the unit. Model PMSU20_15, Minimum Treatment Flow Capacity: The Model PMSU20_15 storm water treatment unit shall have a minimum treatment flow capacity of 0.7 cfs (19.8 l/s). This treatment capacity shall be achieved without any flow bypassing the overflow weir of the treatment unit.

D.

Storm Water Filtration Treatment Unit Structure and Design: 1. 2. 3. The structure shall be designed to withstand H2O traffic and earth loadings to be experienced during the life of the treatment unit. The storm water filtration treatment unit shall be furnished with the following sump capacities. Model PMSU20_15, Minimum Sump Capacity: The Model PMSU20_15 shall be furnished with a sump that has a minimum volume of 1.1 cubic yards (0.8 cubic meters) for storage of sediments, organic solids, and other settleable trash and debris.

E.

Oil and Grease Removal Performance 1. The SWTU unit is equipped with a conventional oil baffle to capture and retain oil and grease and Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) pollutants as they are transported through the storm drain system during dry weather (gross spills) and wet weather flows. The conventional oil baffle within a unit assures satisfactory oil and grease removal from typical urban storm water runoff. Model PMSU20_15, Minimum Oil Storage Capacity: The Model PMSU20_15 shall be furnished with a baffle that provides a minimum gross oil storage volume of 92 gallons (348l) The SWTUs shall be equipped with a conventional oil baffle to capture and retain oil and grease and Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) pollutants as they are transported through the storm drain system during dry weather (gross spills) and wet weather flows. The SWTU units shall also be capable of receiving and retaining the addition of Oil Sorbents within their separation chambers. The addition of the oil sorbents can ensure the permanent removal of 80% to 90% of the free oil and grease from the storm water runoff. The addition of sorbents enables increased oil and grease capture efficiencies beyond that obtainable by conventional oil baffle systems. Sorbent material shall be added in accordance with the "USE OF OIL SORBENTS" specifications provided by CDS Technologies.

2.

3.

4.

F.

Solids Removal Performance Requirements

Plumbing System 15400 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

The SWTU shall remove oil and sediment from storm water during frequent wet weather events. The SWTU shall treat a minimum of 75 to 90 percent of the annual runoff volume and be capable of removing 80 percent of the total suspended sediment load (TSS) and greater than 90 percent of the floatable free oil. The SWTU must be capable of trapping silt and clay size particles in addition to large particles. The SWTU units shall capture 100% of the floatables and 100% of all particles equal to or greater than 2.4 millimeter (mm) for all flow conditions up to unit's design treatment flow capacity, regardless of the particle's specific gravity. The SWTU unit shall capture 100% of all neutrally buoyant material greater than 2.4 mm for all flow conditions up to its design treatment flow capacity. There shall be no flow conditions up to the design treatment flow capacity of the SWTU unit in which a flow path through the SWTU unit can be identified that allows the passage of a 2.4-mm or larger neutrally buoyant object. The SWTU unit shall permanently retain all captured material for all flow conditions of the storm drains to include flood conditions. The SWTU unit shall not allow materials that have been captured within the unit to be flushed through or out of the unit during any flow condition to include flood and/or tidal influences.

G.

Manufacturers Performance Certificate 1. The manufacturer of the SWTU unit shall submit details and shop drawings of sufficient detail for the Engineer to confirm that no available flow paths exist that would allow the passage of an object greater than 2.4 mm. Additionally, the manufacturer shall submit a "Manufacturers Performance Certificate" certifying that the SWTU unit shall achieve the specified removal efficiencies listed in these specifications. This Manufacturer's Performance Certification of removal efficiencies shall clearly and unequivocally state that the listed removal efficiency shall be achieved throughout the entire treatment flow processed by the SWTU unit with no attenuation of removal efficiency as the flow increase up to the minimum treatment flow capacity specified above.

H.

Warranty 1. The manufacturer of the SWTU unit shall guarantee the filtration unit free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period one year following installation. Equipment supplied by the manufacturer shall be installed and used only in the particular application for which it was specifically design.

I.

Backfill shall be ¾" minus rock at 95% compaction.

Plumbing System 15400 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

J.

Manufacturer: Unit shall be the Contech Stormwater Solutions. StormFilter ® as provided by the Stormwater Management, Inc. (800-548-4667) or an acceptable alternative approved by the City of Vallejo, CA Public Works Department. Provide one set of thirteen spare replacement filters.

K.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Workmanship A. All work shall be performed by skilled tradesman licensed as journeyman plumbers or under their direct supervision. A licensed master plumber shall be in responsible charge of the work and for code compliance. Before starting sewer work, verify grade levels and inverts. Check points of intersection with other utilities and walk the site to verify the routing shown on the drawings to be free from visible obstacles. Wherever possible, run lines straight, direct and parallel to building walls. Keep accurate records of deviations and note concealed obstacles.

B.

C. 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06

Hangers and Supports: Provide hangers and supports as required to properly install piping per CPC and Manufactures Standardization Society SP 58 and SP 69. Provide unions where required to allow maintenance of equipment. Do not run piping over electrical panels. Provide dielectric type connections where dissimilar materials are joined. Provide chrome plated escutcheons where exposed piping passes through interior floors or walls and cast iron at exterior locations. Firestop penetrations with appropriately rated material. Provide ferrous pipe sleeves where pipe penetrates floors or walls. Firestop penetrations with appropriately rated material. Slope: Unless otherwise shown, slope interior sewer lines 1/8" per lineal foot and exterior sewer lines as shown on plan to meet existing lines of flow. Install all materials in strict accordance with manufactures recommendations. Clean-up: Remove related waste material from site. Contractor shall place all hanger inserts prior to concrete pour. Powder actuated attachments or drilled inserts will not be allowed without Structural Engineer's approval.

3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.12

END OF SECTION 15400

Plumbing System 15400 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

SECTION 15600 HVAC SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related Documents A. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including Division 1 specifications and Section 15050 General Mechanical Requirements, apply to work of the Section.

1.02

Scope of Work A. Provide labor, material, equipment accessories, services, and tests necessary to completely execute all heating equipment work, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. Fans Control Room Air Conditioner Units Controls

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Plenum Fans A. Plenum fans shall be of the unhoused belt driven centrifugal type with airfoil bladed wheels. The fan frame work and bearing support structure shall be constructed of heavy gauge, precision laser cut and die formed ASTM A-569 low carbon steel to provide a rigid structure and reduce low frequency vibration. Inlet panels shall have fully accessible integral formed flanges to improve ease of flex connection installation. Fan base angles shall be recessed to reduce overall width of the assembly. Fan wheels shall be of the non-overloading backward inclined type having airfoil blades. Flat bladed wheels are not acceptable. All wheels are to have a minimum of 12 airfoil blades to move the blade pass frequency into the mid octave bands. The entire wheel is to be constructed of aluminum to reduce the rotational weight of the wheel and reduce vibration. Fan sizes through 33 shall use 6063-T5 extruded aluminum blades while fan sizes above 33 shall use 5052 H32 laser cut and die formed aluminum blades to ensure precision blade tolerances to improve efficiency and reduce vibration. Wheel hubs shall be cast of 319 aluminum alloy. Aluminum fan wheels shall not require finish coating.

HVAC System 15600 - 1

B.

C.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

D.

AISI 1018 steel thru 2 in. diameter and AISI 1045 greater than 2 in. diameter turned, precision ground and polished steel shafts shall be sized such that the first critical speed is 200% over the maximum fan operating speed. Bearings are to be heavy duty, grease lubricated, self-aligning ball or roller pillow block type. Bearings shall be "Air Handling Quality" to ensure smooth operation, precision shaft tolerance, and reduced swivel torque. Bearings are to incorporate concentric locking collar design to improve shaft centering and eliminate inherent vibrations. Set screw mounted bearings are not acceptable. Bearings are to be selected for a minimum life of L (50) 400,000 hours at the maximum operating speed and horsepower. After fabrication all carbon steel components shall be cleaned and chemically treated by a phosphatizing process to insure proper removal of grease, oil, scale, etc. Steel components shall then be coated with 2-4 mils dft of Permatector, an electrostatically applied baked polyester urethane powder coating. Paint must exceed 1,000 hour salt spray under ASTM B117 test method. Each assembled fan shall be test run at the factory at the specified fan RPM. Vibration signatures shall be recorded for each bearing in 3 planes; horizontal, vertical, and axial. Fan impellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced to balance grade G6.3 per ANSI S2.19 (ISO 1940). The maximum allowable fan vibration must not exceed 0.150 in./sec peak velocity, filter-in as measured at the fan design RPM. A vibration report for every unique fan shall be provided at no charge to the customer upon request. Fan shall be licensed to bear the AMCA seal for Sound and Air performance. AMCA licensed sound certification shall include both fan inlet and fan outlet sound power levels. Motors: premium efficiency, rated for variable frequency drive use. Plenum fans shall be model QEP as manufactured by Greenheck Fan Corporation, Schofield, WI, or approved equivalent, and shall be supplied as shown on the plans and in the fan schedule. Supply fans with capacities over 2,000 CFM shall come preinstalled with a smoke detector. Controls: Connect Fan to Building Carbon Monoxide Control system via VFD. Fan shall be able to operate at low, medium, and full speed as required by CO system.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I. J.

K.

L.

2.02

Split Air Conditioner Units

HVAC System 15600 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

Air conditioner units shall be of the self contained packaged type with air cooled/ducted configuration. Unit shall be provided with a condenser blower package for field installation. Blower shall be direct-drive centrifugal fan. Unit shall have thermally insulated galvanized steel pan for evaporator coil. Unit shall be suspended from roof with rubber isolators to minimize sound level, as well as vibration transmission. Side access panels shall be available on unit. Unit shall have copper-tube, aluminum fin type condenser coil for use with air cooled model. Each unit shall have a two (2) speed direct drive, high effiencency centrifugal fan. Each unit shall be provided with non-programmable wall t-stat for 24/7 operation. Air conditioner units shall be model Mini-Temp as manufactured by Compu-Air Inc. Whittier, CA., or approved equivalent, and shall be supplied as shown on the plans and in the mechanical schedule. Coil Coating: Provide Adsil, Inc. MicroGuard AD35 HVAC/R coil and fin clear protective treatment. Coating shall either be factory installed or field installed, in strict conformance with Adsil, Inc. requirements. Each unit shall be provided clean filters upon completion of project with spare filter set provided to owner.

B.

C. D.

E. F.

G. H. I.

J.

K.

2.03

Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units A. For Make/Model, see mechanical schedules. Manufacturer shall be Trane or equivalent. Units shall be cooling only with corrosion resistant coated chassis and condensate drain kit. Units shall be installed with hardwire kit. Provide shut off switch at junction box.

B.

C. 2.04

Carbon Monoxide Controls A. Provide a wall mount, self-contained, field programmable control panel with digital display, LED alarm indication, and door mounted 90 dB audible alarm with silence / acknowledge switch. There shall be a scrolling LCD display of gas, concentration, and alarm status. System controller shall be capable of supporting

HVAC System 15600 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

up to 128 digital transmitters on a RS-485 communication bus. System shall support analog output modules (eight 4-20 mA outputs per module) and relay output modules (eight 5 A SPDT relays per module). The controller shall have 8 on board relays. System wiring shall be 4 wire digital network (2 low voltage power wires and a twisted pair for the communication bus). System power requirement is 100 to 240 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz. The system shall be CSA/UL tested for electrical safety. Model PDC series B. Provide remote mount sensor / transmitters for Carbon Monoxide, with an HVAC electrochemical sensor for CO with a detection range of 0 - 200 ppm. The sensor / transmitter for CO shall be housed in a wall mount, rugged, break resistant, PVC junction box with a secured, hinged door. The remote mount CO sensor / transmitter shall operate on power supplied by the control panel, and shall provide a digital output signal to the control panel. Install the CO sensor at approximately 4' to 6' from the floor in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Model DST-MCO. System operation shall be as follows: a. Upon detection of 25 ppm CO the system shall: i. Illuminate the Low alarm LED, the Low alarm relays will be activated immediately. ii. Activate the supply fans, SF-1,2 and exhaust fans, EF-1,2 to "low" setting. The system shall keep the fans running for a minimum of 10 minutes to avoid cycling. b. Upon detection of 50 ppm CO the system shall: i. Illuminate the Mid alarm LED and the Mid alarm relays will be activated. ii. Activate the supply fans, and exhaust fans to "medium" setting. The system shall keep the Mid relays active for a minimum of 10 minutes. c. Upon detection of 100 ppm CO the system shall: i. Illuminate the High alarm LED, the High alarm relays and audible alarm will be activated. The system shall keep the High relays active for a minimum of 10 minutes. Audible alarm can be silenced from the front panel push button. ii. Activate the supplys fans, and exhaust fans to "high" setting. The system shall keep the fans active for a minimum of 10 minutes to avoid cycling. Provide all wiring, conduit and interconnection required for a successful installation. Approved Manufacturers: Critical Environment Technologies, or equivalent.

C.

D.

E. 2.05

Hangers and Equipment Supports:

HVAC System 15600 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

A.

All exposed hangers, supports and hardware shall be PVC or FRP Lee Composites, Inc. Super Hanger or approved equal or stainless steel. Applied in accordance with Manufacturer's requirements..

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 Equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Test and Balance A. Testing shall be done by an independent contractor who specializes in testing and balancing air handling and hydronic systems, in accordance with AABC or NEBB standards. Upon completion of tests, Contractor shall compile the test information, and submit (4) copies of such to Mechanical Contractor to forward to Engineer for evaluation. Final report shall carry the Engineer's seal under whose direct supervision the work is done. The report shall include a summary sheet which shall record devices, equipment and systems that cannot be adjusted to design requirements. The record shall include the extent of the variations from design conditions and the balance engineer's opinion as to cause of the variation. A record of deviations in excess of the tolerances for the following shall be included. Motor Loads (Amps) +5% of name plate Motor Voltages at +/- 10% (Volt) Phase Voltage Diff. +/- 3% (Volt) E. Contractor shall include in his report a list of test equipment used stating make, model, and latest calibration date. Air Systems and Air Distribution Balance Test Procedure. 1. 2. 3. 4. Test and adjust system to design CFM supply, return, outside air, and exhaust air. Inspect the condition of heating and cooling coils prior to balancing to establish that finned surfaces are clean and not damaged. Adjust zones to proper design CFM supply and return. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10% of design requirements. Adjust these devices to minimize drafts in all areas and to provide required air pattern.

B.

C.

D.

F.

G.

Test Report Data

HVAC System 15600 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No. 00020

1.

Air Distribution a. Design conditions-CFM, static pressure, motor HP, fan speed, mixed air, discharge and return air temperature. b. Installed equipment-mfg., model, motor HP, electrical data, heater ratings. c. Field Test-fan speed, running amperes, voltage, brake horsepower; total CFM, total and external static pressure; mixed air, discharge air and return air, W.B. and D.B. temperature; check electrical interlocks required; read and record static pressure in the mixed air plenum for 100% return air and 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% outside air. Variation shall not exceed 10%.

PART 4 ­ SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 4.01 Plenum Fans 1. SF-1,2 a Fans shall be interconnected with Carbon Monoxide control system. i Upon "low" alarm VFD output shall be 20Hz. ii Upon "medium" alarm VFD output shall be 40Hz. iii Upon "high" alarm VFD output shall be 60Hz. b 2. Upon smoke detection fan shall automatically shut off and signal shall be sent to fire alarm control panel.

EF-1,2 a Fans shall be interconnected with Carbon Monoxide control system. i Upon "low" alarm VFD output shall be 20Hz. ii Upon "medium" alarm VFD output shall be 40Hz. iii Upon "high" alarm VFD output shall be 60Hz.

4.02

Air Conditioner Unit 1. AC-1,2,3,4 a Air conditioning units shall be thermostatically controlled with 24 hour operation. b Thermostats shall have set temperature and visible actual temperature functions. c AC units shall have cooling setpoint of 86°F.

END OF SECTION 15600

HVAC System 15600 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Table of Contents, Division 16 - Electrical: SECTION NO. 16010 16100 16400 16500 16620 B. SECTION TITLE ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR LIGHTING FIXTURES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

Work included: 1. Quality assurance. 2. Submittals. 3. Coordination. 4. Record documents. 5. Operation and maintenance manuals. 6. Excavation. 7. Rough-in. 8. Electrical installation. 9. Cutting, patching, painting and sealing. 10. Field quality control. 11. Project close-out. 12. Design Codes: a. The entire installation shall conform to the requirements of the 2007 California Electrical Code and the California Building Code, including the California Energy Conservation Standards of Title 24. The Fire Alarm system shall comply with the 2007 NFPA 72. 13. Power Distribution: a. 277/480V service derived from public utility, with one utility meter. Distribution will be in panelboards at 277/480V 3 phase 4 wire and at 120/208V 3 phase 4 wire (via TP-1 compliant stepdown transformers). 14. Emergency Power: a. Emergency power for lighting along the paths of egress will be designed in compliance with NFPA 101 and UBC. The typical fixture will have an integral battery pack for power. 15. Grounding:

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

a.

16.

17.

The main service will use ufer, ground rods and metal plumbing piping as main electrodes connected to a main ground bus. Ground wire will be distributed to transformers and telecommunication service as necessary. No isolated grounding of the power system is included. Lighting: a. IES standards will be used for all areas, including parking structures, stairwells, elevator lobbies and plaza pedestrian areas. Additional city performance and specifications standards will be followed where applicable. b. Lighting fixtures shall utilize high efficiency lamps. Linear fluorescent lamps will be used in the parking structure. Post top pedestrian fixtures will use HID ­ metal halide with high color rendition. Other miscellaneous fixtures will use compact fluorescent and low wattage metal halide sources. c. Where applicable, city standard pole standards will be used. d. Photometric studies will confirm the layouts meet the IES and city standards for lighting performance. e. Where allowable per code, all lighting shall be controlled either by occupancy sensors, photosensors, or automatic timeclock, in compliance with Title 24. Fire Alarm a. The fire alarm system shall be a coded non-zoned addressable system using horns and strobes for notification with full coverage. The system will be a deferred approval permit, with the contractor (or his sub) acting as final designer and engineer of record for the Fire Alarm. The contractor will obtain permits and final approval of the system by the local authority having jurisdiction. b. Monitoring of the sprinkler system will be incorporated into the system.

C.

Related work: 1. Division 1: General and supplementary conditions. 2. Division 2: Earthwork. Underground electrical. 3. Division 2: Selective demolition. Electrical. 4. Division 3: Concrete. Underground conduit encasement, light pole foundations, pullbox slabs, vaults, housekeeping pads, etc. 5. Division 5: Miscellaneous metal work. Equipment support. 6. Division 6: Rough carpentry. Equipment support. 7. Division 7: Thermal and moisture protection. Conduit penetrations. 8. Division 8: Access doors. Electrical device access. 9. Division 9: Painting. Painting electrical equipment. 10. Division 9: Finishes. Acoustical treatment slack fixture support wires.

1.02

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

A.

Reference to codes, standards, specifications and recommendations of technical societies, trade organizations and governmental agencies shall mean that latest edition of such publications adopted and published prior to submittal of the bid. Such codes or standards shall be considered a part of this Specification as though fully repeated herein. When codes, standards, regulations, etc. allow work of lesser quality or extent than is specified under this Division, nothing in said codes shall be construed or inferred authority for reducing the quality, requirements or extent of the Drawings and Specifications. The contract documents address the minimum requirements for construction. Work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable requirements of the latest edition of all governing codes, rules and regulations including but not limited to the following minimum standards, whether statutory or not: 1. National Electric Code (NEC), NFPA 70. 2. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 2, Basic Building Regulations and Part 3, Basic Electrical Requirements, State Building Standards Electrical Code. 3. Uniform Building Code (UBC). 4. Uniform Fire Code (UFC). 5. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC). Standards: Equipment and materials specified under this Division shall conform to the following standards where applicable: ACI American Concrete Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing Materials CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories FS Federal Specification IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineer Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association UL Underwriters' Laboratories All base material shall be ASTM and/or ANSI standards. All electrical apparatus furnished under this Section shall conform to NEMA standards and the NEC and bear the UL label where such label is applicable. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the units specified herein shall be new and unused, and of current manufacturer. Only products and applications listed in these Sections may be used on the project unless otherwise submitted and approved.

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 3

B.

C.

D.

E. F. G. H.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

I.

Certify that each welder performing work has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

1.03

SUBMITTALS A. Format: Furnish submittal data neatly bound in an 8-1/2" x 11" folder or binder for each specification section with a table of contents listing materials by Section and paragraph number. Each submittal shall be labeled with the Specification Section Number and shall be accompanied by a cover letter and shall bear a stamp stating that the submittal has been thoroughly reviewed by the Contractor and is in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. As part of the equipment submittals, the manufacturer shall provide anchorage calculations for floor and wall mounted electrical equipment so that it shall remain attached to the mounting surface after experiencing forces in conformance with CCR, Title 24, Table 23P, Part II and with Section 2312 "Earthquake Regulations" of the "Uniform Building Code" for Seismic Zone 4 Area, Importance Factor of 1.25. Structural Calculations shall be prepared and signed by a California Registered Structural Engineer. All resubmittals shall include a cover letter that lists the action taken and revisions made to each drawing and equipment data sheet in response to Submittal Review Comments. Substitutions: 1. All requests for substitutions shall conform to the general requirements and procedure outlined in Division 1. 2. Where items are noted as "or equal", a product of equal design, construction and performance will be considered. Contractor must submit to the engineer all pertinent test data, catalog cuts and product information required substantiating that the product is in fact equal to that specified. Only one substitution will be considered for each product specified. 3. Manufacturers' names and model numbers used in conjunction with materials, processes or equipment included in the Contract Documents are used to establish standards of quality, utility and appearance. 4. Substitutions shall be equal, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, to the specified product. The burden of proof of such shall rest with the Contractor. When the Architect/Engineer in writing accepts a substitution, it is with the understanding that the Contractor guaranteed the substituted article or material to be equal to the one specified and dimensioned to fit within the construction. Approved substitutions shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities for the proper execution of the work, or from any provisions of the Specifications.

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 4

B.

C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

5.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses in connection with the substitution materials, processes and equipment, including the effect of his substitution on him, his subcontractor's or other Contractor's work.

1.04

COORDINATION A. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancies within the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall be so notified, within sufficient time, as delineated in Division 1, prior to the Bid Opening to allow the issuance of an addendum. 2. If, in the event that time does not permit notification or clarification of discrepancies prior to the Bid Opening, the following shall apply: The drawings govern in matters of quantity, and the specifications govern in matters of quality. In the event of conflict within the drawings involving quantities, or within the specifications involving quantities, or within the specifications involving quality, the greater quantity and higher quality shall apply. Such discrepancies shall be noted and clarified in the Contractor's Bid. Job conditions: 1. Examination of site: The Contractor shall visit the site and thoroughly review the locale, working conditions, conflicting utilities and the conditions in which the electrical work will take place. Verify all existing conditions in the field. 2. Protection: Keep conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. Cover fixtures, equipment devices, and apparatus and protect them against dirt, paint, water, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during construction period. Prior to final acceptance, restore to original condition any fixture, apparatus or equipment damaged including restoration of damaged factory applied painted finishes. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted. 3. Supervision: Contractor shall personally or through an authorized and competent representative constantly supervise the work from beginning to completion and, within reason, keep the same foreman and workmen on the project throughout the project duration. Preparation: 1. Drawings: a. Layout: General layout shown on the Drawings shall be followed except where other work may conflict with the Drawings. b. Accuracy: Drawings for the Work under this Section are essentially diagrammatic within the constraints of the symbology applied.

B.

C.

1.05

RECORD DOCUMENTS

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 5

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

A.

Provide project record drawings as described herein: 1. Drawings shall fully represent installed conditions including actual locations of outlets, true panelboard connections following phase balancing routines, correct conduit and wire sizing as well as routing, revised fixture schedule listing manufacturers and products actually installed, and revised panel schedules. Contractor shall record all changes in the work during the course of construction. 2. Record drawings shall be the transfer of recorded information to the construction documents via computer aided drafting (CAD) process. A set of CAD files of the electrical documents will be provided to the contractor, at cost, in either AutoCAD Release 12 or DXF file format. 3. Contractor shall provide the following: a. Two sets of full size prints. b. One set of full size reproducibles. c. DXF files of drawings. Panel schedules: Typewritten panel schedules shall be provided for panelboards indicating the loads served and the correct branch circuit number. Schedules shall be prepared on forms provided by the manufacturer and inserted in the pocket of the inner door of each panelboard.

B.

1.06

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prior to project closeout furnish to the Owner, six (6) hard back 3-ring binders containing all bulletins, operation and maintenance instructions, part lists, service telephone numbers and other pertinent information as noted in each section all equipment furnished under Division 16. Binders shall be indexed into division sections and labeled for easy reference. Bulletins containing more information than the equipment concerned shall be properly stripped and assembled.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. B. General: Cutting and digging shall be under the direct supervision of the General Contractor, and included as necessary for the work of this Section. Excavation for underground vaults and electrical structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot; plus a sufficient distance to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation or services, other construction, and for inspection. 1. Excavate, by hand, areas within drip-line of large trees. Protect the root system for damage and dry-out. Maintain moist conditions for root

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2. C.

system and over exposed roots with burlap. Paint root cuts of 1 inch in diameter and larger with emulsified asphalt tree paint. Take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed.

Trenching: Excavate trenches for electrical installation as follows: 1. Excavate trenches to the uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches clearances on both side of raceways and equipment. 2. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. 3. Limit the length of open trench to that in which installations can be made and the trench backfilled within the same day. 4. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation below required elevation and backfill with a layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installation of raceways and equipment. Provide a minimum of 6 inches of stone or gravel cushion between rock bearing surface and electrical installations. Backfilling: Place soil materials in layers to required subgrade elevations for each area classification, using materials and methods specified in Division 2, Earthwork. Under building slabs, use drainage fill materials.

D.

3.02

ROUGH-IN A. Contractor shall verify lines, levels and dimensions shown on the Drawings and shall be responsible for the accuracy of the setting out of Work and for its strict conformance with existing conditions at the site. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements for the actual equipment to be connected. Refer to equipment specification in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough-in requirements.

B. C. 3.03

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Preparation, sequencing, handling and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and technical data particular to the product specified and/or accepted equal except as otherwise specified. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Shop drawings prepared by manufacturer. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for electrical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

5.

6. 7.

8.

9.

10.

11. 12.

13. 14. 3.04

Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, contact the Architect for direction prior to proceeding with rough-in. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. Install electrical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installations with other building components. Provide access panel or doors where devices or equipment are concealed behind finished surfaces. Furnish and install access doors per the requirements of Division 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. Conform to the National Electrical Contractor's Association "Standard of Installation" for general installation practice.

CUTTING, PATCHING, PAINTING AND SEALING A. Structural members shall in no case be drilled, bored or notched in such a manner that will impair their structural value. Cutting of holes, if required, shall be done with core drill and only with the approval of the Architect and Structural Engineer. Protection of installed work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. Cut, remove, and legally dispose of selected electrical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of electrical items indicated to be removed and items made obsolete by the new work.

B. C.

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

D. E. F. G.

Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. Patch existing surfaces and building components using experienced installers and new materials matching existing materials and the original installation. Application of joint sealers: 1. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed application instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. 2. Installation of fire-stopping sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing, and other accessory materials, to fill openings around electrical services penetrating floors and walls, to provide fire-stops and fireresistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency.

3.05

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Perform tests to prove installation is in accordance with contract requirements. Perform tests in presence of the Owner's representative and furnish test equipment, facilities and technical personnel required to perform tests. Tests shall be conducted during the construction period and at completion to determine conformity with applicable codes and with these Specifications. Product failure: Any products which fail during the tests or are ruled unsatisfactory by the Owner's representative shall be replaced, repaired or corrected as prescribed by the Owner's representative at the expense of the Contractor. Tests shall be performed after repairs, replacements or corrections until satisfactory performance is demonstrated. Miscellaneous: Include all test results in the maintenance manual. Cost, if any, for all tests shall be paid by the Contractor. Cleaning: After other work such as sanding, painting, etc. has been completed, clean lighting fixtures, panelboards, switchboards and other electrical equipment to remove dust, dirt, grease or other marks. Leave work in clean condition. Voltage check: 1. At completion of job, check voltage at several points of utilization on the system that has been installed under this Contract. During test, energize all installed loads. 2. Adjust taps on transformers to give proper voltage, which is 118 to 122 volts for

120 volt nominal systems and proportionately equivalent for higher voltage

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 9

B.

C. D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

systems. If proper voltage cannot be obtained, inform the Owner and the

serving Utility Company. 3.06 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT A. Training: At the time of completion, a period of not less than 24 hours shall be allotted by the Contractor for instruction of building operating and maintenance personnel in the use of all systems. This 24 is in addition to any instruction time called out in the Specifications for specific systems, i.e., Fire Alarm, lighting controls, etc. All personnel shall be instructed at one time, the Contractor making all necessary arrangements with manufacturer's representative. The equipment manufacturer shall be requested to provide product literature and application guides for the users' reference. Costs, if any, for the above services shall be paid by the Contractor. Special tools: Provide one of each tool required for proper operation and maintenance of the equipment provided under this Section. All tools shall be delivered to the Owner at the Project completion. Keying: Provide two keys for each lock furnished under this Section and turn over to Owner.

B.

C.

END OF SECTION 16010

Electrical General Provisions 16010 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

SECTION 16100 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work included: 1. Conduit and fittings. 2. Wireways. 3. Building wire, cable, connections and terminations. 4. Boxes. 5. Wiring devices. 6. Cabinets and enclosures. 7. Grounding and bonding. 8. Supporting devices. 9. Electrical identification. Related work: 1. Division 1: Cutting and patching. 2. Division 2: Earthwork. Excavation and backfill for conduit and utilities on site. 3. Division 3: Cast-in-place concrete. Protective envelope for underground conduit installation and concrete equipment pads. 4. Division 5: Building steel. Grounding connection. 5. Division 5: Miscellaneous metals. Hangers for electrical equipment. 6. Division 7: Sheet metal flashing and trim. 7. Division 8: Access doors. Wall and ceiling access doors. 8. Division 9: Ceiling suspension systems. Slack fixture support wires. 9. Division 9: Painting.

B.

1.02

SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010: Basic Electrical Requirements, the following items: 1. Data/catalog cuts for each product and component specified herein, listing all physical and electrical characteristics and ratings indicating compliance with all listed standards. 2. Clearly mark on each data sheet the specific item(s) being submitted and the proposed application. 3. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Complete bill of materials listing all components. 5. Provide color finishes for selection by the Architect where applicable.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 1

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

6.

MC cable device branch circuiting shop drawing: Provide shop drawings indicating all device connections, layout, wire quantities, etc. from above suspended ceiling power distribution junction boxes to complete branch circuiting not shown on drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Equal products by the following manufacturers will be considered providing that all features of the specified product are provided: 1. Metal conduit: a. Allied Tube and Conduit Co. b. Triangle PWC, Inc. c. Western Tube and Conduit Corp. d. Occidental Coating Co. (OCAL). e. American Flexible Metal Conduit Co. 2. Nonmetallic Conduit: a. Carlon. b. PW Pipe. 3. Conduit fittings: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. OZ/Gedney. c. Thomas & Betts Corp. d. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. e. Occidental Coating Co. (OCAL). f. Carlon. 4. Surface metal raceways and multi-outlet assemblies: a. The Wiremold Co. b. Isoduct (Aluminum). 5. Wireways: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Square D Co. 6. Cable trays: a. GS Metals Corp. "Globetray". b. B-Line Systems, Inc. 7. Building wire: a. America Insulated Wire Corp. b. Rome Cable. c. Southwire Company. 8. Metal-clad cable: a. AFC. 9. Flexible cords and cables: a. Carol Cable Company. b. ITT Royal Electric.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 2

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16. 17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

Wiring connectors and terminations: a. 3M Company. b. Ideal. c. Blackburn-Holub. d. Burndy. e. Thomas & Betts Corp. f. Beau Barrier. Outlet and junction boxes: a. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. b. Thomas & Betts Corp. Cast boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds. Pullboxes: a. Circle AW Products. b. Hoffman Engineering Co. Precast concrete boxes: a. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. b. Brooks Products, Inc. c. Forni Corp. Switches, receptacles and coverplates: a. Hubbell. b. Pass & Seymour. c. Leviton. Wall dimmer switches: a. Lutron NOVA 'T' Vareo style. Floor mounted service boxes: a. Hubbell. b. Walker. Cabinets and enclosures: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Circle AW Products. Ground rods: Weaver. a. b. Erico "Cadweld" Products, Inc. Ground wells: a. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. b. Forni Corp. Ground bushings, connectors, jumpers and bus: a. O-Z/Gedney. b. Thomas & Betts Corp. Concrete fasteners: a. Phillips "Red-Head". b. Remington. c. Ramset.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 3

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

23.

24.

25.

26.

Concrete inserts and construction channel: a. Unistrut Corp. b. GS Metals "Globe Strut." c. Thomas & Betts "Kindorf" Corp. Conduit straps: a. O-Z/Gedney. b. Erico "Caddy" Fastening Products. Conduit and wire markers: a. Thomas & Betts Corp. b. Brady. c. Griffolyn. Inscription tape: a. Kroy. b. Merlin.

B. 2.02

Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010: Basic Electrical Requirements.

CONDUIT A. Galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRS): 1. Conduit: Full weight, threaded, hot-dip galvanized steel, conforming to ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. 2. Standard threaded couplings, locknuts, bushings, and elbows: Steel or malleable iron only. Locknuts shall be bonding type with sharp edges for digging into metal. 3. Three piece couplings: Electroplated, cast malleable iron. 4. Insulating bushings: Threaded polypropylene or thermosetting phenolic rated 150 degree C minimum. 5. Insulated grounding bushings: Threaded cast malleable iron body with insulated throat and steel "lay-in" ground lug with compression screw. 6. Insulated metallic bushings: Threaded cast malleable iron body with plastic insulated throat rated 150 degrees C. PVC insulated galvanized rigid steel conduit (PVC GRS): 1. Conduit: Full weight, threaded, hot-dip galvanized steel, conforming to ANSI C80.1 and NEMA RN-1 with nominal 20 or 40 mil thermoplastic vinyl coating, heat fused and bonded to the exterior of the conduit. 2. Fittings: Conduit couplings and connectors shall be as specified for galvanized rigid steel conduit and shall be factory PVC coated with an insulating jacket equivalent to that of the coated material. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC): 1. Conduit: Hot dip galvanized steel meeting the requirements of NEC Article 345 and conforming to ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242.

B.

C.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 4

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

Fittings: Conduit couplings, connector and bushing shall be as specified for galvanized rigid steel conduit. Integral retractable type IMC couplings are also acceptable.

D.

Electrical metallic tubing (EMT): 1. Conduit: Formed cold rolled strip steel, electrical resistance welded continuously along the longitudinal seam and hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Conduit shall conform to ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 2. Set screw type couplings: Electroplated, steel or cast malleable iron, UL listed concrete tight. Four set screws each of conduit sizes over 2-inches. 3. Set screw type connectors: Electroplated steel or cast malleable iron UL listed concrete tight with male hub and insulated plastic throat, 150 degree C temperature rated. 4. Raintight couplings: Electroplate steel or cast malleable iron, UL listed raintight and concrete tight, using gland and ring compression type construction. 5. Raintight connectors: Electroplated steel or cast malleable iron, UL listed raintight and concrete tight, with insulated throat, using gland and ring compression type construction. Rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC): 1. Conduit: a. Rigid polyvinylchloride, Schedule 40 or 80 conforming to NEMA TC2 and UL 651. UL listed for direct burial applications and for 90 degrees C conductor insulation. Conduit shall include an integral bell fitting at one end. b. Rigid polyvinylchloride, Type EB or DB conforming to NEMA TC 6 and UL 651, latest edition. UL listed for concrete encased burial and direct burial applications and for 90 degrees C conductor insulation. Conduit shall include an integral bell fitting at one end. 2. Fittings: Couplings, adaptors, transition fittings, etc., shall be molded PVC, slip on, solvent weld type conforming to NEMA TC3 for Schedule 40 or 80 and NEMA TC 9 for type EB or DB. Flexible metallic conduit (FMC): 1. Conduit: Shall be fabricated in continuous lengths from galvanized steel strip, spirally wound and formed to provide an interlocking design and conforming to UL 1. 2. Fittings: Connectors shall be of the single screw clamp variety with steel or cast malleable iron bodies and threaded male hubs with insulated throats. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit (LFMC): 1. Conduit: Fabricated in continuous lengths from galvanized steel strips, interlocking spirally wound, covered with extruded liquid-tight jacket of

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 5

E.

F.

G.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and conforming to UL 360. Provide conduit with a continuous copper bonding conductor wound spirally between the convolutions. Fittings: Connector body and gland nut shall be of cadmium plated steel or cast malleable iron, with tapered, male, threaded hub; insulated throat and neoprene "O" ring gasket recessed into the face of the stop nut. The clamping gland shall be of molded nylon with an integral brass push-in ferrule.

H.

Miscellaneous conduit fittings and products: 1. Watertight conduit entrance seals: Steel or cast malleable iron bodies and pressure clamps with PVC sleeve, neoprene sealing grommets and PVC coated steel pressure rings. Fittings shall be supplied with neoprene sealing rings between the body and PVC sleeve. 2. Watertight cable sealing bushings: One piece, compression molded sealing ring with PVC coated steel pressure disks, stainless steel sealing screws and zinc plated cast malleable iron locking collar. 3. Expansion fittings: Multi-piece unit comprised of a hot dip galvanized malleable iron or steel body and outside pressure bushing designed to allow a maximum of 4" conduit movement (2" in either direction). Furnish with external braid tinned copper bonding jumper. Unit shall be UL listed for wet or dry locations. 4. Expansion/deflection couplings: Multi-piece unit comprised of a neoprene sleeve with internal flexible tinned copper braid attached to bronze end couplings with stainless steel bands. Coupling shall accommodate .75 inch deflection, expansion, or contraction in any direction, and allow 30 degree angular deflections. Flexible, corrosionresistant, watertight, moisture and heat resistant molded rubber jacket and stainless steel jacket clamps. Unit shall comply with UL467 and UL514. Manufacturer shall be OZ/Gedney Type DX, Steel City Type EDF or equal. 5. Fire rated penetration seals: Conduit penetrations in fire rated separation shall be sealed with a UL classified fill, void or cavity material. The fire rated sealant material shall be the product best suited for each type of penetration, and may be a caulk, putty, composite sheet or wrap/strip.

2.03

WIREWAYS A. B. Assembly: Wireway shall be complete to include channel, cover, end plates, fittings and connectors as required. Construction: Wireway channel, cover and end plates shall be constructed of galvanized code gauge sheet steel for general purpose use. Wireway shall have concentric knockouts, spaced a maximum of 12" on center, on both sides of hinged opening.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 6

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

C. D. E. F. G. 2.04

Size: Wireway size and length shall be as indicated on drawings. Cover: Hinged cover with screw retention. Connector: Shall be slip-in construction with hinged cover. Fittings: Lay-in type with removable covers and designed for use with wireway system. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer coat with gray enamel finish.

BUILDING WIRE A. Conductor material: 1. Provide annealed copper for all wire, conductor, and cable, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Wires #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Wire #10 AWG and smaller may be solid or stranded as best suited for the installation. Insulation material: 1. All insulated wire, conductor, and cable shall be 600 volt rated unless otherwise noted. 2. Thermoplastic-insulated building wire: Conforming to NEMA WC 5 and UL 83. 3. Thermoplastic - insulated underground feeders and branch circuit cables: Conforming to UL 493. 4. Cross-linked thermosetting polyethylene - insulated wire and cable: Conforming to NEMA WC 7. 5. Rubber-insulated building wire: NEMA WC 3. 6. Feeders and branch circuits larger than 6 AWG: Type THW or XHHW or dual rated THHN/THWN. 7. Feeders and branch circuits 6 AWG and smaller: Type TW, THW, XHHW, or dual rated THHN/THWN. 8. Service entrance: Type RHW, or THWN conforming to UL 854. 9. Control circuits: Type THW, or dual rated THHN/THWN. 10. Identify system conductors as to voltage and phase connections by means of color impregnated insulation.

B.

2.05

METAL-CLAD CABLE (MC) A. B. MC cable shall be an armored assembly of two [or more] dual rated THHN/THWN conductors and a full sized green insulated ground wire. MC cable sheath shall be fabricated in continuous lengths from galvanized steel strip, spirally wound and formed to provide an interlocking design.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 7

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

C.

Fittings: Connectors shall be of the single screw clamp variety with steel or cast malleable iron bodies and threaded male hubs with insulated throats. Fittings shall be UL listed for use with MC cable type specified.

2.06

BUILDING WIRE CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Bolted pressure connectors: Wide range-taking connectors with cast bronze compression bolts, designed for parallel taps, tees, crosses or end-to-end connections. Electrical spring wire connectors: Multi-part construction incorporating a nonrestricted, zinc coated square cross-section steel spring enclosed in a steel sheet with an outer jacket of plastic and insulating skirt. Compression type terminating lugs: Tin-plated copper high-compression type lugs for installation with hand or hydraulically operated circumference crimping tools and dies as stipulated by the lug manufacturer. Two hole, long barrel lugs shall be provided for size #4/0 AWG and larger wire where terminated to bus bars. Splicing and insulating tape: Black, ultraviolet proof, self-extinguishing, 7 mil thick vinyl general purpose electrical tape with a dielectric strength of 10,000 volts suitable for temperatures from minus 18 degrees C to 105 degrees C. Insulating putty: Pads or rolls of non-corrosive, self-fusing, one eighth inch thick rubber putty with PVC backing sheet. Use putty suitable for temperatures from minus 17.8 degrees C to 37.8 degrees C with a dielectric strength of 570 volts/mil minimum. Insulating resin: Two-part liquid epoxy resin with resin and catalyst in premeasured, sealed mixing pouch for wet or underground vaults, boxes, etc. splices or terminations. Use resin with a set up time of approximately 30 minutes at 21.1 degrees C and with thermal and dielectric properties equal to the insulating properties of the cables immersed in the resin. Terminal strips: Box type terminal strips with barrier open backs and amperage ratings required in the quantity indicated plus 25% spare. Crimp type connectors: 1. Insulated fork or ring crimp terminals with tinned electrolytic copperbrazed barrel, funnel wire entry and insulation support. Fasten crimp type connectors or terminals using a crimping tool recommended by the connector manufacturer. 2. Insulated overlap splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper barrel, funnel wire entry and insulation support.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G. H.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 8

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

3. I. J. K.

Insulated butt splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper barrel with center stop, funnel wire entry and insulation support.

Cable ties: Harnessing and point-to-point wire bundling with nylon cable ties. All cable ties shall be installed using tool supplied by manufacturer of ties. Wire lubricating compound: UL listed for the wire insulation and conduit type, and of the type that will not harden or become adhesive. Bolt termination hardware: Bolts shall be plated, medium carbon steel heat treated, quenched and tempered equal to ASTM A-325 or SAE grade 5; or silicon bronze alloy ASTM B-9954 Type B. Nuts shall be heavy semi-finished hexagon, conforming to ANSI B18.2.2, threads to be unified coarse series (UNC), class 2B steel or silicon bronze alloy. Flat washers shall be steel or silicon bronze, Type A plain standard wide series, confirming to ANSI B27.2. SAE or narrow series shall not be used. Belleville conical spring washers shall be hardened steel, cadmium plated or silicon bronze.

2.07

OUTLET BOXES A. Standard outlet box: Galvanized, one-piece die formed or drawn steel, knockout type box of size and configuration best suited to the application indicated on the Drawings. 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep shall be minimum box size, conforming to ANSI/NEMA OS 1. Concrete box: Galvanized steel, 4 inch octagon rings with mounting lugs, backplate and adapter ring as required. Select height as necessary to position knockouts above concrete reinforcing steel to conform to ANSI/NEMA OS 1. Tile box: Outlet boxes for installation in tile or concrete block walls. Standard outlet boxes with raised, square corners and device covers are acceptable. Conform to ANSI/NEMA OS 1. Cast metal outlet body: Four-inch round, galvanized cast iron alloy with threaded hubs and mounting lugs as required. Boxes shall have cast cover plates of the same material as the box and neoprene cover gaskets. Conduit outlet body: Cadmium-plated, cast iron alloy, oblong conduit outlet bodies with threaded conduit hubs and neoprene gasket, cast iron covers.

B.

C.

D.

E. 2.08

PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Sheet metal pull and junction box: Standard outlet or concrete ring boxes wherever possible. Otherwise, use minimum 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal, NEMA 1 boxes, sized to Code requirements with covers secured by cadmium plated machine screws located 6 inches on centers. Conform to ANSI/NEMA OS 1.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 9

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

B.

Cast metal pull and junction box: Standard cast malleable iron outlet or device boxes wherever possible. Otherwise use cadmium plated, cast malleable iron boxes with bolt-on, interchangeable conduit hub plates with neoprene gaskets. Flush mounted pullboxes and junction boxes: Overlapping covers with flushhead cover retaining screws, prime coated. Precast concrete boxes: High density reinforced concrete pull and junction box with end and side knockouts and non-settling shoulders. Use cast iron lid with hold down bolts or use traffic rated covers in areas subject to vehicular traffic.

C. D.

2.09

WALL SWITCHES A. B. C. Standards: General purpose 120/277 VAC switches that conform to NEMA WD1 specifications. Color: Device color shall be as selected by the Architect, unless otherwise noted. Wall switches: 1. Provide twenty ampere, 120/277 volt, specification grade, designer decora style, fast make-slow break, quiet type snap switch with silver cadmium alloy contacts, binding head terminal screws, back and side wired with totally enclosed case. 2. Single pole, single throw switches; Hubbell #2121 series, Pass & Seymour #26021 series, or Leviton #5621-2 series. 3. Double pole, single throw switches; Hubbell #2122 series, Pass & Seymour #26022 series, or Leviton #5622-2 series. 4. Three way switches; Hubbell #2123 series, Pass & Seymour #26023 series, or Leviton #5623-2 series. 5. Four way switches; Hubbell #2124 series, Pass & Seymour #26024 series, or Leviton #5624-2 series. Pilot light switches: 1. Provide twenty ampere, 120/277 volt, specification grade, decora style, fast-make slow-break, quiet type snap switch with silver cadmium alloy contacts, binding head terminal screws, back and side wired with red handle lighted by a neon lamp which is lighted when the switch is in the 'on' position. 2. Single pole, single throw switches; Hubbell #2121 PL/PL7, Leviton #5628/5629-2 series, or Pass & Seymour #26029 series (120V.) 3. Double pole, single throw switches; Hubbell #1222 PL/PL7, Leviton #1222 PLG/7PG, Pass & Seymour #20AC2-RPL. 4. Three way switches: Leviton #5638/5639-2 series.

D.

2.10

WALL DIMMER SWITCHES

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 10

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

A. B. C.

Standards: Dimmer switches 120 VAC that conforms to NEMA WD-2 and UL 20. Color: Device color shall be as selected by the Architect, unless otherwise noted. Dimmers: 1. Linear slide type dimmer with smooth and continuous square law dimming curve. 2. Separate control of intensity and on/off. 3. Dimmers shall have power failure memory to bring lights back on at same level prior to power interruption. 4. Dimmers shall incorporate air-gap switch accessible by removing coverplate. 5. Furnish dimmer switches in ratings of 600 watts, 1000 watts and 1500 watts to accommodate lighting loads shown connected to each switch on drawings. Incorporate manufacturer's derating where dimmers are ganged together. 6. Where dimmers are shown ganged with non-dimmed lighting switches provide Lutron 'Tapswitch' series switch for up to 1000 watt load. Provide 277 VAC relays (as recommended by manufacturer) to interface 120 VAC switches to switch 277 VAC loads. 7. Provide switches with single and multi-gang coverplate of high impact ABS plastic. Coverplate shall be snap-on type with no visible attachments or fins.

2.11

RECEPTACLES A. Standards: General purpose 15 and 20 ampere, 125/250 VAC receptacles that conform to NEMA WD-1 specifications. Specialty receptacles shall conform to NEMA WD-5 specifications as applicable. Provide NEMA 5-20R, specification grade as noted herein, 20 amp, 125 VAC, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type receptacles. Receptacles shall be the designer decora style device. Color: Device color shall be as selected by the Architect, unless otherwise noted. General purpose single outlets: Self-grounding back and side wired with binding head staked terminal screw. Use Hubbell #2161 series, Pass & Seymour #26361 series, or Leviton #16351 series. General purpose duplex receptacles: Self-grounding, back and side wired with binding head staked terminal screws and break-off strip for two circuit wiring. Use Hubbell #2162 series, Pass & Seymour #26362 series, or Leviton #16352 series. Ground fault circuit interrupting (GFCI) duplex receptacles: Duplex device with integral solid state sensing and signaling circuitry capable of detecting and

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 11

B. C.

D.

E.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

interrupting a maximum 5 milli-amp line-to-ground fault current in approximately 1/40th of a second. Provide visual device with trip indication, manual reset and test mechanisms and with point of use and multi-outlet protection. Use Pass & Seymour #2091-S series, Hubbell GF-5362 series, Leviton #6898 series, for specification grade GFCI receptacles. F. Special purpose receptacles: Specification grade devices with the NEMA configuration, voltage, and current rating, number of poles and ground provisions as noted on the Drawings. Surge protection receptacles: Duplex receptacle with integral surge protection. Provide devices that comply with FS-WP455A, ANSI/IEEE C 62.41-1980 and that are UL listed. Use Hubbell #5352S or equal standard surge protection devices.

G.

2.12

COVERPLATES A. General: Provide all coverplates with rounded edges and corners, smooth and free of grooves, embossing or other embellishment. Furnish uniting screws to match the plate finish. Gang type coverplates where two or more devices are installed at one location. Plates shall be of one design, designer decora style, throughout the project unless otherwise specified. Color: Coverplate color shall be as specified by the architect, unless otherwise noted. Plastic coverplates: Smooth, high impact, self-extinguishing thermoplastic coverplates, 0.1 inches thick with rounded edges and corners. Furnish with openings to accommodate the devices indicated on the Drawings and in the Specifications. Metal coverplates: Smooth, type 430 stainless steel coverplates, 0.035" thick with rounded edges and corners. Furnish with openings to accommodate the devices indicated on the Drawings and in the Specifications. Include removable plastic film to protect coverplates during installation. Weatherproof coverplates: 1. Non-public areas: Weatherproof coverplate for one duplex or one GFI receptacle. Provide gasketed, spring loaded, vertically self-closing covers suitable for use in damp and wet locations as described in UL 514 and NEC 410. Furnish base plates, covers, hinge pins, spring and screws of corrosion resistant type 302 stainless steel. Use Pass & Seymour Sierra WPD-8 or equal coverplate for duplex receptacles. Use Pass & Seymour Sierra WPH-26 or equal coverplate for GFCI receptacles.

B. C.

D.

E.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 12

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

Public area receptacles: Weatherproof coverplate for one duplex or one GFCI receptacle. Provide gasketed, spring loaded, lockable, vertically self-closing covers suitable for use in damp and wet locations as described in UL 514 and NEC 410. Furnish base plates, covers, hinge pins, spring and screws of corrosion resistant type 302 stainless steel. Use Pass & Seymour Sierra WPH-8L or equal coverplate for duplex receptacles. Use Pass & Seymour Sierra WP-26L or equal coverplate for GFCI receptacle. Provide two (2) keys for each locking type coverplate.

2.13

CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES A. Construction: Shall be code gauge galvanized steel with standard concentric knockouts for conduit terminations. Size shall be as indicated on drawings. Cabinet shall be NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, or 4 as noted on drawings. Finish: Manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel finish. Covers: Continuous hinged steel door, lockable and keyed to match panelboard locks. Mounting: Flush cabinets shall be furnished with concealed trim clamps and shall be not less than 4 inches deep. Surface cabinets shall be furnished with screw cover trim, flush hinged door and shall not be less than 6 inches deep. Backboards: Furnish cabinet with 3/4 inch fire retardant plywood mounting backboard on interior unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Terminal blocks and accessories: NEMA ICS 4; UL listed. Unit construction type, closed-back with tubular pressure screw connections, rated 600 volts. Identify terminal strips with permanent numbers. Provide wiring diagram in protective pocket on inside front cover of cabinet. Diagram shall indicate control wiring, connections and layout of components within enclosure.

B. C. D.

E. F.

2.14

GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Ground conductors: 1. General purpose insulated: UL approved and code sized copper conductor, with dual rated THHN/THWN insulation, color identified green. Where continuous color-coded conductors are not commercially available, provide a minimum 4" long color band with green, non-aging, plastic tape in accordance with NEC. 2. Bare conductors in direct contact with earth or encased in concrete: #2/0 AWG copper minimum. U.O.N. 3. Bonding pigtails: Insulated copper conductor, identified green, sized per code, and provide with termination screw or lug. Provide solid conductors for #10 AWG or smaller and stranded conductors for #8 AWG or larger.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 13

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

B. C.

Driven (ground) rods: Copper clad steel, minimum 3/4 inch diameter by 8 feet long, unless otherwise noted. Ground well boxes for ground rods: Precast concrete box nominal 9" throat diameter x 14" deep with light duty concrete cover for non-traffic areas or steel plate for traffic areas. Cover shall be embossed or engraved with "GROUND ROD". Insulated grounding bushings: Plated malleable iron or steel body with 150 degree Centigrade molded plastic insulating throat and lay-in grounding lug. Connections to pipe: UL and NEC approved bolted connection. Connections to structural steel, ground rods, or splices: Exothermic welds shall be used for cable-to-cable and cable-to-ground rod and for cable to structural steel surfaces. Each particular type of weld shall use a kit unique to that type of weld. High-pressure compression type connectors shall be used for cable-to-cable and cable-to-ground rod connections. Extra flexible, flat bonding jumpers: Where required by the drawing or specified herein. Main building reference ground bus: Provide one 24" W. x 4" H. x 1/4" TH. copper bus bar, or size as noted on drawings. Mount on walls in locations shown, on insulating standoffs, 18" AFF. Furnish complete with cast copper body lugs for connecting grounding system cables. Attach lugs to bus with appropriate size cadmium bronze bolt, flat washer and Belleville washer. All connections shall be torque. All holes shall be drilled and tapped for single whole lugs. Provide 6 spare lugs and lug spaces.

D. E. F.

G. H.

2.15

SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Concrete fasteners: Expansion-shield type concrete anchors. Powder driven concrete fasteners with washers are acceptable if approval is obtained from Architect and Structural Engineer prior to use. Concrete inserts: Pressed galvanized steel, concrete spot insert, with oval slot capable of accepting square or rectangular support nuts of 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch diameter thread for rod support. Threaded rod: Steel threaded rod, sized for the load unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the Specifications. Construction channel: 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch, 12 gauge galvanized steel channel with 17/32 inch diameter bolt holes, 1-1/2 inch on center, in the base of the channel.

B.

C. D.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 14

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

E.

Conduit straps: One hole strap, steel or malleable iron, with malleable iron clamp-back spacer for surface mounted wall and ceiling applications. Use malleable strap with spacers for exterior and wet locations. Use steel strap without spacers for interior locations. Steel channel conduit strap for support from construction channel. Steel conduit hanger for pendant support with threaded rod. Steel wire conduit support strap for support from independent #12 gauge hanger wires.

2.16

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates: Engraved, plastic-laminated labels, signs, and instruction plates, Type NP. Engrave stock melamine plastic laminate 1/16-inch minimum thickness for signs up to 20 square inches, or 8 inches in length; 1/8-inch thick for larger sizes. Engraved nameplates shall have white letters and be punched for mechanical fasteners. Color and letter height as specified in Part 3, Execution. Legend plates: Die-stamped metal legend plate with mounting hole and positioning key for panel mounted operator devices, i.e. motor control pilot devices, hand-off-auto switches, reset buttons, etc., Type LP. Stamped characters to be paint-filled. Brass tags: Metal tags with die-stamped legend, punched for fastener, Type BT. Dimensions of 2" diameter, 19 gauge. Panelboard directories (400 amp or less): 1. Directories: A 6" x 8" circuit directory card with frame and clear plastic covering shall be provided inside the inner panel door. 2. Circuit numbering: Starting at the top, odd numbered circuits in sequence down the left hand side and even numbered circuits down the right hand side. Multi-section panelboards shall have continuous consecutive circuit numbers, i.e. Section 1 (circuit numbers 1-42), Section 2 (circuit numbers 43-84), and Section 3 (circuit numbers 85-126). Wire and terminal markers: Self-adhering, pre-printed, machine printable or write-on, self-laminating vinyl wrap around strips. Blank markers shall be inscribed using the printer or pen recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Conductor phase markers: Colored vinyl plastic electrical tape, 3/4" wide, for identification of phase conductors. Scotch 35 Brand tape or equal. Underground conduit marker: 6 inch wide, yellow polyethylene tape, with continuous black imprinting reading "Caution - Buried Electric Line Below." Inscribed device coverplates:

B.

C. D.

E.

F. G. H.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 15

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

1.

2.

Type-on-tape: Imprinted or thermal transfer characters onto tape lettering system. Tape shall be trimmed to remove excess. Provide matte finish spray-on clear coating. Engraving: 1/8" high letters. Paint filled letters finished in black.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall thoroughly examine site conditions for acceptance of basic electrical materials installation to verify conformance with manufacturer and specification tolerances. Do not commence with installation until all conditions are made satisfactory.

3.02

PREPARATION A. Location of electrical materials shall be planned in advance of the installation and coordinated with ductwork, plumbing, ceiling and wall construction in the same areas and shall not unnecessarily cross other conduits or pipe, nor prevent removal of ceiling tiles or panels, nor block access to mechanical or electrical equipment. Conduit: 1. Where practical, install conduits in groups in parallel vertical or horizontal runs and at elevations that avoid unnecessary offsets. 2. All conduits shall be run parallel or at right angles to the centerlines of columns and beams, whether routed exposed, concealed above suspended ceiling or in concrete slabs. 3. Conduits shall not be placed closer than 12 inches to a flue, parallel hot water, steam line or other heat producing source or three inches from such lines when crossing perpendicular to the runs. 4. Exposed conduit installation shall not encroach into the ceiling height headroom of walkways, or doorways. 5. The largest trade size conduits in concrete floor and wall slabs shall not exceed 1/3 the floor or wall thickness, and conduits shall be spaced a minimum of three conduit diameters apart unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All conduits shall be installed in the center of concrete slabs or wall and shall not be placed between reinforcing steel and the bottom of floor slabs. 6. In long runs of conduit, provide sufficient boxes inside buildings to facilitate pulling wires and cables, with spacing not to exceed 150 feet. These boxes are not shown on the Drawings. 7. Provide all reasonably inferred standard conduits fitting and products required to complete the conduit installation to meet the intended application.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 16

B.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

C.

Wireways: 1. Exposed wireways shall be run parallel or at right angles to the centerlines of columns and beams. 2. Wireways shall not be placed closer than 12 inches to a flue, parallel hot water, steam line or other heat producing source or three inches from such lines when crossing perpendicular to the runs. Boxes: 1. Install all outlet boxes flush with building walls, ceilings and floors except where boxes are installed in mechanical and electrical rooms, in cabinetry, above accessible ceilings or where exposed work is called for on the drawings. 2. Locate pullboxes and junction boxes in concealed locations above removable ceilings or exposed in electrical rooms, utility rooms or storage areas. 3. Install outlet boxes at the locations and elevations shown on the drawings or specified herein. Make adjustments to locations as required by structural conditions and to suit coordination requirements of other trades. 4. Locate outlet boxes; above hung ceilings having concealed suspension systems, adjacent to openings for removable recessed lighting fixtures. 5. Do not install outlet boxes back-to-back, separate boxes by at least 6". In fire rated walls separate boxes by at least 24" and wall stud. 6. Adjust position of outlet boxes in finished masonry walls to suit masonry course lines. Coordinate cutting of masonry walls to achieve neat openings for boxes. Wiring devices: 1. Coordinate device heights in vending, kitchen and utility areas with benches and counters. 2. Coordinate switch-mounting location with Architectural details. Unless otherwise noted, locate switches on latch side of door. Supporting devices: 1. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with Division 3, Cast-in-place concrete. 2. Layout support devices to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance and to support the equipment loads. 3. Where shown on the drawings or Specifications, install freestanding electrical equipment on concrete pads.

D.

E.

F.

3.03

APPLICATION A. Conduit: 1. Galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRS) shall be used in the following applications: For feeders and branch circuits located indoors, concealed or exposed above suspended ceilings, in damp/wet locations, in crawl

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 17

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

spaces, in attics, chases, furred spaces, equipment rooms, loading docks, or in hazardous locations in accordance with NEC and local Codes. For feeders and branch circuits concealed in concrete floors and walls when not in contact with earth. PVC insulated galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be used in the following applications: Use 40 mil coating for feeders and branch circuits in exposed damp or wet locations. Use 20 mil for feeders and branch circuits concealed in concrete walls or slabs in contact with earth. Use 20 mil for runs beneath floor slabs on grade. Use 40 mil for all below grade penetrations through floor slabs on grade or exterior walls. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC): Shall be used for the same application as galvanized rigid steel conduit as specified herein ,except for hazardous locations prohibited by NEC or Local Codes. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT): Shall be used exposed or concealed for interior electrical feeders 4" and smaller, interior power and lighting branch circuits and low tension distribution system where run above suspended ceilings, in concrete slabs and walls not in contact with earth; in stud walls, furred spaces and crawl spaces. EMT shall not be installed exposed below 6 feet above the finish floor except within electrical, communication or signal rooms or closets. Rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC): Shall be used in the following applications: Schedule 40 for feeders and branch circuits run beneath ground floor slab except that bends and penetrations through the floor must be PVC coated galvanized rigid steel. Also, for exterior branch circuits directly buried in earth, 18" minimum below grade. PVC may be used below exterior slab subjects to vehicular traffic when encased in a minimum of 2 inches of concrete. Only schedule 80 PVC may be used for above ground conduit extensions on utility poles. PVC elbows shall be radius sweep type schedule 40 for bends 45° or less, and large radius sweep type schedule 80 for bends 46° or greater. EB or DB type may be installed in lieu of the above only if encased in a minimum of 2 inches of concrete or if approved for service entrance by serving utility company. Flexible metallic conduit (FMC): Shall be used only in dry locations for connections from an adjacent outlet box or conduit to all motors, transformers, vibrating equipment or machinery, controllers, solenoid valves, float and flow switches or similar devices, and to lighting fixtures installed in suspended ceilings, minimum sizes shall be 3/8" for lighting fixtures and control wiring and 1/2" for motor and transformer connections. U.O.N. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit (LFMC): Shall be used in wet or damp locations for connections from adjacent outlet box or conduit to all motors, transformers, vibrating equipment or machinery, controllers, solenoid valves, float and flow switches, or similar devices. These areas are typically food preparation and dishwashing areas, sump wells, loading docks, pump rooms, exterior areas, etc. Minimum sizes shall be 1/2".

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 18

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

B.

Building wire: 1. All wire, conductor, and cable with their respective connectors, fittings and supports shall be UL listed for the installed application and ambient condition. 2. Feeders and branch circuits in wet locations shall be rated 75 degree C. 3. Feeders and branch circuits in dry locations shall be rated 90 degree C. 4. Minimum conductor size: 5. Provide minimum #12 AWG for all power and lighting branch circuits and a minimum #14 AWG for all line voltage signal and control wiring unless otherwise indicated. 6. Color coding: a. For 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems: 1) Phase A - Black 2) Phase B - Red 3) Phase C - Blue 4) Neutral - White 5) Ground - Green b. For 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems; 1) Phase A - Brown 2) Phase B - Orange 3) Phase C - Yellow 4) Neutral - Gray 5) Ground - Green c. Switch leg individually installed shall be the same color as the branch circuit to which they are connected, unless otherwise noted. d. Travelers for 3-way and 4-way switches shall be a distinct color and pulled with the circuit switch leg or neutral.

3.04

INSTALLATION A. B. Install basic electrical material in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Conduit, general: 1. Minimum conduit size: Unless otherwise noted herein or on drawings, minimum conduit size shall be 1/2" for interior applications and 3/4" for exterior and underground applications. 2. All conduit sizes shown on the drawings are sized for copper conductors with THHN/THWN insulation. 3. Except in electrical, communication and mechanical rooms, conduit connections to motors and surface cabinets shall be concealed unless exposed work is clearly called for on the drawings. 4. Install conduits in complete runs before pulling in cables or wires. 5. Install conduit free from dented, bruises or deformations. Remove and replace any damaged conduits with new undamaged material.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 19

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

6. 7.

8.

9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

14. C.

Conduits shall be well protected and tightly covered during construction using metallic bushings and bushing "pennies" to seal open ends. In making joints in rigid steel conduit, ream conduit smooth after cutting and threading. Coat all field-threaded joints with UL approved conductive type compound to insure low resistance ground continuity through conduit, and to prevent seizing and corrosion. Clean any conduit in which moisture or any foreign matter has collected before pulling in conductors. Paint all field-threaded joints to prevent corrosion. In all empty conduits or ducts, install a polyethylene pulling rope. Conduit systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous throughout. Metallic conduit shall not be in contact with other dissimilar metal pipes (i.e. plumbing). Make bends with standard conduit bending hand tool or machines. A run of conduit between terminations at wire pulling points shall not contain more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 degrees, total). Conduit for conductors above 600 volts use rigid steel.

Conduit, penetrations: 1. Locate penetrations where they are proposed in the structural sections such as footings, beams, wall, etc. 2. Cutting or holes: a. Cut holes through concrete, masonry block or brick floors and floors of structure with a diamond core drill or concrete saw. b. Provide sleeves or 'can outs' for cast-in-place concrete floors and walls. Following conduit installation, seal all penetrations using non-iron bearing, chloride free, non-shrinking, dry-pack grouting compound; or fire rated penetration-sealing materials. c. Cut holes for conduit penetrations through non-concrete and nonmasonry walls, partitions, or floors with a hole saw. The hole shall be only as large as required to accommodate the size of the conduit. d. Provide single piece escutcheon plates around all exposed conduit penetrations in public places. 3. Sealing: Pack opening around conduits with non-flammable insulating material and seal with gypsum wallboard taping compound. Where conduits pass through fire rated partitions, walls, smoke partitions, or floor; install a UL classified fire stop material to provide an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases. Completely fill and seal clearances between raceways and openings with the fire stop material. 4. Waterproofing: At floor, exterior wall, and roof conduit penetrations, completely seal clearances around the conduit and make watertight as specified in Division 7: Sealants and Caulking.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 20

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

a. b.

c. d.

Install specified watertight conduit entrance seals at all below grade wall and floor penetrations. For roof penetrations furnish and install roof flashing, counter flashing and pitch-pockets as specified under Roofing and Sheet Metal Sections of the Specifications. Provide membrane clamps and cable sealing fittings for any conduit that horizontally penetrates the waterproof membrane. Conduits that horizontally penetrate a waterproof membrane shall fall away from and below the penetration on the exterior side a minimum of two times the conduit diameter.

D.

Conduit, concealed in concrete: 1. Installation of conduit in structural concrete that is less than three inches thick is prohibited. Topping slabs, maintenance pads, and curbs are exempted. 2. Tie conduits to reinforcing rods or otherwise secure them to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. Run conduit larger than 1inch trade size, parallel with or at right angles to the main reinforcement; where at right angles to the reinforcement, the conduit shall be close to one of the supports of the slab. 3. Make couplings and connections watertight. Conduit, underground installation: 1. Perform trenching, backfilling and compaction operations as specified in Division 2: Trenching. 2. Install service utility companies' underground conduits in strict conformance to each their requirements. Obtain a copy of each utility company installation guidelines prior to commencing work. 3. Tops of conduits shall be as follows unless otherwise noted: a. Not less than 18 inches below finished grade. b. Not less than 24 inches below roadways, paved parking lots, driveways or any surface subject to vehicular traffic. c. Not less than 4 inches below building floor slab for branch circuits. Major feeders and large signal conduits (2" and greater) at not less than 18 inches. d. Depth of service utility conduits shall conform to utility company requirements. Conduit, terminations and joints: 1. Use raceway fittings that are of types compatible with the associated raceway and suitable for the use and location. Raceways shall be joined using specified couplings or transition couplings where dissimilar raceway systems are joined.

E.

F.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 21

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

3. 4.

5.

6.

7.

Conduits shall be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes and gutters using two locknuts and an insulating bushing or specified insulated connectors. Where joints cannot be made tight, use bonding jumpers to provide electrical continuity of the raceway system. Where terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding bushings or wedges to assure electrical continuity. Where subject to vibration or dampness, use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all conduits terminating at concentric or eccentric knockouts. Conduit terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shall be made watertight using specified connectors and hubs. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs and set flush with the finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor. Where equipment connections are not made under this contract, install screwdriver-operated threaded flush plugs with floor. Install specified cable sealing bushings on all conduits originating outside the building walls and terminating in switchgear, cabinets or gutters inside the building. Raceway seal: Inject into wire-filled raceways, a pre-formulated rigid 2 lbs. density polyurethane foam which expands a minimum 35 times its original bulk. Foam shall have the physical properties of water vapor transmission of 1.2 to 3.0 perms; water absorption less than 2% by volume, fungus and bacterial resistant. Foam shall permanent seal against water, moisture, insects, and rodents. Install raceway sealing foam at the following points: a. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations to prevent passage of water vapor (such as refrigerated spaces, constant temperature rooms, air-conditioned spaces, etc.). b. Where conduits enter buildings from below grade. c. Where conduits enter or leave animal rooms, or research labs. Install expansion couplings where any conduit crosses a building separation or expansion joint. Conduits three inches and larger, shall be rigidly secured to the building structure on opposite sides of a building expansion joint, and provided with expansion or deflection couplings. Install the couplings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Conduits smaller than three inches shall be rigidly secured to the building structure on opposite sides of a building expansion joint with junction boxes on both sides of the joint. Connect conduits to junction boxes with 15 inches of slack flexible conduit. Flexible conduit shall have a copper green ground bonding jumper installed. For concrete embedded conduit, use expansion and deflection couplings as specified above for three inches and larger conduits.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 22

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

8.

9.

Use short length (maximum of 6 ft.) of the appropriate FMC or LFMC conduit for connections to motors and other electrical equipment subject to movement, vibration, misalignment, cramped quarters, or noise transmission. Provide liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for installation in exterior locations, moisture or humidity-laden atmosphere, corrosive atmosphere, water hose or spray wash-down operations, and locations subject to seepage or dripping of oil, grease or water. Provide a green ground wire with FMC or LFMC conduit. Hazardous locations: Use rigid steel conduit only. Install UL approved sealing fittings that prevent passage of explosive vapors in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank coverplate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points and elsewhere as indicated: a. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations. b. At lighting fixtures, switches, receptacles, and as required by the NEC.

G.

Conduit, supports: 1. All raceways systems shall be secured to building structures using specified fasteners, clamps and hangers spaced according to the NEC. 2. Support single runs of conduit using one-hole pipe straps. Where run horizontally on walls in damp or wet locations, install "clamp backs" to space conduit off the surface. 3. Multiple conduit runs shall be supported using "trapeze" hangers fabricated from specified construction channel, mounted to 3/8 inch diameter, threaded steel rods secured to building structures. Fasten conduit to construction channel with standard one-hole pipe clamps or the equivalent. 4. Individual 1/2" and 3/4" conduits installed above suspended ceilings may be attached to the ceiling hanger wire using spring steel support clips provided that not more than two conduits are attached to any single support wire. 5. Support exposed vertical conduit runs at each floor level, independent of cabinets or switches to which they run, by means of acceptable supports. 6. Fasteners and supports in solid masonry and concrete: Use steel or malleable iron concrete inserts set in place prior to placing the concrete. After concrete installation: a. Steel expansion anchors not less than ¼ inch bolt size and not less than 1-1/8 inch embedment. b. Power set fasteners not less than ¼-inch diameter with depth of penetration not less than 3 inches.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 23

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

c. 7. 8. H.

Use vibration and shock resistant anchors and fasteners for attaching to concrete ceilings. Hollow masonry: Toggle bolts are permitted. Bolts supported only by masonry block are not acceptable. Metal structures: Use machine screw fasteners or other devices specifically designed and approved for the application.

Surface raceways: 1. Contractor shall coordinate raceway lengths with building walls, counter, and actual field conditions. 2. Raceways mounted on walls above benches and counters shall align exactly with each end of bench or counter. 3. Use flat-head screws to fasten channel to surfaces, at heights indicated on drawings, per manufacturer's instructions. Mount plumb and level. 4. Installed complete with all necessary corner connectors, 'T' connectors, feed connectors, [compartment dividers,] and any other hardware required to provide a complete system as described in the drawings. 5. Provide fittings to feed the raceway from the back. 6. Branch circuiting: Provide connection to pre-wired [or field wired] assembly as indicated on drawings. Install circuit identification tags on pigtails. Receptacles shall be identified with panel and circuit I.D. above each outlet with gray dymo label. 7. Grounding: Ground continuity shall be maintained throughout entire raceway length per NEC. Wireways: 1. Installed complete with all necessary corner connectors, 'T' connectors feed connectors, and any other hardware required to install raceway systems as indicated in drawings. 2. Conduits shall be securely fastened to wireways using two locknuts and an insulating bushing or specified insulated connectors. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all conduits terminating at concentric knockouts. 3. Supports: a. All wireways shall be secured to building structures using specified fasteners, clamps and hangers spaced according to Code. b. Suspended wireways shall be supported with universal hangers attached to structure above, spaced according to manufacturer installation instructions. Provide lateral bracing support along suspended wireway spaced at a maximum of 30'-0" on center. Bracing shall consist of 3/8" threaded rod installed at a 45 degree angle up to structural slab and anchored. Alternate bracing on both sides of cable tray. 4. Grounding: Ground continuity shall be maintained throughout the entire raceway length per NEC.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 24

I.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

J.

Building wiring methods: 1. Install all single conductors in raceway system, unless otherwise noted. 2. Parallel circuit conductors and terminations shall be equal in length and identical in all ways. 3. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with conductors larger than #10 AWG cabled in individual circuits. 4. 20 amp power and lighting branch circuit containing no more than four (4) current carrying conductors (phases and neutrals). Use #10 AWG conductor for 120/208 volt circuit runs located outside a 75 foot radius of panel source, and for 277 volt branch circuit runs located outside a 200 foot radius of panel source. 5. 20 amp power and lighting branch circuits containing no more than eight (8) current carrying conductors (phases and neutrals). Use #10 AWG conductors for 120/208 volt circuit runs located outside a 65 foot radius of panel source, and for 277/480 volt circuit runs located outside a 150 foot radius of panel source. 6. Provide #10 AWG pig tails on all 20A and 30A wiring devices served by #8 AWG conductors and larger. 7. Splice cables and wires only in outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, manholes, or handholes. Group and bundle with tie wrap each neutral with associated phase conductor where more then one neutral is present in a conduit. 8. Install cable supports for all vertical feeders in accordance with the NEC Article 300. Provide split wedge type fittings, which firmly clamps each individual cable and tightens due to cable weight. 9. Neatly form, train, and tie the cables in individual circuits. For panelboards, cabinets, wireways, switches, and equipment assemblies. 10. Seal cable or wire, entering a building from underground between the wire or cable and conduit, where it exits the conduit, with a non-hardening approved compound, i.e. duct seal or equal. 11. Provide UL-listed factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type and class for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal to or greater than the wires that are being terminated. 12. Stranded wire shall be terminated using fitting, lugs or devices listed for the application. 13. Flexible cords and cables supplied as part of a pre-manufacturer fixture or unit assembly shall be installed according to manufacturers published installation instructions. 14. Wiring installation in raceways: a. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. Pull all conductors

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 25

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

15.

into a raceway at the same time. Exercise care in pulling conductors so that insulation is not damaged. Use UL listed, nonpetroleum base and insulating type pulling compound as needed. b. Completely mandrel all underground or concrete encased conduits prior to installing conductors. c. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. d. Do not use block and tackle, power driven winch or other mechanical means for pulling conductors of size smaller than AWG #1. e. Wire pulling: Provide installation equipment that will prevent the cutting or abrasion of insulation during pulling of cables. Use rope made of nonmetallic material for pulling feeders. Attach pulling lines for feeders by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes attached directly to the conductors. Pull in together multiple conductors or cables in a single conduit. Installation in manholes: Install and support cables in manhole on the steel racks with porcelain or equal insulators, unless otherwise noted. Train the cables around the manhole walls, but do not bend to a radius less than six times the overall cable diameter.

K.

MC cable: 1. The drawings indicate above suspended ceiling power distribution junction boxes for conversion from hardwire to MC cable wiring system. Install these boxes such that they are accessible from below. MC cable shall be run to each device as described in documents. MC cable runs have not been shown. Refer to shop drawings for installation. 2. Install MC cable in accordance with manufacturer instructions and in strict accordance with NEC Article 334. Follow manufacturer's explicit instructions when connecting the cable to fittings and boxes. Connectors shall be firmly secured to the cable, but not over-tightened. Connector shall be firmly attached to the metal boxes. 3. Support cables every 6 feet, and within 12 inches of boxes, per NEC Article 334, using separate spring metal clip or metal cable ties (not steel tie wire) for each cable. Cables shall not be bundled together. 4. Suspended ceiling drop wire may be used to directly support a maximum of two separate MC cables. 5. Provide separate drop wire above accessible ceiling, to support more than (2) two MC cables. 6. Do not rest cables on ceiling tiles or allow contact with mechanical piping systems. 7. Bend the cable per NEC Article 334. 8. Provide separate sleeves and/or fire barriers where cable penetrated fire walls, unless cable is UL listed for the application.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 26

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

L.

Building wire splices, joints, and termination: 1. Join and terminate wire, conductors, and cables in accordance with UL 486A, C, NEC and manufacturer's instructions. 2. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. 3. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. 4. Splices and terminations shall be made mechanically and electrically secure. 5. Where determined that unsatisfactory splices or terminations have been installed, remove the devices and install approved devices at no addition cost. 6. Terminate wires in terminal cabinets, relay and contactor panels, etc. using terminal strip connectors. 7. Insulate spare conductors with electrical tape and leave sufficient length to terminate anywhere in the panel or cabinet. 8. Install cable ties and maintain harnessing. 9. Encapsulate splices in exterior outlet, pull and junction boxes using specified insulating resin kits. Make all splices watertight for exterior equipment and equipment in pump rooms. 10. Make up all splices and taps in accessible junction or outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein. Pigtails and taps shall be the same color as the feed conductor. Form conductor prior to cutting and provide at least six (6) inches of tail and neatly packed in box after splice is made up. 11. Branch circuits (#10 AWG and smaller): a. Connectors: Solderless, screw-on, reusable spring pressure cable type, 600 volt, 105 degree C. with integral insulation, approved for copper conductors. b. The integral insulator shall have a skirt to completely cover the stripped wires. c. The number, size, and combination of conductors, as listed on the manufacturers packaging shall be strictly complied with. 12. Feeder circuits: (#6 to 750 MCM): a. Join or tap conductors from #6 AWG to 750 MCM using bolted pressure connectors or insulate mechanical compression (hi-press) taps with pre-molded, snap-on insulating boots or specified conformable insulating pad and over-wrapped with two halflapped layers of vinyl insulating tape starting and ending at the middle of the joint. b. Terminate conductors from size #6 AWG to 750 MCM copper using bolted pressure or mechanical compression lugs in accordance with manufacturer recommendation or as specified elsewhere. c. Field installed compression connectors for cable sizes 250 MCM and larger shall have not less than two clamping elements or compression indents per wire.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 27

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

d.

13.

Insulate splices and joints with materials approved for the particular use, location, voltage and temperature. Insulate with not less than that of the conductor level that is being joined. Termination hardware assemblies: a. AL/CU lugs connected to aluminum plated or copper bus, shall be secured using a steel bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer, and nut. b. Copper lugs connected to copper bus, shall be secured using silicon bronze alloy bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer, and nut. c. The crown of Belleville washers shall be under the nut. d. Bolt assemblies shall be torqued to manufacturer recommendation.

M.

Building wire identification: 1. Securely tag all branch circuits. Mark conductors with specified vinyl wrap-around markers. Where more than two conductors run through a single outlet, mark each conductor with the corresponding circuit number. 2. Color code conductors size #8 and larger using specified phase color markers and identification tags. 3. Provide all terminal strips with each individual terminal identified using specified vinyl markers. 4. In manholes, pullboxes and handholes, provide tags of the embossed brass type, and also show the cable type and voltage rating. Attach the tags to the cables with slip-free plastic cable lacing units. Boxes: 1. Locate electrical boxes as shown on drawings and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and code compliance. 2. Install junction or pullboxes where required to limit bends in conduit runs to not more than 360 degrees or where pulling tension achieved would exceed the maximum allowable for the cable to be installed. Note that these boxes are not shown on the Drawings. 3. Install raised covers (plaster rings) on all outlet boxes in stud walls or in furred, suspended or exposed concrete ceilings. Covers shall be of a depth to suit the wall or ceiling finish. 4. Leave no unused openings in any box. Install close-up plugs as required to seal openings. 5. Provide cast metal boxes with gasketed cast metal cover plates where boxes are exposed in damp or wet locations. 6. Provide precast concrete boxes in exterior planting areas, walkways, roads etc. 7. Provide an access panel in permanent ceiling or wall where boxes are installed and will be inaccessible. 8. For boxes mounted in exterior walls, make sure that there is insulation behind outlet boxes to prevent condensation in boxes.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 28

N.

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

9.

10.

11. 12. 13.

For outlets mounted above counters, benches or backsplashes, coordinate location and mounting heights with built-in units. Adjust mounting height to agree with required location for equipment served. Use conduit outlet bodies to facilitate pulling of conductors or to make changes in conduit direction only. Do not make splices in conduit outlet bodies. Add additional sheet rock as necessary to maintain original fire rating of walls where boxes are installed. Install galvanized steel coverplates on boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings and on surface mounted outlets. Box supports: a. Provide boxes installed in metal stud walls with brackets designed for attaching directly to the studs or mount boxes on specified box supports. b. Mount boxes, installed in suspended ceilings of gypsum board or lath and plaster construction, to 16 gauge metal channel bars attached to main ceiling runners. c. Support boxes independently of conduit system. d. Support boxes, installed in suspended ceilings supporting acoustical tiles or panels, directly from the structure above wherever pendant mounted lighting fixtures are to be installed from the box. e. Support boxes, mounted above suspended acoustical tile ceilings, directly from the structure above.

O.

Wiring devices: 1. Install devices with the vertical centerline plumb and with all edges of the device flush against the adjacent wall surfaces. 2. Mount switches at 42 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted. 3. Mount receptacles vertically with the centerline 15 inches above finished floor and with grounding slot at bottom. 4. Mount receptacles vertically or horizontally per Architect's direction when mounting above counters, mount with grounding slot to the left. 5. Mount GFCI receptacles above counters in bathrooms and at counters within 6'-0" of sinks, whether indicated as GFCI type or not. 6. Derate ganged dimmer switches as instructed by manufacturer. Do not use common neutrals in dimmer circuits. 7. Provide coverplates for all outlet boxes, switches, receptacles, etc. 8. Install blank coverplates on all outlet boxes in which no device is required or installed. 9. Provide coverplates that completely cover wall opening and seat against wall. 10. Provide stainless steel coverplates for all devices in kitchen/food service equipment areas.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 29

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

11.

Floor mounted service boxes: a. Install floor boxes to be level or within 1/16" below screed line. Make conduit connections and anchor box to sub-flooring. or Core drill hole in floor (core sized based on manufacturer's installation instructions) for insert of poke-through device. Make conduit connection to poke-through box from floor below. b. Contractor shall mark the location of all floor boxes with paint prior to installation [or core drilling] for review and approval by Architect.

P.

Cabinets and enclosures: 1. Set cabinets and enclosures plumb and symmetrical with building lines. Furnish and install all construction channel bolts, angles, etc. required to mount equipment. 2. Cabinets and enclosures shall be anchored and braced to withstand seismic forces calculated in accordance with that referenced in Section 16010: Basic Electrical Requirement. 3. "Train" interior wiring, bundle and clamp using specified plastic wire wraps. 4. Replace doors or trim exhibiting dents, bends, warps or poor fit that may impede ready access, security or integrity. 5. Terminate conduit in cabinet with lock nut and grounding bushing. 6. Terminate wiring on terminal blocks and identify each with heat shrink tags. Grounding and bonding: 1. Grounding electrodes: a. Metal underground water pipe (cold water metal piping system): Where the underground cold water service line is metal, indirect contact with the earth for 10 feet or more, the contractor shall install a grounding electrode conductor from the main incoming cold water line ahead of the meter and extend to the main building reference ground bus in the main electrical room. The electrode shall be sized per NEC table 250-94. Electrode connection should be accessible. b. Concrete encased grounding electrode (UFER ground): Provide a #2/0 AWG minimum bare copper conductor encased along the bottom of concrete foundation or footings which are in direct contact with the earth and where there is no impervious waterproofing membrane between the footing and the soil. The electrode shall extend through a horizontal length of 30 feet minimum and shall be encased in not less than 2 an no more than 5 inches of concrete separating it from surrounding soils. The electrode shall emerge from the concrete slab through a protective

Q.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 30

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

2.

3.

4.

5.

non-metallic sleeve and shall be extended to the main building reference ground bus. c. Supplementary grounding electrode (ground ring, grid, and driven rods): Provide, as shown on the drawings, driven ground rod(s) installed in listed ground well box(s) and filled with gravel after connection is made. Interconnect ground rod with structural steel and adjacent rods with minimum #4 AWG bare copper conductor. Ground rod shall not be less than 10 foot from any other electrode of another electrical system or from adjacent ground rod(s). Grounding electrode conductor: Provide grounding electrode conductor as indicated on the drawings or sized per NEC Table in Article 250, whichever is greater. Power system grounding: Provide, unless otherwise indicated, a main building reference ground bus at location shown on drawings. Connect the following items using NEC sized copper grounding conductors to lugs on the main building ground bus: a. Grounding electrode conductor from metal underground water pipe, concrete encased electrode, and supplementary grounding electrodes. b. Bonding conductor to metallic cold water piping system. c. Bonding conductor to building structural steel. d. Bonding conductor to ground bus in the service equipment. Separately derived electrical system grounding: a. Ground each separately derived system per requirements in NEC Article 250-26 as a minimum, unless greater requirements are required elsewhere in the contract documents. b. Transformers: Provide a dual rated four or six-barrel grounding lug with a 5/8"-11 threaded hole. Drill enclosure with 11/16" bit and attach lug to enclosure utilizing a torque bolt and a dragon tooth transition washer or equal. Connect the following when present: 1) Grounding electrode conductor. 2) Primary feeder ground. 3) Secondary feeder ground. 4) Main bond jumper. 5) Isolated ground conductor. Equipment bonding/grounding: a. Provide a NEC sized insulated copper ground conductor in all 120VAC through 600 VAC feeder and branch circuit distribution conduits and cables. b. Provide a separate grounding bus at panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers. Connect all metallic enclosed equipment so that with maximum fault current flowing, shall be maintained at not more than 35 volts above ground.

Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16100 - 31

Vallejo Station Parking Structure WDI Project No.00020

c.

6. 7.

Conduit terminating in concentric, eccentric or oversized knockouts at panelboards, cabinets, gutters, etc. shall have grounding bushings and bonding jumpers installed interconnecting all such conduits. d. Provide bonding jumpers across expansion and deflection couplings in conduit runs, pipe connections to water meters, dielectric couplings in metallic cold water piping system. e. Provide internal ground wire in flexible conduit connected at each end via grounding bushing. f. Provide external ground wire wrapped around flexible conduit and terminate to connectors designed for the purpose. Site lighting grounding: Bond all metallic light poles and bollards. Provide ground rods where indicated on the drawings. Telecommunication system grounding: In addition to grounds noted on the Drawings, provide one #6 THHN in 3/4" conduit, U.O.N. from each Satellite Telecommunication backboard to main telecommunication ground bus on the Main Telecommunication Backboard. Provide one #6 THHN in 3/4" conduit from the Main Telecommunication ground bus to the main building reference ground bus. Main telecommunication ground bus, sized as required, wall mounted at main telecommunication backboard with insulated standoffs.

R.

Supporting devices: 1. Furnish and install supporting devices as noted throughout Division 16. 2. Electrical device and conduit supports shall be independent of all other system supports that are not structural elements of the building, unless otherwise noted. 3. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, outlet and junction boxes to building structure using precast inserts, expansion anchors, preset inserts or beam clamps. 4. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster or gypsum board partitions and walls. 5. Use expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls. 6. Use self-drilling anchors, expansion anchor, or preset inserts on concrete surfaces. 7. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction. 8. Do not fasten supports to p